Post, Jennifer - Ethnomusicology, A Research and Information Guide (2003)

October 3, 2017 | Author: domi | Category: Bibliography, Anthropology, Ethnography, Field Research, Musicology
Share Embed Donate


Short Description

reference book about ethnomusicology...

Description

ETHNOMUSICOLOGY A GUIDE TO RESEARCH

Routledge Music Bibliographies Series Editor: Brad Eden COMPOSERS Isaac Albéniz (1998) Walter A.Clark C.P.E.Bach (2002) Doris Bosworth Powers Samuel Barber (2001) Wayne C.Wentzel Béla Bartók, Second Edition (1997) Elliott Antokoletz Vincenzo Bellini (2002) Stephen A.Willier Alban Berg (1996) Bryan R.Simms Leonard Bernstein (2001) Paul F.Laird Johannes Brahms (2003) Heather Platt Benjamin Britten (1996) Peter J.Hodgson Elliott Carter (2000) John L.Link Carlos Chávez (1998) Robert Parker Frédéric Chopin (1999) William Smialek Aaron Copland (2001) Marta Robertson and Robin Armstrong Josquin Des Prez (2004)

Carlo Fiore Gaetano Donizetti (2000) James P.Cassaro Edward Elgar (1993) Christopher Kent Gabriel Fauré (1999) Edward R.Phillips Christoph Willibald Gluck, Second Edition (2003) Patricia Howard Charles Ives (2002) Gayle Sherwood Scott Joplin (1998) Nancy R.Ping-Robbins Zoltán Kodály (1998) Mícheál Houlahan and Philip Tacka Franz Liszt (2004) Second Edition Michael Saffle Guillaume de Machaut (1995) Lawrence Earp Felix Mendelssohn Bartholdy (2001) John Michael Cooper Giovanni Pierluigi da Palestrina (2001) Clara Marvin Giacomo Puccini (1999) Linda B.Fairtile Maurice Ravel (2004) Stephen Zank Gioachino Rossini (2002) Denise P.Gallo Alessandro and Domenico Scarlatti (1993)

Carole F.Vidali Camille Saint-Saëns (2003) Timothy S.Flynn Heinrich Schenker (2003) Benjamin Ayotte Jean Sibelius (1998) Glenda D.Goss Richard Strauss (2004) Scott Warfield Giuseppe Verdi (1998) Gregory Harwood Tomás Luis de Victoria (1998) Eugene Casjen Cramer Richard Wagner (2002) Michael Saffle Adrian Willaert (2004) David Michael Kidger GENRES Central European Folk Music (1996) Philip V.Bohlman Chamber Music, Second Edition (2002) John H.aron Choral Music (2002) Avery T.Sharp and James Michael Floyd Ethnomusicology (2003) Jennifer C.Post Jazz Research and Performance Materials, Third Edition (2004) Eddie S.Meadows Music in Canada (1997) Carl Morey

North American Indian Music (1997) Richard Keeling Opera, Second Edition (2001) Guy Marco The Recorder, Second Edition (2003) Richard Griscom and David Lasocki Serial Music and Serialism (2001) John D.Vander Weg

ETHNOMUSICOLOGY A GUIDE TO RESEARCH

JENNIFER C.POST

ROUTLEDGE NEW YORK AND LONDON

Published in 2004 by Routledge 29 West 35th Street New York, NY 10001 http://www.routledge-ny.com/ Published in Great Britain by Routledge 11 New Fetter Lane London EC4P 4EE http://www.routledge.co.uk/ Routledge is an imprint of the Taylor & Francis Group. This edition published in the Taylor & Francis e-Library, 2005. “To purchase your own copy of this or any of Taylor & Francis or Routledge’s collection of thousands of eBooks please go to http://www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk/.” Copyright © 2004 by Routledge. All rights reserved. No part of this book may be reprinted or reproduced or utilized in any form or by any electronic, mechanical, or other means, now known or hereafter invented, including photocopying and recording, or in any information storage or retrieval system without permission in writing from the author. 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data Post, Jennifer C. Ethnomusicology: a guide to research/Jennifer C.Post. p.cm.—(Routledge music bibliographies) Includes indexes. ISBN 0-415-93834-1 (alk. paper) 1. Ethnomusicology—Bibliography. I. Title. II. Series. ML128.E8P67 2003 780'.89—dc21 2003011581 ISBN 0-203-49562-4 Master e-book ISBN

ISBN 0-203-57568-7 (Adobe e-Reader Format) ISBN 0-415-93834-1 (Print Edition)

Contents Acknowledgments

ix

Introduction

1

Part 1: Sources for Reference and General Information 1. Guides for Research in Ethnomusicology (1–41)

10

2. Encyclopedias and Dictionaries (42–142)

21

3. Bibliographies, Discographies, and Filmographies (143–220)

44

4. Indexing and Abstracting Tools (221–256)

64

Part 2: Sources for Research and Learning 5. Journals and Other Serial Publications (257–343)

74

6. Audio Recordings (344–658)

89

7. Film and Video Recordings (659–950)

133

8. Books (951–1690)

168

Name Index

324

Subject Index

350

Acknowledgments

This publication emerges from my work in ethnomusicology as teacher, librarian, archivist, and scholar. The impetus for producing the guide, and the clearest influence on its content, comes from my work for the Society for Ethnomusicology as a bibliographer for the journal Ethnomusicology from 1989–2000. The process of generating bibliographies, though, is always a shared one, since compilers of bibliographies, and those who gather information on sources, frequently contribute to shared databases of bibliographic information. I used many sources for data gathering, including “Current Bibliography,” “Current Discography,” and “Current Films and Videos” published in Ethnomusicology until 2000, then online beginning in 2001. These “-ographies” were compiled from 1990 until the present also by Laurel Sercombe, Kevin Medows, Barbara Rose Lange, Barry Dornfeld, and Mercedes Dujunco. Other sources include book, audio, and video reviews found in Ethnomusicology, Yearbook for Traditional Music, The World of Music, Latin American Music Review, Asian Music, Popular Music, and other serial publications in music, anthropology, folklore, and popular culture studies. Databases used to identify sources and verify information included the WorldCat and RLIN databases, RILM Abstracts of Musical Literature, Music Index, and International Index of Music Periodicals, MLA Bibliography, and Arts and Humanities Citation Index. Behind each of these sources are communities of bibliographers providing detailed information on each cited publication. Most of the work involved travel to nearby libraries and the use of interlibrary loans to acquire volumes unavailable regionally. For this I would especially like to thank Ginny Danielson and her staff at Harvard, Patricia Fisken and her staff at Dartmouth College, and Jerry McBride in the Music Library and the interlibrary loan staff at Middlebury College. I would also like to thank Jeffrey Rehbach for his comments on drafts of the manuscript, and I would especially like to thank Terry Simpkins, Music Cataloger at Middlebury College, for his advice and support regarding the organization of the material. Jennifer C.Post March 2003

Introduction

When Ann Schuursma published Ethnomusicology Research: A Select Annotated Bibliography in 1992, for the first time the discipline of ethnomusicology had a substantial book-length annotated resource to guide scholarly research in the field. 1 In the twenty-first century, it remains an important source for informing researchers about specific scholarly works from 1960 to the late 1980s, a significant period in the history of the discipline. The literature of this period essentially frames the development of ethnomusicology as a distinct discipline in the scholarly world. This new research guide will not supplant Schuursma’s publication but rather supplements it, allowing her documentation, annotation, and evaluation of the primary early materials in the field to continue to inform users as they prepare to do ethnomusicological research. The goal of this guide is to introduce sources and research resources that were published primarily during the last decade of the twentieth century. In its design, it is my hope that it will encourage scholars to find and use the broadest range of primary and secondary sources to enhance the overall quality of their research. The research process will be made easier using the wide selection of current bibliographic sources cited that can direct users to both contemporary and older studies, including books, journal articles, audio and video recordings, and online sources. The classified list of recent publications identifies and characterizes the broad reach of the discipline at the end of the twentieth century, with sources that are ethnographic, historical, theoretical, and descriptive. 1. Schuursma, Ann Briegleb. 1992. Ethnomusicology Research: A Select Annotated Bibliography. Garland Library of Music Ethnology, 1 (New York: Garland). Other guides to literature before this period were generally not annotated. The largest was Jaap Kunst’s bibliography of over 5,000 items attached to his study Ethnomusicology (The Hague: Martinus Nijhoff) in 1959, with supplements in 1960 and 1969. Bruno Nettl published a guide to research in 1967, Reference Materials in Ethnomusicology: A Bibliographic Essay, rev ed. Detroit Studies in Music Bibliography, 1 (Detroit: Information Coordinators), with a selection of ethnomusicological literature of the period cited. In this early period, another significant bibliographic guide was the Musikethnologische Jahresbibliographie Europas [Annual Bibliography of European Ethnomusicology], an annual bibliography published from 1966–1975 (Bratislava: Slovenske Narodbe Museum). Each volume contained from 400 to 600 citations.

Ethnomusicology

2

Their inclusion demonstrates the breadth of the field today, and should encourage new ideas for expanding research. Ethnomusicology is linked historically to the field of comparative musicology, one of the subdivisions of systematic musicology adopted in the late nineteenth century and explored in the early decades of the twentieth century. The establishment of ethnomusicology as a separate discipline is often identified with the 1950 publication of Musicologica: A Study of the Nature of Ethno-Musicology, Its Problems, Methods and Representative Personalities by Jaap Kunst. 2 Disciplinary study and teaching in ethnomusicology generally focuses on music as a form of human expression that exists in the context of everyday life; students and scholars study meanings and structures of music, considering each cultural event in which music is performed as a meaningful experience in the lives of individuals and communities. While early studies were framed by the methodologies drawn from musicology, music theory, and cultural anthropology, 3 the work that has emerged during the last few decades has encouraged the expansion of its focus. The ethnomusicological literature published between 1950 and 1990 was framed by key texts that today continue to provide a foundation for students and scholars in the discipline. Among them are Jaap Kunst’s Ethnomusicology: A Study of Its Nature, Its Problems, Methods and Representative Personalities to Which Is Added a Bibliography (The Hague: Martinus Nijhoff, 1959; 3d ed., 1974); Alan Merriam, The Anthropology of Music (Evanston, 111.: Northwestern University, 1964); Bruno Nettl, Theory and Method in Ethnomusicology (New York: Free Press, 1964); Mantle Hood, The Ethnomusicologist (Kent, Ohio: Kent State University Press, 1971; rev ed., 1982); and Bruno Nettl, The Study of Ethnomusicology: Twenty-nine Issues and Concepts (Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1983). Other theoretical and methodological works that have had significant impact on the development of methods, processes, and ideas in the classroom and the field include: Alan Lomax, Folk Song Style and Culture (Washington, D.C.: American Association for the Advancement of Science, 1968); John Blacking, How Musical Is Man? (Seattle: University of Washington, 1973); A.Lomax, Cantometrics: A Method in Musical Anthropology (Berkeley: University of California Extension Media Center, 1976); Marcia Herndon and Norma McLeod, Music as Culture (Darby, Pa.: Norwood Editions, 1980); Marcia Herndon and Norma McLeod, eds. The Ethnography of Musical Performance (Norwood, Pa.: Norwood Editions, 1980); Gerard Béhague, ed., Performance Practice: Ethnomusicological 2. Kunst, Jaap. 1950. Musicologica: A Study of the Nature of Ethno-Musicology, its Problems, Methods and Representative Personalities (Amsterdam Indisch Institut). Revised and enlarged in 1955, and in 1969 and retitled as Ethnomusicology. A Study of Its Nature, Its Problems, Methods and Representative Personalities to Which Is Added a Bibliography (The Hague: M. Nijhoff). 3. These influences yielded work that was broadly comparative across cultures, isolated music as a sound object, and viewed music descriptively and analytically in its social context.

Introduction

3

Perspectives (Westport, Conn.: Greenwood Press, 1984); Roger Wallis and Krister Malm, Big Sounds from Small Peoples (New York: Pendragon, 1984); Ellen Koskoff, Women and Music in Cross-Cultural Perspective (Westport, Conn.: Greenwood Press, 1987); and Philip V.Bohlman, The Study of Folk Music in the Modern World (Bloomington: Indiana University, 1988). In addition to these monographs and collections, dialogues on methods and concepts were established and maintained in the primary journals for the discipline: Ethnomusicology (first published in 1953 as Ethno-Musicology), the Yearbook for Traditional Music (originally established in 1949 as the Journal of the International Folk Music Council), and The World of Music (first published in 1959), and journals with a regional focus, including African Music (first published in 1954); Asian Music (first published in 1969); and Revista de música latinoamericana [Latin American Music Review] (first published 1980). Studies presenting ethnographic research that are frequently required or recommended readings for undergraduate and graduate students include the works of scholars who completed field research in diverse geographic locations between the 1950s and the 1980s. These include: David McAllester, Peyote Music (New York: Viking Fund Publications in Anthropology, no.13, 1954); David P.McAllester, Enemy Way Music: a Study of the Social and Esthetic Values as Seen in Navaho Music (Cambridge, Mass.: The Museum, 1954) Mantle Hood, The Nuclear Theme as a Determinant of Patet in Javanese Music (Groningen, Netherlands: J.B.Wolters, 1954); William Malm, Japanese Music and Musical Instruments (Tokyo: C.E.Tuttle, 1959); Charles Keil, Urban Blues (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1966); Alan Merriam, Ethnomusicology of the Flathead Indians (Chicago: Aldine, 1967); Nazir Jairazbhoy, The Rags of North Indian Music: Their Structure and Evolution (London: Faber & Faber, 1971); Marc Slobin, Music in the Culture of Northern Afghanistan (New York: Praeger, 1976); Jeff Todd Titon, Early Downhome Blues: A Musical and Cultural Analysis (Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1977); Paul Berliner, The Soul of Mbira: Music and Traditions of the Shona People of Zimbabwe (Berkeley: University of California Press, 1978); Charles Keil, Tiv Song (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1979); John Miller Chernoff, African Rhythm and African Sensibility (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1979); Daniel Neuman, The Life of Music in North India (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1980); Steven Feld, Sound and Sentiment (Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press, 1982); Manuel Peña, The Texas-Mexican Conjunto: History of a Working-Class Music (Austin: University of Texas Press, 1985); Anthony Seeger, Why Suya Sing (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1987); Henry Kingsbury, Music, Talent, and Performance: A Conservatory System (Philadelphia: Temple University Press, 1988); Bell Yung, Cantonese Opera: Performance as Creative Process (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1989); and Ruth H.Finnegan, The Hidden Musicians: Music-Making in an English Town (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1989).

Ethnomusicology

4

This growing body of scholarly literature, and a clearly defined set of parameters for students, scholars, performers, and the general public, provided opportunities for refining and redefining the role of ethnomusicology as a discipline in the academic mission of many institutions. By the end of the twentieth century, ethnomusicology was playing a significant role in academic departments, school curricula, and the public sector in the United States and academic institutions throughout the world. 4 In many ways, ethnomusicology is a discipline that is defined by the actions of its participants. As an organic entity, the connections that the field of ethnomusicology has forged with other disciplines and its continuing engagement with contemporary issues plays an important role in shaping its methodologies and research areas. Ethnomusicologists inevitably explore the relationships between music and other forms of cultural expression, including dance, art, and theater, and relate also to other areas such as anthropology, area studies, history, philosophy, and religion that are typically necessary for in-depth understanding of musical expression in its social and cultural context. These primary connections for informing study established in the early years subsequently were broadened as scholars reached to other disciplines for their frameworks, including linguistics, psychology, gender studies, and cultural studies. The broadening of the field of inquiry has affected both the understanding of the discipline as well as the nature of research. A list of sources to support research in ethnomusicology in the twenty-first century must consider both the wide range of material types used in the classroom and in research as well as the continuing expansion of the field into related areas. Students and scholars in ethnomusicology are always urged to consider their research as a seamless process in which they move between experience (as performer, fieldworker, or discussant) and document. The documents for ethnomusicology are sources that contain information that is valued in research, teaching, and performance, including printed, audio, video, and archival data. I encourage researchers to recognize how broadly the discipline of ethnomusicology has been defined, how diverse the sources are for learning, and to proceed in their research with this always in mind. The purpose of this guide is to provide a detailed outline of resources and descriptive information on selected scholarly sources that are available for research on ethnomusicological topics. It includes descriptive information on reference works, primary book-length publications in the field that support research and are used regularly in graduate and undergraduate classes, audio and video recordings, electronic information, and archival sources. The diverse sources illustrate both the wide range of materials typically used by ethnomusicologists in their research and the broad areas that researchers can use to find information. Organized as both a teaching and a reference tool, it is designed to serve students, faculty, librarians, and others engaged in seeking both historical and contemporary information on subjects that inform 4. For historical and methodological information on the discipline of ethnomusicology, see Pegg, Carol et al. 2001. “Ethnomusicology,” The New Grove Dictionary of Music Online, ed. L. Macy, URL: http://www.grovemusic.com/; Manuel, Peter. 1995. “New Perspectives in American Ethnomusicology,” Trans 1. URL: http://www.sibetrans.com/trans/transl/manuel.htm; Porter, James. 1995. “New Perspectives in Ethnomusicology: A Critical Survey,” Trans 1. URL: http://www.sibetrans.com/trans/transl/porter.htm.

Introduction

5

ethnomusicological research. It provides bibliographic and descriptive information on tools for finding information and on resources in ethnomusicology that have been produced most recently by scholars in the field. As a guide, it uses as its focal point the information source (encyclopedia article, bibliography, online index, book, audio recording, film, or video) that will provide concrete information on a subject for the researcher but will also leave the door open to encourage them to seek additional data. In this sense it is a guide that should ideally entice researchers, not by providing all the information, but rather the pathway to sources that they will be able to use to fashion their own continuing research. The field of ethnomusicology continues to develop and change in the early years of twenty-first century. A comprehensive guide to materials to support all research that is currently defined as “ethnomusicological” is no longer practical. As a result, this selective guide will not contain all of the tools and sources to serve every project. Students and scholars interested in pursuing research areas not covered in depth here should find the encyclopedic, bibliographic and indexing sources listed in part one sufficient for starting and developing their studies. Working for twenty-five years in libraries, archives, and the classroom, I find today, more than at any other time in my experience, that there are many new and difficult challenges for researchers and those who guide scholarly inquiry. The continuing development of technology and its constant use in our everyday lives now plays the most important role in information production and management. Technology and its products provide broad access to information that is available to us in such quantity that many are overwhelmed by the amount of data that must be processed in order to complete a focused study. The centralization of sources for information through the Internet has impacted research in all disciplines and has affected the scholarship that is both processed and produced. The ever-useful Web search engines provide the scholarly community a completely uncritical resource guide so easily accessed and navigated that it competes with more structured sources for finding information relevant to a topic—especially subject databases and even online catalogs to library collections. For many, the problem relates to information management, especially identifying the increasingly complex network of information sources and their application to specific research projects. For some disciplines, such as ethnomusicology, the task is complicated by the need to manage the diverse sources in various formats that typically make up the research data in the discipline. Even in this complex terrain, researchers must identify sources, determine how to find and use them, and ascertain their usefulness to a specific project. The simplification of these procedures will help the navigation process and will encourage researchers to use the valuable scholarly sources that are being produced today. Technology has both framed and limited the process and production of this guide to research. My original intention was to include a wide range of Internetbased material that users could access easily and efficiently. I quickly recognized that, except for the commercial bibliographic databases, the Internet cannot yet compete with many of the printed sources as a reliable, stable source for information. During the period that this guide represents (1990–2002) the Web remained an unstable source for consistent access to information. The technology has preceded the organization of information in other areas as well, making it nearly impossible to provide consistent information on citations

Ethnomusicology

6

for sources. Information has been inconsistent for imprint data, locations of indexing and other information sources, changing ISBN and ISSN numbers that accompany the restructuring of the publishing industry, formats for audio and video recordings reflecting the fluid recording industry and changing organization and technology, as well as access to specific databases for bibliographic and full-text information.

ORGANIZATION The research process involves stages for planning, identifying sources, compiling lists, reading and digesting new information, formulating a thesis, finding additional supporting information, analysis, and review. In general, the process can be divided into two discreet areas: one for the information search, and the other for working with the information itself. I have divided this guide, therefore, into two sections. In section one I include guides for finding information, including research guides, bibliographies, indexing and abstracting sources, and encyclopedias. All of these sources provide guidance for further research; they help to inform, organize, and direct researchers to other sources for information. In section two are lists of sources for research and learning, including annotated listings of recent sources for the primary areas of information for the discipline: the classroom, the field, the archive, audio and video recordings, and books. This guide contains citations for 1,690 sources significant during various stages of ethnomusicological research. Information is presented in eight sections, providing the user with information sources typically considered discreet in the library world. 1. Guides 2. Encyclopedias 3. Bibliographies 4. Indexing and abstracting sources 5. Journals 6. Audio recordings 7. Video recordings 8. Books This classification method is further organized with the consideration that geography is frequently a primary concern in ethnomusicological research. Within each category, then, materials are classified by geographical region. The designated regions for this guide are: Africa; Asia; Europe; Latin America (including the West Indies, and Central and South America); the Middle East; North America (including Mexico, the United States, and Canada); and the Pacific Islands and Australia. Sources with a theoretical or topical focus, and sources that present information on a wide range of cultures, are placed in a category entitled “Topical,” subdivided by broad topics that are both relevant to the discipline and to the material type presented. The geographical classification is hierarchical; each broad geographical division is subdivided by smaller divisions when there are a sufficient number of sources to warrant it. Those countries and regions that have received a great deal of attention during the 1990s are identified as separate categories and placed after the next broader category. For example, during the 1990s, Latin American studies has received scholarly attention in selected

Introduction

7

areas. Only a few countries, though, have had more than two or three recordings or books published about them in recent years. For those areas in which only one or two sources have been published, a great deal of research has been done on music in Brazil. In section eight (“Recent Research”), I have retained a discrete category for these materials presented in the following scheme. Latin America [materials focusing on countries in South America, Central America, and the West Indies] Latin America: South America [materials focusing generally on South American musics, and materials in specific South American countries on which only one or two studies have been published in the 1990s. In this case, it includes French Guyana, Paraguay, and Suriname.] Latin America: South America: Argentina Latin America: South America: Bolivia Latin America: South America: Brazil Latin America: South America: Columbia In this way, all materials on Latin American musics will be in the same section, all those on South America will be in that subdivision, and—in some cases—materials on one country will be identified separately. This scheme is presented as a compromise between a highly classified list used primarily to find information on specific subjects, and one that provides “browse-able” categories of information to find information both directly and generally related to their research topic. It therefore allows for both browsing and focused study of these materials. All citations are numbered using a simple system disregarding distinctions between material type. While I originally intended to provide a classified numbering scheme linking number with identity, similar to the one used by Duckles et al. in Music Reference and Research Materials, 5 but decided it was more important in this case that the function of the number be to give the citation a discreet indexable identity. The following are the numbers association with each section:

5. Duckles, Vincent, et al., ed.1997. Music Reference and Research Materials: An Annotated Bibliography. 5th ed. New York: Schirmer Books.

Ethnomusicology

8

PART 1: RESEARCH GUIDES 1. 1–41:

Guides for research

2. 42–142:

Encyclopedias

3. 143–220:

Bibliographies

4. 221–256:

Indexing and abstracting sources

PART II: SOURCES FOR RESEARCH AND LEARNING 5. 257–343:

Journals

6. 344–658:

Audio recordings

7. 659–950:

Video recordings

8. 951–1690:

Books

Bibliography Béhague, Gerard, ed.1984. Performance Practice: Ethnomusicological Perspectives . Westport, Conn.: Greenwood Press. Berliner, Paul.1978. The Soul of Mbira: Music and Traditions of the Shona People of Zimbabwe. Berkeley: University of California Press. Blacking, John.1973. How Musical Is Man? Seattle: University of Washington Press. Bohlman, Philip V. 1988. The Study of Folk Music in the Modern World. Bloomington: Indiana University Press. Chernoff, John Miller.1979. African Rhythm and African Sensibility. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Feld, Steven. 1982. Sound and Sentiment . Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press. Finnegan, Ruth H. 1989. The Hidden Musicians: Music-Making in an English Town. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Herndon, Marcia, and Norma McLeod, eds. 1980. The Ethnography of Musical Performance . Norwood, Pa.: Norwood Editions. Herndon, Marcia, and Norma McLeod. 1980. Music as Culture . Darby, Pa.: Norwood Editions. Hood, Mantle. 1954. The Nuclear Theme as a Determinant of Patet in Javanese Music . Groningen, Netherlands: J.B.Wolters,. Hood, Mantle. 1982. The Ethnomusicologist . 1st ed. published in 1971, rev.ed.Kent, Ohio: Kent State University Press. Jairazbhoy, Nazir. 1971. The Rags of North Indian Music: Their Structure and Evolution . London: Faber & Faber. Keil, Charles. 1966. Urban Blues . Chicago: University of Chicago. Keil, Charles. 1979. Tiv Song . Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Kingsbury, Henry. 1988. Music, Talent, and Performance: A Conservatory System . Philadelphia: Temple University Press. Koskoff, Ellen. 1987. Women and Music in Cross-Cultural Perspective . Westport, Conn.: Greenwood Press. Kunst, Jaap. 1950. Musicologica: A Study of the Nature of Ethno-Musicology, Its Problems, Methods and Representative Personalities . Amsterdam: Indisch Instituut.

Introduction

9

Kunst, Jaap. 1974. Ethnomusicology: A Study of Its Nature, Its Problems, Methods and Representative Personalities to Which is Added a Bibliography . 3rd ed. The Hague: Martinus Nijhoff. Lomax, Alan. 1968. Folk Song Style and Culture . Washington, D.C.: American Association for the Advancement of Science. Lomax, Alan. 1976. Cantometrics: A Method in Musical Anthropology . Berkeley: University of California Extension Media Center. Malm, William. 1959. Japanese Music and Musical Instruments . Tokyo: C.E.Tuttle. McAllester, David P. 1954. Enemy Way Music: A Study of the Social and Esthetic Values as Seen in Navaho Music . Cambridge, Mass.: The Museum. McAllester, David P. 1954. Peyote Music . New York: Viking Fund Publications in Anthropology, no.13. Merriam, Alan. 1964. The Anthropology of Music . Evanston: Northwestern University Press. Merriam, Alan. 1967. Ethnomusicology of the Flathead Indians . Chicago: Aldine. Nettl, Bruno. 1964. Theory and Method in Ethnomusicology . New York: Free Press. Nettl, Bruno. 1983. The Study of Ethnomusicology: Twenty-nine Issues and Concepts . Urbana: University of Illinois Press. Neuman, Daniel. 1980. The Life of Music in North India . Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Peña, Manuel. 1985. The Texas-Mexican Conjunto: History of a Working-Class Music . Austin: University of Texas Press. Seeger, Anthony. 1987. Why Suya Sing . Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Slobin, Marc. 1976. Music in the Culture of Northern Afghanistan . New York: Praeger. Titon, Jeff Todd. 1977. Early Downhome Blues: A Musical and Cultural Analysis . Urbana: University of Illinois Press. Wallis, Roger, and Krister Malm. 1984. Big Sounds from Small Peoples . New York: Pendragon. Yung, Bell. 1989. Cantonese Opera: Performance as Creative Process . Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Journals Ethnomusicology. 1953-. Society for Ethnomusicology. [Originally: Ethnomusicology] Yearbook for Traditional Music. 1969-. International Council for Traditional Music. [Originally Yearbook of the International Folk Music Council] The World of Music. 1957-. International Music Council in association with the International Institute for Comparative Music Studies and Documentation. Asian Music. 1968-. Society for Asian Music. African Music. 1954-. African Music Society. Revista de música latinoamericana-Latin American Music Review-1980-. University of Texas at Austin.

1 Guides for Research in Ethnomusicology

Guides to the literature for any discipline typically provide classified and annotated listings of sources with suggestions for their use during various stages of research. At one time, research guides and handbooks were constructed primarily to help researchers navigate the complex web of reference materials in the library—especially encyclopedias, indexes to literature, and bibliographies—that typically introduce users to the methods and materials of a discipline. Because they provide an overview of the most significant bibliographic sources and reference works for a specific field, guides are often considered a good starting point for further bibliographic research on a specific subject within that field. An important goal for a research guide is to represent accurately the parameters of a discipline through the literature it provides. We must recognize, then, that guiding research in ethnomusicology necessitates a broad view of this category of research aids. Research and scholarship in ethnomusicology involves library and fieldwork activities, and includes a process of establishing and maintaining connections with a broad spectrum of academic disciplines, including areas as diverse as music, anthropology, folklore, cultural studies, gender studies, and area studies. The process is ideally a carefully constructed journey from idea to research resource, from written proposal to field site, from consideration of experience in the field and the documentation produced and its integration with other primary and secondary research data. The opportunities for research and the sources for information have changed during the last decade. Naturally, the concept of guiding research has been altered as well. A decade ago, researchers were provided a collection of carefully selected resources housed in a library setting. Today the Web provides wider access to information, which has been chosen with considerably less critical review. Students and other researchers have become more independent, seeking information through local library Web sites, and using search engines. For some, the Web is simply the path of least resistance. And when the Web is used as a guide, it often then becomes the source for information as well. This selective list provides information on both printed and Web-based sources for information. When a source is widely available online, it is listed in that format only. Organized by topic and geographic region, the sources in this selective list of guides will offer the student and scholar access to information on areas that have a continuing important role in the ethnomusicological research process.

Guides for research in ethnomusicology

11

TOPICAL RESEARCH GUIDES Guides: General 1. Country Studies: Area Handbook Series. 2002. Library of Congress, Federal Research Division. URL: http://memory.loc.gov/frd/cs/. The Country Studies Series presents a description and analysis of the historical setting and the social, economic, political, and cultural features of over 100 countries. Originally a continuing series of books, it is now available online and is searchable by individual country and across all countries by keyword. Studies included here were published between 1988 and 1998. Information contained in the Country Studies On-Line is not copyrighted and thus is available for free and unrestricted use by researchers. 2. Ethnologue: Languages of the World. 2002. SIL International. URL: http://www.ethnologue.com/. This website represents an electronic version of Ethnologue: Languages of the World, first published in 1951, and presented in at least 14 editions in its 50 year history. The electronic version acts as a guide and resource with basic information on the characteristics, classification, and geographical distribution of the world’s languages. The site includes a catalog of more than 6,700 languages spoken in 228 countries, language maps, computer resources, and a searchable bibliography. 3. Resources in Ethnographic Studies: A Collection of Resources in Anthropology, Ethnomusicology, Folklore, and Folklife. 2002. American Folklife Center, Library of Congress. URL: http://lcweb.loc.gov/folklife/other.html. An online guide to selected Web-based resources divided into the following sections: General Sources; Directories; Scholarly Programs; Archives and Museums; Online Presentations of Archival Collections; Grants and Awards; Journals and Newsletters; Societies; Educator’s Resources; Ethnomusicology and Folksong Resources; Fieldwork; Indigenous People’s Resources; and Mythology and Narrative. 4. The WWW Virtual Library. 1994. WWW Virtual Library. http://vlib.org/. This classified catalog of the Web was begun by Tim Berners-Lee and has been expanded by a network of volunteers who compile pages of links by subject area. A set of catalog pages linking the pages is maintained at several sites. Current broad subdivisions for information include: Agriculture; Business and Economics; Computing; Communications and Media; Education; Engineering; Humanities; Information and Libraries; International Affairs; Law; Recreation; Regional Studies; Science; and Society. Guides: Anthropology 5. Anthropology Resources on the Internet. 2001. American Anthropological Association. URL: http://www.aaanet.org/resinet.htm. Sponsored by the American Anthropological Association, this selection of Web links provides access to a wide range of sources for information on research funding, library literature, technology, and news of the field. Categories include: Anthropologists; Anthropology and Technology; Practicing/Applied Anthropology; Archaeology Resources; Ethnography; Funding Opportunities; General Resources; Lists/Discussion Groups; Literature and Libraries; Museums; News and Media; Organizations and

Ethnomusicology

12

Institutes; Other AAA Sites; Resources for Teachers/Professors; and Visual Anthropology. 6. Dutton, Lee S. 1999. Anthropological Resources: A Guide to Archival, Library, and Museum Collections. New York: Garland. xxxii, 517 p. ISBN 0815311885. GN14 A77 1999 Compiled by the Library-Anthropology Resource Group (LARG), this guide provides information on repositories for anthropological information. It is organized by geographic location and includes primary documentation of anthropological significance in 246 archives, libraries, and museums throughout the world, including original fieldnotes, site reports, papers, manuscripts, archives, oral history collections, sound recordings, photographs, films, and videos. 7. Kibbee, Josephine Z. 1991. Cultural Anthropology: A Guide to Reference and Information Sources. Reference Sources in the Social Sciences Series, no.5. Englewood, Colo.: Libraries Unlimited. xxi, 205 p. ISBN 0872877396. GN42.A1 K53 1991 An annotated guide to bibliographic sources for research in cultural anthropology. Organized by reference type, there are over 650 entries that include anthropological sources that range from general to specific. A separate chapter on anthropology and the humanities includes sections on material culture, folklore, ethnomusicology, religion, and mythology. 8. Weeks, John M. 1998. Introduction to Library Research in Anthropology. 2d ed. Boulder, Colo.; Oxford: Westview Press. viii, 401 p. ISBN 0813390036. GN42.A1 W44 1998 An introductory guide for undergraduates to introduce the procedures and resources for library-based research in anthropology. Information is provided in over 1,500 entries organized by type of source and subject or geographic area. This is a updated edition of a work originally published in 1991. 9. Westerman, R.C. 1994. Fieldwork in the Library: A Guide to Research in Anthropology and Related Area Studies. Chicago: American Library Association. xvi, 357 p. ISBN 083890632X. GN42.W47 1994 A two-part work that provides annotated references to sources in anthropology and related disciplines designed to assist both librarians and students. Part 1 focuses on the theoretical frameworks with chapters on computer files, then on archaeology and material culture, ethnology/cultural anthropology, anthropological linguistics, and physical and biological anthropology. Part 2 is devoted to area studies and is arranged by geographic area and cultural area. Guides: Fieldwork 10. Agar, Michael. 1996. The Professional Stranger: An Informal Introduction to Ethnography. 2d ed. San Diego, Calif.: Academic Press. xii, 276 p., bibliog. ISBN 0120444704. GN346. A42 1996 An introduction to the fundamentals of field research focusing on observation and indepth interviewing as a basis for studying culture. The author systematically introduces different stages of the ethnographic process using his own research to reference diverse methodological strategies. First edition published in 1980.

Guides for research in ethnomusicology

13

11. Barbash, Ilisa, and Lucien Taylor. 1997. Cross-Cultural Filmmaking: A Handbook for Making Documentary and Ethnographic Films and Videos. Berkeley: University of California Press. 555 p., bibliog., filmog., illus., photos. ISBN 0520087593. GN347 .B37 1997 A handbook for ethnographic film and video production, the volume includes practical, technical, and theoretical information that ranges from documentary styles to production and distribution of the visual media. Appendixes include models for release forms, recording standards, and equipment styles. 12. Bartis, Peter. 2002. Folklife and Fieldwork: A Layman’s Introduction to Field Techniques. Rev. ed. Publications of the American Folklife Center, no. 3. Washington, D.C.: Library of Congress. v., 35 p., bibliog., illus. GR45.5 .B37 1990; URL: http://lcweb.loc.gov/folklife/fieldwk.html A brief guide to fieldwork that provides practical information on collecting folklife data. The chapters help users identify information sources, execute projects, and document results. Sample forms included. Originally compiled by Bartis in 1979, this edition is available in both printed and online form. 13. Bernard, H.Russell. 1998. Handbook of Methods in Cultural Anthropology. Walnut Creek, Calif.: AltaMira Press. 816 p., bibliog., diagr., tables. ISBN 0761991514 (cloth). GN345 .H37 1998 Collection of articles (each with own extensive bibliography) on anthropological methodology that examine issues surrounding field research. Chapters focus on methodology, information acquisition (both in the field and in archives), interpreting, applying, and presenting data (research design and strategy, ethical consideration, feminist methods, transnational research, information acquisition, constructing research, interpretation, application and presentation). Includes author and subject indexes. 14. Cassell, Joan, and Sue-Ellen Jacobs. 1999. Handbook on Ethical Issues in Anthropology. American Anthropological Association. URL: http://www.aaanet.org/committees/ethics/toc.htm. The American Anthropological Association (AAA) presents the full text of the Handbook on Ethical Issues in Anthropology (American Anthropological Association, 1987), edited by Joan Cassell and Sue-Ellen Jacobs. Issues covered in the publication include cases and solutions, teaching ethics in fieldwork classes, and how to hold a workshop on ethical problems in fieldwork. 15. Davies, Charlotte Aull. 1999. Reflexive Ethnography: A Guide to Researching Selves and Others. London; New York: Routledge. viii, 257 p., bibliog. ISBN 0415151902; 0415151910 (pbk.). GN345 .D37 1999 A guide to ethnographic research methods with chapters on topic selection, data collection, ethical and political issues, interviewing, structuring, and presenting research. Davies’s approach identifies reflexivity as significant during all stages of the research process. 16. Dournon, Geneviève. 2000. Handbook for the Collection of Traditional Music and Musical Instruments. 2d ed. Paris: UNESCO. 151 p., illus., bibliog., discog. ISBN 9231033042. ML460 .D65 2000 A basic guide to music and musical instrument collecting that is a revised and enlarged edition of Guide for the Collection of Traditional Musical Instruments (1981). The handbook provides essential organological information for recognizing, identifying

Ethnomusicology

14

and classifying musical instruments. There is also discussion of ethical considerations, planned methodology, and established protocols. Also available in a French edition: Guide pour la collecte des musiques et instruments traditionnels (Paris: UNESCO, 1996, ISBN 9232033046). 17. Emerson, Robert M., Rachel I.Fretz, and Linda L.Shaw. 1995. Writing Ethnographic Fieldnotes. Chicago Guides to Writing, Editing, and Publishing. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. xviii, 254 p., bibliog. ISBN 0226206807; 0226206815 (pbk.). GN307.7 .E44 1995 A practical manual for writing fieldnotes that identifies options for composing and reviewing notes and for working fieldnotes into completed ethnographies. Using concrete examples, the authors discuss different procedures for notetaking and introduce strategies for processing notes and for data organization and description. 18. Finnegan, Ruth H. 1992. Oral Traditions and the Verbal Arts: A Guide to Research Practices. ASA Research Methods in Social Anthropology. London; New York: Routledge. xviii, 284 p., bibliog. ISBN 0415048400; 0415048419 (pbk). GN346 .F56 1992 An introduction to research practices in oral performance traditions that acts as a guide to collection, documentation, uses, and interpretation of oral texts. The author systematically presents information on research practice in chapters on theory, collecting, analyzing, presenting, and on ethical issues. 19. Ives, Edward D. 1995. The Tape-Recorded Interview: A Manual for Fieldworkers in Folklore and Oral History. 2d ed. Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press. xii, 112. ISBN 0870498789. GR45.5 .I93 1995 This is a manual for field collecting from the point of view of a New England-based folklorist whose concern is collecting, processing, and preserving field data. The practical approach provides access to procedures for beginners and reminders of standard procedures for the more experienced fieldworkers. 20. Sanjek, Roger, ed. 1990. Fieldnotes: The Makings of Anthropology. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press. xviii, 429 p., bibliog. ISBN 0801424364; 0801497264 (pbk.). GN346 .F52 1990 Revised versions of selected papers presented at the American Anthropological Association meetings in Washington, D.C., 1985. Anthropologists describe how they and others, including Boas, Malinowski, and Mead, create and use writings produced in the field. Contents: “I am a fieldnote”: fieldnotes as a symbol of professional identity/Jean E.Jackson—Fire, loss, and the sorcerer’s apprentice/Roger Sanjek—Notes on (field)notes/James Clifford—Pretexts for ethnography: on reading fieldnotes / Rena Lederman—A vocabulary for fieldnotes/Roger Sanjek—Thirty years of fieldnotes: changing relationships to the text/Simon Ottenberg—Quality into quantity: on the measurement potential of ethnographic fieldnotes/Allen Johnson and Orna R. Johnson— The secret life of fieldnotes/Roger Sanjek—Fieldnotes: research in past occurrences/George C. Bond—Adventures with fieldnotes/Christine Obbo—Refractions of reality: on the use of other ethnographers’ fieldnotes/Nancy Lutkehaus—Fieldnotes and others/Roger Sanjek—Chinanotes: engendering anthropology/Margery Wolf— Hearing voices, joining the chorus: appropriating someone else’s fieldnotes/Robert J.Smith—Fieldnotes, filed notes and the conferring of note/David W.Plath—On ethnographic validity/Roger Sanjek.

Guides for research in ethnomusicology

15

21. Society for Ethnomusicology. 2001. A Manual for Documentation, Fieldwork and Preservation for Ethnomusicologists. 2d ed. Bloomington, Ind.: Society for Ethnomusicology. 91 p., bibliog. ISBN 0970715161. ML3798 .M36 2001 An updated edition of a manual originally published in 1994 that provides information on documentation, ethical and legal considerations, equipment, storing and preserving materials. Compiled by members of the Society for Ethnomusicology Archiving Committee. Guides: Folklore 22. Bartis, Peter, and Stephanie A. Hall. 2000. Folklife Sourcebook: A Directory of Folklife Resources in the United States. 2d ed. rev. and expanded. Library of Congress. URL: http://lcweb.loc.gov/folklife/source/. An updated online edition of the 3d edition of the Folklife Sourcebook, published in 1994. Information compiled in this resource reflects the broadly defined areas of research and service that define the field of folklore today. Includes information about federal agencies, archives, societies, serial publications, and directories focusing on folklife in the United States. In addition, there are appendixes with information on folklife resources in Canada and Mexico. 23. Steinfirst, Susan. 1992. Folklore and Folklife: A Guide to English-Language Reference Sources. 2 vols. Garland Reference Library of the Humanities, vol. 1429. New York: Garland. xx, 1,208 p. ISBN 0815300689. Z5981 .S74 1992 GR66 Annotated guide to over 2,500 folklore and folklife sources. Steinfirst primarily lists English-language books published through 1987, though the coverage is international in scope. She arranges material using topical divisions found in the folklore volumes of the MLA bibliography, including: general works, history and study of folklore/folklife, folk literature, ethnomusicology/folk music/folk dance/folk instruments, folk belief systems, folk rituals/rites, material culture, and folklore/folklife societies and journals. Author, title, and subject indexes. Guides: Music and Dance 24. American Music Resource (AMR). University of North Carolina—Greensboro. URL: http://www.uncg.edu/mus/courses/flmccart/amr. Offers access to a selected annotated listing of primary bibliographical sources for American music on the Internet. Compiled at the University of North Carolina, Greensboro, this site provides access to online information on all styles of music. It lists over 800 bibliographies, lists, and files, and is indexed by topic (genre and style subdivisions) and subject (individuals). Some listings also include links to selected Internet resources. 25. Bopp, Mary S. 1994. Research in Dance: A Guide to Resources. New York; Toronto: G.K.Hall. viii, 296 p. ISBN 0816190658. GV1594 .Al B6 1994 This dance resource guide lists library and archival collections in the United States, Canada, and selected European countries, publishers and book dealers, and associations and organizations. A separate section lists a broad selection of reference sources, including dictionaries and encyclopedias, indexes and abstracts, film and video

Ethnomusicology

16

catalogues, journals, and sources of book and performance reviews. Includes a general index. 26. Crabtree, Phillip, and Donald H.Foster. 1993. Sourcebook for Research in Music. Bloomington: Indiana University Press. xiii, 236 p. ISBN 0253314763; 0253213231 (pbk.). ML113 .C68 1993 A guide to research in musicology, information is divided into eight broad sections that are further subdivided by topic: Introductory Materials; Basic Bibliographical Tools for Research in Music; Area Bibliographies and Other Reference Sources; Dictionaries and Encyclopedias of Music; Sources Treating the History of Music; Current Research Journals in Music; Editions of Music; and Miscellaneous Sources. Many subsections have introductory paragraphs, but the citations are not annotated. Includes indexes to authors and titles, but no subject index. 27. Duckles, Vincent H., Ida Reed, and Michael A.Keller. 1997. Music Reference and Research Materials: An Annotated Bibliography. 5th ed. New York: Schirmer Books. xviii, 812 p. ISBN 0028708210. ML1 13 .D83 1997 Annotated bibliography of music reference works and research tools organized by category, including: Dictionaries and Encyclopedias; Histories and Chronologies; Guides to Musicology; Bibliographies of Music Literature; Bibliographies of Music; Reference Works on Individual Composers and Their Music; Catalogs of Music Libraries and Collections; Catalogs of Musical Instrument Collections; Histories and Bibliographies of Music Printing and Publishing; Discographies and Related Sources; Yearbooks, Directories, and Guides; Electronic Information Resources; Bibliography, the Music Business, and Library Science. Includes indexes to authors, editors, and reviewers, subjects, and titles. 28. Ethnomusicology Bibliographic Guide. 1997. University of California, Santa Barbara Library. URL: http://www.library.ucsb.edu/guides/ethno.html. Online links to research sources in ethnomusicology compiled by John McGinnis. Organized by resource type, including: Bibliographies and Indexes; Periodical Indexes; Dissertations and Theses; Guides to Musical Instruments; Glossaries; Source Readings; Discographies; Directories; Books on the Disciplines of Ethnomusicology and Musicology; Selected Relevant Non-music Sources; Selected Audio-Visual Resources. 29. Ethnomusicology, Folk Music, and World Music. 2002. University of Washington, Music Library. URL: http://www.lib.washington.edu/music/world.html. Links to online sources for research in ethnomusicology and world music. Information is subdivided by resource type and geographic region, including: Organizations, Institutions, Archives, Research Centers; Bibliography, Periodicals and Online Publications; Recordings; Anglo-American Folksong; Native American Music; Music of Asia; Music of the Middle East; Music of Eastern Europe, Russia; Music of Europe; Music of Africa; Music of the Caribbean, Latin and South America; Music of Oceania; Dance. 30. Haggerty, Gary. 1995. A Guide to Popular Music Reference Books: An Annotated Bibliography. Music Reference Collection, no. 47. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood Press. xv, 210 p. ISBN 0313296618. ML128.P63 H34 1995 A guide for use by librarians and researchers in popular music genres that range from jazz to blues to country to rock. The focus is on American music with over 400 annotated entries that include bibliographies, indexes, dictionaries, encyclopedias, and other

Guides for research in ethnomusicology

17

references sources. Two appendixes contain an additional 242 unannotated discographic and bibliographic citations devoted to individual artists. Includes a general index. 31. Music Resources on the World Wide Web. 2001. Yale University Music Library. URL: http://www.library.yale.edu/musiclib/webres.htm. A classified and cross-referenced listing of Web sources in music that includes many categories of interest to ethnomusicologists. Some of these include: African-American Music; American Music; Archives and Special Collections; Bibliography; Blues; Copyright; Country Music; Dance; Dissertations; Electronic Lists and Discussion Groups; Iconography; Instruments; Jazz; Jewish Music; Latin–American Music; Lyrics; Music and Technology; Popular Music; Rock; Songs; Technology; Women; and World Music. 32. Selected Dance Resources on the Internet. n.d. The New York Public Library for the Performing Arts. Jerome Robbins Dance Division. URL: http://www.nypl.org/research/lpa/online.html. Includes a broad selection of resources for performers, scholars, and the general public. Organized by topic, including: Book Dealers and Publishers; Dance by Subject; Dance Companies; Dancer’s Health; Education; Festivals and Competitions; Grants and Funding; Preservation; Research; Service Organizations and Unions; Technology; Videos; Web indexes; Web Magazines and Newspapers. 33. Selected Music Resources on the Internet. n.d. The New York Public Library for the Performing Arts. URL: http://www.nypl.org/research/lpa/mus/mus.resources.html. Includes a broad selection of resources for performers, scholars, and the general public. Organized by topic, including: Indexes and Lists of Music Resources on the Internet; Music Licensing and Publishing; Music Libraries and Archives; Professional and Governmental Organizations, Societies, Etc.; Concert Venues and Performance Schedules in the New York City Area; Sheet Music, Song Sheets, and Guitar Chords Available on the Web; and Other Music Resources. 34. Worldwide Internet Music Resources. 1999. William and Gayle Cook Music Library, Indiana University School of Music. URL: http://www.music.indiana.edu/music_resources/. A complex network of links to Web sources in music that range from individual Web pages for musicians, to international sites for musical genres. Broad categories include: Individual Musicians and Popular Groups; Composers and Composition; Groups and Ensembles; Performance-related Sites; Genres; Research and Study; Journals and Magazines; The Commercial World of Music. Each category is further divided with links to detailed information. For example, as a subset of the Genres and Types of Music category, National, International, and World Music provides a listing of sources classified by geographic location. 35. WWW Sites of Interest to Musicologists. n.d. URL: http://www.sas.upenn.edu/music/ams/musicology_www.html. Hosted by the American Musicological Society (AMS), this site provides access to a wide range of web links organized by broad category. These include Academic Job Listings; Dissertations; Academic Institutions; Music Libraries, Archives and Online Catalogues; Journals, Dictionaries and Encyclopaedias; Music Publishing and Record Labels; Music Societies and Organizations; Opera and Song; Orchestras; Choirs; Ensembles; Sacred Music; Early Music; Instruments; Rock and Pop; Jazz; Composers

Ethnomusicology

18

and Composition; Theory; Computer and Electronic Music; Folk Music and Ethnomusicology; Music in Latin America; Music and Film; Women in Music; Music Education; Music Therapy; Catalogue of Music Resources; The World on the WWW.

REGIONAL RESEARCH GUIDES Guides: Africa 36. Mcllwaine, John. l993. Africa: A Guide to Reference Material Regional Reference Guides, no. 1. London; New York: Hans Zell Publishers. xxxv, 507 p. ISBN 0905450434. DT3.A1 M3 1993 An annotated index to information, with 1,755 items on sub-Saharan Africa. The guide is arranged geographically with each subsection divided by genre, including: handbooks, encyclopedias, dictionaries, yearbooks, statistics, directories, biographical sources, atlases, and gazetteers. 37. Zell, Hans M., and Cécile Lomer. 1997. The African Studies Companion: A Resource Guide and Directory. 2d ed. rev. and expanded. London; New Providence, N.J.: H. Zell Publishers. xvi, 276 p. ISBN 1873836414. DT19.8 .Z45 1997 A guide to literature of African studies for scholars, teachers, and students, it contains over 900 entries grouped in ten sections. These include: reference sources; journals and magazines; libraries and documentation centers; publishers with African Studies lists; dealers and distributors of African studies materials; regional organizations; African Studies associations and societies; foundations, donor agencies, network organizations in African Studies; and awards and prizes. Annotations are included for the reference and bibliographic sources. Guides: Latin America 38. Covington, Paula Hattox. 1992. Latin America and the Caribbean: A Critical Guide to Research Sources. Bibliographies and Indexes in Latin American and Caribbean Studies, no. 2. New York: Greenwood Press. xvi, 924 p. ISBN 0313264031. Z1601 .L3225 1992 F1408 This guide to research for Latin America is arranged by discipline, then geographic location. Chapters on history, anthropology, economics, sociology, literature, and other subjects are introduced with essays by disciplinary specialists to provide information on sources, access, and recent trends. The bibliography includes nearly 6,000 annotated citations. 39. McNeil, R.A., and Barbara G.Valk, ed. 1990. Latin American Studies: A Basic Guide to Sources. 2d ed. Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow Press. xi, 458 p. ISBN 0810822369. F1408.A1 L324 1990 A revised edition of Latin American Bibliography by Julia Garlant, this research handbook describes major Latin American collections in the United States and Western Europe. Includes lists of major bibliographies, encyclopedias, dictionaries, guides to sources, and other reference works.

Guides for research in ethnomusicology

19

Guides: North America 40. Hoffmann, Frank W. 1995. American Popular Culture: A Guide to the Reference Litemture. Reference Sources in the Humanities Series. Englewood, Colo.: Libraries Unlimited. xvi, 286 p. ISBN 1563081423. E169.1.A1 H64 1995 A selective guide to popular culture literature, organized by types of information sources, including general and subject encyclopedias; subject dictionaries; handbooks and manuals; biographical compilations; directories, indexes, and abstracts; bibliographies, discographies, and videographies; and supplemental sources (e.g., periodicals, research centers, associations). Each section is arranged by subject: general; popular arts (e.g., music, fine arts); mass media (e.g., radio, computers); folkways/oral tradition; and fads, events, trends, and other social phenomena. Descriptive and evaluative annotations. 41. Morey, Carl. 1996. Music in Canada: A Research and Information Guide. New York: Garland. xiii, 283 p. ISBN 0815316038. ML120.C2 M67 1997 Over 900 annotated entries on music and musicians in Canada are organized into thirteen topics with introductory essays for each. Includes historical, analytical, and biographical studies of music derived from the European tradition, First Nations and Inuit music, jazz and popular works, folk and ethnic music, education, research, and bibliographical materials. Author, subject, and title indexes.

2 Encyclopedias and Dictionaries

Encyclopedias provide an orderly arrangement of knowledge about a specific subject or group of subjects. They often act as compendia of information; specialized and multivolume encyclopedias can provide in-depth information on many topics connected to a specific field. Many encyclopedia articles are written by subject authorities and can provide a basic understanding of a topic especially useful during early stages of research. Ranging from overviews to specialized definitions of concepts, their literature summaries include articles written by scholars in the field and often include brief bibliographies, maps, and illustrations. For the researcher, they can be an important source for an overview of contemporary research on a topic. The primary multivolume encyclopedias in music, The New Grove Dictionary of Music and Musicians (in print and online) and Die Musik in Geschichte und Gegenwart, along with the Garland Encyclopedia of World Music, are significant sources for ethnomusicological information. Each of these encyclopedias provide in-depth information on subjects that range from music in a specific cultural or geographical context, to description and history of musical instruments, to topical essays on genres or fields. In addition, though, there are many other encyclopedias in music and dance that contain valuable data for ethnomusicological research, including The International Encyclopedia of Dance, The New Grove Dictionary of Jazz, and Encyclopedia of Popular Music. Articles on subjects both directly and indirectly related to music are found in many other encyclopedic sources as well, notably the Encyclopedia of World Cultures, Encyclopedia of Religion, and the Encyclopedia of American Social History. For example, the multivolume Encyclopedia of World Cultures provides excellent information to students in ethnomusicology who are writing about a musical tradition on other aspects of culture: for example, social, political, and religious structure, or other forms of cultural expression. The Encyclopedia of Multicultural America is subdivided by ethnic group and provides a wealth of information on immigration patterns and other historical data, details on social life, as well as cultural practices. The single volume American Folklore: An Encyclopedia can help users define terms, clarify issues, and better understand aspects of music and other folklife forms in American culture. The criteria for inclusion in this list is the consideration of how the information a source provides might inform a topic with a focus on music in its social and cultural context. Many of the cited sources include articles contributed by ethnomusicologists, or

Ethnomusicology

22

material that is consistently used in support of ethnomusicological research, especially historical, religious, and social information. This listing is in two parts. Each section is organized by topic and region. In part one are music and dance encyclopedias and dictionaries, and part two includes materials from other disciplines. A quick look at the topics will remind the reader of the areas of research that typify the disciplines often considered cognates of the field of ethnomusicology; thus it is not surprising that we would rely on information from anthropology and sociology, folklore and literature, and area and regional studies to establish a broad academic base for our research.

MUSIC AND DANCE Topical Music and Dance Encyclopedias and Dictionaries Music Encyclopedias: General 42. Broughton, Simon, and Mark Ellingham, ed. 1999. World Music: The Rough Guide. 2d ed. Vol. 2. London: Rough Guides. x, 762; x, 673 p., bibliog., discog., illus., maps, photos. ISBN 1858286352. ML3545.W67 1999 This two-volume work is a revision of the original 1994 single-volume resource. Over 160 articles are organized by country; each entry is followed by an extensive discography. Articles provide historical information, cultural contexts for performance, descriptions of selected musical genres, and biographical sketches of selected artists. Vol. 1: Africa, Europe and the Middle East; Vol. 2: Latin and North America, Caribbean, India, Asia and the Pacific. 43. Casares, Emilio, José López-Calo, Ismael Fernández de la Cuesta, and María Luz González Peña, ed. 1999–2002. Diccionario de la música española e hispanoamericana. Madrid, Spain: Sociedad General de Autores y Editores. 10 vols. ISBN 8480483032 (set). ML101.S7 D53 1999 Written by 750 Spanish and Spanish American musicologists, includes 26,000 entries and 5,000 photographs. This is a comprehensive encyclopedia of musicians and music from Spain and Latin American countries. 44. Cohen, Selma Jeanne. 1998. International Encyclopedia of Dance: A Project of Dance Perspectives Foundation, Inc. 6 vols. New York: Oxford University Press. ISBN 019509462X (set). GV1585 .1586 1998 Nearly 2,000 article cover topics that range from theatrical dance, dancedrama, social dance, to folk and traditional forms. Entries include historical and cultural overviews of countries, dance forms, music, and biographies of dancers and choreographers. Illustrated, cross-references, and comprehensive index. 45. Finscher, Ludwig. 1994. Die Musik in Geschichte und Gegenwart: Allgemeine Enzyklopädie der Musik. 2d ed. 16 vols. Kassel; New York: Bärenreiter. ISBN 3761811004. ML100 .M92 1994 International in scope, this new edition of a standard encyclopedia for musicological research is divided into two parts: part one covers subjects, and part two biographical

Encyclopedias and dictionaries

23

information. Coverage of the resource is broad and includes both musicological and ethnomusicological topics. 46. Kaufmann, Walter. 1990. Selected Musical Terms of Non-Western Cultures: A Notebook-Glossary. Detroit Studies in Music Bibliography, no. 65. Warren, Mich.: Harmonie Park Press. x, 806 p., tables/bibliog. ISBN 0899900399. ML108 .K37 1990 Covers musical terms of musics of Asia, Africa, and the Pacific. Includes instruments, musical forms, and theoretical identifications and concepts. Entries include various spellings, the country or region of origin or use, the meaning or description, and cross references. 47. Marco, Guy A., and Frank Andrews, ed. 1993. Encyclopedia of Recorded Sound in the United States. Garland Reference Library of the Humanities, vol. 936. New York: Garland. xlix, 910 p., bibliog. ISBN 0824047826. ML102.S67 E5 1993 Covers the history of recorded sound with emphasis on the industry in the United States before World War II. The focus of the resource is an alphabetical listing of terms that provide brief descriptions and information on major sound recording terminology, people, and places. 48. Sadie, Stanley, and John Tyrrell. 2001. The New Grove Dictionary of Music and Musicians, 2d ed. 29 vols. London; New York: Grove: Distributed by Macmillan. ISBN 0333608003; 1561592390 (cloth). ML100 .N48 2000 Grovemusic online available: http://www.grovemusic.com/ [edited by Laura Macey] Covers all topics related to music, including musical instruments, compositional forms and techniques, places of import, and scientific topics. Biographical entries cover composers, performers, and writers. Incorporates contents of the former New Grove Dictionary of Music and Musicians, 2d ed., and the New Grove Dictionary of Opera. 49. Stone, Ruth M, ed. 2002. The World’s Music: General Perspectives and Reference Tools. The Garland Encyclopedia of World Music, Volume 10. New York, London: Garland. xiii, 1017 p., bibliog., discog., videog. ISBN 0815310846. ML100 .G16 2002 v. 10 In the first part, a series of chapters present ethnomusicologists discussing their work and careers concentrating on fieldwork, teaching, and current research. Contributors include Bonnie C.Wade, Bell Yung, Kenichi Tsukada, R.Anderson Sutton, Ruth M.Stone, Kay Kaufman Shelemay, Daniel Sheehy, Brenda Romero, Dale A.Olsen, Gerhard Kubik, Ellen Koskoff, Jacqueline Cogdell DjeDje, and Philip V.Bohlman. In the second part, resources and research tools provided include a comprehensive glossary, listing of published sources for each volume in the series, and an index. Music Encyclopedias: Jazz and Blues 50. Herzhaft, Gérard. 1997. Encyclopedia of the Blues. 2d ed. Fayetteville: University of Arkansas Press. 300 p., bibliog., discog., illus., photos. ISBN 1557284520. ML102 .B6 The main body of this resource is organized by artist and features biographical data on blues performers and descriptions of their musical styles. Additional information provides bibliographies and discographies, lists of anthologies, blues standards, and artists and their instruments. Originally published in German; translated by Brigitte Debord.

Ethnomusicology

24

51. Kernfeld, Barry Dean, ed. 2002. The New Grove Dictionary of Jazz. 2d ed. 3 vols. New York; London: Grove’s Dictionaries Inc.; Macmillan. ISBN 1561592846. ML102J3 N48 2001 The New Grove Dictionary of Jazz was originally published in 1994. This second edition updates information and provides several thousand new entries. There are 7,750 entries that include jazz styles, jazz groups, composers and arrangers, instruments, musical terms, record labels, guilds and associations, libraries and archives, and festivals. Nearly every essay is signed and many include a bibliography, discography, and filmography. In 2003 the contents of this resource was incorporated into The New Grove Dictionary of Music and Musicians, 2d edition, and is available online. Music Encyclopedias: Musical Instruments 52. Baines, Anthony, ed. 1992. The Oxford Companion to Musical Instruments. Oxford; New York: Oxford University Press. xii, 404 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 0193113341. ML102 .I5 B34 1992 A comprehensive guide to musical instruments with alphabetically arranged entries on instruments throughout the world. Entries on individual instruments include historical, descriptive, and acoustic information, descriptions of playing techniques and uses in different social contexts. General articles provide information by specific historical period, region, and ensemble. Includes illustrations, musical examples, and a list of instrument makers referenced in the guide. 53. Beck, John, ed. 1995. Encyclopedia of Percussion. Garland Reference Library of the Humanities, vol. 947. New York: Garland. xi, 436 p. ISBN 0824047885. ML102.P4 E5 1995 A reference source on percussion that consists of a glossary of percussion instruments and terms, illustrations of selected instruments, and a series of signed articles on instruments. Of particular note are articles on the marimba in Mexico and related areas by Laurence Kaptain, Latin-American percussion and percussionists by Norbert Goldberg, instruments of Brazil by Eric and John Galm, steel band/pan by Jeffrey Thomas, and the xylophone by William Cahn. Many of the articles include substantial bibliographies. Includes index to terms, performers, instruments, and geographic places. 54. Diagram Group. 1997. Musical Instruments of the World: An Illustrated Encyclopedia. New York: Sterling. 320 p., illus. ISBN 0806998474. ML102.I5 M88 1997 A primarily visual guide to musical instruments around the world. Classified loosely using the Sachs-Hornbostel system, there are over 4,000 detailed line drawings. In addition, a series of drawings and diagrams illustrate geographic and historical connections among instruments and instrumental ensembles. Brief information on a selection of instrument makers and performers. 55. Music Heritage Network. 1996. Music Heritage Network Instrument Encyclopedia. Ann Arbor, Mich.: CHICO School of Information, University of Michigan. URL: http://www.si.umich.edu/chico/instrument/ A project of CHICO, the Cultural Heritage Initiative for Community Outreach at the School of Information, University of Michigan, the resource covers musical instruments drawn from the Stearns Collection of Musical Instruments. Instruments from around the

Encyclopedias and dictionaries

25

world are indexed and searchable by name, geographic region, material, and the SachsHornbostel classification scheme. Audio files are provided for some instruments. Music Encyclopedias: Popular Music 56. Horner, Bruce, and Thomas Swiss, ed. 1999. Key Terms in Popular Music and Culture. Malden, Mass.: Blackwell. x, 260 p., bibliog. ISBN 0631212639; 0631212647 (pbk). ML3470 .K49 1999 A series of 18 essays that draw on work in feminist, postcolonial, and cultural studies, they identify and define the key terms in the ongoing debates on the meaning of popular music and culture. Contents: Putting It into Words: Key Terms for Studying Popular Music/Bruce Horner and Thomas Swiss—Pt. I. Locating Popular Music in Culture. 1. Ideology/Lucy Green. 2. Discourse/ Bruce Horner. 3. Histories/Gilbert B.Rodman. 4. Institutions/David Sanjek. 5. Politics/Robin Balliger. 6. Race/Russell A. Potter. 7. Gender/Holly Kruse. 8. Youth/Deena Weinstein—Pt. II. Locating Culture in Popular Music. 9. Popular/Anahid Kassabian. 10. Music/David Brackett. 11. Form/ Richard Middleton. 12. Text / John Shepherd. 13. Images/Cynthia Fuchs. 14. Performance / David Shumway. 15. Authorship/Will Straw. 16. Technology/Paul Theberge. 17. Business/Mark Fenster and Thomas Swiss. 18. Scenes/Sara Cohen. 57. Larkin, Colin. 1998. The Encyclopedia of Popular Music. 3d ed. 8 vols. London; New York: Muze; Distributed by Grove’s Dictionaries. ISBN 1561592374 (U.S.A.); 033374134X (U.K.). ML102.P66 G84 1998 This is a revised edition of The Guinness Encyclopedia of Popular Music, 2d ed., published in 1995. Covers popular music artists of the twentieth century in 18,000 entries, providing biographical information and musical contributions of individual artists and groups. Includes discographies, videographies, and filmographies; and an extensive bibliography with 6,000 references. Regional Music and Dance Encyclopedias and Dictionaries Music Encyclopedias: Africa 58. Stone, Ruth M., ed. 1998. The Garland Encyclopedia of World Music, Volume 1: Africa. New York: Garland. xv, 851 p. bibliog., discog., filmog. illus., maps, music, photos.,+1 compact disc. ISBN 0824060350. ML100 .G16 1997 vol. 1 Individually authored essays on topics defining the diverse musical practices of Africa. Part 1: Introduction to African music, defining the region, discussing scholarship and issues of representation in early documents; Part 2: Issues and processes in African music; includes a collection of essays addressing theoretical and topical concepts and issues including performance practice, religion, dance, and external influences on African music; Part 3: Regional case studies subdivided into West, North, East, Central, and Southern Africa, with individual essays on countries in these regions.

Ethnomusicology

26

Music Encyclopedias: Asia 59. Arnold, Alison, ed. 2000. The Garland Encyclopedia of World Music, Volume 5: South Asia, the Indian Subcontinent. New York: Garland. xxv, 1,077 p. bibliog., discog., illus., maps, music, photos., videog. +1 compact disc. ISBN 0824049462. ML 100.G16 2000 v. 5 Individually authored essays on topics defining musical practices of India, Pakistan, Bangladesh, Nepal, Sri Lanka, and Afghanistan. Part 1: Introduction to the music of South Asia includes geographic information and an overview of musical scholarship. Part 2: Issues and processes, with information subdivided into sections on classical traditions, music in religion and ritual, material culture, social organization, learning and transmission, dance and drama, mass media, and the South Asian diaspora. Part 3: Musical regions, subdivided geographically with essays on individual states and regions. 60. Miller, Terry E., and Sean Williams, ed. 1998. The Garland Encydopedia of World Music, Volume 4: Southeast Asia. New York: Garland. xx, 1,024 p., bibliog., discog., gloss., illus., maps, music, videog. +1 compact disc. ISBN 0824060407. ML100 .G16 1998 v. 4 Individually authored essays on topics defining musical practices of the Southeast Asian region. Part 1: Introduction to Southeast Asia as a musical area that includes geographic information and an overview of musical scholarship. Part 2: Issues and processes in Southeast Asian musics, with essays on history, environment, cultural and social influences on the region. Part 3: Music cultures and regions, subdivided by subregions with essays on the musics of each country as well as separate essays on groups of indigenous peoples. 61. Provine, Robert C, Yosihiko Tokumaru, and J.Lawrence Witzleben, eds. 2000. The Garland Encyclopedia of World Music, Volume 7: East Asia: China, Japan, and Korea. xxxv, 1,152 p., bibliog., discog., gloss., illus., photos., videog. +1 compact disc. ISBN 0824060415. ML100 .G183 v.7 Individually authored essays on topics defining musical practices in East Asia. Part 1: An introduction to East Asian musics and cultures includes a broad overview of the region and information on cultural interactions in East and Inner Asia. Part 2: Issues and processes in East Asian music, with information on history, instruments, dance, theater, and musical transmission and exchange. Part 3: China, with essays that focus on issues and processes specific to Chinese musics, musical genres, specific social and regional contexts for music, and music of the national minorities. Part 4: Japan, with essays that define issues and processes specific to Japan, then on musical genres, music in Japanese culture and society, and regional and minority musics. Part 5: Korea, with issues and processes specific to Korea, musical genres, social and regional contexts. Part 6: Inner Asia, with essays on Mongol and Siberian musics. 62. Ranade, Ashok D. 1990. Keywords and Concepts: Hindustani Classical Music. New Delhi: Promilla. xii, 160 p., bibliog. illus. ISBN 8185002126. ML102.H56 R36 1990 A classified source on classical music of North India with information on concepts, forms and structures, musical instruments, social structures, and people. Comprehensive index.

Encyclopedias and dictionaries

27

Music Encyclopedias: Europe 63. Rice, Timothy, James Porter, and Chris Goertzen, ed. 2000. The Garland Encyclopedia of World Music, Volume 8: Europe. New York: Garland. xxix, 1,144 p., gloss., illus., maps, music, photos., bibliog., discog., videog. +1 compact disc. ISBN 0824060342. ML100.G16 2000 v.8 Individually authored essays on topics defining the diverse musical practices of Europe. Part 1: Europe as a musical area, introducing the diverse region and the history of collecting and studying traditional European musics. Part 2: Issues and processes in European music, with essays on significant areas of historical focus and on understanding musical performance and ideas about music. These essays range from musical knowledge and transmission, genres, performance contexts, musical instruments, dance, issues of gender and ideology, broad groupings of musics in Europe, including popular music, rock music, world music, and immigrant music. Part 3: Music cultures of Europe, subdivided geographically into broad regions, then further subdivided by country. Included also in this region is information on selected transnational ethnic groups, including Jewish, Rom, Travellers’, Saami, Basque, and Celtic musics. 64. Vallely, Fintan, ed. 1999. The Companion to Irish Traditional Music. New York: New York University Press. xviii, 478 p., bibliog., discog. illus., maps, music, photos. ISBN 0814788025. ML101.I73 V35 1999 A dictionary of music and dance genres, instruments, musicians, and organizations in Ireland as well as other European countries and the United States. All articles are signed, many are cross-referenced. Select bibliography (pp. 443–62) and discography (pp. 463– 78) are organized by subject. Music Encyclopedias: Latin America 65. Marcondes, Marcos Antonio, ed. 1998. Enciclopédia da música brasileira: erudita, folclórica e popular. 2d ed. São Paulo, Brazil: Art Editoria, Publifolha. 887 p. ISBN 8571610312. ML106.B7 E5 1998 This is the second edition of a work originally published in 1977. Over 3,500 articles include biographical, music, and dance terminology, and information on institutions. A general bibliography is included at the end. 66. Olsen, Dale A., and Daniel E. Sheehy, ed. 1998. The Garland Encyclopedia of World Music, Volume 2: South America, Mexico, Central America, and the Caribbean. New York: Garland. xix, 1,082 p., bibliog., discog., gloss., illus., maps, music, photos., videog. +1 compact disc. ISBN 0824049470. ML100 .S58 1998 v. 2 Individually authored essays on topics defining musical practices of the Latin American region. Part 1: Introduction to music cultures of the region that includes geographic information and an overview of musical scholarship. Part 2: Issues and processes in the music of South America, Mexico, Central America, and the Caribbean, with information on musical instruments, genres and performance contexts, and performance practice by broad social groups. Part 3: Nations and music traditions with essays on specific social groups and countries and their performing traditions. This includes information on 25 Native American groups from Mexico to Brazil and Chile, and essays on each country.

Ethnomusicology

28

Music Encyclopedias: Middle East 67. Danielson, Virginia, Scott Marcus, and Dwight Reynolds. 2001. The Garland Encyclopedia of World Music, Volume 6: The Middle East. New York: Garland. xxvii, 1,182 p., bibliog., discog., gloss., illus., maps, music, photos., videog. +1 compact disc. ISBN 0824060423. ML100 .G16 1997 vol. 6 Individually authored essays on topics defining musical practices of the Middle East. Part 1: Introduction to the musics of the region including geographic information and an overview of musical scholarship. Part 2: Understanding the musics of the Middle East: Issues and processes, with information subdivided into sections on theory, composition, and performance, music in religious expression, popular music and the media, gender and music, learning and transmission, and historical roots. Part 3: Music cultures and regions, subdivided geographically into the broad regions of North Africa, the Eastern Arab world, the Arabian peninsula, Armenia, Kurdistan, Turkey, Iran, Central Asia, and Israel. In each of these sections, essays focus on countries and subregions. 68. Shawqi, Yusuf, and Dieter Christensen. 1994. Dictionary of Traditional Music in Oman. English ed. Intercultural Music Studies, 6. Wilhelmshaven; New York: F.Noetzel; C.F.Peters Corp. 224 p. ISBN 3795906741. ML108 .S5313 1994 An encyclopedia of the traditional performing arts in Oman based on fieldwork during the years 1983–1985, with revisions and updates in 1985 and 1990–1992. Provides descriptive and illustrative information and musical examples. Music Encyclopedias: North America 69. Kallmann, Helmut, Gilles Potvin, and Kenneth Winters. 1992. Encyclopedia of Music in Canada. 2d ed. Toronto; Buffalo: University of Toronto Press. 1,524 p., illus., bibliog., discog., filmog. ISBN 0802028810. ML106.C3 E5 1992. Available: http://www.nlcbnc.ca/4/17/index.html. Encyclopedia of Music in Canada/Encyclopédie de la musique au Canada is available online in English or French. While it represents the 1992 edition, the intent is to update the entries continuously. 70. Koskoff, Ellen, ed. 2001. The Garland Encydopedia of World Music, Volume 3: The United States and Canada. New York: Garland. xxix, 1,378 p., bibliog., discog., gloss., illus., maps, music, photos., videog. +1 compact disc. ISBN 0824049446. ML100 .G16 1997 v. 3 Individually authored essays on topics defining musical practices of the United States and Canada. Part 1: The United States and Canada as a musical area that includes geographic information and an overview of musical scholarship. Part 2: Music in social and cultural contexts with information subdivided into sections on “Issues of Identity,” “Diverse Environments,” “Processes and Institutions,” and “Border Crossings and Fusions.” Each section includes essays and shorter “snapshots” that provide case studies of the issues discussed. Part 3: Musical cultures and regions, subdivided into sections on Native Americans, music in the United States, and music in Canada. Essays in the section focus on ethnic groups, musical genres, styles, and regions, with snapshots that provide case studies integrated throughout. 71. Stambler, Irwin, and Grelun Landon. 2000. Country Music: The Encyclopedia. New York: St. Martin’s Press. ix, 708 p. ISBN 0312264879. ML102.C7 S78 1997c

Encyclopedias and dictionaries

29

A revised, third edition of the The Encyclopedia of Folk, Country, and Western Music last published in 1983, covers country, country rock, bluegrass, rockabilly, country gospel, honky-tonk, western swing, and cowboy singers. Includes interviews with contemporary performers. Index includes song and album titles, performers, and genres. 72. Stambler, Irwin, and Lyndon Stambler. 2001. Folk and Blues: The Encyclopedia. New York: Thomas Dunne Books. xx, 793 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 0312200579. ML102.F66 S73 2001 Revised edition of the blues and folk music entries from Encyclopedia of Folk, Country, and Western Music, 2d ed., 1983. Entries provide biographical and critical information on performing groups and individual artists. Comprehensive index. 73. Titon, Jeff Todd, and Bob Carlin, ed. 2002. American Musical Traditions. 5 vols. New York: Schirmer Reference. ISBN 002864624X. ML3551 .A53 2002 A collection of essays that reflect recent research by folklorists and ethnomusicologists. The collection is representative of musical communities and musical genres throughout the United States. Materials are organized by ethnic group: vol. 1. Native American Music; vol. 2. African American Music; vol. 3. British Isles Music; vol. 4. European American Music; and vol. 5 Latino American and Asian American Music. Music Encyclopedias: Pacific Islands and Australia 74. Bebbington, Warren, ed. 1998. A Dictionary of Australian Music. Melbourne; New York: Oxford University Press. xiv, 361 p. ISBN 0195508394. ML101.A9 D53 1998 Derived from the Oxford Companion to Australian Music, this is a concise reference guide to Australian music that covers the period from the late nineteenth century to the present. Topics of the over 2,000 entries range from Aboriginal traditions, Europeanderived musical genres, Australian folk, jazz, country, popular, rock, electronic, and experimental music. 75. Kaeppler, Adrienne Lois, and Jacob Wainwright Love, ed. 1998. The Garland Encyclopedia of World Music, Volume 9: Australia and the Pacific Islands. New York: Garland. xxvii, 1,088 p., bibliog., discog., filmog. gloss., illus., maps, music, photos. +1 compact disc. ISBN 0824060385. ML100 .A88 1998 v. 9 A series of essays on topics defining musical practices of the peoples of Australia and the Pacific Islands. Part 1: Introduction to Oceania and its music, with geographic information and essays exploring the impact of colonization, exchange, and migration on musics in the region. Part 2: Concepts in Oceanic musics, with essays on popular music, religion, politics, theater, gender, education, and on issues related to understanding and interpreting music in the region. Part 3: Peoples of Oceania and their music, subdivided by the subregions of Australia, New Guinea, Melanesia, Micronesia, and Polynesia, with essays on the musics of each subregions. Part 4: Resources and research tools, including a listing of archives and institutional resources.

Ethnomusicology

30

RELATED DISCIPLINES Topical Encyclopedias and Dictionaries Encyclopedias: General 76. Kelly, Michael. 1998. Encyclopedia of Aesthetics. 4 vols. New York: Oxford University Press. ISBN 0195113071. BH56 .E53 1998 Over 600 signed entries, alphabetically arranged, with information on individuals, concepts, periods, theories, issues, and movements in the history of aesthetics. Focus is on Western aesthetic traditions. Musical topics range from Adorno to semiology, to musical genres (including the aesthetics of rock and jazz), to ethnic and regional groups (Indian, Caribbean, Russian); and other issues of significance to research on musical and social aesthetics. 77. Taylor, Victor E., and Charles E.Winquist, ed. 2001. Encyclopedia of Postmodernism. London; New York: Routledge. xiv, 466 p. ISBN 0415152941. B831.2 .E63 2001 Disciplines, terms, and individuals connected to postmodern studies. Alphabetical listing with cross-referenced entries. Level ranges from introductory to theoretical analysis, including semiotics, feminism, queer theory, musicology, and improvisation. All articles signed with brief bibliographies. Encyclopedias: Anthropology and Sociology 78. Barnard, Alan, and Jonathan Spencer. 1996. Encyclopedia of Social and Cultural Anthropology. London; New York: Routledge. xxiv, 658 p. ISBN 041509996X. GN307 .E55 1996 Over 200 alphabetically arranged entries with cross-references and brief bibliographies. Areas covered fall into five categories: ethnographic surveys, history of anthropology, subdisciplines and neighboring disciplines, anthropological concepts and methods, and anthropological objects. Includes a biographical appendix with nearly 250 names, glossary, name index, peoples and places index, and subject index. 79. Borgatta, Edgar F., and Rhonda J.V.Montgomery, ed. 2000. Encyclopedia of Sociology. 2d ed. 5 vols. New York: Macmillan Reference USA. xxxix, 3,481 p. ISBN 0028648536. HM425 .E5 2000 This multivolume resource is useful as a standard reference work for concepts in sociology. The article on music, submitted by Richard A. Peterson, provides a broad understanding of the sociology of music through a review of literature identified with sociological interpretation of musical performance followed by an extensive bibliography of books and articles on the subject. 80. Ember, Melvin, and Carol R. Ember, ed. 2001. Countries and Their Cultures. 4 vols. New York: Macmillan Reference USA. ISBN 0028649508. GN307 . C68 2001 Based on the Human Relations Area Files, this resource organizes information on 225 countries by place. Entries provide an overview of each country with sections on geography, history, demography, languages, food, economy, etiquette, politics, family, religion, and arts and humanities. A primary focus is on cultural similarities and

Encyclopedias and dictionaries

31

differences by race, ethnicity, and class within each country. Includes 1,000 photographs and over 200 maps. 81. Ingold, Tim, ed. 1994. Companion Encyclopedia of Anthropology. London; New York: Routledge. xxxiv, 1,127 p., bibliog. ISBN 0415021375; 0415164214 (pbk.). GN25 .C65 1994 A series of 38 essays related to biological, social, and cultural anthropology that synthesize current scholarship in the field. Interconnections between perspectives and subdisciplines in anthropology are emphasized in the three sections on humanity, culture, and social life. Essays in culture on ritual and performance by Richard Schechner, on music and dance by Anthony Seeger, and on politics of culture by Anthony D. Smith. 82. Lee, Richard B., and Richard Heywood Daly, ed. l999. The Cambridge Encyclopedia of Hunters and Gatherers. Cambridge, U.K.; New York: Cambridge University Press. xx, 511 p., bibliog. illus., maps, ISBN 052157109X. GN388 .C35 1999 This encyclopedia is divided into seven world regions and provides case studies of over 50 of the world’s hunting and gathering peoples. Each section provides a regional introduction followed by a series of essays with information on prehistory, social life, gender, music and art, health, religion, and indigenous knowledge. 83. Levinson, David, ed. l99l. Encyclopedia of World Cultures. 10 vols. Boston: G.K. Hall. ISBN 081688840X. GN307 .E53 1991 Organized geographically, this 10-volume set is a source for historical, social, political, economic, linguistic, religious, and cultural information on 1,500 cultures throughout the world. Vol. 1. North America/Timothy J. O’Leary, David Levinson, eds; vol. 2. Oceania/Terence E. Hays, ed; vol. 3. South Asia/Paul Hawkins, ed; vol. 4. Europe (central, western, and southeastern Europe)/Linda A. Bennett, ed; vol. 5. East and southeast Asia/Paul Hockings, ed; vol. 6. Russia and Eurasia/Paul Friedrich and Norma Diamond, eds; vol. 7. South America/Johannes Wilbert, ed; vol. 8. Middle America and the Caribbean, James W.Dow, ed; vol. 9. Africa and the Middle East, John Middleton and Amal Rassam, eds; vol. 10. Bibliographies are included for each entry. Includes glossary, filmography, and indexes. 84. Levinson, David. 1994. Ethnic Relations: A Cross-Cultural Encyclopedia. Encyclopedias of the Human Experience. Santa Barbara, Calif.: ABC-CLIO. ix, 293 p., bibliog. ISBN 0874367352. GN496 .L48 1994 Examines the changing ethnic relations throughout the world at the end of the twentieth century, exploring ethnicity and ethnic conflict and identifying selected significant locations (Northern Ireland, Bosnia, Rwanda, etc.) for in depth focus. 85. Levinson, David, and Melvin Ember. 1996. Encyclopedia of Cultural Anthropology. 4 vols. New York: Henry Holt and Co. xxxii, 1,486 p., bibliog. ISBN 0805028773. GN307 .E52 1996 Sponsored by the Human Relations Area Files at Yale University, this resource presents approaches, methods, concepts, and topics central to cultural anthropology during the last decade of the twentieth century in 340 distinct articles, each with its own bibliography. Informed also by related disciplines: archaeology, biological anthropology, and linguistics. Cross-referencing.

Ethnomusicology

32

Encyclopedias: Cultural Studies 86. Brooker, Peter. 2002. A Glossary of Cultural Theory. 2d ed. London: Arnold. xiii, 297 p. ISBN 0340807008. HM101 .B775 2002 Over 300 entries on key terms in cultural studies and related disciplines. Fields covered include feminism, Marxism, psychoanalysis, structuralism, poststructuralism, discourse, postmodernism, postcolonialism, literary criticism and aesthetic theory, film, media and popular culture, sociology of culture, and information theory. Updated from a previous edition published as Cultural Theory: A Glossary in 1999. 87. Edgar, Andrew, and Peter R. Sedgwick, ed. 1999. Key Concepts in Cultural Theory. Key Concepts Series. London; New York: Routledge. xvii, 506 p. ISBN 0415114039; 0415114047 (pbk.). HM621 .K49 1999 Contains over 350 entries covering terms, theories, and concerns of the field of cultural studies. Suggestions for further reading accompany all major entries, and includes a bibliography of essential texts in the field. 88. Payne, Michael, ed. 1996. A Dictionary of Cultural and Critical Theory. Oxford, U.K.; Cambridge, Mass.: Blackwell Reference. xii, 644 p. ISBN 0631171975. HM101 .D527 1996 A reference guide to cultural and critical theory, with connections to the humanities and social sciences fields of linguistics, anthropology, literature, philosophy, political science, and history. Alphabetic entries include bibliographical references. Includes cross-references. Encyclopedias: Folklore 89. Bauman, Richard, ed. 1992. Folklore, Cultural Performances, and Popular Entertainments: A Communications-Centered Handbook. New York: Oxford University Press. xxi, 313 p. ISBN 0195069196; 019506920X (pbk.). GR35.F64 1992 Drawn from the International Encyclopedia of Communications, the 37 entries in this handbook cover expressive forms and practices framed using the following organizing principles: basic concepts and analytical perspectives, communicative media and expressive genres, and cultural performance and popular entertainment. For music and dance, articles are provided by John Blacking (“Ethnomusicology”), Marcia Herndon (“Song”), Jeff Todd Titon (“Music”), Gerard Béhague (“Music Performance”), and Adrienne Kaeppler (“Dance”). Each article has a separate bibliography. Cross-referenced. 90. Brown, Mary Ellen, and Bruce A. Rosenberg. 1998. Encyclopedia of Folhlore and Literature. Santa Barbara, Calif.: ABC-CLIO. xli, 766 p., illus, bibliog. ISBN 1576070034; 1576071243 (pbk.). PN41 .E48 1998 Focusing on European and Western themes, includes over 350 entries that demonstrate connections between literature and folklore. Includes literary works, concepts, characters, writers, and scholars. 91. Green, Thomas A., ed. 1997. Folklore: An Encyclopedia of Beliefs, Customs, Tales, Music, and Art. 2 vols. Santa Barbara, Calif.: ABC-CLIO. xxi, 892 p. ISBN 087436986X. GR35 .F63 1997 This resource is made up of over 240 in-depth articles on literary and oral folklife traditions. Coverage is cross-cultural and includes articles with historical and

Encyclopedias and dictionaries

33

contemporary information on concepts, theories and methodologies, issues, and genres. Comprehensive index. Encyclopedias: Gender 92. Kramarae, Cheris, and Dale Spender, eds. 2000. Routledge International Encyclopedia of Women: Global Women’s Issues and Knowledge. 4 vols. New York: Routledge. ISBN 0415920884 (set). HQ1115 .R69 2000 Contains 900 articles on global women’s issues ranging from topical case studies, key concepts in feminist studies, country studies on issues specific to that region, and broad areas of study from a feminist perspective. For example, music is subdivided into a series of regional articles on musics of East Asia, Latin America, North Africa and the Islamic Middle East, South Asia, subSaharan Africa, and genre-based articles ranging from opera to rock and pop, jazz and rap to western classical. Cross-referenced. Includes a comprehensive index. Encyclopedias: Philosophy 93. Craig, Edward, ed. 1998. Routledge Encyclopedia of Philosophy. 10 vols. London; New York: Routledge. ISBN 0415073103; 0415169178 (CDROM). B51 .R68 1998; URL: http://www.rep.routledge.com/index.html An encyclopedia that considers world philosophy and religion. Over 2,000 articles cover philosophical thought in all historical periods. Entries include individuals, philosophical issues and theories, and current issues (e.g., structuralism, postcolonialism, and feminism). Includes bibliographies, crossreferences, and comprehensive index. The CD-ROM version provides multiple modes of access to information in the print version and is updated quarterly. Encyclopedias: Popular Culture 94. Browne, Ray Broadus, and Pat Browne, ed. 2001. The Guide to United States Popular Culture. Bowling Green, Ohio: Bowling Green State University Popular Press. x, 1,010 p., illus., bibliog., map. ISBN 0879728213; 0879728221 (pbk.). E169.1 .D399 2001 A single-volume dictionary with 1,600 entries by 500 contributors that defines and provides context for mostly twentieth-century American everyday culture, including broad topics, specific individuals, items, and events. Includes cross-references and an index. 95. Pendergast, Tom, and Sara Pendergast, ed. 2000. St. James Encyclopedia of Popular Culture. 5 vols. Detroit: St. James Press. ISBN 1558624007. E169.1. S764 2000 This 5-volume set offers over 2,700 signed entries on aspects of popular culture during the second half of the twentieth century. Coverage includes aspects of television, movies, theater, art, books, magazines, radio, music, sports, fashion, health, politics, trends, community life, and advertising. Entries include bibliographic references, and some include film, video, and Web sources. General bibliography. Includes time-period, subject and general indexes.

Ethnomusicology

34

Encyclopedias: Religion 96. Eck, Diana L. 2002. On Common Ground: World Religions in America. 2d ed. New York: Columbia University Press. CD-ROM+User’s Guide. Web site. ISBN 0231108982. BL2525 A multimedia interactive online resource based on the research of the Pluralism Project at Harvard University. Provides CD-ROM and Web-based links to connect users to information on contemporary religious landscapes of the United States. Information is focused on the religious practices in over 300 cities and in 18 regions. A section on Discovering America’s Religions provides detailed information and links to fifteen religious traditions in the American context: Buddhist, Christian, Hindu, Jewish, Jain, Muslim, Native American, Sikh, Afro-Caribbean, Baha’i, Confucian, Pagan, Shinto, Taoist, and Zoroastrian. 97. Eliade, Mircea, and Charles J. Adams, ed. 1987. The Encyclopedia of Religion. 15 vols. New York; London: Macmillan; Collier Macmillan. ISBN 0029094801. BL31 .E46 1986 A comprehensive encyclopedia of religious traditions, ideas, practices, persons, and phenomena throughout the world, from earliest times to the present. Articles focus especially on the theoretical, practical, and sociological aspects of religion, and include extensive coverage of non-Western religions. 98. The Encyclopaedia of Islam. 1999. Leiden, Netherlands: Brill. ISBN 9004122370. DS35.53 .E53 2002 A new edition of a reference work in English on Islam and Islamic subjects. Includes articles with an emphasis on economic and social topics, and retains its role as a standard encyclopedic reference on the Islamic religion in English. Available in print and CDROM format. Includes an index of names and subjects and a glossary and index of terms. 99. Esposito, John L. 1995. The Oxford Encyclopedia of the Modern Islamic World. 4 vols. New York: Oxford University Press. ISBN 0195066138; 0195148037 (pbk). DS35.53 .095 1995 This 4-volume work provides an examination of the relationship between religion, politics, and culture in Muslim societies throughout the world. Alphabetically arranged entries include topics in the following categories: history and geography; schools of thought; religious beliefs; theology and philosophy; mysticism; religious practice, devotionalism, and ritual; religious law; politics; economics; culture and society; and biographies. Includes bibliographical references, cross-references, and comprehensive index. Regional Encyclopedias and Dictionaries Encyclopedias: Africa and the African Diaspora 100. Appiah, Anthony, and Henry Louis Gates. 1999. Africana: The Encyclopedia of the African and African American Experience. New York: Basic Civitas Books. xxvii, 2,095 p. ISBN 0465000711. DT14 .A37435 1999 Over 3,500 entries in this single-volume resource provide biographical, political, artistic, economic, historical, and geographical information on African and African

Encyclopedias and dictionaries

35

American peoples. Includes over 1,000 maps and photographs, cross-references, and a select bibliography. 101. Appiah, Anthony, and Henry Louis Gates, ed. 2000. Microsoft Encarta Africana 2000. 3d ed. Redmond, Wash: Microsoft. ISBN 0735601054. DT14 .M527 1999 A comprehensive multimedia encyclopedia that focuses on the history, geography, and culture of people of African descent worldwide, with more than 3,600 articles and over 2,900 media elements (including videos, audio clips, maps, and photographs), an interactive timeline of Africans and people of African descent, and a civil rights chronology. 102. Diagram Group. 2000. The Encyclopedia of African Peoples. New York: Facts on File. 400 p. ISBN 0816040990. DT15 .E53 2000 This resource has an anthropological focus, covering ethnic and regional information on the entire African continent. Over 1,000 ethnic groups are identified with in-depth profiles of nearly 200 groups that include historical, linguistic, social, cultural, and religious information. Other sections provide regional and national profiles and biographical information on over 300 people that played significant roles in African history. 103. Middleton, John. 1997. Encyclopedia of Africa South of the Sahara. 4 vols. New York: Scribner. ISBN 0684804662. DT351 .E53 1997 Coverage of music includes information on traditional and popular music of Western, Eastern, and Southern Africa, Islamic music, music in the West African savanna and Ethiopia, and musical instraments. Authors for these segments include Gerhard Kubik, Wolfgang Bender, John Collins, Weraer Braebner, Veit Erlmann, R.M.Blench, Raimung Vogels, and Andrew Tracey. Dance is covered with articles on dance and movement by Peggy Harper, and dance as social statement by John Argyle. Other articles include references to music in religious and social life, ritual, festival, musical instruments, musicians, and epic poetry. Encyclopedias: Asia 104. Bowring, Richard John, and Peter F. Kornicki, ed. 1993. The Cambridge Encyclopedia of Japan. New York: Cambridge University Press. 400 p., bibliog. gloss., maps., photos. ISBN 0521403529. DS805 .C36 1993 A single-volume reference source to provides information on Japan divided into eight topical chapters: geography, language and literature, arts and crafts, politics, history, thought and religion, society, and economy. 105. Buckley, Sandra, ed. 2002. Encyclopedia of Contemporary Japanese Culture. Encyclopedias of Contemporary Culture. New York: Routledge. xxix, 634 p., bibliog. ISBN 0415143446. DS822.5 .E516 2001 Over 700 entries on Japanese culture from 1945 to the present covering literature, film, architecture, food, health, political economy, religion, and technology. Includes cross-references and a comprehensive index. 106. Embree, Ainslie Thomas. 1988. Encyclopedia of Asian History. 4 vols. New York: Scribner. ISBN 0684186195. DS31 .E53 1987 This four-volume work was prepared with the support of the Asia Society. It has nearly 3,000 articles on a wide range of topics that include historical events, people,

Ethnomusicology

36

places, religion, and the arts. There are many articles on musical topics; those by geographic region are written by Rulan Chao Pian (China), Bonnie Wade (South Asia), Martin Hatch (Southeast Asia), Philip Schuyler (Iran, Afghanistan, and Central Asia). Includes illustrations and maps. Subject index. 107. Hook, Brian, and Denis Crispin Twitchett, eds. 1991. The Cambridge Encyclopedia of China. 2d ed. Cambridge, U.K.; New York: Cambridge University Press. 502 p., bibliog. illus., maps, ISBN 052135594X. DS705 .C35 1991 Essays on topics that define the social and cultural history of China are arranged in seven sections. Coverage includes history, law, medicine, religion, literature, architecture, and social conditions. Chapter bibliographies. Comprehensive index included. 108. Kodansha. 1993. Japan: An Illustrated Encyclopedia. 2 vols. Tokyo: Kodansha. ISBN 4069310983. DS805 J263 1993 A condensed, updated, and revised two-volume edition of the nine-volume Kodansha Encyclopedia of Japan published in 1983. Includes 12,000 entries, with 4,000 photos and illustrations, maps, a chronological chart, an extensive bibliography, and a bilingual index. 109. Kodansha. 2002. Kodansha Encyclopedia of Japan. Tokyo: Kodansha. URL: http://www.ency-japan.com/ Updated, online version based on the nine volume Kodansha Encyclopedia of Japan (Kodansha, 1983) and the shorter Japan: An Illustrated Encyclopedia (Kodansha, 1993). Includes more than 11,000 entries on Japanese politics, government, economics, art, culture, and history. There are nearly 2,000 photographs and other illustrations, including maps. In addition, there are nearly 4,000 cross-references, and links to 700 Web sites. 110. Perkins, Dorothy. 1991. Encyclopedia of Japan: Japanese History and Culture, from Abacus to Zori. New York: Facts on File. vi, 410 p., bibliog., illus., maps. ISBN 0816019347. More than 1,000 brief entries with information on topics in the social sciences and humanities. Cross-referenced. 111. Perkins, Dorothy. 1999. Encydopedia of China: The Essential Reference to China, Its History and Culture. New York: Facts on File. ix, 662 p., bibliog., photos. ISBN 0816026939. DS705 .P46 1999 More than 1,000 brief entries that explore geography, population, religion, literature, popular culture, performing arts, history, current politics and economy, foreign relations and trade. Cross-referenced. 112. Philippines, Cultural Center of the. 1998. 2 CD-ROMs. CCP Encyclopedia of Philippine Art. Cultural Center of the Philippines. Previously published in 1994 as a ten-volume print encyclopedia. Includes up-to-date information on Philippine culture. In audio and video clips of film, dance, music, and art work. 113. Schilling, Mark. 1997. The Encyclopedia of Japanese Pop Culture. New York: Weatherhill. 343 p. ISBN 0834803801. DS822.5 .S3 1997 Articles on popular culture in Japan including an article on Japanese popular music by Linda Fujie; includes literature review as well as citations in English and Japanese. Also information on urban lifestyle, new religions, and other topics.

Encyclopedias and dictionaries

37

114. Wang, Ke-wen, ed. 1998. Modern China: An Encyclopedia of History, Culture, and Nationalism. Garland Reference Library of the Humanities; vol. 1519. New York: Garland. xxxv, 442 p., bibliog. ISBN 0815307209. JC311. M54 1998 Entries cover movements, institutions, events, individuals, places, and concepts in China since the mid-nineteenth century. Coverage includes not only political topics, but also the arts and other aspects of China’s social and cultural life. All entries include English-language bibliographies. Includes a comprehensive index. Encyclopedias: Europe 115. Childs, Peter, and Mike Storry, ed. 1999. Encyclopedia of Contemporary British Culture. Encyclopedias of Contemporary Culture. London; New York: Routledge. xxvii, 628 p., bibliog. ISBN 0415147263. DA589.4 .E53 1999 Nearly 1,000 entries cover a wide range of topics related to British contemporary life. Includes biographical and topical articles with entries on subjects such as raves, bhangra, and on specific ethnic communities. Crossreferencing and comprehensive index. 116. Hughes, Alex, and Keith Reader, ed. 1998. Encyclopedia of Contemporary French Culture. Encyclopedias of Contemporary Culture. London; New York: Routledge. xxii, 618 p., bibliog. ISBN 0415131863. DC33.7 .E53 1998 Covers aspects of French culture since 1945 in over 700 entries and a wide range of fields, including film and media, gender, education, literature, technology, politics, and linguistic issues. 117. Moliterno, Gino, ed. 2000. Encyclopedia of Contemporary Italian Culture. Encyclopedias of Contemporary Culture. London; New York: Routledge. xxiv, 677 p., bibliog. ISBN 0415145848. DG450 .E53 2000 Over 1,000 entries on all aspects of post-1945 Italian culture. Includes definitions, descriptions, and biographical information. Topics include architecture, cultural and policy institutions, economy, education and scientific research, fashion, film, food, intellectual life, language, literature, mass media, performing arts, politics, religion, sports, and others. 118. Rodgers, E.J., ed. 1999. Encyclopedia of Contemporary Spanish Culture. Encyclopedias of Contemporary Culture. London; New York: Routledge. xxii, 591 p., bibliog. ISBN 0415131871. DP233.5 .E63 1999 This resource contains 750 entries that cover cultural and political developments, from the end of the Spanish Civil War in 1939 to the present, including the cultures of Catalonia, Galicia, and the Basque country. Emphasis is on the period since the end of the Franco dictatorship in 1975. Includes a comprehensive index. 119. Sandford, John, ed. 1999. Encyclopedia of Contemporary German Culture. Encyclopedias of Contemporary Culture. London; New York: Routledge. xi, 696 p., bibliog. ISBN 0415124484. DD290.26 .E53 1999 With over 1,100 entries, this encyclopedia covers social, political, and cultural life in the post-1945 German-speaking world in broad overview articles and shorter factual entries. Subjects range from cultural policy and institutions to fashion and design, education, and research to language and national identity, music, and performing arts. Cross-referenced. Comprehensive index.

Ethnomusicology

38

Encyclopedias: Latin America 120. Balderston, Daniel, Mike Gonzalez, and Ana M.Lopez, ed. 2000. Encyclopedia of Contemporary Latin American and Caribbean Cultures. 3 vols. Encyclopedias of Contemporary Culture. New York; London: Routledge. lxxii, 1,754 p., bibliog. ISBN 041513188X. F1406 .E515 2000 Includes about 4,000 entries on over 40 Latin American and Caribbean regions covering a period from 1920 to the present. Encompasses a wide range of forms including foodways, sports, mass media, transportation, visual and performing arts, and architecture. 121. Collier, Simon, Thomas E.Skidmore, and Harold Blakemore. 1992. The Cambridge Encyclopedia of Latin America and the Caribbean. 2d ed. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press. 479 p. bibliog., gloss., illus., maps. ISBN 0521413222. F1406 .C36 1992 A single-volume work on Latin America that is structured in six parts covering contemporary issues as well as historical and cultural topics. Signed articles treat the physical environment, economy, people, history, politics, and culture. Articles include suggestions for further reading. 122. Instituto Socioambiental. Encyclopedia: Indigenous Peoples of Brazil. URL: http://www.socioambiental.org/website/povind/indexenglish.htm This online source provides access to information on indigenous groups of Brazil in Portuguese and English. Sponsored by the environmental organization Instituto Socioambiental, the encyclopedia provides links to information by social group and includes demographic, geographical, social, and cultural data. 123. Tenenbaum, Barbara A., and Georgette M.Dorn, ed. 1996. Encyclopedia of Latin American History and Culture. 5 vols. New York; London: Scribner, Simon and Schuster: Prentice Hall International. ISBN 0684192535. F1406 .E53 1996 Contains over 5,200 articles on Latin American history, politics, society, and culture. Signed entries include bibliographic references and cross-references to related articles. A separate appendix includes nearly 3,000 biographies of figures in Latin American history and culture. Includes a comprehensive index. 124. Werner, Michael S., ed. 1997. Encyclopedia of Mexico: History, Society and Culture. 2 vols. Chicago: Fitzroy Dearborn. xli, 1,749 p. ISBN 1884964311 .F1210 .E63 1997 This 2-volume encyclopedia contains over 650 entries contributed by more than 350 scholars from around the world. It presents information on Mexican history, society and culture from ancient civilizations to the present day. Encyclopedias: Middle East 125. Simon, Reeva S., Philip Mattar, and Richard W.Bulliet. 1996. Encyclopedia of the Modern Middle East. 4 vols. New York: Macmillan Reference USA. ISBN 0028960114 (set). DS43 .E53 1996 Over 4,000 entries covering the nineteenth and twentieth centuries in 24 countries, including Israel. Both brief and extensive articles cover topics in politics, economics, religion, history, literature, and art, as well as biographical information, and many have bibliographic citations. Includes maps and photographs.

Encyclopedias and dictionaries

39

Encyclopedias: North America 126. Brunvand, Jan Harold. 1996. American Folklore: An Encyclopedia. Garland Reference Library of the Humanities, vol. 1551. New York: Garland. xviii, 794 p. ISBN 0815307519; 0815333501 (pbk). GRIOI .A54 1996 Over 500 articles on many aspects of folklife including a significant number of entries on musical subjects. Includes both brief entries and entries that are extensive essays with bibliographic citations. Includes cross-references. 127. Cayton, Mary Kupiec, Elliott J. Gorn, and Peter W. Williams. 1992. Encyclopedia of American Social History. 3 vols. New York; Toronto: Scribner; Maxwell Macmillan Canada; Maxwell Macmillan International. xix, 2,653 p. ISBN 0684192462. HN57 .E58 1992 This three-volume encyclopedia presents 180 thematic essays on historical and contemporary social life in America. The set is divided into broadly defined categories that include periods of social change, ethnic and racial subcultures; popular culture and recreation; social problems, social control, and social protest; science, medicine, and technology; and education and literacy. All essays are written by subject specialists and include cross-referencing and substantial bibliographies. Comprehensive index. 128. Cayton, Mary Kupiec, and Peter W.Williams, ed. 2001. Encyclopedia of American Cultural and Intellectual History. 3 vols. New York: Scribner. 1,800 p. ISBN 0684805618. E169.1 .E624 2001 A focused topical encyclopedia presenting 221 scholarly essays that survey aspects of American life to clarify issues, ideas, movements, and places that constitute the American experience. Includes illustrations, boxed biographies, and documentary excerpts from primary sources. Covers historic periods, looks at cultural groups and cultural institutions, and forms. Bibliographies, cross-references, and comprehensive index. 129. Galens, Judy, Anna J.Sheets, and Robyn V.Young, ed. 1995. Gale Encyclopedia of Multicultural America. Detroit: Gale Research. 2 vols. xxvii. 1,477 p., bibliog. ISBN 0810391635 (set). E184. Al G14 1995 Over 100 essays on different native, immigrant, and religious groups in the United States. Essays provide an historical overview, settlement patterns, acculturation and assimilation experiences, family relations, employment and economic factors, political issues, contributions, supplemental information (media outlets, organizations, museums, research centers), and a bibliography. The set also includes an annotated bibliography of titles not previously cited. 130. Hirschfelder, Arlene B., and Paulette Fairbanks Molin. 2000. Encyclopedia of Native American Religions: An Introduction. Updated ed. New York: Facts on File. x, 390 p. ISBN 0816039496. E98.R3 H73 2000 Alphabetically arranged entries on religious traditions of Native Americans, descriptions of ceremonies, and biographical information on Native American religious practitioners. Includes a subject index organized by topical category. 131. Kanellos, Nicolás, and Claudio Esteva Fabregat, ed. 1994. Handbook of Hispanic Cultures in the United States. 4 vols. Houston, Tex.; Madrid, Spain: Arte Público Press; Instituto de Cooperación Iberoamericana. ISBN 1558851038. E184.S75 H365 1993 This 4-volume resource brings together essays on aspects of U.S. Hispanic culture divided into four general disciplines: literature and art (edited by Francisco Lomelí);

Ethnomusicology

40

history (edited by Alfredo Jiménez); sociology (edited by Felix Padilla); and anthropology (edited by Thomas Weaver). Each volume include a series of extensive essays that explore aspects of these broad subject. Contributors include ethnomusicologists Frances Aparicio and María Herrera-Sobek, and Manuel Peña, who wrote the 21-page essay “Hispanic and Afro-Hispanic Music in the United States” that provides a broad overview of the subject and includes an extensive bibliography. Includes photos and bibliographies. Separate indexes for each volume. 132. Lehman, Jeffrey, ed. 1999. Gale Encyclopedia of Multicultural America: Primary Documents. 2 vols. Detroit: Gale Group. xiv, 820 p. ISBN 0787639907. E184.A1 G14 1995 Includes primary documents from a wide range of culture groups in the United States from colonial times to the present. This is a companion to the Gale Encyclopedia of Multicultural America. Entries, organized by the common name of the social group, include a brief history of the group. The document types include letters, journals, interviews, photographs, poems, and songs. 133. Malinowski, Sharon. 1998. Gale Encyclopedia of Native American Tribes. 4 vols. Detroit: Gale Research. ISBN 0787610852. E77 .N3518 1998 Arranged geographically in 4 regional volumes, this resource offers essays on the history and culture of approximately 400 federally recognized Native American groups of the United States and Canada, as well as portions of Mexico and Central America, South America, the Caribbean, and the Pacific. Information on each tribe includes history, religion, language, buildings, subsistence, clothing, healing practices, customs, oral literature, current issues, and a bibliography. Also included are biographies tribal leaders. Maps, photos, illustrations, glossary, and cumulative and volume-specific indexes. 134. McDonogh, Gary W., Robert Gregg, and Cindy H.Wong, ed. 2001. Encyclopedia of Contemporary American Culture. Encyclopedias of Contemporary Culture. London; New York: Routledge. xxxiv, 839 p., bibliog. ISBN 0415161614. E169.12 .E49 2001 Covers all aspects of American culture, from business and politics to education, arts and sciences, society, and religion since World War II. Alphabetically arranged entries range from short definitions to longer overviews and topical subjects. A thematic list groups the entries into broad categories. Includes cross references, and internet addresses. 135. Ng, Franklin, ed. 1995. The Asian American Encyclopedia. 6 vols. New York: Marshall Cavendish. ISBN 1854356771. E184.06 .A827 1995 Focuses on Asian immigrants and their communities in the United States and provides information on the history, language, and culture of the countries of origin of various Asian American groups. Over 2,000 entries range from brief definitions to longer essays, and are supplemented with over 1,100 illustrations, maps, charts and tables. Bibliographies are included with the longer essays. Included also is a chronology of events from 1521 to 1994, a listing of organizations, museums, research centers, and libraries, Asian American studies programs in colleges and universities, periodicals, and films and videos. Subject and general indexes. 136. Pritzker, Barry. 2000. A Native American Encyclopedia: History, Culture, and Peoples. Oxford; New York: Oxford University Press. xvi, 591 p., bibliog., gloss., illus., maps. ISBN 019513897X. E76.2 .P75 1998 Originally published by ABC-CLIO in 1998 as a 2-volume set called Native Americans: An Encyclopedia of History, Culture, and Peoples, it is a comprehensive

Encyclopedias and dictionaries

41

guide to 200 tribal groups primarily of the United States divided into ten culture groups: Southwest; California; Northwest Coast; Great Basin; Plateau; Great Plains; Southeast; Northeast Woodlands; Subarctic; Arctic. Includes tribal name and subject indexes. 137. Salzman, Jack, David L. Smith, and Cornel West, ed. 1996. Encyclopedia of African-American Culture and History. 5 vols. New York; London: Macmillan Library Reference; Simon & Schuster. xcii, 3,203 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 0028973453. E185 .E54 1996 Over 2,300 articles cover aspects of the African American experience frorn 1619 to the present day. Includes biographies entries, historical, and thematic essays. A 1-volume supplement was published in 2001 and includes over 600 updates to existing articles, and over 100 new entries. 138. Schwartz, Richard Alan. 1998. Cold War Culture: Media and the Arts, 1945– 1990. New York: Facts on File. vii, 376 p. ISBN 0816031045. E169.12 .S39 1998 More than 1,500 alphabetically arranged entries that explore popular culture during the Cold War period. The resource identifies significant themes, genres, and individuals in their social and cultural context in American literature, journalism, films, television, theater, and music. 139. Wilson, Charles Reagan, and William R. Ferris, ed. 1989. Encyclopedia of Southern Culture. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press. xxi, 1,634 p., bibliog., illus., maps. ISBN 0807818232. F209 .E53 1989 A product of the Center for the Study of Southern Culture at the University of Mississippi with contributions from over 800 scholars, this work includes 1,300 entries divided into sections: Agriculture, Environment, Industry, Media, Language, Women’s Life, etc. Topics range from narrow to broadly defined issues, historical events, musical genres. Includes 349 illustrations and 15 maps. Encyclopedias: Pacific Islands and Australia 140. Horton, David, ed. 1994. The Encyclopaedia of Aboriginal Austmlia: Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander History, Society and Culture. 2 vols. Canberra, Australia: Published by Aboriginal Studies Press for the Australian Institute of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Studies. xxxiii, 1,340 p., bibliog. illus., maps. ISBN 0855752343. GN666 .E53 1994 This 2-volume source on Aboriginal people has 2,000 entries that focus on people, language groups, and communities. Organization of information in Volume 1 is by broad topic, including: art, economy, education, food, health, history, land ownership, language, law, literature, media, music, politics, prehistory, religion, social organisation, sport and technology. The second volume holds a comprehensive bibliography, statistical, legislative, and financial information. 141. Horton, David, and Kim McKenzie, eds. 1994, The Encyclopaedia of Abo-riginal Australia: Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander History, Society and Culture. Canberra, Australia: Australian Institute of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Studies. 1 CDROM. ISBN 0855752785. GN666 .E531 1994 This encyclopedia, based on the Encyclopaedia of Aboriginal Australia (Aboriginal Studies Press) covers disciplines that comprise Australian Aboriginal studies. The disc contains 2,000 written entries, 1,000 photographs, 230 sound bites, and 50 video clips

Ethnomusicology

42

that provide information on history, art, language, sport, education, archaeology, literature, land ownership, social organisation, health, music, law, technology, media, economy, politics, food, and religion. 142. Lal, Brij V., and Kate Fortune, eds. 2000. The Pacific Islands: An Encyclopedia. Honolulu: University of Hawai’i Press. xxxvi, 664 p., illus., maps + 1 CD-ROM. ISBN 082482265X. DU17 .P3 2000 Organized by broad subject areas, this resource focuses on specific culture regions of Melanesia, Polynesia, and Micronesia. Information is provided on the physical environment, peoples, history, politics, economy, society, and culture. Longer essays present contested views on aspects of history and representation. Includes a searchable CD-ROM version with hyperlinks connecting contents and indexes to the text.

3 Bibliographies, Discographies, and Filmographies

Bibliographies, discographies, and filmographies provide lists of sources that are typically restricted to a specific topic, geographic region, or field. Bibliographic guides of this kind, especially when annotated, can help researchers identify the broad body of literature connected to a research topic. Annotated bibliographies have the added benefit of helping users evaluate the usefulness of sources for their project. Bibliographic guides are produced in book-length form, but significant guides to music by region or topic are found also in articles published in books and journals, and now on the Web. Bibliographies play a particularly important role in aiding students and scholars in the early stages of the research process as they seek sources for their projects and then compile preliminary bibliographies of their own. Since ethnomusicological research draws on information in a wide variety of formats, including booklength studies, collections of essays, journals, documents, archival collections, audio recordings and their documentation, and films and videos, it is important that researchers use guides to sources that will lead them to materials in each of these forms. Because ethnomusicologists also use information from a wide variety of disciplines, researchers are encouraged to check the bibliographic guides not only in music, but in other disciplines as well. Bibliographic guides to anthropology, dance, folklore, and cultural studies, as well as specific geographic regions, can be especially valuable for providing information on both primary and secondary literature for research on music. The titles included in this list are recently published bibliographic guides for literature on music, related topics, and geographic regions. While an ideal guide would comprehensively cover all topics and regions, in fact not all subjects have had bibliographies compiled to support research. Researchers seeking information on a narrowly defined topic, though, are encouraged to refer to some of the more broadly defined bibliographies. The majority of the citations in this list are book-length bibliographic sources; added to these, though, are some of the recent shorter bibliographies for the discipline that are found in journals and on the Web. Researchers are also encouraged also to consult the cited references in books and articles related to their area of research. A number of significant bibliographic guides to musical literature were produced between 1960 and the late 1980s. Many became valuable for researchers in the field of ethnomusicology and remain significant sources for finding historical information on

Bibliographies, discographies, and filmographies

45

musical traditions, especially in areas where newer bibliographic sources are not available. Some of the earliest bibliographic titles include: Jaap Kunst, Ethnomusicology: A Study of Its Nature, Its Problems, Methods and Representative Personalities to Which Is Added a Bibliography (3d ed. The Hague: M. Nijhoff, l959); the serial publication Annual Bibliography of European Ethnomusicology [Musikethnologische Jahresbibliographie Europas], O.Elschek, I.Macak, and E.Stockmann, eds., 1966–1975; Charles Haywood, A Bibliography of North American Folklore and Folksong (2d rev. ed. New York: Dover, 1961); and Gilbert Chase, A Guide to the Music of Latin America (Washington, D.C.: Pan American Union, 1962). The Special Series in Ethnomusicology, established by the Society for Ethnomusicology, was active between 1966 and 1989 with the production of several bibliographies between 1966 and 1980. These included: Frank Gillis and Alan Merriam, Ethnomusicology and Folk Music, an International Bibliography of Dissertations and Theses (vol. 1, 1966); Ann Briegleb Schuursma, Directory of Ethnomusicological Sound Recording Collections in the U.S. and Canada (vol. 2., 1971); Elise B.Barnett, A Discography of the Art Music of India (vol. 3, 1975); and Andrew Toth, Recordings of the Traditional Music of Bali and Lombok (vol. 4, 1980). In the 1970s and 1980s, bibliographies focused on specific geographic regions, genres, and social groups: Bang-Song Song, An Annotated Bibliography of Korean Music (Providence, R.I.: Asian Music Publications, Brown University, 1971); Charlotte J.Frisbie, Music and Dance Research of Southwestern United States Indians: Past Trends, Present Activities, and Suggestions for Further Research (Detroit: Information Coordinators, 1977); Frederic Lieberman, Chinese Music: An Annotated Bibliography (2d ed. New York: Garland, 1979); Jo Ann Skowronski, Black Music in America: A Bibliography (Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow, 1981); Samuel A.Floyd and Marsha Reisser, Black Music in the United States: An Annotated Bibliography of Selected Reference and Research Materials (Millwood, N.Y.: Kraus International Publications, 1983); Dominique-René de Lerma, Bibliography of Black Music (4 vols. New York: Greenwood Press, 1981–1984); Don Niles, Commercial Recordings of Papua New Guinea Music 1949–1983 (Boroko, Papua New Guinea: Institute of Papua New Guinea Studies, 1984, with supplements in 1987 and 1991). Terry E.Miller, Folk Music in America: A Reference Guide (New York: Garland, 1986); Gen’ichi Tsuge, Japanese Music: An Annotated Bibliography (New York: Garland, 1986); Bryan C.Stoneburner, Hawaiian Music: An Annotated Bibliography (New York: Greenwood, 1986); James Porter, The Traditional Music of Britain and Ireland (New York: Garland, 1989); and Mary L.Hart, Brenda M.Eagles, and Lisa N.Howorth, The Blues: A Bibliographical Guide (New York: Garland, 1989). Bibliographic guides to materials that focus on dance were also published during this period, notably: Judy Van Zile, Dance in India: An Annotated Guide to Source Materials (Providence, R.I.: Asian Music Publications, 1973); Fred R.Forbes, Dance: An Annotated Bibliography, 1965–1982 (New York: Garland, 1986); and Alice J. Adamczyk, Black Dance: An Annotated Bibliography (New York: Garland, 1989). Discographies published before 1990 record many now out-of-print recordings from around the world, including: Alan P.Merriam, African Music on LP: An Annotated Discography (Evanston, 111.: Northwestern University Press, 1970); Wolfgang Laade, Neue Musik in Afrika, Asien und Ozeanien: Diskographie und historisch-stilistischer

Ethnomusicology

46

Ueberblick (Heidelberg, Germany: Wolfgang Laade, 1971); Deborah L.Schaeffer, Irish Folk Music: A Selected Discography (New York: Greenwood, 1980); and Michael S.Kinnear, A Discography of Hindustani and Karnatic Music (Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1985). Indexes to information on archival collections began to emerge in the 1970s with: Indiana University, Archives of Traditional Music, A Catalog of Phonorecordings of Music and Oral Data Held by the Archives of Traditional Music (Boston: G.K.Hall, 1975); Ruth Stone and Frank J.Gillis, African Music and Oral Data: A Catalog of Field Recordings, 1902–1975 (Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 1976); Dorothy Sara Lee, Native North American Music and Oral Data: A Catalogue of Sound Recordings, 1893–1976 (Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 1979); and Anthony Seeger, and Louise Spear, eds., Early Field Recordings: A Catalogue of Cylinder Recordings at the Indiana University Archives of Traditional Music (Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 1987). In the field of ethnomusicology, the most systematic compilation of bibliographic data was published with the tri-yearly publication of “Current Bibliography” in the journal Ethnomusicology from 1953 until 2000. In the 1960s the “Current Discography” and later, “Current Filmography” were also included. The current bibliographies (2001present) and selected backfiles are now available online through the organization’s Web site at http://www.ethnomusicology.org/. These lists are classified by broad region and are generally not annotated. While bibliographies are valuable at different stages of research, and their topical and regional focus can be helpful in the process of refining a project, indexing and abstracting sources remain the most up-to-date sources for bibliographic information. This list is subdivided into four sections. The first lists bibliographies and guides that include bibliographic and (occasionally) discographic information; the second includes discographies; the third lists recently published sources directing users to information on recordings in archival collections; and the fourth includes filmographies and videographies. In each section entries are subdivided by geographic region and general topic. References Adamczyk, Alice J. 1989. Black Dance: An Annotated Bibliography . New York: Garland. Chase, Gilbert. 1962. A Guide to the Music of Latin America . Washington, D.C.: Pan American Union. De Lerma, Dominique-René. 1981–84. Bibliography of Black Music . 4 vols. New York: Greenwood Press. Elschek, O., I. Macak, and E. Stockmann, eds., 1966–75 . Annual Bibliography of European Ethnomusicology [Musikethnologische Jahresbibliographie Europa] . Floyd, Samuel A. and Marsha Reisser. 1983. Black Music in the United States: An Annotated Bibliography of Selected Reference and Research Materials . Millwood, N.Y.: Kraus International Publications. Forbes, Fred R. 1986. Dance: An Annotated Bibliography, 1965–1982 . New York: Garland.

Bibliographies, discographies, and filmographies

47

Frisbie, Charlotte J. 1977. Music and Dance Research of Southwestern United States Indians: Past Trends, Present Activities, and Suggestions for Further Research . Detroit: Information Coordinators. Hart, Mary L., Brenda M. Eagles, and Lisa N. Howorth. 1989. The Blues: A Bibliographical Guide . New York: Garland. Hay wood, Charles. 1961. A Bibliography of North American Folklore and Folksong . 2d rev. ed. New York: Dover. Indiana University, Archives of Traditional Music. 1975. A Catalog of Phonorecordings of Music and Oral Data Held by the Archives of Traditional Music . Boston: G.K. Hall. Kinnear, Michael S. 1985. A Discogmphy of Hindustani and Karnatic Music . Westport, Conn.: Greenwood. Kunst, Jaap. 1959. Ethnomusicology: A Study of Its Nature, Its Problems, Methods and Representative Personalities to Which Is Added a Bibliography . 3d ed. The Hague: M. Nijhoff. Laade, Wolfgang. 1971. Neue Musik in Afrika, Asien und Ozeanien: Diskographie und historisch-stilistischer Ueberblick . Heidelberg, Germany: Wolfgang Laade. Lee, Dorothy Sara. 1979. Native North American Music and Oral Data: A Catalogue of Sound Recordings, 1893–1976 . Bloomington: Indiana University Press. Lieberman, Frederic. 1979. Chinese Music: An Annotated Bibliography . 2d ed. New York: Garland. Merriam, Alan P. 1970. African Music on LP: An Annotated Discography . Evanston, III.: Northwestern University Press. Miller, Terry E. 1986. Folk Music in America: A Reference Guide . New York: Garland. Niles, Don. 1984. Commercial Recordings of Papua New Guinea Music 1949–1983 . Boroko, Papua New Guinea: Institute of Papua New Guinea Studies (supplements in 1987 and 1991). Porter, James. 1989. The Traditional Music of Britain and Ireland . New York: Garland. Schaeffer, Deborah L. 1980. Irish Folk Music: A Selected Discography . New York: Greenwood. Seeger, Anthony, and Louise Spear, eds. 1987. Early Field Recordings: A Catalogue of Cylinder Recordings at the Indiana University Archives of Traditional Music . Bloomington: Indiana University Press. Skowronski, Jo Ann. 1981. Black Music in America: A Bibliography . Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow. Song, Bang-Song. 1971. An Annotated Bibliography of Korean Music . Providence, R.I., Asian Music Publications, Brown University. Stone, Ruth, and Frank J.Gillis. 1976. African Music and Oral Data: A Catalog of Field Recordings, 1902–1975 . Bloomington: Indiana University Press. Stoneburner, Bryan C. 1986. Hawaiian Music: An Annotated Bibliography . New York: Greenwood. The Society for Ethnomusicology Special Series that was active between 1966 and 1989 produced several bibliographies between 1966 and 1980:

Ethnomusicology

48

Barnett, Elise B. 1975. A Discography of the Art Music of India. Special Series in Ethnomusicology, 3. Society for Ethnomusicology. Gillis, Frank, and Alan Merriam. 1966. Ethnomusicology and Folk Music, an International Bibliogmphy of Dissertations and Theses . Special Series in Ethnomusicology, 1. Society for Ethnomusicology. Schuursma, Ann Briegleb. 1971. Directory of Ethnomusicological Sound Recording Collections in the U.S. and Canada . Special Series in Ethnomusicology, 2. Society for Ethnomusicology. Toth, Andrew. 1980. Recordings of the Traditional Music of Bali and Lombok . Special Series in Ethnomusicology, 4. Society for Ethnomusicology. Tsuge, Gen’ichi. 1986. Japanese Music: An Annotated Bibliography . New York: Garland. Van Zile, Judy. 1973. Dance in India: An Annotated Guide to Source Materials . Providence, R.I.: Asian Music Publications.

BIBLIOGRAPHIES Topical Bibliographies Bibliographies: General 143. Greene, Paul. 2000. Sound Engineering as Cultural Production. URL: http://orpheus.tamu.edu/pmssem/greene.html. A bibliography of research on sound engineering that grew out of the SEM 1999 Panel “Sound Engineering as Cultural Production.” Sponsored by the Popular Music Section, it includes citations for about 80 items. 144. McCann, Anthony. 2000. Copyright and Intellectual Property. Popular Music Section, Society for Ethnomusicology. URL: http://orpheus.tamu.edu/pmssem/mccann.html. A select bibliography of books and articles on the intersection of copyright and traditional music. 145. Schuursma, Ann Briegleb. 1992. Ethnomusicology Research: A Select Annotated Bibliography. Garland Library of Music Ethnology, 1. New York: Garland. xxvii, 173 p. ISBN 082405735X. ML128.E8 S4 1992 A critical guide to the literature of ethnomusicology, covering the period from the 1950s through the late 1980s. This classified list of sources includes primarily Englishlanguage books and articles in the following categories: history of the field; theory and methodology; fieldwork theory and method; musical analysis; and sources from related fields. Includes comprehensive index. 146. Telban, Borut. 2001. Bibliography of Fieldwork, Research Methods and Ethnography in Sociocultural Anthropology. Centre for Social Anthropology and Computing, University of Kent at Canterbury, U.K. URL: http://coombs.anu.edu.au/Biblio/biblio-fieldworkl.html. A bibliography of more than 600 English-language books, journal articles, and chapters in edited volumes on fieldwork and research methods in anthropology. Arranged

Bibliographies, discographies, and filmographies

49

under the following headings: Introduction to Fieldwork, Research Methods, Ethics and Fieldwork, Sex, Gender and Fieldwork, Writing Ethnography, History and Theory of Anthropological Research, and Personal Accounts of Anthropological Fieldwork. Bibliographies: Dance 147. Edsall, Mary E., ed. 2001. A Core Collection in Dance. Chicago: Association of College and Research Libraries, American Library Association. xv, 242 p. ISBN 0838981186. GV1594 .Al C685 2001 A selective list of scholarly print and nonprint works, including books, serial publications, and media resources. The guide is organized by broad topic; the section on dance styles, forms, and traditions is further subdivided by geographical region or genre and includes a substantial collection of recent resources in these categories. Title, name, and subject indexes. 148. Troxell, Kay. 1991. Resources in Sacred Dance: Annotated Bibliography from Christian and Jewish Traditions: Books, Booklets and Pamphlets, Articles and Serial Publications, Media, and Reference Sources. Rev ed. Peterborough, N.H.: Sacred Dance Guild. 55 p. ISBN 0962313718. GV1783.5.A1 R38 1991 An annotated bibliography of 300 sources on dance and movement and their use in religious practice. Resources are limited to English language materials that deal with Christian and Jewish traditions drawn from books, journals, audio and video recordings. Published by the Sacred Dance Guild, this is a revision of a 1986 edition of this work. Bibliographies: Gender 149. Bowers, Jane, and Urban Bareis, comp. 1991. “Bibliography on Music and Gender: Women in Music.” World of Music 33 (2): 65–103. A cross-cultural listing of over 700 citations on the broad subject of women in music, drawn from books, journals, and dissertations. Sources date primarily from the late 1960s-1990 and citations are classified by broad geographic region. 150. Ericson, Margaret D. 1996. Women and Music: A Selective Annotated Bibliography on Women and Gender Issues in Music, 1987–1992. New York; London: G.K.Hall; Prentice Hall International. xxii, 400 p. ISBN 0816105804. ML128.W7 E75 1996 An internationally focused annotated guide to publications of the late 1980s and early 1990s that investigate issues related to women, gender, and music. The bibliography lists about 1,800 citations from a broad range of sources, from books and journals to sound recordings and online sources. The focus is on the collective musical activities of women in historical and contemporary cultural contexts, with contributions from feminist musical aesthetics, music education, ethnomusicology, popular music, and the music industry. Includes name and subject indexes. 151. Society for Music Theory, Committee on the Status of Women. 2002. Bibliography of Sources Related to Women ‘s Studies, Gender Studies, Feminism, and Music. Society for Music Theory, Committee on the Status of Women. URL: http://www-ccrma.stanford.edu/~leigh/csw/bibliography/CSWBibIndex.html.

Ethnomusicology

50

Developed by the Committee on the Status of Women, this bibliography lists sources the committee feels are critical to promoting gender equity and feminist scholarship in the study of music theory. The resource is organized by broad topics that have been identified as significant by researchers during the last few decades. These include feminist theory, gay, lesbian and queer theory, feminist analyses of music, women, feminism and opera, images of women, jazz and blues, feminist music pedagogy, cultural studies, and ethnomusicology. Bibliographies: Jazz 152. Gray, John. 1991. Fire Music: A Bibliography of the New Jazz, 1959–1990. Music Reference Collection, no. 31. New York: Greenwood Press. xviii, 515 p. ISBN 031327892X. ML128.J3 G7 1991 A comprehensive bibliography of jazz through the 1980s with over 7,100 citations from books, dissertations, journal and newspaper articles, and audio and visual sources, in all the major Western languages. Organized in six sections followed by appendixes with lists of reference works, archives and research centers, performers and ensembles, and performers by instrument. Artist, subject, and author indexes. 153. Meadows, Eddie S. 1995. Jazz Research and Performance Materials: A Select Annotated Bibliogmphy. 2d ed. New York: Garland. xliii, 806 p. ISBN 0815303734. ML128.J3 M33 1995 Annotated entries for books published from 1920 to 1995 placed in 14 categories (reference works, photo essays, biographies, discographies, etc.), further subdivided into specialized fields. Includes research, performance, and teaching materials, videos, journals, and recording collections. Subject index. This is a revised edition of Jazz Reference and Research Materials: A Bibliography published in 1981. Bibliographies: Jewish Music 154. Adler, Israel. 1995. The Study of Jewish Music: A Bibliogmphical Guide. Yuval Monograph Series, 10. Jerusalem: Magnes Press the Hebrew University. 87 p. ISSN 03343758. ML128.J4 A35 1995 A 40-page essay on issues related to contemporary Jewish studies research including diasporic study, availability of documents, oral and written traditions followed by a list of about 400 publications. Bibliographies: Popular Music 155. Cooper, B.Lee. 1999. “Bibliography of Popular Music Teaching Resources.” Popular Music and Society 23 (4): 123–29. A listing of 107 book-length studies on popular instructional techniques that utilize commercial recordings. 156. Cooper, B.Lee. 1998. “Images of Women in Popular Song Lyrics: A Bibliography.” Popular Music and Society 22 (4): 79–89.

Bibliographies, discographies, and filmographies

51

A selected bibliography of 116 sources on the images of women in popular song lyrics. Includes books, articles, and unpublished papers that explore aspects of women’s participation, points of view, and lyrical images in songs. 157. Cooper, B.Lee. 1998. “Teaching with Popular Music Resources: A Bibliography of Interdisciplinary Instructional Approaches.” Popular Music and Society 22 (1): 85– 115. A bibliography representing different aspects of popular music demonstrates how these genres can serve as an avenue to explore the social and political issues of the period during which the music was written. Divided into five sections, there are citations for information on: General Commentaries on Using Popular Music in Classroom Settings (53 sources); Specific Illustrations of Teaching Themes and Lesson Plans (343 sources, subdivided by genre); Bibliographic Resources (25 sources); Lyric Anthologies (32 sources); and Discographic Resources (16 sources). 158. Gatten, Jeffrey N. 1995. Rock Music Scholarship: An Interdisciplinary Bibliography. Music Reference Collection, no. 50. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood Press. xiv, 294 p. ISBN 0313294550. ML128.R6 G37 1995 An interdisciplinary bibliography that identifies nearly 1,000 rock music publications including essays, book chapters, books, dissertations, films, and videos. The annotated entries are organized into 10 subject areas: communication, education, ethnomusicology, history, literature and the arts, music, politics, psychology, religion, and sociology. Author and subject indexes. 159. Groce, Stephen B. 1994. “Recent Theory and Research in the Sociology of Popular Music: A Selected and Annotated Bibliography.” In Adolescents and Their Music, edited by J.S.Epstein, p. 329–88. New York: Garland. A listing of 140 annotated citations for studies of the sociology of popular music in academic journals representing the disciplines of music as well as the social sciences and humanities. Identifies significant areas of growth in the discipline since the 1970s in the following areas: the study of women in popular music, local-level artists, roles of supporting personnel, and music videos. Revised from a 1992 publication by the same author entitled, “The Sociology of Popular Music: A Selected and Annotated Bibliography of Recent Work,” Popular Music and Society 16 (1): 49–80. 160. McCoy, Judy. 1992. Rap Music in the 1980s: A Reference Guide. Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow Press. xiv, 261 p. ISBN 0810826496. ML128.R28 M3 1992 An guide to sources that document the rise of rap has 1,070 citations on rap music, largely from popular sources, including Billboard, Melody Maker, Rolling Stone, Village Voice, and Spin. Articles include books and reviews pertaining to rap music, artists, culture, and politics published from 1980 through 1990. A brief discography (76 titles) list albums released during the period that were nominated for major music awards and/or appeared on Billboard’s year-end charts. Includes date of release, album title, and subject indexes. 161. Shepherd, John. 1997. Popular Music Studies: A Select International Bibliography. London; Washington, D.C.: Mansell. xxviii, 450 p. ISBN 0720123445. ML128.P63 P67 1997 A bibliography of scholarly sources (books and journal articles) on popular music around the world that focuses on providing a broad and nonethnocentric view of popular musics using primarily nonbiographical material. The resource is subdivided into seven

Ethnomusicology

52

sections: general works, genres, the industry, social and cultural contexts, musical practices, locations, and theory and method. Includes author and subject indexes. 162. Wicke, Peter. 2002. Bibliographien und Literaturlisten. Berlin: Humboldt Universität. URL: http://www2.hu-berlin.de/fpm/indexbib.htm A collection of bibliographies primarily focused on popular music traditions throughout the world. Twenty-eight topics are identified ranging from music video to music and gender, country music to jazz, popular music in Africa to world music. Bibliographies: Religion 163. Rust, Ezra Gardner. 1996. The Music and Dance of the World’s Religions: A Comprehensive, Annotated Bibliography of Materials in the English Language. Music Reference Collection, no. 54. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood Press. xx, 476 p. ISBN 0313295611. ML128.S17 R87 1996 An annotated bibliography of materials on religion and its connections to music and dance published mainly since the 1970s. Over 3,800 references include citations for books and essays, journal articles, dissertations, entries in encyclopedias and dictionaries. The guide is organized into 37 chapters that are loosely divided geographically. Subjects range from specific geographic regions to shamanism, liturgical dance, music and dance in the Bible, spirituals and gospel, and the relationship of music, mathematics, and mysticism. Topics are drawn from many disciplines, including sociology, anthropology, history, linguistics, musicology, ethnomusicology, theology, medicine, semiotics, and computer technology. Author and subject indexes. Regional Bibliographies Bibliographies: Africa 164. Kagan, Alfred, and Yvette Scheven. 1999. Reference Guide to Africa: A Bibliography of Sources. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press. viii, 262 p. ISBN 0810835851. Z3501 .K15 1999 DT4 An annotated guide to resources for Africana studies divided into general and subject specific sources. The general section includes bibliographies and indexes, handbooks and directories, electronic databases, Internet sources, government publications, and statistical sources. The subject section cites serial, monograph, book chapters, and periodical and online database sources in 17 broad subject areas, including music. Includes author/title and subject indexes. 165. Gray, John. 1991. African Music: A Bibliographical Guide to the Traditional, Popular, Art, and Liturgical Musics of Sub-Saharan Africa. African Special Bibliographic Series, no. 14. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood Press. xii, 499 p. ISBN 0313277699. ML120.A35 G7 1991 A bibliography of materials on sub-Saharan African music from the 1890s to the present. Drawn from ethnographic, anthropological, musicological, and popular studies sources, cited sources include books, dissertations, unpublished papers, serials, and audio and video recordings in all of the major Western and African languages. The 5,800 entries are organized into six basic sections. Cultural History and the Arts;

Bibliographies, discographies, and filmographies

53

Ethnomusicology; African Traditional Music; African Popular Music; African Art Music; and African Church Music. Three appendixes cite reference works on African music and culture; archives and research centers; and provide a selected discography. Includes indexes to ethnic group, subject, artist, and author. 166. Lems-Dworkin, Carol. 199l. African Music: A Pan-African Annotated Bibliography. London; New York: Hans Zell. xvii, 382 p. ISBN 0905450914. ML120.A35 L4 1991 Organized alphabetically by author, this annotated bibliography covers the period from 1960 to the 1990s. It includes books, essays in collections, dissertations and theses, and a limited number of journal entries. Cross-referenced. 167. Schmidhofer, August. 2003. References on Malagasy Music [References sur La musique de Madagascar]. Institute of Musicology at the University of Vienna. URL: http://mailbox.univie.ac.at/~schmida4/. List of references to Malagasy music divided into sections by date of publication. Includes separate sections for references to newspaper articles (some with online links), printed music, song and hymn books, discography, filmography, and a list of museums containing Malagasy instruments. Bibliographies: Asia 168. Haroon, Mohammed. 1991. Indian Music Literature. Delhi: Indian Bibliographies Bureau. vi, 144 p. ISBN 8185004285. ML120.I5 H37 1991 Includes 2,500 entries drawn from books, journal and newspaper articles, and theses largely from the 1970s and 1980s. Organized by broad topic, from general and comparative studies to vocal music, sacred music, and music education. Personal name index included. 169. Heins, Ernst. 1993. Music in Java: Current Bibliography, 1973–1992. 3d enl. ed. Amsterdam: Institute of Musicology Ethnomusicology Center “Jaap Kunst” University of Amsterdam. 37 leaves. ISBN 9080133116. ML120.I53 H45 1993 A comprehensive listing of 353 published and unpublished written works from both within and outside of Indonesia, and a small selection of audio and video sources produced primarily in Europe and the United States. In general the resource is organized by administrative areas and then by topic. This bibliography does not duplicate Jaap Kunst’s Music in Java but continues the listing from 1973. 170. Lal, Vinay. 1996. South Asian Cultural Studies: A Bibliography. New Delhi: Manohar. 234 p. ISBN 8173041342. Z3008 .C55 1996 A bibliographic guide to literature in South Asian cultural studies subdivided by broad subject. An accompanying essay explores the identity of cultural studies in South Asia. 171. Rees, Helen. 1991. “An Annotated Bibliography on Narrative Singing.” CHIME 3:88–96. A comprehensive bibliography of Western-language publications on storytelling and narrative singing genres in China. 172. Schimmelpenninck, Antoinet, and Frank Kouwenhoven. Current Bibliography of Books and Articles on Chinese Music. European Foundation for Chinese Music Research Website. URL: http://home.planet.nl/~chime/entries/biblio/indexbib.html.

Ethnomusicology

54

This bibliography includes books, theses, and articles on Chinese music and related subjects that have appeared in major Western languages (primarily in English, French, and German) from the 1980s until the present. It is arranged by subject, with broad subdivisions for History and Theory; Religion and Ritual; Oral Narrative Genres and Folk Song; Theatre and Dance; Instruments and Instrumental Music; Ethnic Traditions; Contemporary Music; Popular Music; Modern Culture and Politics; Cinema; Music Education; Bibliography; Miscellaneous; Tibet; and Other Parts of Asia. Bibliographies: Europe 173. Blazekovic, Zdravko. 1998. “A Bibliography of Writings on Music and Music Research in Croatia Published in Languages Other Than Croatian.” The World of Music 40 (3): 113–79. An annotated bibliography that includes literature from the late nineteenth century to the present. Citations are organized into six categories by resource type, including reference and research materials; general historical works; works on individual musicians; ethnomusicological works; instruments; and religious music. 174. Bohlman, Philip Vilas. 1996. Central European Folk Music: An Annotated Bibliography of Sources in German. Garland Reference Library of the Humanities, vol. 1448. New York: Garland. xxii, 316 p. ISBN 0815303041. ML128.F74 B64 1996 An annotated bibliography of sources on Central European folk music that covers both historical and contemporary traditions. The 402 entries are subdivided into topical sections each with an introductory statement: I. Approaching the Subject; II. Fields of Folk Music Scholarship; III. Social Contexts of Folk Music; IV. Wozu Volksmusik— Past, Present, and Future. Bohlman provides English translations of titles and citations. 175. Bruni, Franco. 1998. De Musica Melitensi: A Select Bibliography on Maltese Music. Msida: Malta University Press. 84 p. ISBN 9990945098. ML120.M43 B78 1998 Lists and abstracts 138 sources on Maltese music. Entries are divided into six main sections: General History, Institutions, Biographies, Music Sources and Catalogues, Analysis, Folk Music. 176. Giuriati, Giovanni. 1995. “Country Report: Italian Ethnomusicology.” Yearbook for Traditional Music 27:104–31. A review of folk music research and literature from 1896 to 1993. Includes organological and media review. The bibliography includes ca. 200 books and articles. 177. Marian Balasa, Marin. 2002. “Romanian Ethnomusicologies: A Briefly Commented Bibliography of Academic Literature Published in International Languages.” The World of Music 43 (2–3): 259–303. Lists over 500 sources drawn primarily from 34 European and American journals, articles in books, and monographs. Divided into broad subject areas that include General Sources, Field Reports, Historical Research and Biographies, Analytical and Theoretical Information, Ethnic Communities, Comparative Studies, Organology, and Byzantinology. Includes name indexes. 178. Nyström, Pia, and Veslemöy Heintz. 2001. Bibliography of Swedish Music Literature: Svensk Musikhistorisk Bibliografi [SMHB]. Stockholm: Statens musikbibliotek. URL: http://www.muslib.se/sma/smhbe.html Annual bibliography and database of Swedish literature on music produced by the Documentation Centre at the

Bibliographies, discographies, and filmographies

55

Music Library of Sweden. Includes books, articles in periodicals and collected volumes, Internet documents, and reviews. Published since 1926, in 1991 it became part of the database that comprises the union catalogue of the Swedish research libraries. In January 2003 the bibliography included some 2,960 books and academic theses, 13,000 articles and 542 reviews in 283 periodicals. 179. Ragonesi, Anita, comp., and George Chircop, ed. 1999. Maltese Folksong “Ghana”: A Bibliography and Resource Material-I-Ghana Malti: Bibljografija U Materjal Iehor Ghar-Ricerka. Msida: Malta University Press. xviii, 135 p. ISBN 9990945136. ML128.F75 R27 1999 A bibliography and resource guide with information on Maltese ghana, a traditional genre of sung poetry. Includes information on bibliographic sources, sound and audiovisual recordings, and lists names of folksingers and guitarists as well as the localities and different settings where ghana is sung. 180. Rey Garciá, Emilio. 1994. Bibliografía de folklore musical español. Publicaciones de la Sociedad Española de Musicología. Sección B, 6. Madrid: Sociedad Española de Musicología. 282 p. ISBN 8486878667. ML128.F74 .R49 1994 Bibliography of Spanish folk music with over 1,500 entries; some of the entries are briefly annotated. Included also are indexes of works, grouped according to geographical origin, and a statistical study of each Spanish region and province. 181. Thomas, Wyn. 1996. Cerddoriaeth draddodiadol yng Nghymru: llyfryddiaethTraditional Music in Wales: A Bibliography. 2d ed. Dinbych, Wales: Gwasg Gee. vii, 322 p. ISBN 0707402824. ML128.F74 T5 1996 A bilingual bibliography that is an expansion of an edition published in 1982. Divided into three sections, it provides a chronological listing of printed collections of music, Welsh and English research publications, and theses and dissertations. Bibliographies: Latin America 182. Almeida, Raimundo Cesar Alves de. 1993. Bibliografia crítica da capoeira. Brasilia: DEFER/GDF Centro de Documentação e Informação sobre a Capoeira. 178 p. ISBN. Z7514.D2 A46 1993; GV1796.C145 Lists 2,342 sources; this work was written with the support of the Ministry of Education and Sports in Brazil. 183. Buenosaires, Oscarde. l999. Bossa Nova and Samba: History, People, Scores, Books, Lyrics, Recordings. Albuquerque, N.M.: FOG Publications. 132 p. ISBN 0929928229. ML3575.B7 B84 1999 Provides citations for sources on the Brazilian forms, bossa nova, and samba and includes information on the development of the genres, scores, lyrics, and performers. 184. Buenosaires, Oscar de. 1991. Tango: A Bibliography: Boohs, History, People, Words. A Book’s Fingerprints, 7. Albuquerque, N.M.: FOG Publications. 108 p. ISBN 0929928083. GV1796.T3 A bibliography of Tango literature with historical and social information on the subject. 185. Figueroa Hernández, Rafael. 1992. Salsa and Related Genres: A Bibliographical Guide. Music Reference Collection, no. 38. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood Press. xii, 109 p. ISBN 0313278830. ML128.S24 F5 1992

Ethnomusicology

56

This general bibliographical guide to primarily English-language sources provides citations for information on salsa and related musical genres in books, articles, dissertations, encyclopedia entries, videos, recordings, liner notes, and reviews. Arranged in four parts, the focus is on general sources covering entire regions or countries; specific styles, genres, and rhythms; biographical information; and playing, teaching or arranging for various instruments. Included are author-title and subject indexes. 186. García, Florencio Oscar. 1992. Samba: A Bibliography with Introduction: History, People, Lyrics, Recordings. Albuquerque, N.M.: FOG Publications. 110 p. ISBN 0929928113. ML128.D3 G3 1992 Bibliographic and discographic information on the Brazilian samba with entries organized alphabetically by author. 187. Jakubs, Deborah. 2001. Tango: A Bibliography. Perkins Library, Duke University. URL: http://www.lib.duke.edu/ias/latamer/tango.htm. A list of citations for over 325 books, articles, and reviews published between 1900 and 1996. Works cited are primarily in Spanish. 188. Kirby, Diana Gonzalez, and Sara Maria Sanchez. 1990. “Cuban Santeria: A Guide to Bibliographic Sources.” Bulletin of Bibliography 47 (2): 113–29. This bibliography of books, articles, and conference reports, primarily in English, is arranged alphabetically by topic. Includes an introduction on the practice of Santería. 189. Loza, Steven. 1990. “Contemporary Ethnomusicology in Mexico.” Latin American Music Review/Revista de Musica Latinoamericana 11 (2): 201–50. A brief introduction to the status of contemporary ethnomusicology in Mexico with a bibliography, discography, filmography, and directory of institutions. 190. Thompson, Donald, and Annie F. Thompson. 1991. Music and Dance in Puerto Rico from the Age of Columbus to Modern Times: An Annotated Bibliography. Studies in Latin American Music, no. 1. Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow Press. xv, 339 p. ISBN 0810825155. ML125.P8 T55 1991 Provides 995 annotated entries on music and dance traditions in Puerto Rico including subdivisions by broad topic (bibliography, reference sources, biography, surveys, travelogues, concert music, lyric theater and ballet, folk music and dance, urban music and dance, the Danza Puertorriqueña, and La borinqueña). Includes subject and author indexes. Bibliographies: Middle East 191. Poché, Christian, and Jean Lambert. 2000. Musiques du monde arabe et musulman: Bibliographie et discographie. Paris: Librairie orientaliste Paul Geuthner. 405 p., bibliog., discog. ISBN 2705336710. ML120.M53 P63 2000 Organized geographically, this guide includes bibliographic and discographic information on North Africa, Turkey, Iran, Kurdistan, Azerbaijan, Afghanistan, Central Asia, North India, Islamic Southeast Asia, Islamic Africa, and Islamic Europe. Each section has an introductory essay. Indexes of authors, artists, musical, and sociological terms.

Bibliographies, discographies, and filmographies

57

Bibliographies: North America 192. Marco, Guy A. 1996. Literature of American Music III, 1983–1992. 3 vols. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press. xv, 449. ISBN 0810831325. ML120.U5 M135 1996 This supplement to the Literature of American Music in Books and Folk Music Collections, originally compiled by David Horn and Richard Jackson, adds to the literature cited in the other two volumes in the series. This source includes 13,000 citations with critical annotations of monographs on American music published from 1983 to 1992. All aspects of American music are covered, including folk and popular forms. Arranged by Library of Congress classification number. Includes title and subject indexes. Bibliographies: North America: African Americans 193. Ford, Robert. 1999. A Blues Bibliography: The International Literature of an AfroAmerican Music Genre. Bromley, Kent, U.K.: Paul Pelletier. 800 p. ISBN 0953592804. ML128.B49 F67 1999 An artist-based bibliography of African American blues with added sections on general history, instruments, record labels, reference sources, regional style variations, and lyric and music transcriptions. There are nearly 27,000 items that constitute an update of Hart’s 1989 bibliography (The Blues: A Bibliogmphical Guide) with added information on transcriptions of lyrics and music as significant secondary sources. Includes an author index. 194. Music Information Center, Visual and Performing Arts Division, Harold Washington Library Center of the Chicago Public Library. 2001. Chicago Blues Archives: Blues Bibliography. Chicago: Chicago Public Library. URL: http://www.chipublib.org/001hwlc/vpablues/cbabib.html Compiled by the librarians at the Music Information Center at the Chicago Public Library, the listed books on the blues are housed in the Music Information Center library. 195. Southern, Eileen, and Josephine Wright. 1990. African-American Traditions in Song, Sermon, Tale, and Dance, 1600s-1920: An Annotated Bibliography of Literature, Collections, and Artworks. The Greenwood Encyclopedia of Black Music. New York: Greenwood Press. xlv, 365 p. ISBN 0313249180. ML128 .B45S6 1990; Z5956.A47 S68 1990; NX512.2.A35 An annotated bibliography of materials on Afro-American oral traditions. Nearly 2500 entries include primary sources and published literature dating primarily from 1630 to 1920. The entries are arranged in chronological order with subsections on social activities, religious traditions, songs, and stories. 196. Wright, Josephine. 1992. “Research in African-American Music, 1968–88, a Survey with Selected Bibliography of the Literature.” In New Perspectives on Music: Essays in Honor of Eileen Southern, edited by J. Wright, p. 481–515. Warren, Mich.: Harmonie Park Press. A bibliographic essay that focuses on selected English-language reference tools, music literature, and collected editions of music that contain references to African-American music.

Ethnomusicology

58

Bibliographies: North America: Native Americans 197. Keeling, Richard. 1997. North American Indian Music: A Guide to Published Sources and Selected Recordings. Garland Reference Library of the Humanities, vol. 1440. New York: Garland. xlix, 420 p. ISBN 0815302320. ML128.F75 K44 1997 Annotated bibliography of about 1,500 sources on North American and Eskimo musics grouped by geographical area. Entries range chronologically from 1535 to 1995 and include information on religion, dance, and ritual. There are indexes for authors, tribes and languages, and subjects. 198. White, Phillip M., comp. 1998. The Native American Sun Dance Religion and Ceremony: An Annotated Bibliography. Bibliographies and Indexes in American History, no. 37. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood Press. xxiv, 115 p., illus. ISBN 0313306281. Z1209.83.G73 W45 1998 An annotated bibliography of English-language books, book chapters, journal articles, dissertations and theses, and government reports. Arrangement is by tribe. Includes name and subject indexes. 199. Osterreich, Shelley Anne. 1991. The American Indian Ghost Dance, 1870 and 1890: An Annotated Bibliography. Bibliographies and Indexes in American History, no. 19. New York: Greenwood Press. xiv, 96 p. ISBN 031327469X. G757 1991 E98.D2 A selective bibliography with 110 annotated entries published between 1890 and the late 1980s on the Ghost Dance Movements of 1868–1872 and 1888–1991. Divided into seven subject areas: Ghost Dance Histories and Observations; Tribal Histories; Religion and the Ghost Dance; Personal Narratives and Biographies; Anthropological Theory; Ghost Dance Music and Photographs; Government and Military Histories. Includes author, journal, and subject indexes. Bibliographies: Pacific Islands and Australia 200. McLean, Mervyn. 1995. An Annotated Bibliography of Oceanic Music and Dance. Rev. and enl. 2d ed. Detroit Studies in Music Bibliography, no. 74. Warren, Mich.: Harmonie Park Press. xii, 502 p. ISBN 0899900739. ML120.I745 M2 1995 Contains citations for nearly 3,700 books, journal articles, reviews, record notes, manuscripts, and theses dealing with Oceanic music and dance. Entries are organized by subject, and includes an area index. DISCOGRAPHIES General Discographies 201. Stradling, Rod. 2000. A Discography of Recorded Traditional Music. Musical Traditions Web Services. URL: http://www.mustrad.org.uk/discos/tradisco.htm This discography includes a wide range of commercial labels and selected recordings. The focus is on European and American musical traditions. Some of the recordings are annotated to include performers, and a few have Web links to reviews. Includes an address list with mailing, URL, and email addresses for companies and distributors.

Bibliographies, discographies, and filmographies

59

Regional Discographies Discographies: North America 202. Cohen, Norm. 1994. Traditional Anglo-American Folk Music: An Annotated Discography of Published Sound Recordings. Garland Reference Library of the Humanities, vol. 1469. New York: Garland.xx, 517p.ISBN 0815303777. ML156.4.F5 C64 1994 A discography of approximately 500 LPs, cassettes, and compact discs of British and American traditional music with an emphasis on older traditions. Sources include noncommercial field recordings and reissues of commercial 78-rpm recordings. Citations include information on the album title, artist, producer or editor, place and date of recording, publication date, supporting material, and the titles included on the recording. This is followed by contextual information on the album’s contents. Artist, title, Child ballad, Laws ballad, and album label/number indexes. 203. Gombert, Greg, ed. 1994. A Guide to Native American Music Recordings. Fort Collins, Colo.: Multi Cultural Publishing. ix, 134 p. ISBN 0964445433. ML3557 .G66 1994 Lists 1,300 Native American recordings currently in print and available for purchase from U.S. and Canadian sources. Divided into three sections: Traditional Tribal Music; Intertribal Music; Crossover Music Styles. Includes listings for 90 record companies and 30 music distributors. Discographies: Pacific Islands and Australia 204. Australian Institute of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Studies. 1999. Recordings by Australian Indigenous Artists 1899–1998: A Guide to Commercially Issued Sound Recordings by Australian Aboriginal Peoples and Torres Strait Islanders. ScreenSound Australia. URL: http://www.screensound.gov.au/pdf/. This discography is a revision of Discography of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Performers, compiled by Peter Dunbar-Hall for ScreenSound (formerly National Film and Sound Archive) in 1995. Lists recordings by indigenous Australian artists who perform both traditional and popular music. There is a brief introductory essay by Dunbar-Hall followed by the catalog that subdivides the material by traditional, nontraditional individual performers, and nontraditional groups. Most recordings include contents listings. Cross-references to performers provided. 205. Barwick, Linda, and Allan Marrett. 1996. “Selected Audiography of Aboriginal Australia.” Yearbook for Traditional Music 28:174–88. A selected list of sound recordings from Aboriginal Australia and the Torres Island Straits, organized by geographic region and musical style.

Ethnomusicology

60

HISTORICAL RECORDINGS IN ARCHIVAL COLLECTIONS General Discographies of Historical Recordings 206. Lotz, Rainer E., Andreas Masel, and Susanne Ziegler. 1998. Discography of Ethnic Recordings [Discogmphie der ethnischen Aufnahmen]. Deutsche National-Discographie, series 5. Bonn, Germany: B.Lotz. 288 p. ISBN 3980580822. ML156.4.F5 L68 1998 Part of the German National Discography, lists 78-rpm German recordings from ca. 1890 to 1960. The chronological list includes detailed information on each recording. A cumulative table of content lists all artists included in previous volumes of a series. 207. Vernon, Paul. 1995. Ethnic and Vernacular Music, 1898–1960: A Resource and Guide to Recordings. Discographies, no. 62. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood Press. xxii, 344 p. ISBN 0313295530. ML156.4.F5 V47 1995 International in scope, this guide provides detailed information on ethnic and vernacular 78-rpm commercial recordings from numerous countries. The author provides the original company and identification numbers, information on reissues, and a bibliography. Focus is on recordings outside of the United States, although information on music of Native Americans, Hawaiians, and Inuit is also included. Regional Discographies of Historical Recordings Historical Recordings: Europe 208. Tucci, Roberta. 1998. La ricerca etnomusicologica in Calabria: le raccolte degli archivi pubblici nazionali. Ricerche musicali AMA Calabria, 13. Lamezia Terme: A.M.A. Calabria. 156 p. ISBN 8887170053. ML156.4.F5 T83 1998 A discographic survey of the ethnomusicological collections that preserve music from the state archives in Calabria, Italy. Provides information of Calabrian repertoire with transcribed examples, bibliography, and discography. Historical Recordings: Latin America 209. Díaz Ayala, Cristóbal. 1994. Cuba canta y baila: discografía de la música cubana: primer volumen: 1898–1925. San Juan, Puerto Rico: Fundación Musicalia. vii, 365 p. The first volume in what the author planned to be a 4-volume series. Lists about 350 recordings produced between 1898 and 1925 in chapters organized by musical genre. Each chapter is introduced with information on the genre and its primary performers. No index. 210. Díaz Ayala, Cristóbal. 2002. Enciclopedia discográfica de la música Cubana 1925–1960. San Juan, Puerto Rico: Fundación Musicalia. URL: http://gislab.fiu.edu/smc/discography.htm This work is a continuation of Cuba Canta y Baila: Discografía de la Música Cubana, Vol. 1, 1898–1925, covering the period from 1925 to 1960. Includes recordings in all musical genres that Cuban music encompasses. Includes biographical information on the performers. Index of performers and extensive bibliography included. The discography can be downloaded in .pdf or MS Word format.

Bibliographies, discographies, and filmographies

61

Historical Recordings: North America 211. Spottswood, Richard K. 1990. Ethnic Music on Records: A Discography of Ethnic Recordings Produced in the United States, 1893 to 1942.1 vols. Music in American Life. Urbana: University of Illinois Press. lxxiv, 4,347 p. ISBN 0252017188. ML156.4.F5 S69 1990 This multivolume work provides information on commercial recordings primarily in 78-rpm format published before 1942. Volumes 1–5 are organized by region: vol. 1: Western European; vol. 2: Slavic; vol. 3: Eastern European; vol. 4: Spanish, Portuguese, Philippine, and Basque; vol. 5: Mid-East, FarEast, Scandinavian, English language, American Indian, international. Volumes 6 and 7 provide indexes by artist, title, record number, and matrix number. 212. Dixon, Robert M.W., John Godrich, and Howard Rye. 1997. Blues and Gospel Records, 1890–1943. 4th ed. Oxford; New York: Clarendon Press; Oxford University Press. xlix, l, 370p. ISBN0198162391. ML156.4.B6D59 1997 Revised edition of Blues and Gospel Records, 1902–1943, published in 1982. This discography lists commercial recordings of nonjazz African American style performances made through 1943 for a largely African American audience. Recordings cited are in cylinder and 78-rpm disc format. Includes indexes to labels and companies, titles, broadcasts and films, vocalists, and accompanists. 213. Keeling, Richard. 1991. A Guide to Early Field Recordings (1900–1949) at the Lowie Museum of Anthropology. Berkeley: University of California Press. xxvii, 487 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 0520097203. ML156.4.F5 K43 1990 A detailed inventory of the recordings made among Indian tribal groups in California and housed at the Lowie Museum at the University of California, Berkeley. Recordings were made between 1900 and 1938 during the Ethnological Survey of California directed by Alfred L. Kroeber. The discography includes a listing of over 2,500 recordings, originally made on wax cylinders. The volume also cites sources for documentation for this material from about 250 published and manuscript sources.

FILMOGRAPHIES AND VIDEOGRAPHIES 214. Heider, Karl G., and Carol Hermer. 1995. Films for Anthropological Teaching. 8th ed. A Special Publication of the American Anthropological Association, no. 29. Arlington, Va.: American Anthropological Association. 324 p. ISBN 0913167657. GN42.3.Z9 H44 1995 Includes lists of films and videos by geographical area, topic; an alphabetical listing of films and videos; distributors’ and publication codes; and an index of names. 215. Husmann, Rolf. 1992. A Bibliography of Ethnographic Films. Göttinger Kulturwissenschaftliche Schriften, 1. Göttingen, Germany: Lit. 335 p. ISBN 3894733527. Z5H8.V58 B53 1992 GN347 A comprehensive listing of information on ethnographic film including lists of books, articles, reports and symposia; film catalogues, filmographies, bibliographies, and reviews; indexes of film titles, authors, reviewers, geographical regions and countries, and ethnic groups; and a select list of journals.

Ethnomusicology

62

216. Lems-Dworkin, Carol. 1996. Videos of African and African-Related Performance: An Annotated Bibliogmphy. Evanston, 111.: C. Lems-Dworkin Publishers. xx, 331 p. ISBN 0963704818. CB235 .L46 1996 Includes 1,390 entries for performance-related videos that include music, dance, and theater and its manifestations. Entries are grouped alphabetically by title and many (not all) are annotated. 217. Musical Traditions of the World. 2002. Media Resources Center, University of California, Berkeley. URL: http://www.lib.berkeley.edu/MRC/music.html. An annotated list of holdings of the Media Resources Center collection. Includes both video and selected audio recordings. Information is subdivided by broad geographic region. Includes some video clips and reviews and Web links to credit and contents information. 218. Nolan, Mary. 1999. Films for Teaching the Anthropology of Europe. Arlington, Va.: American Anthropological Association. 80 p. ISBN. GN17.3.E85 N6 1999 Sponsored by the Society for the Anthropology of Europe (H-SAE), a section of the American Anthropological Association. Contains information on over 600 films and videos on European subjects used by anthropologists in classroom teaching. Most of the entries are for documentary films, with a few feature films also included. 219. Schaeffer, Nancy. 1995. “Directory of Latin American Films and Videos: Music, Dance, Mask, and Ritual.” Latin American Music Review [Revista de Musica Latinoamericana] 16(2): 221–41. An introductory guide to over 200 films and videos that incorporate dance, music, mask, and ritual within the production. Divided by country, it includes only commercially available products that address Latin American traditions in both North and South America. Briefly annotated. 220. Wintle, Pamela, and John P. Homiak. 1995. Guide to the Collections of the Human Studies Film Archives. National Museum of Natural History Smithsonian Institution. URL: http://www.nmnh.si.edu/naa/guide/film-toc.htm. Guide to the Human Studies Film Archives is a revised version of the printed edition written by Pamela Wintle and John P. Homiak (Washington, D.C.: National Museum of Natural History, Smithsonian Institution, 1995). Film and video titles are organized by major geographical areas with individual titles listed chronologically. Entries are annotated and geographical and political, ethnic group, and subject indexes are included.

4 Indexing and Abstracting Tools

Indexing and abstracting tools are used typically for locating information in journals and news sources. Increasingly, indexes also provide access to information in other sources as well, including book-length studies, books chapters, conference papers, and dissertations. Searches for bibliographic data in indexing sources can help the researcher find a wealth of information on a specific topic. Some indexes are general, covering many areas (e.g., the MLA Bibliography for language, literature, linguistics, music, and folklore), others are specialized, covering a region or topic in depth (e.g., ABSEES for materials on Slavic and East European Studies or RILM for scholarly materials on music). An index may provide only brief bibliographic citations for each article, but some also include an abstract and/or full-text of the article. The abstracts or summaries give the user an opportunity to learn in greater detail about the source and to evaluate its usefulness for a specific research project. Indexes can also help users assess the feasibility of their research. Available in paper or online format, indexes and abstracts are searched using author, subject terms, or keywords. The increasing availability of digitized source material is providing greater opportunities for users to not only search the entire text for information (by keyword) but in some libraries, to link directly to the document itself at the host institution. Indexes and abstracting tools are identified as significant research tools at all scholarly institutions, demonstrating that this kind of resource is consistently valued in the scholarly world. Expensive to maintain, indexes require careful recording of information, scanning and/or abstracting its content, and database design and management, including information delivery using the Internet. For this reason, many indexes and abstracts are offered to institutions (sometimes to individuals as well) by subscription. Some are so expensive that they can be supported only by research institutions. Libraries and other scholarly bodies must carefully consider all the research resources available to their users and often select just a few indexes that they feel will be most useful at the local institution. For ethnomusicological research there are many different kinds of indexing and abstracting tools that provide citations, abstracts, and full text information useful at all stages of research. The primary indexes for the field of music are: RILM Abstracts of Musical Literature, Music Index, and International Index of Music Periodicals, but also indexes with a broader focus often of great importance to research in ethnomusicology, including titles such as: Anthropology Index, ATLA Religion Database, Bibliography of Asian Studies, MLA Bibliography, American History and Life, and Historical Abstracts.

Indexing and abstracting tools

65

While a general index is useful for broadly surveying a subject, the topical and regionbased indexes are more useful for evaluating a subject and finding information that can be used at all stages of research. The majority of the indexes listed below have a somewhat focused approach; they represent the regional and topical areas that support research on music and dance in cultural and social context. Other sources listed can provide general supporting information for ethnomusicological research. The brief annotations offer basic information on the database and attempt to help the reader see how this resource will be directly applicable to the discipline.

TOPICAL INDEXING AND ABSTRACTING TOOLS Indexes: General 221. Alternative Press Index. 1969-. College Park, Md.: Alternative Press Centre; Radical Research Center. ISBN 0002662X. AI3 .A27 A quarterly subject index to over 250 alternative, radical, and left-wing periodicals, newspapers, and magazines. Articles are listed and cross-referenced by subject. Subject searches on music and politics yield dozens of articles. Available in print and online form. Online access to full text of many articles is available by subscription. Available through OCLC, Biblioline, and as a CD-ROM product. 222. Historical Abstracts. Santa Barbara, Calif.: ABC-CLIO. Online. URL: http://serials.abc-clio.com/ An index to periodical literature in history and the related social sciences and humanities throughout the world (excluding the United States and Canada). Updated six times a year, includes information from 1973 to the present. Information is drawn from approximately 2,100 international journals, collections of essays and papers, book reviews, and dissertations. Indexes: Anthropology and Sociology 223. Anthropological Literature. Cambridge, Mass.: Tozzer Library, Harvard University. URL: http://hcl.harvard.edu/tozzer/al.html. A bibliographic index to articles in journals and books in English and other European languages received by Tozzer Library, Harvard University, from the nineteenth century to the present. Coverage includes cultural and biological anthropology, archaeology, sociology, psychology, religious studies, linguistics, history, geography and folklore. Indexing has taken place since 1984 and in 2002 there were 600,000 entries. The index is updated quarterly. Available in print, CD-ROM, and Web format. Institutional subscriptions available. 224. The Anthropological Index Online. Canterbury, U.K.: Royal Anthropological Institute of Great Britain and Ireland; Museum of Mankind. Library; University of Kent at Canterbury; Centre for Social Anthropology and Computing. URL: http://lucy.ukc.ac.uk/AIO.html. This index is derived from the anthropological journal holdings (ca. 800 titles) of The Anthropology Library at the The British Museum (The Museum of Mankind).

Ethnomusicology

66

International in scope, it covers material from 1957 to the present on a wide range of subjects. Direct link to the database through a Web link. 225. Annual Review of Anthropology. 1972-. Palo Alto, Calif.: Annual Reviews. ISBN 00846570. GNl .A623 Critical reviews of literature in the social sciences available in printed and online format. Review articles during the last few years, of particular interest to ethnomusicologists, include: Elizabeth G.Traube, “The Popular’ in American Culture” (1996) 25:127–51; Susan A.Reed, “The Politics and Poetics of Dance” (1998) 27:503– 32; Maureen Mahon, “The Visible Evidence of Cultural Producers (2000) 29:467–92; Kevin A.Yelvington, “The Anthropology of Afro-Latin America and the Caribbean: Diasporic Dimensions” (2001): 30:227–60. 226. eHRAF. 2001. New Haven, Conn.: Human Relations Area Files Inc. URL: http://www.yale.edu/hraf/. HRAF, the Human Relations Area Files, a nonprofit institution founded in 1949 at Yale University, contain books, periodical articles, manuscripts, and dissertations and theses on cultures of the world. Between 1958 and 1991 their collection of ethnographic and secondary sources were reproduced on microfiche, and in 1995 the information was converted to online form and produced on CD-ROM and then on the Internet. Organized into cultures and ethnic groups, the information in both fiche and online format has been analyzed using a system of categories of cultural activities and processes and excerpts of this information is available on eHRAF. 227. International Bibliography of Anthropology-Bibliographie internationale d’anthropologie. 1998-. London; New York: Routledge. ISBN 0085–2074. GN315.A116 An annual index of article citations from various periodicals in anthropology prepared by the British Library of Political and Economic Science with the support of the International Committee for Social Science Information and Documentation and the assistance of UNESCO. Included are a subject index, a place-name index, and an author index in both French and English. This serial publication was established in 1955 and was known until 1997 as International Bibliography of Social and Cultural Anthropology. 228. Sociological Abstracts. Bethesda, Md.: San Diego Sociological Abstracts; Cambridge Scientific Abstracts. URL: http://www.csa.com/detailsV5/socioabs.html. Abstracts and indexes international literature in sociology and related disciplines in the social and behavioral sciences. The database provides citations to journal articles, book reviews, books, book chapters, dissertations, and conference papers. Records for journal articles added after 1974 contain in-depth abstracts. Major areas of coverage include culture and social structure; demography and human biology; economic development; environmental interactions; evaluation research; family and social welfare; health and medicine and law; history and theory of sociology; management and complex organizations; mass phenomena and political interactions; methodology and research technology; policy, planning, forecast and speculation; radical sociology; religion and science; rural and urban sociology; social development; social differentiation; social psychology and group interaction; sociology of the arts, business, education; studies in violence and power; substance abuse and addiction; welfare services; women’s studies.

Indexing and abstracting tools

67

Indexes: Arts and Humanities 229. Arts and Humanities Citation Index. Philadelphia: Institute for Scientific Information. URL: http://www.isinet.com/isi/ Indexes over 1,300 sources in the arts and humanities, with selected articles from the social sciences and the sciences. International in scope, the database indexes articles, bibliographies, reviews, and more from 1980 to the present. 230. Humanities Full Text. 1984-. H.W. Wilson Co. URL: http://www.hwwilson.com/Databases/humani.cfm. Provides bibliographic indexing, abstracts, and full-text coverage of journals drawn from a wide range of subjects, including archaeology, classical studies, communications, dance, film, folklore, history, music, philosophy, and religion. In 2003 there were over 500 English-language titles with full-text coverage (1995-present), abstracts and indexing (1984-present). 231. MLA International Bibliography. 2000. New York: Ovid Technologies. URL: http://www.mla.org/publications/bibliography.htm. Provides access to citations on literature, modern languages, linguistics, and folklore gathered from 3,500 journals, series, books, and essay collections. Annually indexes over 50,000 articles, books, working papers and proceedings, and bibliographies. The electronic format of the bibliography contains all the entries in the print issues from 1963 to the present and is updated 10 times a year. Searchable by classification headings, document authors, subject-index terms, language of the book or article, journal name, and keyword. Indexes: Dance and Music 232. CAIRSS for Music: Computer-Assisted Information Retrieval Service System. 1994. San Antonio, Tex.: Institute for Music Research. URL: http://imr.utsa.edu/CAIRSS.html. Bibliographic database of music research literature in music education, music psychology, music therapy, and music medicine. Sources include over 1,300 journal titles including The World of Music, British Journal of Music Education, Ethnomusicology, Bulletin of the Council for Research in Music Education, and others. Produced by the Institute for Music Research and available without subscription on the Web. 233. Canadian Music Periodical Index. 1996—. Ottawa: National Library of Canada. URL: www.nlc-bnc.ca/4/16/index.html. Produced by the National Library of Canada, Music Division, this index to Canadian music periodical literature provides bibliographic information on all aspects of musical activity in Canada. Updated monthly, the CMPI database currently includes more than 30,000 entries indexed from 500 Canadian music journals, newsletters, and magazines from the late nineteenth century to the present. About 200 titles are currently active and continue to be indexed. The focus is on articles and news items on aspects of musical activity in Canada, although recently greater international representation has been included. Entries can be searched using subject, name, author, title, periodical, geographical area, article type, and date. The database is available without subscription through the Web. 234. Dance on Disc: The Complete Catalog of the Dance Collection of the New York Public Library on CD-ROM. 2002. Farmington Hills, Mich.: G.K. Hall.

Ethnomusicology

68

Includes information from the 10-volume dictionary catalog of the New York Public Library catalog of holdings for materials on dance published in 1974, plus all the supplements that have been published annually. Covers all aspects of dance, from performing art to ritual, from all cultures and countries, and in all media. Updated annually. 235. International Index to Music Periodicals (Online). 1997-. Alexandria, Va.: Chadwick-Healey. URL: http://music.chadwyck.com/. Available by subscription, IIMP draws its content from over 370 international music periodicals and includes current coverage with abstracts and, in some cases, full text. Retrospective coverage is from more than 185 periodicals dating back to 1874. Content ranges from scholarly sources to popular literature. Updated monthly. 236. MERB/CMI: Music Education Resource Base Including the Canadian Music Index. 1995. Calgary: CultureNet. URL: http://www.fmpweb.hsd.uvic.ca/merb/. MERB/CMI is a bibliographic database of more than 31,000 resources in music and music education from 35 Canadian and international journals and other sources covering the period 1956 through the present. The journals are indexed by title, author, and subject. Covers period from 1950s through the present, including Bulletin of the Council for Research in Music Education, Music Educators Journal, Canadian University Music Review, British Journal of Music Education, and ISME Yearbooks. Available on the Web without subscription. 237. The Music Index Online. 1999. Warren, Mich.: Harmonie Park Press. URL: http://www.harmonieparkpress.com/musicindex.html. Index of journal articles about classical and popular music from more than 655 international music periodicals. Includes data from more than 640 international music periodicals representing all genres of music. Indexes articles, book and recording reviews, and obituaries. Available by subscription online and on CD-ROM. 238. RILM Abstracts of Music Literature. Baltimore, Md.: National Information Services Corp. URL: http://www.rilm.org/. Provides broad international coverage of Western and Eastern classical, pop, folk, and jazz music, as well as interdisciplinary studies on music, including records in over 202 languages from 3,700 journals. Includes over 271, 900 abstracts and citations drawn from articles, books, conference proceedings, bibliographies, catalogues, dissertations, festschriften, iconographies, critical commentaries to complete works, ethnographic recordings, videos, reviews and more. Available by subscription. Indexes: Dissertations 239. Dissertation Abstracts Online. Dissertation Publishing; University Microfilms International. URL: http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/. A database with bibliographic information for nearly all American doctoral dissertations accepted at an accredited institution since 1861. Masters theses have been selectively indexed since 1962. Abstracts are included for doctoral dissertation records from July 1980 to the present. Includes citations for selected Canadian and other international theses as well.

Indexing and abstracting tools

69

240. Doctoral Dissertations in Music Online. Bloomington, Ind.: Center for the History of Music Theory and Literature, Indiana University. URL: http://www.music.indiana.edu/ddm/. A database of bibliographic information on over 11,400 dissertations in the fields of musicology, music theory, ethnomusicology, and related disciplines. The database can be browsed or searched by author or keyword. Updated periodically throughout the year. Indexes: Gender 241. Contemporary Women’s Issues. 1992. Farmington Hills, Mich.: Gale. URL: http://www.rdsinc.com/cwi. A selected full-text resource (some material is abstract only) on a broad range of women’s issues, extracted from over 600 sources world wide, including books, journals, newsletters, research reports, and fact sheets. Coverage varies by source, but earliest citations are from 1992. International scope, providing information on women in over 190 countries. Updated biweekly. Available online through OCLC FirstSearch electronic collections online. 242. Women’s Resources International 1997. Baltimore, Md.: National Information Services. URL: http://www.nisc.com/factsheets/wri.htm. An interdisciplinary and international database, updated semiannually, combined from Women Studies Abstracts (1984—present), Women’s Studies Database (1972-present), New Books on Women and Feminism (1987present), Women of Color and Southern Women (1975—present), The History of Women and Science, Health, and Technology: A Bibliographic Guide to the Professions and Disciplines (1970–1995), Women’s Health and Development: An Annotated Bibliography (1995), Women, Race, and Ethnicity: A Bibliography (1970–1990), and WAVE: Women’s Audiovisuals in English: A Guide to Nonprint Resources in Women’s Studies (1985–1990). Indexes: Religion 243. ATLA Religion Database. 1949-. New York: Ovid Technologies. URL: http://www.atla.com/products/products.html. Produced by the American Theological Library Association, ATLA indexes international periodicals in the fields of religion and theological studies with inclusive coverage from 1949 to the present. Areas covered include Biblical studies, world religions, church history, and religious perspectives on social issues. Includes citations for journal articles, essays in multi-author works, including festschriften and conference proceedings, and book reviews. Over 1,500 journal titles are represented in 36 languages. Cross-referenced subject headings. Available in CD-ROM and by subscription on the Web. Indexes: Social Sciences 244. Annual Reviews: Social Sciences. 2000. http://arjournals.annualreviews.org/socialhome.dtl.

Annual

Reviews.

URL:

Ethnomusicology

70

This online publication offers abstracts and full text from the Annual Reviews in the social sciences. Individual databases available for anthropology, energy and the environment, political science, psychology, public health, and sociology from 1984 to the present. 245. Social Sciences Citation Index. Philadelphia: Institute for Scientific Information. URL: http://isiknowledge.com/. This resource combines information in the ISI Social Sciences Citation Index (SSCI) and Social SciSearch to provide access to bibliographic information in over 1,700 journals in the social sciences. This database is updated weekly and includes backfiles to 1972.

REGIONAL AND ABSTRACTING TOOLS Indexes: Africa 246. International African Bibliography [Bibliographie Internationale Africaine]. 1971-. London: International African Institute. ISSN 0020–5877. Z3501.154 DT3 Indexes items on Africa generally, North Africa, northeast, west, west central, east, and southern Africa, Indian Ocean islands, and the African diaspora. Contains periodical articles, international governmental organizations documents, and books and chapters within edited works. Publications are from African and international sources, primarily English language sources. 247. Africa Bibliography. 1984-. Manchester, U.K.; Dover, N.H.: Manchester University Press. ISBN 02666731. Z3503 .A34 DT3 Annual bibliography published since 1984 in association with the International African Institute, London. Over 4,000 entries each year organized by region and country, with further subdivisions into broad subjects. Author and subject indexes. 248. Africabib.org: Bibliography of Africana Periodical Litemture Database. 1999. Little Rock, Ark.: University of Arkansas. URL: http://www.africabib.org/perioddb.html. An electronic index to over 280 English language and multilingual journals that specialize in African studies compiled by Davis Bulwinkle. The database for this index was begun in 1974 and the compiler has attempted to provide retrospective indexing of journals selected for this project and to maintain up-to-date indexing for those still in print. In 2002 music citations dated from 1931 to 2002. A clickable map and regional menu allows searching by geographic region. This site also houses the African Women’s Bibliographic Database which provides an index to English language books, documents, and articles on African women published since 1986. URL: http://www.africabib.org/womendb.html. Indexes: Asia 249. Bibliography of Asian Studies. Ann Arbor, Mich.: Association for Asian Studies. URL: http://bas.umdl.umich.edu/b/bas/. Published by the Association for Asian Studies, BAS provides citations to Westernlanguage journal articles (including broad coverage of Asian sources), book chapters,

Indexing and abstracting tools

71

conference proceedings and festschriften pertaining to east, southeast, and south Asia on all subjects, but especially the humanities and social sciences. In 2002 there were 519,000 records. Period of coverage: 1971 to the present. The online version also contains monograph titles listed in the print editions of the bibliography from 1971 to 1991. Indexes: Europe 250. American Bibliography of Slavic and East European Studies Online (ABSEES). Urbana-Champaign: Graduate School of Library and Information Science, University of Illinois; American Association for the Advancement of Slavic Studies. URL: http://www.library.uiuc.edu/absees/. The American Bibliography of Slavic and East European Studies (ABSEES) has been compiled since 1956 under the auspices of the American Association for the Advancement of Slavic Studies (AAASS). ABSEES covers North American scholarship on East-central and Eastern Europe, Russia, and the former Soviet Union, and contains bibliographic citations for journal articles, books, book chapters, book reviews, dissertations, online resources, and selected government publications. ABSEES Online includes coverage from 1990 to the present, with increasing coverage for earlier periods. The database can be searched by multiple fields, including author, title, publisher, date of publication, and subject heading as well as full-record keyword searching. In 2002 there were nearly 50,000 records. Updated monthly. Available by institutional subscription. European scholarship on Eastern Europe, Russia, and the former Soviet Union is available through the European Bibliography of Slavic and East European Studies [La Bibliographie européenne des travaux sur l’ex-URSS et l’Europe de l’Esf] (EBSEES) which covers materials published in Austria, Belgium, Finland, France, Germany, the Netherlands, Switzerland, and the United Kingdom. URL: http://wwwl.mshparis.fr/betuee/. Indexes: Latin America 251. HLAS Online: Handbook of Latin American Studies. 1936-. Washington, D.C.: Library of Congress, Hispanic Division. URL: http://lcweb2.loc.gov/hlas/. An annotated listing of publications on Latin America consisting of works selected and annotated by scholars. HLAS is available in a print version, on CD-ROM, and online. Online provides rapid, comprehensive access to future, current, and retrospective volumes of the Handbook. HLAS provides abstracts and bibliographic information on books and journal articles on a wide range of topics in the humanities and social sciences. It covers more than sixty years of scholarly literature in Latin American studies. Spanish version available at: http://lcweb2.1oc.gov./hlas/espanol/hlashome.html. Contains records describing books, book chapters, articles, and conference papers published in the field of Latin American studies. Coverage includes relevant books as well as over 800 social science and 550 humanities journals and volumes of conference proceedings. Most records include abstracts with evaluations. 252. Hispanic American Periodicals Index (HAPI). 1984-. Los Angeles: UCLA Latin American Center Publications, University of California. URL: http://hapi.gseis.ucla.edu/.

Ethnomusicology

72

HAPI indexes over 400 scholarly journals in the fields of Latin American and Caribbean Studies, from literary studies and the arts to political, economic, and social issues. Contains information about Central and South America, Mexico, the Caribbean, the United States-Mexico border region and Hispanics in the United States. The articles are indexed by subject and country, with extensive cross-referencing. Updated annually, includes articles published since 1970. Continues Index to Latin American Periodical Literature and its supplements. 253. Latin America Data Base (LADB). 1997. Albuquerque, N.M.: University of New Mexico. URL: http://ladb.unm.edu/. The Latin America Data Base (LADB) is an online publisher and information resource that produces the weekly electronic publications Sourcemex, NotiCen and NotiSur and maintains a searchable database of over 24,000 articles from back issues of LADB publications as well as Latin American journals. Indexes: North America 254. America: History and Life. 2001. Santa Barbara, Calif.: ABC-CLIO. URL: http://sbl.abc-clio.com./ Online bibliographic database that covers information on U.S. and Canadian history. There are over 450,000 entries drawn from 2,000 journals that citations with abstracts for articles and book and media reviews. Available by subscription. 255. The Chicano Database. 1995. Mountain View, Calif.: Research Libraries Group. URL: http://www.rlg.org/cit-cdb.html. An index to bibliographic materials on Mexican-American and other Latinos and Latinas in the United States, with coverage from 1967 to the present and selective coverage to the early 1900s. Topics covered include art, literature, law, education, economics, politics, music, film, folklore, religion, health, sociology, labor, and women’s studies. Produced by the Ethnic Studies Library, University of California at Berkeley, available nationally through RLG. Updated quarterly. 256. Ethnic News Watch. Stamford, Conn.: SoftLine Information. URL: http://www.slinfo.com/products/pt-product-ethnic-newswatch.shtml. Ethnic News Watch (ENW) is a full text database of the newspapers, magazines, and journals of the ethnic, minority and native press of the United States. Begun in 1991, but including articles dating back to 1985, in 2002 it had nearly 700,000 full-text articles from 200 publications with 7,500 new articles added each month. Available by subscription.

5 Journals and Other Serial Publications

In most academic disciplines, scholarly journals have played an important role by providing readers with contemporary research in a timely way. The discursive opportunities help to shape ideas for the discipline as it develops. In this contemporary environment, where transmission of information occurs in new and ever expanding networks, journals today continue to play a significant role. Information can now be more quickly accessed—for the reader, but can also be published more quickly—using the Web. This has changed and will undoubtedly continue to change the face of information sharing. In ethnomusicology, as in all fields, a select list of journals provides the primary periodical literature for students and scholars and plays a significant role in defining the discipline. Some of these titles include Ethnomusicology, the journal for the Society of Ethnomusicology, Asian Music, the journal of the Society for Asian Music, Latin American Music Review [Revista de Musica Latino Americana], The World of Music, and the Yearbook for Traditional Music, the journal of the International Council for Traditional Music. In addition, there are many other journals that consistently provide a forum for exchange of information and ideas that impact or are impacted by ethnomusicology. The following list includes journals that researchers will find especially useful because they consistently publish articles directly derived from ethnomusicological research, or articles that provide data that support research in the discipline. Included are journals with a primary focus especially in music, anthropology, dance, folklore, gender studies, and/or popular culture that publish articles used by the discipline on a regular basis, or periodically devote issues to music in cultural context. Titles included are limited primarily to English and other Western European languages. Most of the listed journals are currently published, and all have been active during the last 10 to 15 years. Annotations include a brief description of the journal and the nature of the materials it offers to the scholarly community. Whenever possible, Web addresses are provided for users to find additional information on the journal, including tables of contents.

ETHNOMUSICOLOGY 257. British Journal of Ethnomusicology. 1992-. London: International Council for Traditional Music, U.K. Chapter. 2/yr. ISSN: 09681221.

Journals and other serial publications

75

The British Forum for Ethnomusicology was formerly known as the International Council for Traditional Music (U.K. chapter). It remains the U.K. National Committee of the International Council for Traditional Music, and represents the interests of ICTM members in the U.K. Tables of contents: http://www.shef.ac.uk/uni/academic/IM/mus/staff/js/BJE.html. 258. Cahiers de Musiques Traditionelles. 1988-. Ateliers d’ethnomusicologie. Genève: Georg Editeur. Annual. ISBN: 2825705594. Cahiers de Musiques Traditionelles provides yearly, generally thematic, volumes with French-language articles on all aspects of ethnomusicology. Thematic volumes: 1. De bouche a oreille (1988); 2. Instrumental (1989); 3. Musique et pouvoirs (1990); 4. Voix (1991); 5. Musiques rituelles (1992); 6. Polyphonies (1993); 7. Esthétiques (1994); 8. Terrains (1994); 9. Nouveaux enjeux (1996); 10. Rythmes (1997); 11. Paroles de musiciens (1998); 12. Noter la musique (1999); 13. Métissage (2000); 14. Le geste musical (2001); 15. Histoires de vies (2002). In preparation: 16. Musique a voir (2003); 17. Formes musicales (2004). Tables of contents are available at: URL: http://www.adem.ch/cmt.html. 259. ECHO. (Online) 1999-. Department of Musicology, University of California, Los Angeles. ISSN: 15351807. URL: http://www.echo.ucla.edu./ This interdisciplinary, Web-based journal is created and edited by graduate students in the Department of Musicology at the University of California, Los Angeles. Articles address music in diverse social contexts and are not confined to any geographically, historically, or methodologically bounded genre. 260. EM: Annuario degli Archivi di Etnomusicologia dell’Accademia Nazionale di Santa Cecilia. 1993-. Lucca, Italy: Libreria musicale italiana. Annual. This yearbook publishes studies using the collections kept in the Archivi di Etnomusicologia dell’Accademia Nazionale di Santa Cecilia. In addition, volumes provide information on new acquisitions, lectures; papers on research methods; and studies on ethnomusicology in Italy. Tables of contents: http://www.santacecilia.it/italiano/pubblicazioni/periodici/schede/em.htm. 261. Ethnomusicology: Journal of the Society for Ethnomusicology. 1953-. Bloomington, Ind: Society for Ethnomusicology. 3/yr. ISSN: 00141836. Ethnomusicology, the official organization of the Society for Ethnomusicology. Tables of contents of the journal (1996–2002) and ten-year indexes: http://www.ethnomusicology.org/publications/publications.html. 262. Ethnomusicology Online (EOL). 1995-. Baltimore, Md.: University of Maryland. ISSN 10927336. URL: http://research.umbc.edu/eol/. A peer reviewed multimedia Web-based journal that includes articles, and audio, video, and software reviews. Includes full text of previous and current editions. 263. European Meetings in Ethnomusicology (EME). 1994-. Bucharest, Romania: Romanian Society for Ethnomusicology. ISSN: 15825841. Formerly East European Meetings in Ethnomusicology (until 2000) this journal is published by the Romanian Society for Ethnomusicology, functioning as the ICTM national committee. It provides a forum for all forms of research in ethnomusicology. Tables of contents: http://eme.ong.ro/. 264. Intercultural Musicology Bulletin. CIMA. MRI Press. 2/yr. ISSN: 15268039.

Ethnomusicology

76

Intercultuml Musicology is a peer-reviewed journal of the Centre for Intercultural Music Arts. The aim of Intercultural Musicology is to provide a forum for discourse that includes the development of a theoretical framework for the nascent field of intercultural musicology. A recent focus of the journal is the subject of intercultural music education. Tables of contents: http://www.music-research-inst.org/html/imb/. 265. International Review of the Aesthetics and Sociology of Music (IRASM). 1970-. Semiannual. Zagreb, Croatia: Muzicka Akademija u Zagrebu. Supported by the Ministry of Science and Technology of the Republic of Croatia, this journal includes articles on a broad range of topics, from musicology and music theory to ethnomusicology. 266. Musica Judaica: Journal of the American Society for Jewish Music. 1976-. American Society for Jewish Music. New York: American Society for Jewish Music. Annual. ISSN: 01477536. A publication devoted to all aspects of Jewish music, published by the American Society for Jewish Music, Center for Jewish History. Includes articles, reports, and reviews. Tables of contents available at: http://www.jmwc.org/MusicaJudaica/asjmindex.html. 267. Music and Anthropology: M&A (online) 1996-. University of Bologna, Italy. URL: http://research.umbc.edu/eol/MA/index.htm. An online multimedia peer-reviewed journal promoted by the Study Group on Anthropology of Music in Mediterranean Cultures of the International Council for Traditional Music (ICTM). 268. Oideion: Performing Arts Online. 1993-. International Institute for Asian Studies. URL: http://iias.leidenuniv.nl/oideion/. Oideion is hosted by the International Institute for Asian Studies (IIAS, LeidenAmsterdam, the Netherlands). Content includes music, dance, verbal art, and theatre, and is not restricted to Asian culture. 269. Pacific Review of Ethnomusicology. 1984-. Los Angeles: Ethnomusicology Archive. Occasional. ISSN: 10961291. The Pacific Review of Ethnomusicology is an occasional publication of the UCLA Ethnomusicology Graduate Students Association. Includes articles from graduate students in ethnomusicology and systematic musicology as well as allied disciplines. Ten volumes were published between 1984 and 2002. URL: http://www.ethnomusic.ucla.edu/ethnomusicology/Publications/PREhome.html. 270. Selected Reports in Ethnomusicology. 1966—. Los Angeles: University of California. Irregular. ISSN: 03616622. Beginning with volume 2 in 1974 this serial publication became thematic; each edited volume carries a separate ISBN. Vol. 2/1: The Melograph, edited by Peter CrossleyHolland (ISBN: 0882870041); Vol. 2/2: Southeast Asia, edited by David Morton (1976; ISBN: 088287005X); Vol. 3/1: The Traditional Music of Europeans in America, edited by James Porter (1978; ISBN: 08828870122); Vol. 3/2: The Music of the American Indians, edited by Charlotte Heth (1980; ISBN: 0882870122); Vol. 4: Festschrift. Essays in Honor of Peter Crossley-Holland, edited by Nicole Marzac-Holland and Nazir A.Jairazbhoy; Vol. 5: Studies in African Music, edited by J.H. K.Nketia and Jacqueline C.DjeDje (1984; ISBN: 0882870173); Vol. 6: Asian Music in North America, edited by Nazir Ali Jairazbhoy and Sue Carole DeVale (1985; ISBN: 0882870203); Vol. 7: Issues

Journals and other serial publications

77

in the Conceptualization of Music, edited by James Porter and Ali Jihad Racy (1988; ISBN: 088287022X); Vol. 8: Issues in Organology, edited by Sue Carole DeVale and Eran Fraenkel (1990; ISBN: 0882870246); Vol. 9: Text, Context, and Performance in Cambodia, Laos, and Vietnam, edited by Amy Catlin, Eran Fraenkel, and Therese Mahoney (1992; ISBN: 0882870505); Vol. 10: Musical Aesthetics and Multiculturalism in Los Angeles, edited by Steven Loza, Paulette Gershen, and Eddie Huckaby (1994; ISBN: 0882870513). 271. TRANS: Transcultural Music Review [Revista transcultural de musica]. 1991-. Barcelona, Spain: SIbE: La Sociedad de Etnomusicología. Online. URL: http://www.sibetrans.com/trans/index.htm. An online journal that acts as a forum for dialog and critical debate on the production of musical knowledge among scholars in many disciplines. Established and maintained by Ramón Pelinski. La Sociedad de Emomusicología (SlbE), founded in 1991, is especially interested in the music of Iberian countries. 272. The World of Music. 1959-. International Institute for Comparative Music Studies and Documentation. Wilhelmshaven, Germany: Heinrichshofen. 3/yr. ISSN: 00438774. The World of Music is the journal of the Department of Ethnomusicology, OttoFriedrich University of Bamberg in Germany. Issues are often thematic, and include articles and reviews. Tables of contents: URL: http://www.unibamberg.de/~ba2fm3/wom.htm. 273. Yearbook for Traditional Music. 1949-. International Council for Traditional Music. New York: International Council for Traditional Music. Annual. ISSN: 07401558. Annual publication of the International Council for Traditional Music (ICTM) published under the auspices of the United Nationas Educational Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO). Each issue includes scholarly articles as well as book, recording, and video reviews.

OTHER DISCIPLINES Anthropology 274. American Ethnologist. 1974-. American Ethnological Society. Quarterly. ISSN: 00940496. This quarterly journal is concerned with sharing ethnographic literature that demonstrates “specificity and theoretical originality.” Recent articles that have been published by American Ethnologist include: Regula Qureshi, “How Does Music Mean? Embodied Memories and the Politics of Affect in the Indian Sarangi” (2000–27/4) and Jane E.Goodman, “Writing Empire, Underwriting Nation: Discursive Histories of Kabyle Berber Oral Texts” (2002–29/1). Tables of contents and abstracts available at: URL: http://www.nyu.edu/gsas/dept/anthro/aes/amereth.html. 275. Annual Review of Anthropology. 1972-. Palo Alto, Calif.: Annual Reviews. ISSN: 00846570. Critical reviews of literature in the social sciences available in printed and online format. Review articles during the last few years, of particular interest to ethnomusicologists, include: Elizabeth G. Traube, “The Popular’ in American Culture”

Ethnomusicology

78

(1996) 25:127–51; Susan A. Reed, “The Politics and Poetics of Dance” (1998) 27:503– 32; Maureen Mahon, “The Visible Evidence of Cultural Producers (2000) 29:467–92; Kevin A. Yelvington, ‘The Anthropology of Afro-Latin America and the Caribbean: Diasporic Dimensions” (2001): 30:227–60. Tables of contents: http://anthro.AnnualReviews.org/. 276. Anthropological Quarterly. 1928-. Washington, D.C.: Catholic University of America Press. Quarterly. ISSN: 00035491. Published since 1921, the quarterly journal includes scholarly articles, review articles, book reviews, and lists of recently published books. Recently published articles include Scott R.Hudson, “The Rave: Spiritual Healing in Modern Western Subcultures” (2000– 73/1) and Susan J. Rasmussen, “Between Several Worlds: Images of Youth and Age in Tuareg Popular Performances” (2000–73/3). Tables of contents: URL: http://www.cua.edu/pubs/aq/index.htm. 277. Anthropos: revue internationale d’ethnologie et de linguistic. 1906-. Fribourg, Switzerland: Anthropos Institut. 2/yr. ISSN: 02579774. This journal provides a forum for discussions on the theory and method of cultural anthropology and its diverse connections with related disciplines. Tables of contents with abstracts: URL: http://www.anthropos-journal.de/. 278. Bulletin of the International Committee on Urgent Anthropological and Ethnological Research. 1958-. IUAES Commission on Urgent Anthropological Research. Vienna: International Committee on Urgent Anthropological and Ethnological Research. Annual. ISSN: 05385865. Published under the auspices of the UNESCO and with the financial help of the Austrian Academy of Sciences, this journal publishes articles and reports on issues related to music and dance in diverse geographical locations. 279. Cultural Anthropology: Journal of the Society for Cultural Anthropology. 1986-. Society for Cultural Anthropology. Washington, D.C.: American Anthropological Association. Quarterly. ISSN: 08867356. Cultural Anthropology is a quarterly journal of the Society for Cultural Anthropology (SCA), a section of the American Anthropological Association. Contributions are devoted to the study of cultural studies and culture theory in anthropology and all other relevant disciplines. Tables of contents: http://www.aaanet.org/sca/ca/index.htm. 280. Current Anthropology. 1960-. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. 5/yr. ISSN: 00113204. A transnational journal that publishes research in a wide variety of areas, including social, cultural, and physical anthropology as well as ethnology and ethnohistory, archaeology and prehistory, folklore, and linguistics. Electronic edition available by subscription. Tables of contents: http://www.journals/uchicago.edu/CA/journal/available.html. 281. Journal for the Anthropological Study of Human Movement. 1980-. New York: JASHM. 2/yr. ISSN: 08917124. An international academic journal with a purpose to present current research and to stimulate discussion of ideas and issues that arise from the study of human movement within the framework of anthropological inquiry. Tables of contents: URL: http://www.anthro.uiuc.edu/JASHM/jashm.html.

Journals and other serial publications

79

282. Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute. 1966-. Anthropological Institute of Great Britain and Ireland. London: Royal. Quarterly. ISSN: 00251496. Formerly Man, this quarterly journal includes articles on all aspects of anthropology, as well as correspondence and book reviews. Available online through JSTOR. Cultural Studies 283. Cultural Studies. Routledge. 1979-. London: Methuen. Bimonthly. ISSN: 09502386. Cultural Studies provides a forum for addressing issues and sharing information using diverse formations that make up its field. Articles are representative of various disciplinary, theoretical, and geographical perspectives. Some issues have also distinctive titles. Tables of contents: http://www.unc.edu/depts/cultstud/journal/. 284. International Journal of Cultural Studies. 1998-. London: Sage Publications. 3/yr. ISSN: 13678779. The journal features theoretical, empirical, and historical research based in local and regional realities and deals with everyday practices, identities, media, texts, and cultural forms. It publishes work that suggests new directions, ideas, and modes of inquiry to reinvigorate cultural studies for a new generation of researchers and readers. Recent articles include: Anthony Fung, “The Anomalies of Being Faye (Wong): Gender Politics in Chinese Popular Music” (2002–5/3) and Emma Baulch, “Creating a Scene: Balinese Punk’s Beginnings” (2002–5/2). Tables of contents: http://www.sagepub.co.uk/journals/details/j0214.html. Dance 285. Dance Research Journal: DRJ. 1969-. Congress on Research in Dance. New York: Congress on Research in Dance. Semiannual. ISSN: 01497677. The biannual publication of the Congress on Research in Dance (CORD) that is both national and interaational in scope. Its primary orientation is toward the historical, critical, and theoretical inquiry into the various subdisciplines comprising the field of dance studies today. Includes a book review section and contains reports on scholarly conferences and archives and other important projects in the field. Information on current contents: http://www.cordance.org/DRJ.html. 286. Dance Research: The Journal of the Society for Dance Research. 1983-. London: The Society. Semiannual. ISSN: 02642875. Dance Research contains articles and book reviews that provide an international forum for the presentation and discussion of contemporary dance research. 287. Discourses in Dance. 2002-. London: Laban Centre. 2/yr. ISSN: 1474533X. An international, peer-reviewed journal from the Laban Centre for Movement and Dance covering research in the field of dance and related areas. Articles address the discipline of dance studies, presenting research that interrogates dance as a cultural practice and examines dance in relation to critical theories, cultural studies, and cognate disciplines. Tables of contents: http://www.laban.org/discourses_in_dance/articles.phtml.

Ethnomusicology

80

Education 288. British Journal of Music Education: BJME. 1984-. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. 3/yr. ISSN: 02650517. ISSN online: 14692104. BJME provides both articles and book reviews that address current issues in music education worldwide. Subjects include classroom music teaching, individual instrumental teaching and vocal teaching, music in higher education, international comparative music education, the development of literature in this field, and teacher education. Recent articles have covered such topics as the teaching of music by nonspecialists in primary schools, the uses of information technology in music lessons, and musical education in Africa. 289. International Journal of Music Education. 1967-. Reading, U.K.: International Society for Music Education. Semiannual. ISSN: 02557614. The International Journal of Music Education publishes scholarly articles on music teaching and learning with an international focus. Includes reviews of scholarly books. Tables of contents: http://www.isme.org/article/archive/16. 290. Music Educators Journal 1914-. Music Educators National Conference. Reston, Va.: Music Educators National Conference. 9/yr. ISSN: 00274321. MEJ offers articles on teaching approaches and philosophies, current trends, and issues in music education. Regularly features articles on topics related to world music in the classroom. Folklore 291. Canadian Journal for Traditional Music=Revue de musique folklorique canadienne. 1973-. Calgary, Canada: Canadian Society for Musical Traditions [formerly Canadian Folk Music Journal]. Annual. ISSN: 14854422. URL: http://cjtm.icaap.org/. An annual journal with articles on musical traditions in Canada. Articles explore cultural practices of various immigrant and Native American groups. Includes book reviews. Available online. 292. Culture and Tradition. 1976-. St. John’s, Newfoundland, Canada: Memorial University of Newfoundland. Annual. ISSN: 07010184. A folklore journal published in both French and English by graduate students in Folklore at Memorial University of Newfoundland and 1’Universite Laval de Quebec. Topics covered include the traditional arts, music, cuisine, architecture, beliefs, cultural psychology, and sociological structure of regional ethnic, religious, and industrial groups in Canada. Tables of contents: http://www.ucs.mus.co/culture. 293. Ethnologies. 1979-. Quebec: Folklore Studies Association of Canada = Association canadienne d’ethnologie et de folklore. 2/yr. ISSN: 14815974. Bulletin of the Folklore Studies Association of Canada. Formerly Canadian Folklore=Folklore canadien. Articles are in French and English. Issues are topical; a recent issue focused on transcedence applied to performance in Siberia, China, Japan, Quebec, Canada. Includes abstracts. Tables of contents: http://www.celat.ulaval.ca/acef/archivesa.htm. 294. Folk Music Journal 1965-. English Folk Dance and Song Society. London: English Folk Dance and Song Society. Annual. ISSN: 05319684. Publishes papers devoted to folk music, dance, and song of the British Isles by authors representing a variety of subjects and disciplines, including ethnomusicology, dance

Journals and other serial publications

81

ethnology, and social anthropology, folklore, social and oral history, and performance studies. Includes reviews. Tables of contents: http://www.efdss.org/journal.htm. 295. Folklore. 1890-. Folklore Society. London: Folklore Society. Semiannual. ISSN: 0015587X. Publishes ethnographic and analytical essays on vernacular culture throughout the world. Specializes in traditional language, narrative, music, song, dance, drama, foodways, medicine, arts and crafts, and popular religion and belief. Tables of contents: http://www.tandf.co.uk/journals/online/0015–587x.html. 296. Irish Folk Music Studies=Éigse Cheol Tíre. 1973-. Folk Music Society of Ireland. Dublin: Folk Music Society of Ireland. Annual. ISSN: 0332298X. Journal of the Folk Music Society of Ireland, founded in 1971, includes scholarly articles and books and recording reviews with a focus on the music of Ireland. 297. Journal of American Folklore. 1888-. American Folklore Society. Washington, D.C.: American Folklore Society. Quarterly. ISSN: 00218715. The quarterly journal of the American Folklore Society has been published since the society’s founding in 1888. Includes scholarly articles, essays, notes, and commentaries, as well as separate sections devoted to reviews of books, exhibitions and events, sound recordings, film and videotapes, and obituaries. Recent tables of contents: http://afsnet.org/publications/jafrecentoc.cfm. 298. Journal of Folklore Research. 1964-. Bloomington: Indiana University, Folklore Institute. 3/yr. ISSN: 07377037. The Journal of Folklore Research is concerned with promoting international dialogue among scholars of folklore and related fields. Includes topical and issues-based articles and book reviews. Tables of contents: http ://iupj journals. org/folklore/j frtoc. html. 299. Musical Traditions. 1986-. K. Summers. URL: http://www.mustrad.org.uk/. An online magazine that originated as a printed journal in 1983 focuses on music from around the world. Features articles, reviews, bibliographies, and discographies. 300. Voices: The Journal of New York Folklore. 1975-. Newfield, N.Y.: New York Folklore Society. Triennial. ISSN: 0361204X. Known as New York Folklore until 2001, this is the quarterly journal of the New York Folklore Society. Includes articles, reports, and reviews. Tables of contents: http://www.nyfolklore.org/pubs/nyfq/tocnyfq.html. Gender 301. Women and Music: A Journal of Gender and Culture. 1997-. International Alliance for Women in Music. Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press. Annual. ISSN: 10907505. A journal of scholarship about women, music, and gender that is a project of the International Alliance for Women in Music. Jazz and Blues 302. Annual Review of Jazz Studies. 1973-. Institute of Jazz Studies, Rutgers University. New Brunswick, N.J.: Scarecrow Press. Annual. ISSN: 07310641.

Ethnomusicology

82

Founded in 1973 as the Journal of Jazz Studies, this publication includes articles on all eras in jazz with contributors from a wide range of disciplines, including musicology, sociology, discography, and oral history. 303. Jazzforschung/Jazz Research. 1969-. International Society for Jazz Research. Graz, Austria: International Society for Jazz Research. Annual. ISSN: 00753572. Since 1969, the Institute for Jazz Research, in cooperation with the International Society for Jazz Research, has issued the following series (in German or English language): Jazz Research is offered as a yearbook. Tables of contents with English summaries: http://www.kug.ac.at/ijf/website_directory/publications/jazz_research/overview.html. 304. Living Blues: A Journal of the Black American Blues Tradition. 1970-. University: University of Mississippi. 6/yr. Chicago: Living Blues Publications ISSN: 00245232. A bimonthly magazine published by the University of Mississippi. Includes articles, photo essays, interviews, and biographical information. Tables of contents: http://www.livingblues.com/. Musicology 305. Canadian University Music Review=Revue de musique des universités canadiennes. 1992-. Ottawa, Canada: Canadian University Music Society [Société de musique des universités canadiennes]. Annual. ISSN: 07100353. The Canadian University Music Review publishes research by Canadian scholars, in French and English, in all areas of music. Represented are the subdisciplines of musicology, ethnomusicology, theory/composition, music education, and performance. Includes reviews and conference reports. Tables of contents: http://www.cumssmuc.ca/publications/cumr/. 306. College Music Symposium. 1961-. College Music Society. Boulder, Col.: College Music Society. Annual. ISSN: 00695696. College Music Symposium is the interdisciplinary journal of the College Music Society, and includes articles, reviews, and commentaries. Tables of contents: http://www.music.org/Pubs/Sym/symp.html. 307. Critical Musicology: A Transdisciplinary Online Journal. ISSN: 14686066. URL: http://www.leeds.ac.uk/music/info/critmus/. Hosted by the School of Music at the University of Leeds, this is a refereed journal appearing exclusively on the Internet. Its stated purpose is to “provide a library of texts which address the wide number of issues that have become part of the field of critical musicology.” The most recent issue was an article by Vic Gammon on “National Curricula and the Ethnic in Music” (1997). 308. Current Musicology. 1965-. New York: Columbia University. Semiannual. ISSN: 00113735. URL: http://music.columbia.edu/~curmus/. Published semiannually by the Department of Music at Columbia, this journal is a forum for scholarly music research in historical musicology, ethnomusicology, and music theory, music cognition, philosophy of music, and interdisciplinary studies. 309. The Galpin Society Journal. 1948-. Leicester, U.K.: Galpin Society. Annual. AHCI; MusInd; RILM. ISSN: 00720127.

Journals and other serial publications

83

The annual journal of the Galpin Society contains articles, reviews, notes, and queries on all aspects of musical instruments. Contents pages for the years 1948–2002: http://www.music.ed.ac.uk/euchmi/galpin/gwtj.html. 310. The Journal of Musicological Research. 1974-. London: Gordon and Breach Science Publishers. Quarterly. ISSN: 01411896. Recent articles on ethnomusicological topics in this musicological journals include: Margaret Sarkissian, “Tradition, Tourism, and the Cultural Show: Malaysia’s Diversity on Command”; Frederick Lau, “Packaging Identity Through Sound: Tourist Performances in Contemporary China”; Helen Rees, “Authenticity and the Foreign Audience for Traditional Music in Southwest China” (1998–17:2). 311. Journal of the American Musicological Society. 1948-. Richmond, Va.: William Byrd Press. 3/yr. ISSN: 00030139. Founded in 1948, this journal publishes articles in historical musicology, critical theory, music analysis, iconography and organology, performance practice, aesthetics and hermeneutics, ethnomusicology, gender and sexuality, popular music and cultural studies. Each issue includes articles, book reviews, and communications. Tables of contents with abstracts: http://www.journals.uchicago.edu/JAMS/toc.html 312. Music Theory Online. Society for Music Theory. 1993-. ISSN: 10673040. URL: http://www.societymusictheory.org/mto/issues/. A refereed, electronic journal of the Society for Music Theory. Published several times each year, each issue includes articles, book reviews, and reports as well as announcements of upcoming conferences and calls for papers, job opportunities, abstracts of recently completed and in-progress dissertations, and summaries of recently published books. 313. Perspectives of New Music. 1962-. Princeton, N.J.: Published by Princeton University Press for the Fromm Music Foundation. 2/yr. ISSN: 00316016. Directed to composers, performers, and scholars, this journal includes interviews, analyses, technical reports, position papers, articles, reviews, and short musical scores and text-music compositions. Tables of contents: http://www.perspectivesofnewmusic.org/. 314. Polish Music Journal 1998-. Los Angeles: Polish Music Center, University of Southern California. 2/yr. ISSN: 15216039. URL: http://www.usc.edu/dept/polish_music/PMJ/. This online journal is dedicated to musicological studies of Polish music and music in Poland. Its purpose is to provide wider distribution of research by Polish scholars. Some of the articles, translated from Polish, were previously published in Muzyka. The Polish Musicological Quarterly. Includes articles, book reviews, and reports. 315. Rivista italiana di musicologia, 1966-. Società Italiana di Musicologia. Florence, Italy: Casa Editrice Leo S.Olschki. 2/yr. ISSN: 00356867. This journal includes essays, reports, and reviews on aspects of Italian musicology and other disciplinary areas. Tables of contents (1966-present): http://www.sidm.it/. 316. Studia musicologica. 1961-. Academiae Scientiarum Hungarica. Budapest: Akadèmiai Kiadó. Annual. ISSN: 00393266. Studia Musicologica publishes papers, documentary studies, congress reports, and short essays in the field of musicology, with special interest in subjects connected with the history of Hungarian music and folk music. In English, French, German, Italian, or

Ethnomusicology

84

Russian. Tables of contents and abstracts available through Akadémiai Kiadó: http://www.akkrt.hu/. Performance Studies 317. TDR: The Drama Review. 1955-. New York: School of the Arts, New York University. Quarterly. ISSN: 02734354. TDR is a journal of performance studies with articles that consider performance in aesthetic, historical, social, economic, political, and theoretical contexts. Covers events in everyday life, rituals, media, dance, theatre, performance art, popular entertainments, and sports. Tables of contents and abstracts: http://mitpress.mit.edu/catalog/item/default.asp?ttype=4&tid=23. Available online in full text through Project MUSE (Johns Hopkins University Press). Popular Culture 318. Cultural Analysis: An Interdisciplinary Forum on Folklore and Popular Culture (online). 2000-. Ongoing. ISSN: 15377873. URL: http://socrates.berkeley.edu/~caforum/. An interdisciplinary, peer-reviewed online journal based at the University of California, Berkeley. Focusing on expressive and everyday culture, it includes articles and responses, and book reviews. Available in both html and pdf format. Volume 1 in 2000 includes an article by Regina Bendix entitled “The Pleasures of the Ear: Toward an Ethnography of Listening.” Volume 2 in 2001 includes “A Socio-Historical and Contextual Analysis of Popular Musical Performance Among the Swahili of Mombasa, Kenya,” by Mwenda Ntarangwi; “Es Sind Zween Weg: Singing Amish Children into the Faith Community,” by D.R. Elder; and “The Amazonian Ox Dance Festival: An Anthropological Account,” by Maria-Laura Cavalcanti. 319. Journal of Popular Culture. 1967-. Popular Culture Association. Bowling Green, Ohio: Bowling Green University Popular Press. Quarterly. ISSN: 00223840. Concerned with interdisciplinary and multidisciplinary approaches to the study of culture in historical and contemporary contexts. 320. Journal of Popular Music Studies. 1993-. International Association for the Study of Popular Music. Semiannual. ISSN: 15242226 (paper); 15331598 (online). IASPM-US publishes the Journal of Popular Music Studies, a peer-reviewed journal dedicated to research on popular music throughout the world and approached from a variety of positions. Published twice a year, each issue features essays and reviews as well as roundtables and creative works inspired by popular music. Tables of contents: http://www.iaspm-us.net/publications/index.html. 321. Perfect Beat: The Pacific Journal of Research into Contemporary Music and Popular Culture. 1992-. Department of Contemporary Music Studies at Macquarie University, Sydney, Australia. 2/yr. ISSN: 10382909. Published by the Department of Contemporary Music Studies at Macquarie University, Sydney, Australia, Perfect Beat is a research journal dedicated to the study of the music and cultures of indigenous and European, Asian, and North American migrant groups in Australia, New Zealand, Hawai’i, Papua New Guinea, and the island nations of the South Pacific. Focus is on the development of new styles of popular music by

Journals and other serial publications

85

indigenous peoples and their relationships with the technologies and institutions of the media and music industries. Tables of contents: http://www.ccms.mq.edu.au/perfect_beat/default.html. 322. Popular Music. 1982-. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. 3/yr. ISSN: 02611430. An international multidisciplinary journal covering all aspects of popular music studies, from the formation of group identities through popular music to the impact of the global music industry on performance. Scholarship draws from anthropology, cultural studies, ethnomusicology, feminism, gender studies, geography, history, literature studies, media studies, musicology, and sociology. Each issue contains longer articles, shorter topical pieces, and reviews. Tables of contents: http://www.journals.cambridge.org/. 323. Popular Music and Society. 1971-. Bowling Green, Ohio: Popular Press. Quarterly. ISSN: 03007766. Popular Music and Society is a quarterly academic journal founded in 1971 by Professor R.Serge Denisoff, who edited it until his death in 1994. Articles cover music of many different genres, time periods, and geographic locations. Author index: http://www3.niu.edu/popms/. 324. Postmodern Culture: PMC. 1990-. Raleigh, N.C.: Postmodern Culture. 3/yr. ISSN: 10531920. URL: http://jefferson.village.virginia.edu/pmc/contents.all.html. An e-journal of interdisciplinary criticism sponsored by North Carolina State University, Oxford University Press, and the University of Virginia’s Institute for Advanced Technology in the Humanities. 325. Review of Popular Music (RPM). 1982-. International Association for the Study of Popular Music. Berlin: IASPM. 2/yr. RPM Online: http://www.iaspm.net/rpm/. The newsletter and journal of IASPM The International Association for the Study of Popular Music that provides members and the international community with information on meetings, issues, and other issues.

REGIONAL JOURNALS Africa 326. African Arts. 1967-. Los Angeles, African Studies Center, University of California, Los Angeles. Quarterly. ISSN: 00019933. The primary focus of African Arts is on the plastic and graphic arts of Africa and the African diaspora, but the journal includes other forms of African expressive culture as well: film, theater, dance, and music, including musical instruments. Tables of contents: http://www.isop.ucla.edu/africanarts/. 327. African Music. 1954-. African Music Society. International Library of African Music. Grahamstown, South Africa: Rhodes University. Irregular. ISSN: 00654019. In addition to its function as a research institution for the study of African music, the International Library of African Music, founded by the late HughTracey in 1954, publishes the journal African Music. Publication is irregular. Intl Library of African Music: URL: http://ilam.ru.ac.za/.

Ethnomusicology

86

328. Journal of African Cultural Studies. 1998-. University of London, Department of Languages and Cultures of Africa. Abingdon, Oxfordshire: Carfax. 2/yr. ISSN: 13696815. Focuses on dimensions of African culture including literature (particularly African language literatures), performance, art, music, the role of the media, the relationship between culture and power, etc., as well as issues within fields such as popular culture in Africa, sociolinguistic topics of cultural interest, and culture and gender. ISSN: 13696815 (print edition); 14699346 (online edition). Tables of contents: http://www.tandf.co.uk/journals/carfax/13696815.html. 329. Research in African Literatures. 1970-. Bloomington: Indiana University Press. Quarterly. ISSN: 00345210. This is the journal of the African Literature Committee of the African Studies Association of America and the African Literatures Seminar of the Modern Language Association. Tables of contents: http://iupjournals.org/ral/ratoc.html. 330. South African Journal of Musicology=Suid-Afrikaanse Tydskrif vir Musiekwetenskap: SAMUS. 1981-. Musicological Society of South Africa/Musiekwetenskapvereining van Suid-Afrika. Pretoria: Musicological Society of South Africa. Annual/Semiannual. ISSN: 0258509X. Articles on South African and other musics; reviews of books, scores, software and multimedia products, and recordings; conference reports and other news. SAMUS is the official organ of the Musicological Society of Southern Africa. Abstracts and contents: URL: http://www.und.ac.za/und/samus/. Asia 331. Asian Music. 1968-. Journal of the Society for Asian Music. New York: Society for Asian Music. 2/yr. ISSN: 00449202. Asian Music publishes articles on all aspects of the performing arts of Asia. Includes articles and audio and video record reviews. Contents, 1969-present: http://www.skidmore.edu/academics/asianmusic/samcontindex.html. 332. Asian Theatre Journal: ATJ. 1984-. Honolulu: University of Hawaii Press. 2/yr. ISSN: 07425457. The official publication of the Association for Asian Performance, an affiliate of the Association for Theatre in Higher Education, focusing on both traditional and modern theatrical forms. Includes descriptive and analytical articles, plays and translations, reviews and reports. Abstracts and table of contents at: http://muse.jhu.edu/journals/atj/index.html. 333. Asian Folklore Studies. 1942-. Nagoya. Japan: Nanzan University, Nanzan Anthropological Institute, 2/yr. ISSN: 03852342. Sponsored by the Anthropological Institute at Nanzan University, this Englishlanguage semiannual journal deals with the life, lore, and traditional arts and crafts of the peoples of China, Japan, the Philippines, India, Thailand, Turkey, Iran, and other Asian and Pacific areas. 334. Balungan. 1984-. Oakland, Calif.: American Gamelan Institute. 2–3/yr. ISSN: 08857113.

Journals and other serial publications

87

Edited by Jody Diamond since 1984 and published by the American Gamelan Institute, this journal provides both scholarly and artistic perspectives on Indonesian and international gamelan music and related performing arts. Each issue contains articles, interviews, scores, and network information on gamelan activities throughout the world. Beginning in 2002 the Institute will publish an online edition of the journal. Tables of contents: http://www.gamelan.org/AGI/balungan/backissues.html. 335. CHIME Journal 1990-. Leiden, Netherlands: European Foundation for Chinese Music Research. 2/yr. ISSN: 09267263. The CHIME Journal appears annually and contains articles about fieldwork and study experiences in China, CD and film reviews, information on books, records, scientific journals, concerts, seminars and meetings, current research projects, university programs, and possibilities for scholarships. The journal functions as a broad platform for the exchange of ideas, news, and information. Tables of contents: http://home.planet.nl/~chime/. 336. Chinese Music. 1978-. Chinese Music Society of North America. Woodridge, 111.: Chinese Music Society of North America. Quarterly. ISSN: 01923749. An international refereed journal published quarterly by the Chinese Music Society of North America and devoted to the study of the music and acoustics of China, and their relationship to those of other regions of the world. Includes articles, news, and book and recording reviews. Tables of contents and abstracts: http://chinesemusic.net/CM_Journal.html. 337. Journal of the Indian Musicological Society. 1970-. Baroda, India: Indian Musicological Society. Annual. ISSN: 0251–012X. Journal of the Indian Musicological Society, an organization that seeks to promote study and research on music and dance of India. 338. Sangeet Natak. 1965-. Sangeet Natak Akademi. New Delhi: Sangeet Natak Akademi, National Academy of Music, Dance and Drama. Quarterly. ISSN: 00364339. Sangeet Natak is a journal of music, dance, and drama published since 1965 by Sangeet Natak Akademy, the National Academy of Music, Dance and Drama for India. Information from: http://www.sangeetnatak.com/. Latin America 339. Latin American Music Review [Revista de Musica Latino Americana (LAMR)]. 1980-. Austin: University of Texas Press. 2/yr. ISSN: 01630350. Articles in the field of musicology and ethnomusicology that explore the historical, ethnographic, and sociocultural aspects of Latin American music. Articles are written in English, Spanish, or Portuguese. Tables of contents: URL: http://www.utexas.edu/utpress/journals/jlamr.html. Available online through Project MUSE (Johns Hopkins University Press). North America 340. American Music. 1983-. Society for American Music. Champaign, 111.: University of Illinois. Quarterly. ISSN 07344392.

Ethnomusicology

88

This journal is published quarterly by the Society for American Music (formerly the Sonneck Society). It includes articles on all aspects of American music, from art music traditions to popular culture, from African American traditions to the folk revival. Includes reviews of books, recordings, and other media. Tables of contents since 1983: http://www.american-music.org/publications/Publicationlnformation.htm. 341. Black Music Research Journal 1980-. Center for Black Music Research. Chicago: Columbia College. Semiannual. ISSN: 02763605. Begun in 1980, Black Music Research Journal (BMRJ) includes articles about the philosophy, aesthetics, history, and criticism of black music. Most issues are devoted to a single theme. Tables of contents: http://www.cbmr.org/pubs/bmrjback.htm. Pacific Islands and Australia 342. Australian Aboriginal Studies. 1983-. Australian Institute of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Studies (AIATSIS). Aboriginal Studies Press. 2/yr. ISSN: 07294352. This is the official journal of AIATSIS, published twice yearly by Aboriginal Studies Press. Each issue contains three or four scholarly articles, accompanied by research reports, book reviews, and news and information. Tables of contents: http://www.aiatsis.gov.au/aas_jrn/journal.htm. 343. Musicology Australia. Musicological Society of Australia. Canberra: Musicological Society of Australia, 1965-. Annual. ISSN: 08145857. Journal of the Musicological Society of Australia that publishes both articles and reviews. Tables of contents with abstracts 1965–2001: http://www.msa.org.au/ma.htm.

6 Audio Recordings

Ethnomusicological research both generates and draws from archival and commercially produced audio and video recordings and films. In fact, audio recordings frequently used in the classroom and in support of research prqjects in the discipline are often derived from ethnographic studies by ethnomusicologists, anthropologists, folklorists, and oral historians. At one time recordings made up of ethnographic materials dominated the market for those seeking music from around the world. The publication of commercial recordings with music from diverse geographic locations has more recently been driven principally by the mainstream music industry. During the last decade of the twentieth century, the explosion of recordings identified with the broadly defined category of “world music” provided an opportunity for many consumers to experience and ultimately shape a market for recordings of musics from around the world recorded at festivals and concerts, in the studio, and in the field. This period also saw many musicians once recorded by ethnomusicologists for scholarly research moving into the mainstream to produce musical fusions that have been marketed and packaged as popular music. These recordings contain limited documentation and have been promoted as music purely for entertainment purposes. Ethnomusicologists typically study and teach using recordings from both ethnographic and mainstream sources. While the popular music recordings are relatively easy to identify and acquire through national and international distributors, recordings made in the field, and concert and studio recordings by master musicians representing seldom heard traditions, are not as accessible. Many valuable recordings that could contribute to research and teaching are housed in archives, and among those providing access to their materials, some have generated locally produced recordings from their collections, while others have established relationships with commercial vendors to generate audio series linked to that archive. Some of the archives that have made a selection of their holdings available include The British Library Sound Archive in London, the Library of Congress, Archive of Folk Culture in Washington, the International Library of African Music (ILAM) in South Africa, Berliner Phonogramm-Archiv, part of the Museum für Völkerkunde in Germany, the African Music Archive, Institute of Anthropology and African Studies at Johannes Gutenberg University, Mainz, Archivo de Música Tradicional Andina at El Centro de Etnomusicología Andina, and the Instituto Nacional de Musicología “Carlos Vega” in Argentina, the Australian Insitute of Aboriginal and

Ethnomusicology

90

Torres Strait Islander Studies (AIATSIS), and the archives of the Maison des Cultures du Monde. National support for the production of recordings comes to the Maison des Cultures du Monde (http://www.mcm.asso.fr/) directly from the French Ministry of Culture and Communication, the Ministry of Foreign Affairs, and the Alliance Française. The Maison des Cultures du Monde established the Inédit label in 1985 to distribute concert and field recordings that were being generated by their programs. The Australian Insitute of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Studies (http://www.aiatsis.gov.au/) established the Aboriginal Studies Press to distribute their audio, video, and printed materials drawn from the AIATSIS Audiovisual Archives. A recent audio recording from the press is Rak Badjalarr: Wangga songs for North Peron Island (2001), featuring Bobby Lane with accompanying singers and didjeridu players. Among the other historical recordings available on CD and cassette are many of Alice M. Moyle’s field recordings and notes from the 1960s, including a five-CD set Songs from the Northern Territory (AIAS 1–5), along with Songs from North Queensland (AIAS 12), Songs from the Kimberleys (AIAS 13), and Aboriginal Sound Instruments (AIAS 14). The Berliner Phonogramm-Archiv, part of the Museum für Völkerkunde, Staatliche Museen zu Berlin, Stiftung Preußischer Kulturbesitzin (http://www. smb.spkberlin.de/mv/) is well known to ethnomusicologists for their audio series first available on LP in the 1960s. They began to re-release and release new titles on CD in the 1990s. Recently available are Instrumentalmusik der Tobaund Karo-Batak, Nordsumatra=Instrumental music of the Toba Batak and the Karo Batak, Northern Sumatra (1999), Musik der Nubier/Nordsudan=Music of the Nubians/Northern Sudan (1998), Klangfarben der Kulturen; Musik aus 17 Ländern der Erde=The Timbre of Cultures; Music from 17 Countries Around the World (1998), and Mwenda Jean Bosco; Shaba, Zaïre; Gesang und Guitar = Mwenda Jean Bosco; Shaba, Zaïre; Songs and Guitar (1997). Other recordings from the archive available on CD include Dhrupadas aus Darbhanga; Indien; Die Musikerfamilie Mallik=Dhrupadas from Darbhanga; India; The Mallik Family of Musicians (1995); Songs of the Iglulik Inuit; Canada=Chants des Inuit Iglulik; Canada (1993); Musik aus dem Bergland West-Neuguineas; Irian Jaya = Music from the Mountainous Region of Western New Guinea; Irian Jaya (1993); Trommelrhythmen der Malinke-Hamana; Guinea; Meistertrommler Famoudou Konaté mit Ensemble=Rythmes de tambour des Malinkés-Hamana; Guinée; Maitre tambour Famoudou Konaté et son ensemble (1991); Capoeira, Samba, Candomblé; AfroBrazilian Music in Bahia (1990). In Argentina, the Instituto Nacional de Musicología “Carlos Vega” (http:// www.inmuvega.gov.ar/) has also made some of their archival recordings available. Recent titles include: Antología del tango rioplatense: desde sus comienzos hasta 1920 (originally issued in 1980, 2002); Instrumentos musicales etnográficos y folklóricos de la Argentina: documentos producidos durante investigaciones de campo (1999); Música tradicional de la provincia de San Juan (1999); Panorama sonoro de la música popular Argentina (1998). Other archives have developed relationships with commercial labels. The British Library Sound Archive uses Topic Records to market a selection of their ethnographic recordings in the series, the International Music Collection. The Archive of Folk Culture at one time produced their own series, Folk Music in America (1970s) but now makes a

Audio recordings

91

wider selection of their recordings available through Rounder records. The Archivo de Música Tradicional Andina has arranged for English language versions of their Spanish Language series to be made available through the Smithsonian Folkways label (the Traditional Music of Peru series). The International Library of African Music and the African Music Archive use smaller independent labels to distribute their recordings. Archival digitization projects will ultimately make access to historical recordings considerably easier for students, teachers, and scholars. The recordings offered on CD are only representative of the vast collections that are potentially available to researchers. The British Library Sound Archive is a source for many other recordings and they provide online sound samples from their collections at http://www.bl.uk/collections/sound-archive/imc.html. The sound recordings in the archives at Library of Congress can be sampled through a list compiled by the Archive of Folk Culture at http://www.loc.gov/folklife/ndl.html and the American Memory project at http://memory.loc.gov/ammem/amhonie.html. The Jewish National and University Library, Hebrew University in Jerusalem holds the National Sound Archives that includes audio recordings representing musical traditions of Jewish and non-Jewish communities in Palestine and Israel that date from the 1930s to the present. They are currently involved in the David and Fela Shapell Digitization Project which will provide online access to many of their recordings. This site is available at http://jnul.huji.ac.il/dl/music/index.html. The classified list below focuses on commercial releases of ethnographic and performance recordings produced and distributed by a selected group of companies and organizations. The companies included have consistently produced and maintained a substantial inventory of commercial ethnographic recordings that libraries and faculty members have come to rely on for research and teaching not only because of the quality of the recordings but because they are always accompanied by substantial documentation to support the recorded material. Documentation, generally in an accompanying insert, typically includes geographical, historical, and social information, details on instruments, musical styles and performance practice, translations of song lyrics, and sometimes provides selected musical transcriptions. This section begins with a description of some of the record companies and the inventories that are often widely used in ethnomusicological research and teaching. Each label includes brief descriptions of the current inventory, highlights significant series, and provides a sample of their collection. Addresses and Web sites provide links to additional information for the student, librarian, or educator. See dealer and distributor sites on the Web for a complete listings of recordings. This information is followed by a selected list of recordings organized by geographic region. The rapid changes in the inventory of recording companies during the 1980s and 1990s is the result of both marketing and technological developments. The resurgence of interest in world music coupled with the technological changes made it easier and cost effective for companies to move large portions of their inventories from LP to compact disc. Some companies (most notably, Smithsonian Folkways) keep their inventories available to be reproduced on demand. The ability to maintain a larger inventory and to reissue recordings in new series and on new labels caused an explosion of recordings in this area during the 1990s. This list will therefore be limited to recordings produced and reissued since 1997, offering a five-year inventory of recordings that represents the

Ethnomusicology

92

particular focus of the contemporary industry and its supporters (consumers, producers, and educators).

RECORD COMPANIES Arhoolie 10341 San Pablo Avenue El Cerrito, CA 94530 Tel.: 1 510 525 7471 Fax: 1 510 525 1204 www.arhoolie.com North American, Tex Mex, Cajun, and Zydeco Begun in 1960 by Chris Strachwitz with a recording of country blues artists Mance Lipscomb, and expanding by the middle of that decade to include a broader cross section of regional American musics, by the 1990s the Arhoolie recording company was supplying the market with recordings of genres that included Zydeco, Cajun, Tejano, blues, gospel, and jazz. Some of their videos have become valuable sources for information on regional traditions used in ethnomusicology classes, including: Chulas Fronteras and Del Mero Corazón on Tex Mex traditions; and “J’ai Été Au Bal” (“I Went To The Dance”) narrated by Barry Jean Ancelet and Michael Doucet. Recent audio recordings that are supported by substantial documentation include historical recordings of Klezmer, Tejano, and Latino musics. Their historical recordings have been especially valuable for ethnomusicological research and teaching, including recently released titles such as, “Música tambora”: las primeras graciones de la música de tambora (1952– 1965) in the Historical Mexican-American Music series (volume 11), Lamento Borincano/ Early Puerto Rican Music, 1916–1939, and The Soulful Women Duets of South Texas in the Tejano Roots series. Auvidis Ethnic Records/Auvidis Silex Records/Auvidis Unesco Records Disques Auvidis, 39, avenue Paul Vaillant-Couturier 94253 Gentilly, France Tel.: 33 1 46 15 88 00 [email protected] http://www.auvidis.com/ The UNESCO Collection of Traditional Music of the World was launched by Alain Daniélou in 1961 in collaboration with the International Music Council (IMC). The series is issued through the partnership of the UNESCO, the International Council for Traditional Music (ICTM) and the IMC. The collection includes five series that are produced in collaboration with Naïve-Auvidis, a French recording and distributing company: Musiques et musiciens du monde=Music and musicians of the world; Anthologie des musiques traditionnelles=Anthology of traditional music; Traditional

Audio recordings

93

music of today=Musiques traditionnelles d’aujourd’hui; Celebration Collection; Listening to the World. Among these, the first three provide some of the most widely used ethnographic recordings in research and classrooms. Some of the more popular titles recently released in these series include: Madagascar: Land of the Betsimisaraka=Pays Betsimisaraka in the Musiques et musiciens du monde=Music and musicians of the world series with recordings by Alain Desjacques and Victor Randrianary and notes by Alain Desjacques; the concert recordings entitled North India Vocal Music, Dhrupadand Khyal=Inde du Nord: musique vocale, dhrupad et khyal in the Anthologie des musiques traditionnelles=Anthology of traditional music series with program notes by Alain Daniélou, and Croatia: Traditional Music=Croatie: musique traditionnelle in the Musiques et musiciens du monde=Musics and musicians of the world series, recorded between 1971 and 1995 and including descriptive notes by Svanibor Pettan. Buda Musique (includes Musiques du Monde) 188, boulevard Voltaire 75011 Paris France Tel.: 1 40 24 01 03 Fax: 1 40 24 04 27 [email protected] http://www.budamusique.com/ The French company Buda Musique (listed also as Buda and Buda Records) has established several series that present urban and rural musics from throughout the world. Their Musique du monde=Music from the world series has nearly 300 titles, many of them drawn from field recordings that are published with substantial documentation. Some of their studio recordings include performances of traditions that are not available on other labels. Recent titles in this series that show their broad worldwide coverage include: Viêt-nam: musiques et chants des minorités du Nord=Northern Viet-nam: Music and Songs of the Minorities with field recordings and notes by Patrick Kersalé, Finlande: musiques de Carélie = Karelia: Joensuu et alentours, recorded in 1998 in Brussels with notes by Jacques Erwan, Haiti: musique du vaudou=Music of the Voodoo Cult, recorded in 1998, Musique iranienne: Sâz-é no=Iranian Music: Sâz-é no, with Hossein Alizâdeh, târ, tanbur, sétâr; Afsâneh Rassâi, voice; Madjid Khaladj, tombak, daf, recorded in Paris in 1997, and Touareg de Fewet: Libye, musiques du Sahara=Libya, Music from the Sahara Desert, field recordings of Ajjer folk songs with notes and summaries of the vocal texts included. Canyon Records 3131 W. Clarendon Avenue Phoenix, AZ 85017 Tel.:800 268 1141 Fax: 602 279 9233 [email protected] http://www.canyonrecords.com/

Ethnomusicology

94

Canyon Records has produced and distributed both traditional and contemporary Native American music since 1951. Their catalog contains over 400 recordings by performers of the United States, western Canada, and northwest Mexico. Included is music that ranges from powwow to country music, rock to gospel, and new age flute to waila. Their traditional music series is subdivided by tribal group, region, and by genre. Groups represented in their current catalog include the Apache, Blackfeet, Lakota (Sioux), Navajo, Papago-Pima and Hualapai, Pueblo, Ute, and Yaqui. A recent reissue of older recordings (1998) in a series entitled Canyon Records Vintage Collection provides access to a selection of the variety of Native American musical traditions they have recorded over the years. Caprice Records Caprice Records, Rikskonserter Nybrokajen 11, SE-111 48 Stockholm Sweden Tel.:46 8 407 1600 Fax: 46 8 407 16 48 [email protected] http://www.caprice.rikskonserter.se/ Caprice Records releases about 25 recordings each year that include a variety of genres of primarily Swedish musics. Their Folk Music in Sweden=Musica Sveciae series includes titles that are largely remastered documentary recordings, some drawn from the Swedish Radio, others from a Caprice venture called Folkmusik i Sverige produced together with Svenskt visarkiv. In 2002 there were 28 volumes in the series, including the recording Äldre svenska spelmän=Swedish Fiddlers from the Past, a three-disc set that documents fiddlers with recordings made by ethnographer Yngve Laurell between 1913 and 1920; Folkmusik i förvandling=Folk Music in Transition, with recordings made between 1906 and 1996 and notes by Jan Ling and Märta Ramsten; Koraler och Bröllopsmusik från Runö=Chorales and Wedding Music from Runö, recorded by CarlAllan Moberg in 1938; and Jojk: en presentation av samisk folkmusik=Yoik; A Presentation of Saami Folk Music, a three-disc set of field recordings by Matts Arnberg, Håkan Unsgaard, and Israel Ruong of the Swedish Broadcasting Corporation made in 1953 accompanied by a 310-page book. Beginning in the 1990s, the Swedish Concert Institute and Caprice Records, in collaboration with the Swedish International Development Authority (SIDA) has issued recordings of music from regions outside of Europe in conjunction with recording tours. This has generated several series, most recently, Music from Honduras (vols. 1–2), Music from Guatemala (vols. 1–2), and Music from Tanzania and Zanzibar (vols. 1–3).

Audio recordings

95

Le Chant du Monde 31–33 rue Vandrezanne 75013 Paris France Tel.:33 1 53 80 1230 Fax: 33 1 53 80 12 18 Distributed by Harmonia Mundi Le Chant du Monde has been producing classical recordings since the 1930s. They entered the traditional music market as producers of the Collection du Centre national de la recherche scientifique (CNRS)/Musée de 1’Homme series established by Gilbert Rouget in the 1950s and adopted by Chant du Monde in 1975. The Musée de 1’Homme series has provided the discipline of ethnomusicology with a wide selection of ethnographic recordings from around the world. Some of the most popular include several anthologies including: Instruments de musique du monde, with notes by Geneviève Dournon, first published in the 1970s and reissued in CD format in 1990; Les voix du monde une anthologie des expressions vocales=Voices of the World: An Anthology of Vocal Expression, with descriptive notes by Gilles Léothaud, Bernard Lortat-Jacob, Hugo Zemp, first issued in 1995; Polyphonies des Îles Salomon=Polyphonies of the Solomon Islands recorded in 1974 by Hugo Zemp, Éthiopie: Polyphonies des Dorzé, with notes by Bernard Lortat-Jacob, recorded in 1974 and 1975 and reissued in 1994; Jüüzli: jodel du Muotatal (Suisse) recorded by Hugo Zemp in 1979, reissued in 1990; Tchad: musique du Tibesti=Chad: Music from Tibesti, Monique Brandily, published in 1980, reissuedin 1990. Musee de 1’Homme series is their most widely used series and includes ethnographic recordings with extensive notes. Recent titles in this series include: Centrafrique: rituels Gbanzili et Mbugu de l’Oubangui=Central African Republic: Rituals of the Oubangui Gbanzili and Mbugu with notes by Vincent Dehoux and Jacqueline M.C. Thomas in French with English; Bardes de l’Himalaya, Népal/Inde: épopées et musiques de transe=Bards of the Himalayas, Nepal/India: Epics and Trance Music, field recordings made by Franck Bernède between 1987 and 1994 in Nepal; Wayãpi de Guyane: un visage sonore d’Amazonie= Wayãpi of Guyane: an Amazon Soundscape with field recordings made by JeanMichel Beaudet in French Guiana between 1977 and 1981. Institut du Monde Arabe 1, rue des Fossés-Saint-Bernard 75236 Paris cedex 05 France Tel.: 01 40 51 38 38 Fax: 01 43 54 76 45 This Paris-based organization began issuing recordings of Arabic music in the 1990s. The Institut du Monde Arabe, along with Maison des Cultures du Monde, brings Middle Eastern artists to Europe and records their performances, ultimately issuing them commercially with scholarly notes. Recent recordings include Musique andalouse d’Alger=Andalusian Music from Algiers, with the Al-Djazaïriya al-Mossiliya ensemble recorded in 1996 at the Institute du monde arabe; La simsimiyya de Port Said=The

Ethnomusicology

96

Simsimiyya of Port Saïd with the Ensemble al-Tanbûrah recorded at a concert at the Cité de la Musique in 1996. Includes notes by Christian Poché; and Chants sacrés du Sahara: Algérie= Sacred Songs from the Sahara: Algeria, performed at a concert at the Institut du monde arabe in 1994 and including notes by Abderrahmane Moussaoui. Maison des Cultures du Monde 101 boulevard Raspail 75006 Paris France Tel.: 01 45 44 74 27 Fax: 01 45 44 76 60 [email protected] http://www.mcm.asso.fr/dossier_inedit/inedit.html Maison des Cultures du Monde, a Paris-based cultural organization founded in 1982, sponsors the Inédit label, as an extension of the organization’s mission to promote and preserve diverse cultural heritage. The collection of compact discs which first appeared in 1985 includes field recordings and live concerts. All discs include documentation in English and French, and sometimes in German, written by ethnomusicologists and other scholars. Recent titles include Cameroun: pygmées Bedzan de la plaine Tikar (2000), recorded in Cameroon in 1999; the recordings and notes are by Nathalie Fernando and Fabrice Marandolo; Gambuh, drame musical balinais: Mahomayana (2000) performed by Ensemble Gambuh de Kedisan, recorded in Kedisan, Bali, 1999; Guinée: musiques des kpelle: chants polyphoniques, trompes et percussions=Guinea: Kpelle Music: Polyphonic Songs, Trumpets and Drumming (1998), recorded at Maison des cultures du monde in 1998, which includes notes by François Gründ and Pierre Bois; and Viet Nam: musique bouddhique, tradition de Huê: Khai Kinh, cérémonie d’ouverture des textes sacrês (1998), a recording of the Buddhist liturgy of Vietnam from Huê, made in 1997. Multicultural Media 56 Browns Mill Road Berlin, VT 05602 Tel.:802 223 1294 Fax: 802 229 1834 [email protected] http://www.multiculturalmedia.com/ Multicultural Media, established the Music of the Earth Series that currently has 19 titles (24 discs) containing field recordings with ethnographic essays, notes, photos, and maps. Some of the recordings were originally issued in the early 1990s, then reissued by Multicultural Media 1997 and 1998. Some of the titles include: Madagascar: Awakening the Spirits: Music in Tromba and Bilo Trance Rituals (1997), field recordings by August Schmidhofer between 1986 and 1996; Tanzania: Music of the Farmer Composers of Sukumaland: We Never Sleep, We Dream of Farming (1997), field recordings by Frank Gunderson in 1994 and 1995; Indonesia: Wayang Golek: The Sound and Celebration of

Audio recordings

97

Sundanese Puppet Theater (2001), a six-CD set generated from field recordings made in West Java in 1994 by Andrew N.Weintraub. Nimbus Records Wyastone Leys Monmouth NP5 3SR U.K. Tel.: 01 600 890007 http://www.wyastone.co.uk/ Nimbus Records is an independent U.K.-based label that maintains a catalog that includes orchestral and chamber music, world music, and archive transfers of historical 78s. With an on-site recording studio and concert hall, they have been able to produce studio and concert recordings of music drawn especially from the art music traditions of India. Other traditions are increasingly well-represented, and their recent inventory includes music from around the world. This includes Banyumas Bamboo Gamelan: Traditional Music from Central Java (1998), with notes by Bradley Smith; Camarão Plays Forró: Dance Music from Northeastern Brazil (1998), music for accordions, voice, guitar, and percussion; Hindustani Classical Vocal (2000), with Sulochana Brahaspati, Shruti Sadolikar, and Girija Devi, vocals, a re-release of a disc from 1992 and 1993; and one of their most complex and well-reviewed titles, The Raga Guide: A Survey of 74 Hindustani Ragas (1999), compiled by Joep Bor, Suvarnalata Rao, Wim van er Meer, and Jane Harvey, co-authors, consisting of three compact discs and a 184-page guide. Nonesuch Records 75 Rockefeller Plaza, 8th Floor New York, NY 10019 Tel.: 212 399 7784 http://www.nonesuch.com/ The Nonesuch Explorer Series, established in 1967, was one of the first series to systematically make field recordings commercially available. Used by many ethnomusicologists in classrooms throughout the 1970s and 1980s, many of the recordings were drawn from recordings made by David Lewiston in locations throughout the world. While some of the titles were reissued on CD and remained in print throughout the 1990s, in 2002 the Nonesuch label (now part of Warner Music), began a new series of reissues with the pressing of thirteen recordings from Africa drawn from the old Explorer Series. These titles were originally issued between 1969 and 1983 and include recordings from Zimbabwe, West Africa, East Africa, and Sudan. Titles include: Burkina Faso: Rhythms of the Grasslands, recorded 1973–1975 in Upper Volta by Kathleen Johnson and originally released in 1983; East Africa: Ceremonial and Folk Music, recorded in Uganda, Kenya, and Tanzania by David Fanshawe and originally released in 1975; and West Africa: Drum, Chant and Instrumental Music, recorded in Niger, Mali, and Burkina Faso by Stephen Jay and originally released in 1976. In 2003 Nonesuch continues the Explorer Series reissue program tool is making their recordings of Asian musics available again.

Ethnomusicology

98

Ocora Records Ocora Radio France 115 avenue du Président-Kennedy 75220 Paris France Tel.: 33 14230 3804 / 2606 http://www.radiofrance.fr/divers/boutique/cd/ Distributed by Harmonia Mundi The Ocora label is state-funded through Radio France. Their inventory includes studio, concert, and field recordings from around the world. Recordings generally include detailed program notes in French, English, Spanish, and German. Recent recordings include: Tanzanie: chants wagogo=Tanzania: Wagogo Songs (2000), recorded in the field between 1996 and 1998 and including notes by Polo Vallejo; Batuque et finaçon=Batuque and Finaçon (2001), recorded in 1998 in Espinho Branca, Santiago, and Cape Verde and including notes and lyrics in French, English, and Portuguese; La tradition du Hejâz=The Tradition of Hejâz (2001), with Mohammed Amân, vocal, ûd; Bandar al-Abdali, qanun; Khaled al’Abdali, violin; Hassan Filfilân, masga’, narqrazân; Walid ‘Issâ, darbuka, târ, recorded in Paris in 2001; and Portugal: La fado de Coimbra=The Fado of Coimbra (2001), with Fernando Machado Soares, vocal, and José Fontes Rocha, Ricardo Fontes Rocha, Dorval Moreirinhas, guitars, recorded in a 1987 concert at the Maison de Radio France, Paris. Pan Records PO. Box 155 2500 AD Leiden Netherlands Tel.: 31 71 521 94 79 Fax: 31 71 522 68 69 [email protected] A private label from the Netherlands, Pan Records records and markets all forms of traditional music from around the world. The label also releases recordings from the Royal Tropical Institute in Amsterdam. Supporting documentation for the recordings is detailed and is often written by ethnomusicologists. During the early 1990s recordings documented musics in East and Southeast Asia, the Pacific Islands, and parts of Africa. At the end of the decade, this effort continued with Sawaku: Music of Sarawak (l998), recorded in the field in 1997 and 1998 by Randy Raine-Reusch; In the Time of My Fourth Great-grandfather: Western Sisaala Music from Lambussie, Ghana (1998), recorded by Trevor Wiggins between 1994 and 1996; Jemblung and Related Narrative Traditions of Java (1997), recorded in 1981, 1983, and 1994 by Jack Body and Yono Sukarno in Java; and Tautoga and Other Songs and Dances of Rotuma (1998), recorded by Ad and Lucia Linkels on Rotuma Island in the South Pacific in 1996.

Audio recordings

99

Rounder Records One Camp Street Cambridge, MA 02140 Tel.: 800 ROUNDER (800 768 6337) [email protected] http://www.rounder.com/ Founded in 1970 in Cambridge, Massachusetts, with an early interest in regional musics in the United States, including fiddle, stringband, blues, and bluegrass music, Rounder has grown to embrace the world of music. The catalog now includes a broad selection of music represented by both historical and contemporary recordings. They maintain several series that contain recordings of particular interest to ethnomusicologists for teaching and research. The Anthology of World Music Series includes a selection of recordings drawn from the UNESCO series originally published by Bärenreiter Musicaphon as analog discs in the 1960s and 1970s. Recent reissues in this series include: Africa, the BaBenzélé Pygmies (1998), with accompanying notes, illustrations and maps; The Music of Laos (1999), with historical and descriptive notes by Alain Daniélou; Music from Albania (1999), recorded by Ursula Reinhard and Bruno B. Reuer, with accompaying notes, texts, and bibliographical references. The Alan Lomax Series provides reissues of recordings originally published in LP form from the 1930s through the 1980s. Rounder has issued the recordings in series that include a reissue of the World Library of Folk and Primitive Music series that documented music in the 1930s, 1940s, and 1950s in recordings from all the continents; recordings of North American traditions in Classic Louisiana Recordings that includes Cajun and Creole Music of the 1930s, the Deep River of Song series, which includes field recordings of African American music made in the 1930s and 1940s, and the Southern Journey with recordings from the 1950s and 1960s. Caribbean Voyage provides recordings of Caribbean songs and dance tunes recorded in the 1960s. European traditions are represented in the Italian Treasury that documents the field collecting of Alan Lomax and Diego Carpitella in the 1950s, and Songs of England, Ireland, Scotland, and Wales includes field recordings made from 1939–1968. The North American Traditions Series was established in 1999 to document social music in rural United States and Canada. Recordings in the series have been made during the last 30 years and are currently drawn from Cape Breton, the Midwest, and Kentucky. Included in this series are titles such as a threevolume Traditional Fiddle Music of the Ozarks, with field recordings made in 1996 and 1997 by Gordon McCann, Mark Wilson, and Kerry Blech; and reissues of recordings of Cape Breton fiddlers Joe Cormier and Willie Kennedy. Smithsonian Folkways Records 955 L’Enfant Plaza SW, Suite 2600 Smithsonian Institution MRC 914 Washington DC 20560 [email protected] http://www.si.edu/folkways

Ethnomusicology

100

Folkways Records, founded in 1948 by Moses Asch, was acquired by the Smithsonian Center for Folklife and Cultural Heritage in 1987. Smithsonian Folkways maintains the entire catalog of over 2,000 titles (ranging from traditions to spoken word recordings). In addition, projects to make historical collections and recent fieldwork accessible provide significant holdings. Some of the recent titles in this program include the 20-volume Music of Indonesia series, recorded and compiled by Philip Yampolsky and issued between 1991 and 1999; the eightvolume Traditional Music of Peru series that includes new recordings and reissues of older recordings compiled and edited by Raúl R. Romero; recordings supporting research on diverse musical traditions in the United States, including Bamboo on the Mountains: Kmhmu Highlanders from Southeast Asia and the U.S. (1999), recorded in California, Laos, Vietnam, and Thailand between 1982 and 1994, and with notes by Frank Proschan; Mademoiselle, voulez-vous danser?: FrancoAmerican Music from the New England Borderlands (1999), recorded in Vermont, New Hampshire, Massachusetts, and eastern New York State; and the enhanced CD Heroes and Horses: Corridos from the Arizona-Sonora Borderlands (2002), recorded between 1995 and 1999 in Tuscon and Sonora. Their three-compact disc set, Bosavi: Rainforest Music from Papua New Guinea, recorded between 1976 and 1999 by Steven Feld, includes an 80-page booklet with ethnographic information, bibliography, and discography. Topic Records Ltd 50 Stroud Green Road London N4 3ES U.K. Tel.: 020 7263 1240 Distributed by Proper in the U.K. [email protected] http://www.topicrecords.co.uk/ Topic Records has been publishing recordings of regional musics of the British Isles and other European countries for over 50 years. Their recordings have ranged from historical vocal and instramental musics to revival traditions of the 1960s and beyond. In 1998 they issued the 20-volume series The Voice of the People: The Traditional Music of England, Ireland, Scotland, and Wales (TSCD651–670) from LP recordings from the 1960s. Their Topic World Series includes field recordings from Europe, Asia, Africa, and the Pacific Islands. They include the 1994 reissue of their popular three-volume series Music in the World of Islam (TSCD901–3), recorded and documented by Jean Jenkins and Paul Rovsing Olsen, reissues of some of the titles compiled by A.L. Lloyd in the 1950s and 1960s, including Folk Music of Albania (TSCD904) and Folk Music of Bulgaria (TSCD905) and compilations by Wolf Dietrich: Folk Music of Yugoslavia: Croatia, Bosnia-Hercegovina, Serbia and Macedonia (TSCD906), Gypsy Music from Macedonia and Neighbouring Countries (TSCD914), and Instrumental Folk Music from Greece (TSCD915). In 1999 the National Sound Archive (London) signed an agreement with Topic to issue a series drawn from the National Sound Archive’s International Music Collection. These titles are included in the Topic World Series and include Before the Revolution: A 1909 Recording Expedition in the Caucasus and Central Asia by the

Audio recordings

101

Gramophone Company (2002) (Topic TSCD921), with field recordings of musicians from the regions now comprising present-day Georgia, Armenia, Azerbaijan, Chechnya, Afghanistan, Kazakhstan, Tajikistan, Uzbekistan, and Xinjiang (East Turkestan); The Moken: Sea Gypsies of the Andaman Sea (2001), recorded in the coastal village of Ko Surin Nua by Tom Vater; and Zanzibar: Music of Celebration (2000), with field recordings by Janet Topp Fargion from various locations in Zanzibar, 1989–1990.

VDE-GALLO Rue del’Ale 31, case 945, 1000 Lausanne 9 Switzerland Tél.:41 0 21 312 11 54 Fax.: 41 021 312 11 34 http://www.vdegallo.ch/ Disques VDE-GALLO is a Swiss company located in Lausanne that specializes in the recording, production, and distribution of compact discs, many of them ethnographic. They have been the primary distributor for the collections of the Archives internationales de Musique Populaire (AIMP) of the Musée d’ethnographie de Genève, that includes field and studio recordings represented by some of the following recent titles: Mali: musique bambara du Baninko= Bambara Music of Baninko (1998), field recordings made in Mali in 1991 and 1992 with ethnographic notes by Salia Malé; NouvelleCalédonie: danses et musiques Kanak=New Caledonia: Kanak Dance and Music (1997), field recordings made between 1993 and 1996 by Raymond Ammann, accompanied by historical and descriptive notes, photos, and maps; Tadjikistan: chants des bardes=Songs of the Bards (1998), field recordings made between 1990 and 1992 by Jean During, with ethnographic notes in French and English; and Madagascar: musique Antanosy= Antanosy music (1997), field recordings made in 1995 by Victor Randrianary, accompanied by notes, song translations, photographs, and maps. Wergo Weihergarten 5 55116 Mainz Germany Tel.: 49 6131 246–890 Fax: 49 6131 246–216 [email protected] The German record company Wergo, a division of SCHOTT Music & Media GmbH, established a Weltmusik/Welt Musik (Music of World Cultures) series in 1992 to make recordings from the Berliner Haus der Kulturen der Welt available, but the series has also been used for recordings from archival collections such as the Berliner PhonogrammArchiv and other ethnological collections. Their most significant recent publication for ethnomusicologists was the four CD collection of selections from the Berliner

Ethnomusicology

102

Phonogramm-Archiv produced by Artur Simon and Ulrich Wegner entitled Music!: 100 Recordings, 100 Years of the Berlin Phonogmmm-Archiv, 1900–2000.

GENERAL 344. Music!: 100 Recordings, 100 Years of the Berlin Phonogmmm-Archiv, 1900–2000. 2000. Wergo: SM 1701 2—SM 1704 2. Selections from the collection of the Phonogramm-Archiv of the Ethnologisches Museum Berlin (formerly Museum für Völkerkunde), Musikethnologie section; includes field and concert recordings made with Edison phonographs, audio tape recorders, and DAT recorders. Edited by Artur Simon and Ulrich Wegner. Extensive notes and bibliography (284 p., illus., music). 345. World Library Series. 1999. Rounder Records 1741–60. Historical recordings from five continents and 25 countries compiled and edited by Alan Lomax. 1. England; 2. Ireland; 3. Scotland; 4. Spain; 5. Yugoslavia; 6. Africa; 7. Australia and New Guinea; 8. Indonesia; 9. Canada; 10. Venezuela; 11. Africa 12. Japan, the Ryukyus, Formosa, Korea; 13. India; 14. Northern and Central Italy; 15. Southern Italy and the Islands; 16. Bulgaria; 17. Romania; 18. Mexico. 18 compact discs.

REGIONAL AUDIO RECORDINGS Africa 346. Echoes of Africa: Early Recordings. 2002. Wergo SM-1624–2. Recorded in Johannesburg, South Africa, Nairobi, Kenya, Great Britain, Lagos, Nigeria, Zanzibar, Tanzania, Accra, Ghana, and Dar-es-Salaam, Tanzania between 1929 and the early 1950s. Program notes in German and English by Keith Chandler (33 p., illus.). 347. Les musiciens du Nil=The Musicians of the Nile. 2001. Ocora C 582006. Recorded at the Festival of Châteauvallon in 1976 and at the Maison de Radio France, Paris, in 1979. Technical, historical, and ethnographic notes in French by Alain Weber, with English translation (12 p., map). Africa: Central Africa 348. Africa: Music from Rwanda. 1999. Rounder Records CD 5106. Anthology of World Music. Field recordings made in 1954 and 1955 by the Research Missions of the Institute for Scientific Research in Central Africa (IRSAC) in Rwanda-Burundi. Originally released as part of the UNESCO Collection. Historical and descriptive notes in English by Denyse Hiernaux-L’Hoëst (17 p., illus., map). 349. Africa, the Ba-Benzélé Pygmies. 1998. Rounder Records CD 5107. Anthology of world music. Originally issued as the UNESCO collection. Includes notes and selected lyrics in English (29 p., illus., maps). 350. At the Court of the Mwami, Ruanda: 1952, Rwanda: Tutsi, Hutu, Twa. 1998. Stichting Sharp Wood Productions; International Library of African Music. Field recordings by Hugh Tracey housed at the International Library of African Music (ILAM),

Audio recordings

103

Rhodes University, Grahamstown, South Africa. Historical and program notes by Michael Baird (16 p., illus.). 351. Burundi: Music from the Heart of Africa. 2002. Nonesuch 79706–2. Explorer Series. Recorded in Burundi by Giuseppe Coter. Originally released in 1974. Notes by Warren Weinstein (20 p., illus.). 352. Cameroun: pygmées Bedzan de la plaine Tikar. 2000. Maison des Cultures du Monde W 260095. Inédit. Recorded by Nathalie Fernando and Fabrice Marandolo in Kwen, Mansoh, and Mbondé villages in 1999. Technical and ethnographic notes by the collectors in French and English (19 p., illus.). 353. Centrafrique: rituels Gbanzili et Mbugu de l’Oubangui=Central African Republic: Rituals of the Oubangui Gbanzili and Mbugu. 2001. Chant du Monde CNR 2741121. Program notes by Vincent Dehoux and Jacqueline M.C. Thomas, in French with English translations (42 p., illus.). 354. Cameroun: royaume Bamum: musiques du palais et des sociéteés secrètes. 1997. Maison des Cultures du Monde W 260074. Inédit. Ensemble artistique du palais de Foumban; Prince Aboubakar Njiassé Njoya, conductor. Recorded at Maison des Cultures du Monde in 1995, and in Foumban in 1989. Historical and ethnographic notes by the music director and by Pierre Bois in French, with English translation (24 p., illus.). 355. Forest Music: Congo: Northern Belgian Congo, 1952. 2000. SWP Records. International Library of African Music. Mangbetu drum ensemble music, mass singing and likembe music; Azande xylophone and kundi harp music; Alur likembe music; Balendu harp music; and Lokele Original field recordings by Hugh Tracey housed at the International Library of African Music (ILAM), Rhodes University, Grahamstown, South Africa. Program notes in English by Andrew Tracey (20 p., illus., map). 356. Kanyok and Luba: Southern Belgian Congo, 1952 & 1957: Kanyok, LubaHasai, Luluwa, Songye, Luba-Hatanga, Hemba. 1998. Stichting Sharp Wood Productions SWP 011. International Library of African Music. Field recordings by Hugh Tracey housed at the International Library of African Music (ILAM), Rhodes University, Grahamstown, South Africa. Program notes by Michael Baird (20 p., illus., map). 357. Mwenda Jean Bosco; Shaba, Zaïre; Gesang und Guitar=Mwenda Jean Bosco; Shaba, Zaire; Songs and Guitar. 1977. Museum für Völkerkunde, Abteilung Musikethnologie CD 21. Museum Collection Berlin, 21. Mwenda Jean Bosco, voice and guitar. Recorded in Berlin in 1982. Program notes with bibliography and translations of song texts by Gerhard Kubik in German and English (120p., illus.). 358. On the Edge of the Ituri Forest: 1952, Congo: Budu, Mbuti, Mangbele, Nande, Bira. 1998. Stichting Sharp Wood Productions; International Library of African Music. Field recordings from Northeastern Belgian Congo by Hugh Tracey housed at the International Library of African Music (ILAM), Rhodes University, Grahamstown, South Africa. Historical and program notes by Michael Baird (20 p., illus.). 359. Origins of Guitar Music in Southern Congo and Northern Zambia: 1950, ‘51, ‘52, ‘57, ‘58. 2000. SWP Records SWP 015. International Library of African Music. Field recordings of Hugh Tracey housed at the International Library of African Music (ILAM), Rhodes University, Grahamstown, South Africa. Program notes in English by Andrew Tracey (22 p., map, illus.).

Ethnomusicology

104

360. Pygmées Aka. 1998. Ocora/Radio France C 560139. Recorded in Central Africa in 1990 and 1994 and in Europe in 1997. Historical and descriptive notes in English, French, and German, and short bibliography (40 p., illus.). 361. Rwanda: Chants de cour a l’inanga et chants populaires. 1997. Maison des Cultures du Monde W 260075. Inédit. Médard Ntamaganya, vocals and inanga. Songs texts, biographical, technical, historical, and ethnographic notes by Linda Vanden Abeele in French, with English translation (22 p., illus.). 362. Zambia: The Songs of Mukanda: Music of the Secret Society of the Luvale People of Central Africa. 1997. Multicultural Media MCM 3008. Field recordings by Ken’ichi Tsukada in Zambia, 1982 and 1984. Notes in English translation from the Japanese (17 p., illus., map). Africa: East Africa 363. East Africa: Ceremonial and Folk Music. 2002. Nonesuch 79707–2. Explorer Series. Recorded in Uganda, Kenya, and Tanzania by David Fanshawe. Originally released in 1975. Includes notes by the collector (16 p., illus.). 364. East Africa: Witchcraft and Ritual Music. 2002. Nonesuch 79708–2. Explorer Series. Recorded in Kenya and Tanzania by David Fanshawe. Originally released in 1975. Includes notes by the collector (11 p., illus.). 365. Music from Tanzania and Zanzibar. 1997. Caprice Records CAP 21554; 21573; 21577. Recorded in Dar es Salaam, Dodoma, and Zanzibar in 1996. Program notes by Sten Sandahl and Swahili texts with English translations 3 compact discs. 366. Tanzania: Music of the Farmer Composers of Sukumaland: We Never Sleep, We Dream of Farming. 1997. Multicultural Media MCM 3013. Field recordings made by Frank Gunderson in 1994–1995. Program notes and selected texts with English translations (24 p., illus., map). 367. Tanzanie: chants wagogo=Tanzania: Wagogo Songs. 2000. Ocora Radio France VDE 106. Field recordings, made between 1996 and 1998. Notes by Polo Vallejo in Spanish, with English and French translations (36 p., map). 368. Ouganda: ensembles villageois du Busoga=Uganda: Village Ensembles of Busoga. 1997. VDE-Gallo CD-925. Archives internationales de musique populaire (AIMP), 50. Field recordings made in 1987–1994 in Busoga. Extensive ethnographic, descriptive, and technical notes in French and English by Peter Cooke (43 p., illus., map). 369. Royal Court Music from Uganda: 1950 & 1952, Uganda: Ganda, Nyoro, Ankole. 1998. Stichting Sharp Wood Productions; International Library of African Music. Field recordings by Hugh Tracey housed at the International Library of African Music (ILAM), Rhodes University, Grahamstown, South Africa. Program notes by Andrew Tracey (20 p., illus., music). 370. Uganda and Other African Nations: Feasts of the Savanna: A Musical Journey through East and West Africa. 1997. Multicultural Media MCM 3006. Original notes by Jun Mori, in English translation from the Japanese (12 p., illus., map). 371. Zanzibar: Music of Celebration. 2000. Topic Records TSCD917. From the International Music Collection of the British Library National Sound Archive. Field recordings at various locations in Zanzibar, 1989–1990, with program notes (15 p., illus.) by Janet Topp Fargion.

Audio recordings

105

Africa: North Africa 372. Aïcha mint Chighaly: griote de Mauritanie. 1997. Maison des Cultures du Monde W 260078. Inédit. Recorded at Maison des Cultures du Monde in 1996. Historical, technical, and biographical notes by Pierre Bois in French and English, with song translations in the same languages (22 p., illus.). 373. Al-Âla=Nûbâ al-hijâz al-kebîr. 1997. Maison des cultures du monde. Inédit. Orchestre al-Brihi de Fès; Haj Abdelkrim al-Raïs, conductor. Historical and technical notes and vocal texts in Arabic, French, and English (28 p., illus., music) included. 7 compact discs. 374. Au royaume de la lyre=In the Kingdom of the Lyre. 2001. Institut du Monde Arabe 321036–37. Osman, Gubara & Co. Songs, with lyre and percussion accompaniment. Biographical and program notes by Christian Poché in French, with English translation (10 p., illus.); 2 compact discs. 375. Aux sources du raï=The Sources of Raï. 1999. Institut du monde arabe 321008. Cheikha Remitti, vocals; with various musicians. Program notes in French with English translation (12 p.). 376. Le blues de Khartoum=Khartoum Blues. 1999. Institut du Monde Arabe 321027. Abdel Gadir Salim, vocals and ‘ud, with accompanying musicians. Biographical and program notes by Christian Poché, in French with English translation (10 p., illus.). 377. Le chaabi des grands maîtres=The Chaabi of the Great Masters. 2000. Institut du monde arabe 321030. Amar El Achab, vocals, mandola; Mustapha Yacoub, piano; Hocine Soudani, derbouka; Merzak Boudjelouah, tar; Yahia, banjo; Reda Djillali, guitar; Mohamed Mokhtari, violin. Program notes (12 pp.) in French and English by Djamel Lounis and Rabah Mezouane. 378. Chants des Aurès, Algerie=Songs from the Aures, Algeria. 1999. Institut du monde arabe 321024. Ali El Khencheli, voice, percussion; Sahraoui and/or Slimane, gasba. Program notes in French with English translation and partial texts of the vocal works in French and English translations (12 p., illus.). 379. Chants sacrés du Sahara: Algérie=Sacred Songs from the Sahara: Algeria. 2000. Institut du Monde Arabe 321034. Ahallîl de Gourara; Barka Foulani, director. Historical and descriptive notes by Abderrahmane Moussaoui and Arabic texts with translations in French and English (12 p.). 380. Chants soufis de Tunis=Sufi Songs from Tunis. 1999. Institut du Monde Arabe 321025. La Sulâmiyya on vocals, bendir, nagharât, and târ. Program notes by Mahmoud Guettat in French, with English translation, and texts in transliterated Arabic with English and French translations (10 p.). 381. La clef de Grenade=The Key to Granada. 2001. Institut du Monde Arabe. Saïd Chraïbi, oud; with Jamal Rioui, percussion. Notes in French and English by Frédéric Deval. 382. Confrérie des Aïssawa=The Aïssawa Confraternity. 2001. Ocora Radio France C 560140. Aïssawa of Meknes, tayfa of Cheikh Sidi Mohamed. Extensive technical notes in French, English, and German by Christian Poché (24 p., illus.). 383. La daqqa: Tambours sacrés de Marrakech=Sacred Drums from Marrakesh. 1999. Institut du monde arabe 321028. Notes by Hassan Jouad in French, with English translation (10 pp., illus.).

Ethnomusicology

106

384. Escalay=The Water Wheel: Oud Music. 2002. Nonesuch 79702–2. Explorer Series. Hamza El Din, voice and oud. Recorded by Daniel C. Grinstead. Previously released in 1971. Program notes by Robert Garfias and Hamza El Din (12p.). 385. Éthiopie: chants d’amour. 1997. Maison des Cultures du Monde W 260080. Inédit. Fantahun Shewankochew, vocals and krar; Ejigayehu “Gigi” Shibabaw, vocals; Wores G. Egziabher, masingo and vocals. Recorded at Maison des Cultures du Monde, Paris, 1997. Program notes in French with English translation and English and French translations of texts (16 p., illus.). 386. Le malhûn de Meknès: Maroc=The malhûn of Meknès: Morocco. 1999. Institut du Monde Arabe 321005. El Hadj Houcine Toulali, vocals, lute, conducting; Mohamed Ben Saïd, vocals, castanets; Ahmed Agoumi, Abdallah Ramdani, Abderrahim Tazi, choir, percussion; Abdelhadi Bennouna, choir, violin; Mustapha Neia, choir, strings. Program and biographical notes by Hassan Jouad with partial song translations in English and French (12 p., illus.). 387. Maroc: musiques berbères=Morocco: Berber Music, 1998. Buda Musique 92698–2. Musique du monde=Music from the world. Les Musiciens de 1’Atlas, with, flute, oboe, darboka, lute, bendir, vocals. Program notes in French and English (15 p., illus.). 388. Maroc: taktoka jabalia=Morocco: taktoka jabalia. 1998. Buda Musique 92723– 2. Musique du monde=Music from the world. The Laaroussi Lahcen Ensemble, with kamanja, bendir, suissen, karkba, tar, darboka, hadjouj, ud. Recorded in Paris in 1998. Program notes in French with English translation (11 p.). 389. Music of Islam and Sufism in Morocco. 1999. Rounder Records CD 5145. Anthology of world music. Originally issued as part of the UNESCO collection. Historical and descriptive notes by Philip D.Schuyler (17 p., illus., map). 390. Musik der Nubier/Nordsudan=Music of the Nubians/Northern Sudan. 1998. Musikethnologische Abteilung, Museum für Völkerkunde, Berlin Staatliche Museen, Preussischer Kulturbesitz CD 22–23. Museum Collection Berlin, 9. 2 sound discs. Recorded in Sudan 1973–1974. Program notes in English and German by Artur Simon; texts in Nubian with translations, bibliography, technical information on instruments, and musical transcriptions (35 p., illus.). 391. Musique andalouse d’Alger=Andalusian Music from Algiers. 2000. Institut du monde arabe 321031. Al-Djazaïriya al-Mossiliya ensemble. Program notes by Rachid Aous in French with English translation and song summaries/texts in French and English translations (12 p.). 392. Musique andalouse de Fès=Andalusian Music from Fes. 1999. Institut du Monde Arabe 321002–03. The Al-Brihi orchestra; Abd al-Karim Rayis, rabab and direction. Historical and descriptive notes by Christian Poché, in French with English translation (10 p., illus.); 2 compact discs. 393. Nawbat al-hijáz al-kebír=Nûbâ al-hijâz al-kebîr. 1997. Maison des cultures du monde W260031. Inédit. Orchestre al-Brihi de Fès; Haj Abdelkrim al-Raïs, conductor. Nûbâ al-hijâz al-kebîr. Historical and technical notes and vocal texts in Arabic, French, and English (28 p., illus., music); 7 compact discs. 394. Niger: epopées zarma et songhay. 1998. Ocora C 560127. Jibo Baje, moolo, vocals. Recorded 1996 in Niger. Program notes and song summaries in French with English and German translations (32 p.).

Audio recordings

107

395. Niger: musique dendi. 1999. Ocora/Radio France C 560135. Harouna Goge, goge, vocals; Reki Tamtalla, vocals; various other unidentified assisting musicians. Recorded 1996 in Niamey, Niger. Program notes in English, French, and German by Sandra Bornand and lyrics in English, French, and German (36 p., illus.). 396. Niger: Peuls Wodaabe: chants du worso. 1998. Maison des Cultures du Monde W 260081. Inédit. Recorded at Maison des Cultures du Monde, Paris, 1997. Historical and descriptive notes by Pierre Bois in French and English (14 p., illus., maps). 397. Nyabole. Laufgesang: Singing on the Way to the Dancing Ground. Hamar: Südäthiopien. 2003. Wergo Spectrum SM-17072. Field recordings by Ivo Strecker made in Southern Ethiopia between 1970 and 1976. Program notes by Ivo Strecker and Artur Simon (96 p.). 398. Rituel de transe=Trance Ritual 1999. Institut du Monde Arabe 321011. Les Aïssawa de Fès; Hadj Saïd Berrada, conductor. Historical and descriptive notes by Hassan Jouad, in French with English translation, and translations of the chants in French and English (10 p., illus.). 399. Touareg de Fewet: Libye, musiques du Sahara=Libya, Music from the Sahara Desert. 2001. Buda Records 1978312. Musique du monde=Music from the world. Ajjer folk songs. Field recordings. Program notes and summaries of the vocal texts in French with English translation (19 p., illus.). 400. Tunisia and North Africa: Musical Arabesque: An Andalusian Pilgrimage. 1998. Multicultural Media MCM 3017. Program notes by Nobuo Mizuno in English translation (16 p., illus.). 401. Tunisie: la mémoire des Juifs de Djerba=Tunisia: Recollection of the Jews of Jerba, 2001. VDE-Gallo CD-1057. Archives internationales de musique populaire (AIMP), 64. Yaacov Bchiri, voice and ud. Recorded in 2000 in Houmt Souk, Djerba. Program notes by André Klopmann in French with English translation (31 p., illus.). Africa: Southern Africa (Including Madagascar) 402. Kalimba and Kalumbu Songs, Northern Rhodesia: Zambia, 1952 & 1957: Lala, Tonga, Lozi, Mbunda, Bemba, Lunda. 1998. Stichting Sharp Wood Productions; International Library of African Music. Field recordings by Hugh Tracey housed at the International Library of African Music (ILAM), Rhodes University, Grahamstown, South Africa. Historical notes by Andrew Tracey (20 p., illus.). 403. Madagascar, musique des Sakalava Menabe: hommage a Mama Sana. 2000. Maison des Cultures du Monde W 260093. Inédit. Mama Sana, voice, zither. Field recordings by Victor Randrianary made in 1995–1998 in various regions of Menabe. Program notes in French with English translations and partial texts of the vocal works in French and English translations (20 p., illus.). 404. Madagascar: accordéons et esprits ancestraux=Madagascar: Accordions and Ancestral Spirits. 2001. VDE-Gallo CD-1065. Archives internationales de musique populaire (AIMP), 65. Recorded 1993–1994 in Madagascar. Notes in French and English (23 p., illus.). 405. Madagascar: anthologie des voix. 1997. Maison des cultures du monde W 260076. Inédit. Field recordings made in 1995–1996 by Victor Randrianary. Historical

Ethnomusicology

108

and descriptive notes in French and English by the collector, with partial song translations (20 p., illus.). 406. Madagascar: Awakening the Spirits: Music in Tromba and Bilo Trance Rituals. 1997. Multicultural Media MCM 3011. Field recordings by August Schmidhofer, 1986– 1996. Historical and descriptive notes in English (12 p., map, illus.). 407. Madagascar: Land of the Betsimisaraka=Pays Betsimisaraka. 1998. Auvidis/Unesco D 8275. UNESCO collection. Musiques et musiciens du monde=Music and musicians of the world. Recordings by Alain Desjacques and Victor Randrianary. Historical and descriptive notes by Alain Desjacques in English and French, with song translations in the same languages (15 p.). 408. Madagascar: musique Antanosy=Madagascar: Antanosy Music. 1997. VDEGallo CD-924. Archives internationales de musique populaire (AIMP), 49. Field recordings made in 1995 by Victor Randrianary. Historical and descriptive notes in French and English with partial song translations (23 p., illus., map). 409. Madagascar: musique du hira gasy=The Hira Gasy, a Fabulous Opera. 2002. Buda Records: 1985012. Musique du monde=Music from the world. Technical and historical notes by Jacques Erwan in French and English (14 p., illus.). 410. Other Musics from Zimbabwe: 1948, ‘49, ‘51, ‘57, ‘58, ‘63, Southern Rhodesia: Ndau, Sena Tonga, Shona. 2000. Stichting Sharp Wood Productions. Field recordings by Hugh Tracey housed at the International Library of African Music (ILAM), Rhodes University, Grahamstown, South Africa. Program notes by Andrew Tracey and Michael Baird (23 p., illus.). 411. Pays Merina: Merina Country. 2001. Ocora Radio France C 560159. Field recordings made by Victor Randrianary in Madagascar, 1996–2001. Technical, historical, and ethnographic notes in French, English, and German by Victor Randrianary (32 p., illus., map). 412. Southern and Centml Malawi: 1950, ‘57, ‘58, Nyasaland: Mang’anja, Cewa, Yao. 2000. Stichting Sharp Wood Productions. Field recordings by Hugh Tracey housed at the International Library of African Music (ILAM), Rhodes University, Grahamstown, South Africa. Program notes by Andrew Tracey and Michael Baird (18 p., illus.). 413. Toamasina sérénades: Madagascar, valiha-marovany de la côte est=Madagascar, Valiha-marovany from the East Coast. 2000. Buda Records 1979322. Troupe Valiha (marovany, accordion, rattle, percussion, vocals, kabaosy, guitar). Program notes in French, Malagasy, and English with text summaries (27 p., illus.). 414. Tswana and Sotho Voices: Botswana, South Africa, Lesotho: 1951, ‘57, ‘59. 2000. SWP Records SWP Records: SWP 017. International Library of African Music. Field recordings by Hugh Tracey housed in the International Library of African Music (ILAM), Rhodes University, Grahamstown, South Africa. Program notes in English by Andrew Tracey (20 p., illus., map). 415. Zimbabwe: Shona Mbira Music, 2002. Nonesuch 79710–2. Explorer Series. Recorded in Mondoro and Highfields, Zimbabwe, by Paul Berliner. Previously released in 1977 as Africa: Shona Mbira Music (H-72077). Program notes by the collector in accompanying booklet. 416. Zimbabwe: The Soul of Mbira: Traditions of the Shona People. 2002. Nonesuch Records 79704–2. Explorer Series. Recorded in Zimbabwe by Paul Berliner. Originally released in 1973. Program notes by the collector in accompanying booklet.

Audio recordings

109

417. Zimbabwe: the African Mbira: Music of the Shona People. 2002. Nonesuch 79703–2. Explorer series. Played and sung by Dumisani Abraham Maraire, with Nkosana Arthur Maraire, voice, hosho, and Sukutai Laura Chiora, voice. Originally released in 1971. Notes and partial translations of songs by Dumisani Abraham Maraire (16 p., illus.). Africa: Western Africa 418. Africa, the Dan. 1998. Rounder Records CD 5105. Anthology of World Music. Recordings by Hugo Zemp. Historical and descriptive notes in English (21 p., illus., maps). Originally issued as part of the UNESCO collection. 419. Batuque et finaçon=Batuque and Finaçon. 2001. Ocora Radio France C 560151. Recorded in Espinho Branca, Santiago, Cape Verde, in 1998. Program notes by Viviane Lièvre and Jean-Yves Loude in French with English and Portuguese translations and partial lyrics in Creole with translations or summaries in French, English, and Portuguese (32 p., map). 420. Burkina Faso: anthologie de la musique Gan=Anthology of the Music of the Gan. 1998. Buda 92709–2. Musique du monde=Music from the world. Field recordings. Historical and descriptive notes in French and English by Patrick Kersalé (51 p., illus., map); 2 compact discs. 421. Burkina Faso: la voix des Peuls=The Voice of the Fulbe. 1997. Chant du monde CNR 2741079. Collection du Centre national de la recherche scientifique et du Musée de l’homme. Field recordings made between 1992 and 1995 by Sandrine Loncke. Ethnographic and descriptive notes in French and English by the collector (44 p., illus., map). 422. Burkina Faso: Rhythms of the Grasslands. 2002. Nonesuch 79713–2. Explorer Series. Recorded 1973–1975 in Upper Volta by Kathleen Johnson. Originally released in 1983. Accompanying notes by the collector (20 p., illus.). 423. Burkina Faso: Savannah Rhythms. 2002. Nonesuch 79712–2. Explorer Series. Recorded 1973–1975 in Upper Volta by Kathleen Johnson. Accompanying notes by the collector (20 p., illus.). 424. Burkina Faso-Mali, musiques actuelles=Burkina Faso-Mali, Music of Today. 2000. Buda Records 1978322. Musique du monde=Music from the world. Lassina Coulibaly, voice, percussion; Yan Kadi Faso. Popular music using traditional instruments. Program notes in French and English, and French and English translations of vocal texts (19 p.). 425. Cap-Vert: batuque et finaçon. 1998. Ocora C 560132. Ntóni Denti d’Oro (António Vaz Cabral), voice with accompanying instruments. Recorded in 1997 in Cape Verde. Program notes by Jean-Yves Loude and texts in English, French, and Portuguese. 426. Côte d’Ivoire: musique des We (Guéré)=Music of the We (Guere). 1998. Chant du Monde CNR 2741105. Collection du Centre national de la recherche scientifique et du Museé de 1’homme. Field recordings made by Hugo Zemp in the Côte d’Ivoire during 1965 and 1967. Extensive historical and descriptive notes in French and English by the collector (44 p., illus., map).

Ethnomusicology

110

427. Dònkili: Call to Dance: Festival Music from Mali. 1997. Pan Records; 2060CD. Ethnic series. Recorded October 1995 in Bamako, Mali. Program notes in English by Rainer Polak. 428. Ghana: Ancient Ceremonies: Dance Music and Songs. 2002. Nonesuch Explorer Series. Recorded in Ghana by Stephen Jay. Includes program notes by the collector. 429. Ghana: Rhythms of the People. 2000. Multicultural Media MCM 3018. Recorded in July 1997. Notes in English. 430. Ghana: Voices of Africa: High-life and other Popular Music. 2002. Nonesuch 79701–2. Explorer Series. Saka Acquaye and his African ensemble. Program and biographical notes by Kenneth S. Goldstein and Saka Acquaye (12p., illus.). 431. Guinée: musique des Malinké=Guinea: Music of the Mandinka. 1999. Chant du Monde: CNR 2741112. Collection du Centre national de la recherche scientifique et de Musée de 1’homme. Field recordings made in 1952 by Gilbert Rouget in Karala and Kankan. Extensive historical and descriptive notes in French, with abbreviated English translation (98 p., illus., map). 432. Guinée: musiques des kpelle: chants polyphoniques, trompes et percussions=Guinea: Kpelle Music: Polyphonic Songs, Trumpets and Drumming. 1998. Maison des cultures du monde W 260086. Inédit. Recorded at Maison des Cultures du Monde in 1998. Historical and descriptive notes and information on the instruments by François Gründ and Pierre Bois with song texts in French and English (18 p., illus.). 433. In the Time of My Fourth Great-grandfather—Western Sisaala Music from Lambussie, Ghana. 1998. Pan Records PAN 2065CD. Ethnic series. Field recordings made by Trevor Wiggins in 1994–1996, around Lambussie in the Upper West region of Ghana. Historical and descriptive notes in English by the collector (14 p., illus.). 434. Mali: cordes anciennes. 2001. Buda Records 1977822. Musique du monde= Music from the world. Originally issued in 1970 on Barenreiter Musicaphon. Song texts, bibliographical, and technical notes in French and English (23 p., illus.). 435. Mali, les Dogon: musique des masques et des funérailles. 1999. Maison des Cultures du Monde W 260089. Inédit. Performed by members of the Awa of Sangha; Sekou Dolo, conductor. Recorded in 1999 at Maison des Cultures du Monde. Program notes and translations of texts in French and English (18 p.). 436. Mali: musique bambara du Baninko=Mali: Bambara music of Baninko. 1998. VDE-Gallo CD-980. Archives internationales de musique populaire (AIMP), 58. Field recordings made in the Baninko region of Mali in 1991 and 1992. Extensive technical and ethnographic notes in French and English by Salia Malé (39 p., illus.). 437. Senegal: le saoruba de Casamance=The Saoruba from Casamance. 1997. VDEGallo CD-926. Archives internationales de musique populaire (AIMP), 51. Recorded by Laurent Aubert in Casamance in 1989 and by Vincent Zanetti in 1996 in the suburbs of Dakar. Technical, historical, and ethnographic notes by Vincent Zanetti in French and English (31 p., illus.). 438. West Africa: Drum, Chant and Instrumental Music. 2002. Nonesuch 79709–2. Explorer Series. Recorded in Niger, Mali, and Burkina Faso by Stephen Jay. Originally released in 1976. Program notes by Stephen Jay in accompanying booklet.

Audio recordings

111

Asia 439. The Silk Road: A Musical Caravan. 2002. Smithsonian Folkways SFW CD 40438. Traditional music from Afghanistan, China, Iran, Kazakhstan, Mongolia, Tajikistan, and other Central Eurasian nations and peoples. Program notes by Jean During and Ted Levin, with introduction by Yo-Yo Ma (38 p., illus.) inserted in container; 2 compact discs. Asia: Central Asia 440. Badakhshan: Pamir, chants et musiques du toit du monde=Pamirs, Songs and Music from the Roof of the World. 2000. Buda Records 92744–2. Musique du monde=Music from the world. Field recordings, 1991–1992, in Badakhshan/Tajikistan by Sorour Kasmaï. Program notes in French and English and texts of the vocal works in English and French translations (31 p., map, illus.). 441. Before the Revolution: A 1909 Recording Expedition in the Caucasus and Central Asia by the Gramophone Company. 2002. Topic Records TSCD921. Field recordings of folk musicians from the regions now comprising presentday Georgia, Armenia, Azerbaijan, Chechnya, Afghanistan, Kazakhstan, Tajikistan, Uzbekistan, and Xinjiang (East Turkestan). Collection of the British Library National Sound Archives. Program notes in by W. Prentice in English (15 p., illus.). 442. Chants chamaniques et quotdiens du bassin de l’Amour=Shamanistic and Daily Songs from the Amur Basin. 1997. Buda Records 92671–2. Recorded in the field in 1996. Program notes in English and French (35 p., illus.). 443. Kirghizes et Kazakhs: maîtres du komuz et du dombra. 1997. Ocora/Radio France C560121. Recorded by Jean During in Almaty (1994) and Bishkek (1997) and by Sabine Trebinjac in Atush, Xinjiang (1988). Historical, technical, and biographical notes in French by Jean During, with English translation (28 p.). 444. Ouzbekistan: les grandes voix du passé: (1940–1965). 1999. OcoraC560142. Akmâl-khân Subhânov and Bâbâ-khân Subhânov, voice, tanbur, and dotar; Jurâ-khân Sultânov, voice and tanbur; Ma’mur-jân Uzaqov, voice; Hadiye Yusupova, voice and Fakhriddin Sâdiqov, dotar; Rasul Qâri Mamadaliev, voice and tanbur; Kamâluddin Hamraqul, voice; and Zaynab Pâlvânova, voice. Program notes by Jean During in French, with English and German translations (40 p.). 445. Ouzbékistan: musique classique instrumentale=Uzbekistan: Instrumental Art Music. 1998. VDE-Gallo CD-974. Archives internationales de musique populaire (AIMP), 57. Recordings by Jean During in 1997 and Razia Sultanova in 1998. Historical, biographical and descriptive notes in French and English (31 p., illus.). 446. Tadjikistan: chants des bardes=Songs of the Bards. 1998. VDE-Gallo CD-973. Archives internationales de musique populaire (AIMP), 56. Field recordings by Jean During, 1990–1992. Ethnological notes in French and English by the collector (31 p., illus.). 447. Tuva: Among the Spirits: Sound, Music, and Nature in Sakha and Tuva. 1999. Smithsonian Folkways SFW 40452. Field recordings made by Joel Gordon and Ted Levin between 1995 and 1998. Historical and descriptive notes by Ted Levin (22 p., illus., map).

Ethnomusicology

112

Asia: East Asia 448. China. 1998. Rounder Records CD 5150. Anthology of world music. Originally issued in the UNESCO collection. Includes biographical, technical, and historical notes (29 p., illus.). 449. Dongjing Music: Where Confucian, Taoist and Buddhist Culture Meet. 1998. Pan Records PAN 205 8CD. Anthology of music in China, 6. Vocal and instrumental music primarily from Yunnan Province. Recorded between 1992 and 1993. Notes by Zhang Xingrong (11 p., illus.). 450. Fanbai: chant liturgique bouddhique; Hymnes aux trois joyaux. 1997. Ocora C 560109. Mixed choir of Xuefo tang from the town of Shangqiu (Henan Province); Meiyou xiang chun National Musical Association from the new district of Pudong, Shanghai. Yang Shuqi, sheng; Chen Zhong, xun; recorded in 1996. Program notes by François Picard in French, with English and German translations (28 p.). 451. Jiuta. 1998. Ocora/Radio France C 580069. Performed by the ensemble Yonin no Kai (Tokyo). Recorded in 1979, Maison de Radio-France, Paris. Historical and descriptive notes by Akira Tamba in English and French (20 p.). 452. Japon: esprit du crépuscule=Spirit of Dusk. 1999. Buda Musique. Yoshikazu Iwamoto, shakuhachi. Program notes in French and English by Yoshikazu Iwamoto, Frank Denyer, and Henri Lecomte, with biographical information about the performer, and technical and historical information about the music and shakuhachi (Japanese bamboo flute), insert. 453. Japon: l’art du shakuhachi. 1997. Ocora C 560114. Performed by Katsuya Yokoyama with Yoshikazu Iwamoto. Recorded 1997 at Radio France. Program notes by Akira Tamba in French, with English and German translations (24 p., illus.). 454. Monastère de Gyütö=Monastery of Gyütö. 2000. Ocora Radio France Ocora C 560133/C 560134. Sung by the monks of the Tantric College of Gyütö, the first generation of Tibetan monks in exile in India. Recorded live by Radio France during the Festival d’Automne at Bouffes du Nord Theater in Paris, 1975. Program notes with commentary by Mireille Helffer and Daniel Caux in French, with English and German translations (23 p., illus.). 455. Mongolia: Living Music of the Steppes: Instrumental Music and Song of Mongolia. 1997. Multicultural Media MCM 3001. Field recordings by Haruo Hasumi; originally released in 1992 by Victor Co. of Japan. Technical and historical notes by the collector (12 p., illus.). 456. The Music of Tibetan Buddhism. 1999. Rounder Records CD 5129–31. Anthology of world music. Recorded in Tibet in 1961 by Alain Daniélou and Peter Crossley-Holland. Originally released on Bärenreiter Musicaphon in the UNESCO collection. Historical and analytical notes by Daniélou (25 p. illus.); 3 compact discs. 457. Musique classique vivante=Contemporary Classical Music. 2002. Ocora C 582049. Chine. Cercle d’art populaire. Recorded in 1988 at Radio France. Program notes by François Picard in French with English translation (12 p., illus., map). 458. Naxi Music from Lijiang. 1997. Nimbus Records NI 5510. Performed by the Dayan Ancient Music Association. Biographical, historical, and program notes by Helen Rees (22 p., illus.).

Audio recordings

113

459. Wang Weiping, luth pipa. 1998. Ocora/Radio France C 560128. Chine. Wang Weiping, pipa lute, voice. Biographical and descriptive notes and song lyrics, in English with French and German translations (20 p., illus.). Asia: South Asia 460. Anthology of Indian Classical Music: a Tribute to Alain Daniélou=Anthologie de la musique classique de l’Inde: hommage a Alain Daniélou. 1997. Auvidis/UNESCO D 8270. Ravi Shankar, Ali Akbar Khan, Dagar Brothers, D.K. Pattamal, Bala Sarasvati, Jayammal, T. Visvanathan, and others. Program notes and biographical notes in English and French and vocal texts, with English and French translations (43 p., illus., music). 461. Bardes de l‘Himalaya, Népal/Inde: épopées et musiques de transe=Bards of the Himalayas, Nepal/India: Epics and Trance Music. 1997. Chant du monde CNR 2741080. Collection du Centre national de la recherche scientifique et du Musée de 1’homme. Field recordings made by Franck Bernède between 1987 and 1994 at Kumaon and in the westernmost part of Nepal. Historical and descriptive notes in French and English by the collector (36 p., illus., map). 462. Bengal: Traditional Folk Music=Bengale: musique traditionnelle populaire. 1998. Auvidis D 8077. UNESCO collection. Musiques et musiciens du monde=Music and musicians of the world. Recorded by Manfred Junius, Alain Daniélou, and Samir Naguib. Program notes in English and French (7 p.). 463. Inde=India. The Kutch Peoples. 1997. Buda 92677–2. Musique du monde= Music from the world. Recorded in the Kutch province of Gujarat in 1996 and 1997. Historical and descriptive notes and notes on the instruments in French and English (15 p., illus.). 464. Inde: percussion rituelles du Kerala Vol. 1: Kshetram vadyam.=India: Ritual Percussion of Kerala. 1998. VDE-Gallo CD-971. Archives internationales de musique populaire (AIMP), 54. Recorded by Rolf Killius, 1995–1996. Historical and descriptive notes by Rolf Killius in French and English (23 p., illus.). 465. Inde: dhrupad de Darbhanga=India: Dhrupad of Darbhanga. 2000. VDEGallo CD-1006. Archives internationales de musique populaire (AIMP), 63. Performed by the Mallik family. Recorded in 1982. Biographical, technical, and historical notes in French and English by Peter Pannke (23 p, illus.). 466. Inde: kobiyals, fakirs and bauls: Oral Traditions of Bengal 2001. Buda Records 1977782. Musique du monde=Music from the world. Recorded by Gautam Nag at the Boral Baul Festival, Calcutta, in 1999. Song texts, technical, and ethnographic notes in French and English (23 p., illus.) by Mimlu Sen. 467. Inde du sud: Kutiyattam. 1999. Ocora/Radio France C 560143. Excerpt from Bâlivadham (the death of Bâli), first act of “Abhisheka Nâtakam” by the poet Bhâsa (3rd century). Troupe de Kutiyattam du Kerala Kalamandalam, P.K. Narayanan Nambiar, musical director. Recorded in Paris in 1998. Program notes in English with French and German translations (40 p.). 468. Inde du sud=South India: Mârgam. 2000. VDE-Gallo CD-1004/1005. Classical Indian dance music by Vidwan Madurai Sri N. Krishnan. Biographical and program notes by Manjula Lusti-Narasimhan, in French and English, and vocal texts with French and English translations (42 p., illus.).

Ethnomusicology

114

469. India: Traveling Artists of the Desert: The Vernacular Musical Culture of Rajasthan. 1997. Multicultural Media MCM 3002. Field recordings made in 1980 by Keiji Azami. Historical and descriptive notes in English, with partial song translations (16 p., illus., map). 470. Music of Makran: Traditional Fusion from Coastal Balochistan. 2001. Topic Records TSCD916. British Library. National Sound Archive. International Music Collection. Traditional music and song from Pakistani Makran (southern Baluchistan); performed on the suroz, damburag, donali, bansari, dukkur, chinchir, and benjo. Program notes by Anderson Bakewell and texts with English translations (15 p., illus., map). 471. Nepal: Ritual and Entertainment=Nepal: rituel et divertissement. 1999. Auvidis/UNESCO D 8279. UNESCO collection. Traditional music of today=Musiques traditionnelles d’aujourd’hui. Recorded in Nepal in 1995 and 1996. Program notes in English and French (31 p., illus., map). 472. North India: Vocal Music, Dhrupad and Khyal=Inde du Nord: musique vocale, dhrupad et khyal 1998. Auvidis D 8076. UNESCO collection. Anthologie des musiques traditionnelles=Anthology of traditional music. Sung by Mohinuddin Dagar, Aminuddin Dagar, and Robin Kumar Chatterjee. Program notes by Alain Daniélou in English and French. 473. North Indian Classical Music. 1998. Rounder Records 5101–04. Anthology of World Music. Originally released as the UNESCO collection. Program notes by Alain Daniélou in English translation, and some song texts in English (41 p., illus., music); 4 compact discs. 474. Orgues-à-bouche: rituels des Murung=Ritual Mouth-organs of the Murung, Bangladesh. 1998. Maison des Cultures du Monde W 260084. Inédit. Recorded in 1997 at Maison des Cultures du Monde, Paris. Descriptive and technical notes by François Gründ and Pierre Bois in French and English (13 p., illus., music). 475. Padam, le chant de Tanjore. 2000. Ocora Radio France C 560152. Aruna Sairam, vocals; Durai Swaminathan, violin; K.Arun Prakash, mridangam; Udupi S.Sreedhar, ghatam; Shakuntala, tampura. Recorded by Antoine Lehembre for Radio France in 1999. Program notes in French, with English and German translations (40 p.). 476. Pakistan: la nuit des qawwals. 1999. Maison des Cultures du Monde W 260092. Inédit. Ensemble Faiz Ali Faiz et Rehmat Ali; Ensemble Mehr Ali et Sher Ali. Recorded by Pierre Bois at the Théâtre Equestre Zingaro in 1999. Texts in English translation, biographical, historical, and technical notes by Adam Nayyar and Martina Catella (23 p., illus.). 477. The Raga Guide: A Survey of 74 Hindustani Ragas. 1999. Nimbus NI 5536—NI 5539. Joep Bor, editor; Suvarnalata Rao, Wim van der Meer, Jane Harvey, co-authors. Guide includes preface, notation and transcription, glossary and bibliographical references (184 p., 40 p. of plates, color illus., music). 478. Tabla Tarang: Melody on Drums. 1996. Smithsonian Folkways SF 40436. World’s musical traditions, 10. Pandit Kamalesh Maitra, tabla tarang and Trilok Gurtu, tabla. Recorded by Walter Quintas in 1994. Biographical, technical, and historical notes by Laura Patchen as told by Pandit Kamalesh Maitra; with bibliography and discography (54 p., illus.).

Audio recordings

115

479. Troubadours of Allah: Sufi music from the Indus Valley. 1999. Wergo SM 16172. 2 sound discs. Weltmusik. Recorded in Pakistan, 1996–1998. Notes by Peter Pannke in French and English, and vocal texts in French and English translations (76 p., illus.). Asia: Southeast Asia 480. Bali: Balinese Music of Lombok=Musique balinaise de Lombok. 1997. Auvidis D 8272. UNESCO collection. Anthologie des musiques traditionnelles=Anthology of traditional music. Recordings made by David Harnish, 1983–1989. Historical and technical notes in English and French (15 p., illus.). 481. Bamboo on the Mountains: Kmhmu Highlanders from Southeast Asia and the U.S. 1999. Smithsonian Folkways SFW 40456. Recorded 1982–1994 in California, Laos, Vietnam, and Thailand. Biographical and technical notes in English by Frank Proschan (28 p., ill.). 482. Banyumas Bamboo Gamelan: Traditional Music from Central Java. 1998. Nimbus NI 5550. Performed by Banyumas Bamboo Gamelan. Program notes by Bradley Smith in English, and texts with English translations (12 p.). 483. Bornéo: musiques des Dayaks et des Punans=Music of the Dayak and of the Punan. 1998. Buda 92718–2. Musique du monde=Music from the world. Historical and descriptive notes in French by Murielle Mignon and Manuel Gomes, with English translation (27 p., illus.). 484. Chang Saw: Village Music of Northern Thailand. 1999. Pan Records PAN 2075CD. Ensemble Si Nuan Thung Pong. Recorded in Wat Thung Pong, the local temple of the village Ban Thung Pong, Lamphun province, northern Thailand, in May 1998. Program notes inserted into container. 485. Gambuh, drame musical balinais: Mahomayana. 2000. Maison des Cultures du Monde W 260094. Inédit. Ensemble Gambuh de Kedisan; Gusti Ngurah Mangku Puja, conductor. Recorded in Kedisan, Bali, in 1999. Program notes in French with English translation (20 p., illus.). 486. Indonesia: Music of the Theatre=Musique du théâtre. 1999. Auvidis D 8078. UNESCO collection. Musics and musicians of the world=Musiques et musiciens du monde. Gamelan of the Yogyakarta kraton. Recorded in 1968 and 1970. Program notes by Jacques Brunet in English and French (11 p., illus.). 487. Indonesia: Wayang Golek: The Sound and Celebration of Sundanese Puppet Theater. 2001. Multicultural Media MCM3019—MCM3024. Giri Harja III; Asep Sunandar Sunarya, leader. Recorded, edited, and annotated by Andrew N.Weintraub. Includes one enhanced CD with transcriptions of Sundanese narratives, sung text, and translations. Program notes by the collector, including bibliography and performance flow charts in English (44 p., illus.), 6 compact discs. 488. Instrumentalmusik der Toba- und Karo-Batak, Nordsumatra=Instrumental music of the Toba Batak and the Karo Batak, Northern Sumatra. 1999. Museum für Völkerkunde. Staatliche Museen Preussischer Kulturbesitz. Museum Collection Berlin, 24–25. Field recordings by Artur Simon; recorded 1976–81. Program notes by the collector with bibliography, musical examples, and translations of song texts in German and English (184 p., illus.).

Ethnomusicology

116

489. Jegog: The Rhythmic Power of Bamboo: I Nyoman Jayus’ Bamboo Ensemble from the Northwest of Bali. 1997. Multicultural Media MCM 3012. Jegog Jayus, from Banjar Samblong, Sangkaragung-Jembrana, Bali; I Nyoman Jayus, director. Program notes by Martin Ramstedt, bibliography, and discography in English (16 p., illus.). 490. Jemblung and Related Narrative Traditions of Java. 1997. Pan Records 2048 CD. Ethnic series. Recordedin 1981, 1983, and 1994 by Jack Body and Yono Sukarno in various locations on Java. Program notes in English, and Javanese texts, with English translations (23 p.). 491. Lanna Thai: Instrumental Music of North-west Thailand. 1997. Pan Records PAN 2045CD. Ethnic series. Recorded in various locations in Thailand, 1992–1995. Program notes by Fred Gales on insert in container. 492. The Moken: Sea Gypsies of the Andaman Sea. 2001. Topic Records TSCD919. British Library. National Sound Archive. International Music Collection. Recorded in the coastal village of Ko Surin Nua by Tom Vater. Program notes by the collector (15 p., map, photos). 493. Music of Indonesia Series. 1991–1999. Smithsonian Folkways SFW40055– 40057; SFW40420–40429; SFW40441–40447. Recorded, compiled and annotated by Philip Yampolsky. Detailed program notes in English. Titles: 1: East Java 1-Songs Before Dawn: Gandrung Banyuwangi (SFW40055); 2: Indonesian Popular MusicKroncong Dangdut and Langgam Jawa (SFW40056); 3: Music from the Outskirts of Jakarta: Gambang Kromong (SFW40057); 4: Music of Nias and North Sumatra: Hoho, Gendang Karo, Gondang Toba (SFW40420); 5: Betawi & Sundanese Music of the North Coast of Java (SFW40421); 6: Night Music of West Sumatra: Saluang, Rabab Pariaman, Dendang Pauah (SFW40422); 7: Music from the Forests of Riau & Mentawai (SFW40423); 8: Vocal & Instrumental Music from East & Central Flores (SFW40424); 9: Vocal & Instrumental Music from Central & West Flores (SFW40425); 10: Music of Biak, Irian Jaya: Wor, Church Songs, Yospan (SFW40426); 11: Melayu Music of Sumatra and the Riau Islands (SFW40427); 12: Gongs and Vocal Music from Sumatra (SFW40428); 13: Kalimantan Strings (SFW40429); 14: Lombok, Kalimantan, Banyumas: Little-known Forms of Gamelan and Wayang (SFW40441); 15: South Sulawesi Strings (SFW40442); 16: Music from the Southeast: Sumbawa, Sumba, Timor (SFW40443); 17: Kalimantan: Dayak Ritualand Festival Music (SFW40444); 18: Sulawesi: Festivals, Funerals, and Work (SFW40445); 19: Music of Maluku: Halmahem, Bura, Kei (SFW40446); 20: Indonesian Guitars (SFW40447). 20 compact discs. 494. The Music of Laos. 1999. Rounder Records CD 5119. Anthology of world music. Originally released by Bärenreiter Musicaphon in the UNESCO collection. Historical and descriptive notes in English by Alain Daniélou (13 p., illus., maps). 495. The Music of Vietnam. 1999. Rounder Records CD 5140/41. Anthology of World Music. Originally released in the UNESCO series in the 1960s and 1970s. Technical and historical notes by Tran Van Khe and Nguyen Huu Ba (33 p., illus., maps); 2 compact discs. 496. Myanmar: Music by the Hsaing Waing Orchestra: The Burmese harp = Musique de l’Orchestra Hsaing Waing, La harpe birmane. 2001. Auvidis/ UNESCO. Traditional music of today=Musiques traditionnelles d’aujourd’hui. Music by the Hsaing Waing Orchestra. Notes by Jacques Brunet, in French and English (19 p., illus.).

Audio recordings

117

497. Sawaku: Music of Sarawak. 1998. Pan Records PAN 2067CD. Ethnic series. Field recordings made by Randy Raine-Reusch in 1998. Historical and descriptive notes by Marc Rochester and Randy Raine-Reusch (11 p., illus.). 498. Tài tu Nam bô Saigon: Masters of traditional music. 2000. Wergo SM 1533. Weltmusik. Performers: Vuy Chô, tranh, ty bà; Ba Tu, kìm, cò, tranh; Van Mon, ghita phím lõm, kìm; Quang Dung, cò, sáo, bâu, tam, viôlông. Recorded in 1999 at the studios of Sender Freies Berlin. Includes biographical, technical and historical notes in English and German in container (19 p., illus.). 499. Thailand: Ceremonial and Court Music from Central Thailand. 1997. Multicultural Media MCM 3014. Historical notes, and notes on the instruments and the music in English by James S. Upton (16 p., illus., map). 500. Thailande: musiques et chants du triangle d’or=Thailand: Music and Songs from the Golden Triangle. 2000. Buda Records BUD 92754. Musique du monde=Music from the world. Song texts and historical, technical, and ethnographic notes in French and English by François Jouffa (27 p., illus.); 2 compact discs. 501. Viêt-nam: anthologie de la musique Êdê=Vietnam: Anthology of Êdê Music. 2000. Buda Records 92726–2. Musique du monde=Music from the world. Field recordings by Patrick Kersalé. Historical and descriptive notes in French, and with English translation (30 p., illus.). 502. Viet Nam: musique bouddhique, tradition de Huê: Khai Kinh, cérémonie d’ouverture des textes sacrês. 1998. Maison des Cultures du Monde W 260082. Inédit. The ceremony of the opening of the sacred texts (Khai Kinh), music from the Buddhist liturgy of Vietnam. Recordings held in Huê (Kim Tiên Pagoda) in 1997. Historical, analytical, and descriptive notes in French and English (22 p., illus.). 503. Vietnam: musiques de Montagnards=Music of the Montagnards. 1997. Chant du Monde CNR 2741085—CNR 2741086. Field recordings made principally from 1958 to 1965 and 1996 to 1997. Program and ethnographic notes and notes on the instruments by Hugo Zemp, Georges Condominas, Christine Hemmet, and Trân Quang Hai with selected bibliography and discography in French and English (123 p., illus., music); 2 compact discs. 504. Viêt-nam: musiques et chants des minorités du Nord=Northern Vietnam: Music and Songs of the Minorities. 1997. Buda Records 92669–2. Musique du monde=Music from the world. Field recordings by Patrick Kersalé. Historical and descriptive notes in French and English (28 p., illus.). Asia: West Asia 505. Anthologie du mugam d’Azerbaïdjan. 1997. Maison des Cultures du Monde. Anthologie du mugam d’Azerbaïdjan, 8. Inédit. Gandab Gulieva, vocals; Vâmig Mamad Aliev, tar; Talat Bagikhânov, kamanche; Beyuk Aga Muradov, daf. Program notes and translations of texts in French and English. 506. Azerbaïdjan, chants du grand Caucase=Azerbaijan, Songs of the Greater Caucasus. 2001. Buda Records 1983152. Musique du monde=Music from the world. Agha Karim, vocals; Malik Mansurov, tar; Marc Loopuyt, ud; Natig Shirinov, percussion; Chafiq Khelifati, violin. Recorded Printemps des Comédiens and Montepellier in 2001. Program notes in French and English (19p., illus.).

Ethnomusicology

118

507. Gandab Gulieva. 1997. Maison des Cultures du Monde W 260077. Inédit. Gandab Gulieva, vocals and daf; Vâmig Mamad Aliev, târ; Tal’ at Bagikhânov, kemânche. Recorded in 1992 by Pierre Simonin and Pierre Bois, in Baku, Azerbaijan. Biographical and descriptive notes in French and English, with song translations (20 p., illus., music). 508. Georgia: The Resounding Polyphony of the Caucasus. 1997. Multicultural Media. Recorded by Minoru Morita in 1983 and 1987. Includes technical, historical, and ethnographic notes (16 p., illus.). 509. Géorgie: polyphonies vocales de Svanétie. Maison des Cultures du Monde. Ensemble Riho, Islam Pilpani, director. Recorded at Maison des Cultures du Monde in 1999. Technical notes in French and English (22 p., illus.). Europe 510. European Klezmer Music. 2000. Smithsonian Folkways SFW 40486. Khevrisa (Steven Greenman, violin; W.Zev Feldman, cimbal; Alicia Svigals, Michael Alpert, violins; Stuart Brotman, bass). Notes by Walter Zev Feldman, with glossary and bibliography, and biographical notes on the performers (36 p., illus.). 511. Oytsres: Treasures: Klezmer music, 1908–1996. 1999. Wergo SM 1621–2. Weltmusik. Performers include M.I. Rabinovitsh; Solomon Fayntukh; Belf’s Romanian Orchestra; Khone Wolfsthal; Joseph Cherniavshy; Alex Olshanetsky; Joseph Moskowitz; Naftule Brandwein; Dave Tarras; Shloimke Beckerman; Max Epstein; Abe Schwartz; hasidic musicians from Israel; Joel Rubin. Recorded 1908–1996. Program notes in English and German by Joel Rubin and Rita Ottens (37 p.). 512. Romances sefardies: Sephardic Songs. 1997. Buda 92529–2. Musique du monde=Music from the world. Françoise Atlan, singer; L’ensemble Insième (clarinet, bass clarinet, violin, flute, percussion). Recorded at Clos des Capucins, Meylan, France, in 1992. Program notes by Sami Sadak in French with English translation and song texts in romanized Ladino with English and French translations (27 p.). 513. Wedding without a Bride=Khasene on a kale. 1999. Buda musique. Musique du monde=Music from the world. Performed by the group Budowitz: tsimbl, accordion; clarinets; violin; 3-string bratsch; cello; voice. Recorded in London and Graz in 1999. Song texts in Yiddish and English and technical and historical notes in English by Joshua Horowitz (30 p.). Europe: Eastern Europe 514. Music from Albania. 1999. Rounder Records Rounder 5151. Anthology of World Music. Recordings texts with English translations, bibliographical references, and notes by Ursula Reinhard and Bruno B. Reuer (33 p., illus.). 515. Bosnie: Chants soufis de Sarajevo=Bosnia: Soufi Chanting of Sarajevo. 1998. VDE-Gallo CD-927. Archives internationales de musique populaire (AIMP), 52. Recorded in 1996. Historical and descriptive notes in French and English, with translations of songs (35 p., illus.).

Audio recordings

119

516. Bulgarie: Traditions vocales=Bulgaria: Traditional Singing. 1998. Ocora Radio France. Recorded between 1970 and 1991. Descriptive notes in French, English, and Bulgarian (23 p.). 517. Chansons russes=Russian Songs. 2001. Ocora Radio France C582098. Svetlana de Loutchek, vocals; with balalaïka, guitar, and accordion accompaniment. Recorded at the Maison de Radio France, Paris, 1990. Program notes by the singer and Jacques Baynac, in French, English, Spanish, and German, and texts in Russian (32 p.). 518. Croatia: Traditional Music=Croatie: musique traditionnelle. 1998. Auvidis/UNESCO D 8276. UNESCO collection; Musiques et musiciens du monde=Musics and musicians of the world. Recorded between 1971 and 1995. Historical and descriptive notes by Svanibor Pettan in English and French (19 p., illus.). 519. Hungary and Romania: Descendents of the Itinerant Gypsies: Melodies of Sorrow and Joy. 1997. Multicultural Media MCM 3010. Field recordings by Norio Inagaki (Romania) and Kazuyuki Tanimoto (Hungary); originally released in 1992 by Victor Co. of Japan. Original field notes by Kazuyaki Tanimoto and Norio Inagaki, translated from the Japanese, with English translations of texts (16 p., illus., map). 520. Musiques traditionnelles d’Ukraine. 1998. Auvidis Ethnic B 6871 (Silex 225211, 225216). Recorded in 1992 and 1993 by Hubert Boone and Olèna Chevtchouk. Translations and program notes in English, French, and Ukrainan by the collectors (27 p., illus.); 2 compact discs. 521. Sakhaline: musique vocale et instrumentale=Sakhalin: Vocal and Instrumental Music. 1998. Buda Records 92721–2. Musique du monde=Music from the world. Recordings made in 1996 by Henri Lecomte in Sakhalin, in eastern Russia. Historical and descriptive notes in French and English by the collector (31 p., illus., map). 522. Serbie: Anthologie de la musique populaire serbe=Serbia: An Anthology of Serbian Folk Music. 1999. VDE-Gallo CD-993. Archives internationales de musique populaire (AIMP), 60. Recorded by Dimitrije O. Golemovic and Katarina Kneževic between 1975 and 1996. Notes in English and French translation (47 p., illus.). 523. Äldre svenska spelmän=Swedish Fiddlers from the Past. 1999. Caprice Records CAP 21603. Musica Sveciae. Folk Music in Sweden, no. 26–28. Documentary recordings of Swedish fiddlers made by ethnographer Yngve Laurell between 1913 and 1920. Historical and biographical notes in Swedish and English (39 p., illus.); 3 compact discs. 524. Blod, lik och tårar=Blood, Corpses and Tears. 1997. Caprice CAP 21542. Musica Sveciae. Folk Music in Sweden, 19. Recorded from 1968 to 1984 in Sweden by the Swedish Centre for Folk Song and Folk Music Research (Svensk visarkiv). Program notes by Märta Ramsten and Eva Danielson; English translation by Skans Victoria Airey. Europe: Northern Europe 525. Finlande: musiques de Carélie=Karelia: Joensuu et alentours. 2001. Buda Records 197781. Musique du monde=Music from the world. Recorded by Xavier Yerlès, La Voix de Son, Brussels, Belgium, August 1998. Technical, historical, and ethnographic notes in French and English by Jacques Erwan (23 p., illus.). 526. Finlande: musiques d’Ostrobotnie=Ostrobothnia. 2000. Buda Records BUD 92756. Musique du monde=Music from the world. Recorded by Xavier Yerlès, La Voix

Ethnomusicology

120

de Son, Brussels, Belgium, in August 1998. Biographical, technical, and historical notes in French and English by Jacques Erwan (19 p., illus.). 527. Folkmusik i förvandling=Folk Music in Transition. 1997. Caprice CAP 21548. Musica Sveciae. Folk Music in Sweden, 25. Recordings made between 1906 and 1996. Program notes by Jan Ling and Märta Ramsten laid in the container; English translation by James Massengale (16 p., illus.). 528. Jojk: en presentation av samisk folkmusik=Yoik: A Presentation of Saami Folk Music. 1997. Caprice. Field recordings by Matts Arnberg, Håkan Unsgaard, and Israel Ruong of the Swedish Broadcasting Corporation made in 1953. Table of contents and performers laid in container (15 p.); yoik texts and more extensive notes by Arnberg, Unsgaard, and Ruong in Swedish with English translations in accompanying book published by Sveriges Radios förlag (310 p., illus.); 3 compact discs. 529. Koraler och Bröllopsmusik från Runö=Chorales and wedding music from Runö. 1997. Caprice CAP 21547. Musica Sveciae. Folk Music in Sweden, 24. Recorded by Carl-Allan Moberg in 1938 in Runö, Sweden. Historical and technical notes in Swedish and English by Bo Nyberg (43 p., illus., music). 530. Låtar från Dala-Floda, Enviken en Ore=Folk Tunes from Dala-Floda, Enviken and Ore. 1997. Caprice CAP 21541. Musica Sveciae. Folk Music in Sweden, 18. Nils Agenmark, Pontus Berggren, Påhl Olle, violins; Alm Nils Ersson, viola; Olof, Nils, and Olle Tillman, violins. Recorded in Enviken and Ore in 1971 by Matts Arnberg; and in Dala-Floda in 1957. Biographical, technical, and historical notes by Gunnar Ternhag in Swedish and English (15 p., illus.). 531. Chant et hardingfele=Norvège: Norway: Song and Hardingfele. 2001. Ocora Radio France C 560157. Kristin Gulbrandsen, vocals; Ole Aastad Bråten, langeleik; Tore Bolstadand Vidar Underseth, hardingfele. Recorded by Olivier Dupré for Radio France, 2001. Extensive biographical and technical notes in French, English, and German by Jacques Leininger (32 p., illus.). 532. Visor och låtar från Bohuslän=Folk songs and tunes from Bohuslän. 1997. Caprice CAP 21543. Musica Sveciae. Folk Music in Sweden, 20. Folk songs and tunes from Bohuslän. Recorded in the 1960s and 1970s. Historical and descriptive notes in Swedish and English, with song texts in Swedish (27 p., illus.). Europe: Southern Europe 533. Corse: polyphonies féminines=Corsica: ol Women’s Polyphonies. 2001. Buda Records 1977772. Donni di 1’Esiliu (Izia Bartoli-Dau, Élisabeth Bottalico, Beatrice Habrard-Malaspina, Jacky Micaelli, Anghjula Potentini), vocals. Song texts in Corsican dialect/Italian and/or Latin, with English translations and technical notes in French and English by Dominique Salini (23 p.). 534. Vocal Music in Crete. 2000. Smithsonian Folkways SFW 40437. World Musical Traditions, 11. Recordings with program notes, including lyrics, bibliography, and discography, by Roberto Leydi and Tullia Magrini (32 p., illus.).

Audio recordings

121

Europe: Western Europe 535. Corou de Berra: chants folkloriques de la Côte d’Azur du mois d’août a nos jours=Folksongs of the French Riviera, from August to Nowadays. 2000. Buda Records 92762–2. Musique du monde=Music from the world. France, polyphonies des alpes méridionales [Polyphonic songs from the southern Alps], vol. 4. Recorded in 1998. Texts with French and English translations (27 p., illus.). 536. France, la vielle a roue de Gaston Rivière=France, Hurdy-gurdy. 1997. Buda Records. Gaston Rivière, hurdy-gurdy, vocals. Texts in French and program notes in English, French, and German (12 p., illus.). 537. France: chansons traditionnelles polyphoniques=France: Traditional Polyphonic Songs. 1998. Buda Records. Mélusine. Program notes in French and English and French texts with English paraphrases (27 p.). 538. Ireland=Irlande. 1997. Auvidis/UNESCO D 8271. Traditional music of today=Musiques traditionnelles d’aujourd’hui. Recorded 1935–1987. Historical, biographical, and descriptive notes in English and French (15 p., illus.). 539. Italian Treasury Series. 2000. Rounder Records 1801–04,1808,1811,1816–17. Recorded in 1953 by Alan Lomax and Diego Carpitella. Titles: Folk Music and Song of Italy (ROUN 1801); The Trallaleri of Genoa (ROUN 1802); Calabria (ROUN 1803); Emilia Romagna (ROUN 1804); Puglia: The Salento (ROUN 1805); Sicily (ROUN 1808); Abruzzo (ROUN 1811); Liguria: Baiardo and Imperia (ROUN 1816); Liguria: Polyphony of Ceriana (ROUN 1817); 9 compact discs. 540. Musical Traditions of Portugal 1994. Smithsonian Folkways CD SF 40435. Traditional Music of the World, 9. Recorded in Portugal by Max Peter Baumann and Tiago de Oliveira Pinto. Historical, technical, and ethnographic notes by Salwa ElShawan Castelo-Branco, in English and Portuguese, song texts with English translations, bibliography, and glossary (76 p., illus., map). 541. My Father’s the King of the Gypsies: Music of English and Welsh Travellers and Gypsies. 1998. Topic. Field recordings made between 1962 and 1995. Production by Tony Engle and Reg Hall; compilation, research, and notes by Reg Hall. Notes on the series and the performers, recording information, and words of the songs printed as text (47 p., illus.). 542. Polyphonies franciscaines=Franciscan Polyphony. 1997. Auvidis. Le Chœur d’hommes de Sartène; Jean-Paul Poletti, director. Historical and descriptive notes in French, English and German (11 p.). 543. Portugal: La fado de Coimbra=The Fado of Coimbra. 2001. Ocora C 582041. Fernando Machado Soares, singer, guitar; José Fontes Rocha, Ricardo Fontes Rocha, Dorval Moreirinhas, guitars. Recorded in concert at Radio France, Paris, in 1987. Notes in Portuguese with French and English translations (20 p., illus.). 544. Une mosaïque de musiques Autriche=A Mosaic of Music: Austria. 2001. Ocora Radio France C 600011. Recorded in 1997. Program notes in French, German, and English by Wolfgang Schlag (36 p.). 545. Ranting and Reeling: Dance Music of the North of England. 1998. Topic. Production by Tony Engle and Reg Hall; compilation, research, and notes by Reg Hall. Notes on the series and the performers and recording information (43 p., illus.). 546. Rig-a-jig-jig: Dance Music of the South of England. 1998. Topic. Recordings from the archives of Topic Records and private collections. Production by Tony Engle

Ethnomusicology

122

and Reg Hall; compilation, research, and notes by Reg Hall. Durations on container insert; notes on the series and the performers and recording information (47 p., illus.). Latin America Latin America: Central America 547. Music from Guatemala. 1999. Caprice Records CAP 21598; CAP 21631. Recorded in 1999 in Rabinal, San Jerónimo, Cobán, La cuidad de Guatemala, Totonicapán, and Panajachel. Program notes and biographical notes on the performers in English with Spanish translations. 2 compact discs. 548. Music from Honduras. 2000. Caprice Records CAP 21632; CAP 21638. Recorded by Torbjörn Samuelsson in Tegucigalpa, Santa Rosa de Copán, and Puerto Lempiras in 1999. Song texts and biographical, technical, and historical notes by Sten Sandahl in English, with Spanish translations (illus.); 2 compact discs. Latin America: Mexico 549. “Música tambora:” las primeras graciones de la música de tambora (1952—1965). 2001. Arhoolie. Historic Mexican-American Music, 11. Recorded 1952–1965. Song texts in Spanish, with English translation and technical and historical notes by Helena Simonett (15 p.). 550. Native Music of Northwest Mexico: Tarahumara, Warihio, and Mayo. 1998. Canyon Records CR-8001. Canyon Records vintage collection, 9. Recorded live in Phoenix, Arizona, in May 1977. Program notes by Patrick T. Houlihan and Jim Griffith (illus.). 551. Trovadores de la frontera=Border Troubadors Los Pingüinos del Norte. 2001. Arhoolie CD 9024. Los Pingüinos del Norte (Rubén Castillo Juárez, accordion, voice; Antonio Perez Rodriguea, bajo sexto, voice; Jose Rodriguez de la Cruz, tolaloche). Commentary, transcriptions, and translations by James Nicolopulos (36 p.). 552. The Very First Mariachi Recordings, 1908–1909. 1998. Arhoolie Folklyric CD7036. Cuarteto Coculense. Historical and descriptive notes in English, and song texts in Spanish and English (35 p.). Latin America: South America 553. Antología del tango rioplatense: desde sus comienzos hasta 1920. 2002. Instituto Nacional de Musicología “Carlos Vega.” Recorded principally in Buenos Aires, 1907– 12. Program notes with discography and song lyrics (26 p.). Originally issued in 1980. 554. The Ayacucho Region. 2001. Smithsonian Folkways SFW 40449. Traditional Music of Peru, 6. Field recordings in Peru, 1995–1998. Compiled and edited by Raúl R. Romero. Program notes by María Eugenia Ulfe in Spanish with English translation, and texts with English and Spanish translations (28 p., illus.). 555. Bandoneon Pure: Dances of Uruguay. 1993. Smithsonian Folkways SF 40431. Traditional Music of the World, 5. René Marino Rivero, bandoneon. Recorded by Tiago

Audio recordings

123

de Oliveira Pinto in northern Uruguay in 1991. Booklet containing extensive descriptive notes by Maria Dunkel (80 p., ill.). 556. Bolivie, musique des Calcha=Bolivia, Music of the Calcha (Música de los Calcha). 2000. Chant du Monde CNR 2741120. Collection du Centre national de la recherche scientifique et de Musée de l’homme. Field recordings by Rosalia Martinez. Technical and ethnographic notes by the collector in French with English and Spanish translations (42 p., map, illus.). 557. Le bullerengue. 1998. Ocora C 560129. Petrona Martinez, vocals with percussion and vocal accompaniment. Recorded at Studio Eigibi, Carthagène, Colombia in 1997. Program and biographical notes and selected song texts in French, English, and Spanish (24 p.). 558. Camarão Plays Forró: Dance Music from Northeastern Brazil. 1998. Nimbus Records NI5543. Reginaldo Alves Ferreira “Camarao,” sanfona; Arlindo dos Oito Baizos, sanfona oito baixos; Joana Angelica and Leo, vocals; Quartinha, zabumba; Zeca Preto, triangle; Menininho, agogo; Paulo Guimaraes, guitars. Biographical and program notes by Ricardo Canzio in English and lyrics with English translation inserted in container. 559. Carimbó: Dance music from Pará, Amazonia. 2002. Wergo SM 1535 2. Weltmusik. Program notes in English and German by Tiago de Oliveira Pinto, Lyrics (English, German and Portugese), and song descriptions (16 p., illus.). 560. Celebrating Divinity in the High Andes. 1999. Smithsonian Folkways Recordings SFW CD 40448. Traditional Music of Peru, 5. Program notes in English and Spanish by Manuel Ráez and Raul R. Romero, and song texts in English (24 p., illus.). 561. Dance Music from Brazil: Choros and Forró. 2000. Nimbus NI 1741. Os Ingênuos; Oficina de Cordas; Fred Dantas, trombone; Ailton Reiner, bandolim; Camarão, accordion. Recorded in 1992, 1993, and 1995 in Salvador, Pernambuco, and Recife. Program notes (24 p.); 4 compact discs. 562. Ecuador and Colombia: Marimba Masters and Sacred Songs: The Afrodescendent Musicians of the Pacific Coastal Region. 1998. Multicultural Media MCM 3015. Field recordings with notes by Sacha Mirzoeff (12 p., illus., map). 563. Instrumentos musicales etnográficos y folklóricos de la Argentina: documentos producidos durante investigaciones de campo. 1999. Instituto Nacional de Musicología “Carlos Vega.” Notes on the instruments in Spanish and English inserted in container (18 p., illus.). 564. The Lima Highlands. 2001. Smithsonian Folkways SFW 40450. Traditional Music of Peru, 7. Recorded in Peru, 1993–1994. Program notes by Manuel Ráez, in Spanish with English translation, including discography (24 p., illus.). Series compiled and edited by Raúl R. Romero. Produced in collaboration with the Center for Andean Ethnomusicology of the Riva-Agüero Institute of the Catholic University of Peru. 565. Music of the Indigenous Communities of Cuzco=Musiques des communautés indigènes du Cuzco. 1997. Auvidis/Unesco D 8268. Music and musicians of the world=Musiques et musiciens du monde. Recorded by Raphael Parejo in Peru, probably in 1983. Historical, descriptive, and ethnographic notes by Parejo in English and French, and Quechua texts with English and French translations (23 p., illus.). 566. Música tradicional de la provincia de San Juan. 1999. Instituto Nacional de Musicología “Carlos Vega.” Program notes by Héctor Goyena and Alicia Giuliani.

Ethnomusicology

124

567. Musique de Norte Potosí=Music of Norte Potosí. 2000. Ocora Radio France C 560153. Recorded in 1999. Biographical and program notes with selected vocal texts by Michel Plisson in French, with English and Spanish translations (36 p., map). 568. Panorama sonoro de la música popular Argentina. 1998. Instituto Nacional de Musicología “Carlos Vega.” 2 sound discs. Program notes by Héctor Luis Goyena. 569. Peru and Bolivia: The Sounds of Evolving Traditions: Central Andean Music and Festivals. 1997. Multicultural Media MCM 3009. Field recordings by Norio Yamamoto; originally issued in 1992 by Victor Co. of Japan. Technical, historical, and ethnographic notes by the collector (16 p., illus.). 570. Ritual Music of the Kayapó-Xikrin, Brazil 1995. Smithsonian/Folkways SF 40433. Traditional Music of the World, 7. Recorded in 1988. Program notes, including information on Xikrin culture and mythology, in English (76 p., illus.). 571. Tierra del cacao: Afro-Venezuelan Music and Dance 1999.1999. Pan Records 2063CD. Recorded 1986, 1991, 1992, 1995. Program notes in English, and song texts in Spanish with English translation (23 p.). 572. Uruguay: tambores del candombe. 1999. Buda Musique 92745–2. Musique du monde=Music from the world. Program notes in Spanish with French and English translations (27 p., illus.). 573. Venezuela, tradition de la harpe=The Tradition of the Harp in Venezuela. 1999. Buda Musique 1978552. Musique du monde=Music from the world. Pascal Coulon, harp; Carlos Orozco, cuatro and maracas; José Velázquez, double bass. Recorded at Studio Ph. Labroue, Paris and Studio OHM, Barquisimeto, Venezuela, in 1999. Biographical, technical, and historical notes by Cristabal Soto in French and English (14 p.). 574. Wayãpi de Guyane: un visage sonore d’Amazonie=Wayãpi of Guyane: An Amazon Soundscape. 1998. Chant du Monde CNR 2741102. Collection du Centre national de la recherche scientifique et de Musée de 1’homme. Field recordings made by Jean-Michel Beaudet in the villages of the upper Oyapock, between 1977 and 1981. Historical and descriptive notes in French, English, and Portuguese and partial song texts with translations (51 p., illus., map). Latin America: West Indies 575. The Bahamas: Islands of Song. 1997. Smithsonian Folkways 40405. Recorded in 1995 Nassau, New Providence, the Bahamas. Bibliography, song texts, technical, historical, and ethnographic notes in two essays, by Gail Saunders and Kayla Olubumni Lockhart Edwards, (24 p., illus.). 576. Caribbean Voyage Series. 1997. Rounder Records ROUN171617, 1721–28, 1730–31. Alan Lomax Collection. Recordings by Alan Lomax. Program notes with English, Creole, and French texts and translations inserted in each container. Brown Girl in the Ring (ROUN 1716); Neville Marcano: The Growling Tiger of Calypso (ROUN 1717); Caribbean Sampler (ROUN 1721); Carriacou Calaloo (ROUN 1722); East Indian Music in the West Indies (ROUN 1723); Dominica—Creole Crossroads (ROUN 1724); Trinidad: Carnival Roots: The 1962 Field Recordings (ROUN 1725); Saraca: Funerary Music of Carriacou (ROUN 1726); Tombstone Feast: Funerary Music of Carriacou (ROUN 1727); Grenada: Creole and Yoruba Voices (ROUN 1728);

Audio recordings

125

Martinique: Cane Fields and City Streets (ROUN 1730); Nevis and St. Kitts: Tea Meetings, Christmas Sports, and the Moonlight Night (ROUN 1731); 12 compact discs. 577. Cuba: Chants et rythmes afrocubains=Cantos y toques afrocubanos Afrocuban Songs and Rhythms. 1997. VDE-Gallo CD-959. Archives internationales de musique populaire (AIMP), 53. Afroamérica, Justo Pelladito, director. Recorded at Studio Aquarius in Geneva, Switzerland, in 1997. Program notes by Helio Orovio in Spanish with English and French translations (27 p., illus.). 578. Cuba: The Trova. 1998. Nimbus 15565. Trio Yagua (Joel Diez, vocals; Francisco Sablón, laúd; Felix Valera, guitar and second vocals). Historical and descriptive notes in English, and song texts with translations (18 p.). 579. Fond-des-Nègres, Fond-des-Blancs: musiques paysannes d’Haïti Peasant Music from Haiti. 1997. Buda Records 92680–2. Music du monde=Music from the world. Recordings made in Haiti between January and April 1997; from the preparation of Carnival to Easter. Historical and descriptive notes in French and English, with partial song translations (36 p., illus.). 580. Haïti: musique du vaudou=Music of the Voodoo Cult: tambour mystére. 1999. Buda Musique 92731–2. Musique du monde=Music from the world. Recorded August 1998, Torcelle, Plaine du Cul-De-Sac, Haiti. Historical notes and notes on the performer in French and English (23 p., illus.). 581. Havana, Cuba, ca. 1957: Rhythms and Songs for the Orishas. 2001. Smithsonian Folkways SFW CD 40489. Historic recordings of Lydia Cabrera and Josefina Tarafa. Program notes by Morton Marks, with bibliography and discography (24 p., illus.). 582. Lamento Borincano/Early Puerto Rican Music, 1916–1939. 2001. Arhoolie 7037–38. Notes by Cristóbal Diaz Ayala, full credits, and vocal texts with English translations included (54 p., illus.). 583. Matanzas, Cuba, ca. 1957: Afro-Cuban Sacred Music from the Countryside. 2001. Smithsonian Folkways Recordings SFW CD 40490. From the historic recordings of Lydia Cabrera and Josefina Tarafa, recorded in Matanzas, Cuba, 1957. Program notes in English, with bibliographical and discographical references by Morton Marks (28 p., illus.). 584. Trinidad: Music from the North Indian Tradition=Musique de la tradition d’Inde du Nord. 1999. Auvidis/Unesco D8278. Recorded in 1991, 1992, and 1994. Historical and descriptive notes in English and French and song texts with translations (22 p., illus.). Middle East 585. Afghanistan: On Marco Polo’s Road: The Musicians of Kunduz and Faizabad. 1997. Multicultural Media MCM 3003. Field recordings by Tomoaki Fujii and Akihiro Takahashi in 1973. Notes in English translation from the Japanese (17 p., illus., map). 586. Aïcha Redouane: Arabesques vocales=Vocal Arabesques. 2000. Institut du monde arabe 321015. Aïcha Redouane, vocals; L’Ensemble al-Adwâr. Program notes by Habib Yammine in French with English translation (10 p., illus.). 587. Arabie Saoudite: musique de Unayzah, ancienne cité du Najd. 1999. Maison des cultures du monde W 260087. Inédit. Recorded in 1998 at Maison des Cultures du Monde, Paris. Song texts in English and French translation, and historical and technical notes by Pierre Bois (24 p., illus.).

Ethnomusicology

126

588. L’art du ’ûd=The Art of the ’ûd. 2001. Ocora Radio France C 583068. Munir Bashir, ùd. Recorded at the ORTF, Paris, 1971. Notes on the music and the performer in French by Simon Jargy, with English and German translations (28 p., music). 589. Le chant de Sanaa=Sanaan singing. 2001. Institut du monde arabe 321029. Hasan al-Ajami, vocals, qanbus; Ahmed Ushaysh, vocals, sah mimiyeh.Vocal music of Sanaa, Yemen. Program notes in French with English translations and song texts in French and English translations (12 p.). 590. Chants d’Alep: Songs from Aleppo. 1999. Institut du Monde Arabe 321001. Sabri Moudallal, vocals; with vocal, oud, qanun, kamanche, nay, percussion accompaniment. Biographical and program notes by Christian Poché in French, with English translation (10 p., illus.). 591. Chants sacrées de Sanaa=Sacred songs from Sanaa. 2001. Institut du Monde Arabe 321035. Performed by the Association des chantres yéménites. Notes by Jean Lambert, in French with English translation, and vocal texts in Arabic with French and English translations (10 p., illus.). 592. Chants soufis du Caire, Egypte=Sufi Chants from Cairo, Egypt. 1999. Institut Du Monde Arabe 321023. Performed by La Châdhiliyya; Mohammed El Helbawy, conducting. Notes by Bernard Moussali in French, with English translation, and vocal texts in French and English translations, some also with the original Arabic (10 p.). 593. Les croisades: sous le regard de lÓrient=The Crusades Seen through the Eyes of the Orient. 2001. Chant du Monde 5741118–19. Omar Sarmini, vocals; Ensemble AlKindî, qânûn, nây, ud, riqq, joza, douff, vocals. Recorded, Studio Cargo, Paris, in 2001. Program notes in French and English with translations of Arabic texts (56 p., illus.); 2 compact discs. 594. Duo de ’ûd=‘Ud duet. 1998. Auvidis B 6874. Munir Bashir and Omar Bashir, ’ud. Recorded at the Mafilm Audio Ltd Studio, Budapest, in 1994. Biographical and descriptive notes in French and English by Simon Jargy (11 p.). 595. Egypt: Echoes of the Nile: Aspects of Egyptian Music. 1997. Multicultural Media MCM 3005. Recorded by Nobuo Mizuno; originally produced by Victor Company of Japan. Partial texts, technical, and historical notes by Nobuo Mizuno and Tokiko Nobusawa (15 p., illus.). 596. L’heure de Salomon=The Hour of Solomon. 1997. Institut du Mond Arabe. Mohammad al-Harithi, voice, oud. Biographical and program notes by Jean Lambert in French, with English translation, and vocal texts in French and English translations (10 p., illus.). 597. Iran. 1998. Rounder Records CD 5122–23. Anthology of World Music. Recorded by Alain Daniélou, Mission de 1’Ecole Française d’Extrême Orient. Originally issued by Bärenreiter Musicaphon in the UNESCO collection. Notes by Alain Daniélou in English translation, and English translations of the vocal works (21 p., illus., music); 2 compact discs. 598. Jordanie: chants bédouins, chants de mariage, chants des pêcheurs d’Aqaba. 1998. Maison des Cultures du Monde W 260083. Inédit. Recordings made in Amman in 1997. Historical and descriptive notes in French, English and Arabic, with partial song translations (24 p., illus.). 599. Musique iranienne: Sâz-é no=Iranian Music: Sâz-é no. 1998. Buda Records 92716–2. Musique du monde=Music from the world. Hossein Alizâdeh, târ, tanbur, sétâr;

Audio recordings

127

Afsâneh Rassâ’i, voice; Madjid Khaladj, tombak, daf. Recorded in Paris in 1997. Program notes with translations of Persian texts in English and French (19p.). 600. Oud aljazira. 1999. Buda Musique 92750–2. Fawzy Al-Aiedy, oud, voice; with assisting musicians. Compact disc. Recorded, Studio La Muse en Circuit, Alfortville, in 1999. Program notes in English and French, and texts with French and English translations (19 p., illus.). 601. Percussions d’Iran=Iranian Percussions: Tombak, Daf, Dayré, and Zang-é Saringôshti. 2001. Buda Records 1978152. Musique du monde=Music from the world. Madjid Khaladj, percussion. Recorded by Jean-Pierre Bouquet in France in 2000. Biographical and technical notes in French with English translation (14 p., illus.). 602. Le salon de musique d’Alep L’art du chant classique Arabe=The Aleppian Music Room: The Art of Classical Arab Singing. 1998. Chant du Monde CML 5741108–9. Ensemble Al-Kindî. Recorded in 1998 in Aleppo, Syria. Program and biographical notes in French and English, and scores of three pieces in accompanying book (39 p., illus.); 2 compact discs. 603. La simsimiyya de Port Saïd=The Simsimiyya of Port Saïd. 1999. Institut du Monde Arabe 321026. Ensemble al-Tanbûrah; Zakaria Ibrahim, director. Historical and descriptive notes by Christian Poché, in French with English translation (10 p., illus.). 604. Le sipsi des yayla. 1998. Ocora C 560103. Field recordings by Jérôme Cler in Dirmil-Altinyayla and Ta avlu, Çameli, Turkey, in 1993 and 1996. Program notes and translations of texts by Jérôme Cler in French, English, and German (36 p., illus., map). 605. Song Creators in Eastern Turkey. 1993. Smithsonian Folkways SF 40432. Traditional Music of the World, 6. Recorded in 1990 and 1992. Historical, ethnographic, and biographical notes with translations of texts by Ursula Reinhard (58 p., illus., music). 606. The Song of the Ney. 2000. Nimbus NI 7060/1. Hossein ‘Omoumi, ney; Madjid Khaladj, tombak and daf; Simâ Binâ, vocals; Madjid Derakhshâni, târ. Biographical and program notes by Hossein ’Omoumi, with English translations of vocal texts (14 p.). 607. Songs from Hadramawt=Chants du Hadramawt. 1998. Auvidis/Unesco D 8273. Musiques et musiciens du monde=Music and musicians of the world. Recorded in Yemen between 1985 and 1995 by Scheherazade Quassim Hassan. Historical and descriptive notes in English and French (15 p., illus.). 608. Syrian Orthodox Church Tradition of Tur Abdin in Mesopotamia=Eglise Syrienne Orthodoxe: tradition de Tour Abdin en Mésopotamie. 1998. Auvidis. UNESCO collection. Anthologie des musiques traditionnelles [Anthology of traditional musics]. Recordings and commentary by Habib Hassan Touma. 609. Syrian Orthodox Church: Antioch liturgy=Eglise Syrienne Orthodoxe: liturgie d’Antioche. 1999. Auvidis. Recorded in 1982 by Jochen Wenzel. Historical and descriptive notes by Christian Poché and translations of texts in English and French (11 p.). 610. Syrie: maqamat insolites: improvisations au luth ’ud. 2002. Maison des Cultures du Monde. Muhammad Qadri Dalal, ud. Recorded in 2001 at the Maison des Cultures du Monde. Biographical and technical notes by Pierre Bois in French and English (21 p., illus.). 611. La tradition du Hejâz=The tradition of Hejâz. 2001. Ocora Radio France C 560158. Participants: Mohammed Amân, vocal, ûd; Bandar al-Abdali, qanun; Khaled al’Abdali, violin; Hassan Filfilân, masga’, narqrazân; Walid ’Issâ, darbuka, târ Recorded

Ethnomusicology

128

in Paris, January 2001, by Philippe Bredin. Program and biographical notes by Jean Lambert and partial texts in French, English, and German (18 p., illus., map). 612. Turkey: Echoes of Anatolia: Music from Istanbul 1998. Multicultural Media MCM 3016. Field recordings from 1980. Program notes by Keiji Azami in English translation from the Japanese, and texts in English (16 p., illus.). 613. Turquie: Cantillation comnique. 1998. Ocora C 560130. Recorded in 1997 in Istanbul. Historical and descriptive notes by Jean During in English, French, and German (32 p.). 614. The Yemen Tihama: Trance and Dance Music from the Red Sea Coast. Topic Records TSCD920. British Library. National Sound Archive. International Music Collection. Recordings and notes by Anderson Bakewell. North America 615. Classic Bluegrass from Smithsonian Folkways. 2002. Smithsonian Folkways Recordings. Original recordings released by Folkways Records (1956–1985) and Smithsonian Folkways Recordings (1989–2001). Program notes by Lee Michael Dempsey and Jeff Place, with bibliography and discography (31 p., illus.). 616. New York City: Global Beat of the Boroughs. 2001. Smithsonian Folkways SW 40493. Music from New York City’s ethnic and immigrant communities. Program notes by Ray Allen inserted in container (35 p., illus., music). 617. Praise the Lord!: Gospel Music in Washington, D.C. 1999. Smithsonian/Folkways. Recorded at the Bible Way Temple in 1998. Historical notes and notes on the performers by Gail Lowe and Horace Boyer, lyrics, suggested listening, and bibliography (24 p.). 618. Safarini=In Transit: Music of African Immigrants. 2000. Smithsonian Folkways SFW 40457. Recorded 1995–1998 in the pacific Northwest. Program notes and biographies of the performers with bibliography and discography (24 p., illus.). 619. Southern Journey Series. 1997. Rounder Records ROUN1701–1713. Alan Lomax Collection. Principally previously released material recorded by Alan Lomax. Program notes with lyrics, discography, and biographical notes inserted in each container. 1: Voices from the American South—Blues, Ballads, Hymns, Reels, Shouts, Chanteys and Work Songs; 2: Ballads and Breakdowns—Songs from the Southern Mountains; 3:61 Highway Mississippi—Delta Country Blues, Spirituals, Work Songs and Dance Music; 4: Brethren, We Meet Again—Southern White Spirituals; 5: Bad Man Ballads—Songs of Outlaws and Desperadoes; 6: Sheep, Sheep, Don’tcha Know the Road?—Southern Music, Sacred and Sinful; 7: Ozark Frontier; 8: Velvet Voices; 9: Harp of a Thousand Strings—All Day Singing from the Sacred Harp; 10: And Glory Shone Around—More All Day Singing from the Sacred Harp; 11: Honor the Lamb; 12: Georgia Sea Islands— Biblical Songs and Spirituals; 13: Earliest Times—Georgia Sea Island Songs for Everyday Living; 13 compact discs. North America: European Americans 620. Choose Your Partners!: Contra Dance and Square Dance Music of New Hampshire. 1999. Smithsonian Folkways. Rodney Miller’s New England Dance Band; Old New

Audio recordings

129

England; Two Fiddles; Northern Spy; Lester Bradley and friends; Lamprey River Band. Program notes, selected dance calls, bibliography, and discography (26 p., illus.). 621. Heart of Cape Breton: Fiddle Music Recorded Live Along the Ceilidh Trail. 2002. Smithsonian Folkways SFW CD 40491. Compiled and produced by Burt Feintuch; biographical, technical, and ethnographic notes (34 p., illus.). 622. Mademoiselle, voulez-vous danser?: Franco-American Music from the New England Borderlands. 1999. Smithsonian Folkways SFW 40116. Recorded in New Hampshire, Vermont, Massachusetts, and eastern New York, 1994–1998. Program notes (27 p., map, illus.). North America: Hispanic Americans 623. Heroes and Horses: Corridos from the Arizona-Sonora Borderlands. 2002. Smithsonian Folkways Recordings SFW CD 40475. Recorded 1995–1999, in Tuscon, Arizona, and Sonora, principally by Jack Loeffler. Program notes by Jim Griffith, including bibliographical and discographical references (29 p., illus.). Enhanced CD. 624. Pachuco Boogie. 2002. Arhoolie Records. Historic Mexican American Music, vol. 10. Don Tosti. Biographical and program notes by Chris Strachwitz and lyrics with English translations (30 p., illus.). 625. “Viva Seguin.” 2001. Arhoolie Records. Historic Mexican American Music, vol. 12. Santiago Jiménez, Sr., accordion, guitar, vocals; assisting musicians. Recorded in San Antonio, Texas, 1947–1951. Biographical and program notes by Chris Strachwitz (5 p., illus.). 626. The Soulful Women Duets of South Texas. 2000. Arhoolie CD 486. Tejano Roots. Las Hermanas Degollado; Las Hermanas Segovia; Las Hermanas Cantú; Las Hermanas Mendoza; Rosita y Aurelia; Las Dos Marías. Program notes by Chris Strachwitz and texts of some of the songs, with English translations (18 p., illus.). North America: Native Americans 627. Apache: Traditional Apache Songs. 1998. Canyon Records CR-6053. Canyon Records vintage collection, vol. 5. Program notes by Mary Boley and Stephen Butler (illus.). 628. Chief Jimmy Bruneau School Drummers. 1998. Canyon Records CR-6260. Canyon Records vintage collection, vol. 19. Chief Jimmy Bruneau School Drummers. Program notes by Robert Doyle. 629. The Drums of Poundmaker: Cree Pow-wow Songs. 1997. Canyon Records CR6157. Canyon Records vintage collection, vol. 18. The Tootoosis Family (John, Wilford, Austin, Gordon, Eric, Arsene, and Leonard Tootoosis). Program notes by Wilford Tootoosis and Stephen Butler and lyrics in Cree with English translations (illus.). 630. Hopi Butterfly. 1998. Canyon Records CR-6072. Canyon Records vintage collection, vol. 3. Program notes by Mary Boley and Stephen Butler. 631. Kiowa: Traditional Kiowa Songs. 1998. Canyon Records CR-6145. Canyon Records vintage collection, vol. 14. Kiowa Dance Group Singers. Program notes (illus).

Ethnomusicology

130

632. Natay, Navajo Singer. 1996. Canyon CR-6160. Canyon Records vintage collection, vol. 1. Ed Lee Natay, vocals; previously released in 1951. Program notes by Mary Boley and David P.McAllester and credits (illus.). 633. Old Time O’Odham Fiddle Music. 1997. Canyon Records CR-8082. Canyon Records vintage collection, vol. 7. Gu-Achi Fiddlers. Program notes by Jim Griffith (illus.). 634. Peyote Ceremonial Songs. 1998. Canyon Records. Canyon Records vintage collection, vol. 12. Historical recordings of sacred peyote songs sung by Kiowa, Paiute, Cheyenne, Cherokee, Omaha, Bannock, Southern Ute, and Southern Cheyenne Native Americans. Program notes by David P. McAllester and Bob Nuss. 635. Pueblo Songs from San Juan. 1997. Canyon Records CR-6065. Canyon Records vintage collection, vol. 4. Peter V. Aguino, lead vocals; Juan J. Aguino, Carpio Trujillo, Joe M. Abeyta, Diego Aguino, vocals. Program notes by Mary Boley and Stephen Butler. 636. Songs of the Blackfeet. 1998. Canyon Records CR-6164. Canyon Records vintage collection, vol. 17. Young Grey Horse Society. Program notes by Mr. and Mrs. Wayne Bear Medicine and Stephen Butler (illus.). 637. Southern Style Pow-wow Songs. 1998. Canyon Records CR-6088. Canyon Records vintage collection, vol. 13. Program notes by Robert Doyle (illus.). 638. Traditional Lakota Songs. 1997. Canyon Records CR-8007. Canyon Records vintage collection, vol. 16. Porcupine Singers. Program notes by Ronnie Theisz and Mary Boley with texts in Lakota with English translations (illus.). 639. Traditional Lakota Songs. 1998. Canyon Records CR-6145. Canyon Records vintage collection, Vol. 15. William Horncloud, Chief Charles Red Cloud, Ben Sitting Up, Frank Afraid of Horses, singers. Program notes by J.William K.Powers and Mary Boley in English with English translations of Lakota lyrics (illus.). 640. Traditional Music from Warm Springs. 1998. Canyon Records CR-6123. Canyon Records vintage collection, vol. 11. Ellen Squiemphem, Susan Moses, Bernice Mitchell, Ada Sooksit, Adeline Miller, singers. Program notes by Glenn H. White (illus.). 641. Traditional Navajo Songs. 1998. Canyon Records CR-6064. Canyon Records vintage collection, vol. 2. Reg Begay; Mesa Verde National Park Team; Ed Lee Natay; Roger McCabe; Joe Lee of Lukachukai; Tseiya Chee; Navajo Ceremonial Dance Team. Program notes by Mary Boley and Stephan Butler (illus.). 642. Traditional Tohono O’Odham Songs. 1998. Canyon Records CR-6084. Canyon Records vintage collection, vol. 6. Lorenzo Pablo, Joaquin Garcia, Frances Manuel, Emma Francisco; Jose Pancho, Baptista Lopez, Mary Lopez, Eva Lopez, singers. Recorded and collected by J.Richard Haefer. Program notes by the collector (illus.). 643. Traditional Voices: Historic Recordings of Traditional Native American Music. 1998. Canyon Records CR-7053. Canyon Records vintage collection, vol. 20. Program notes by Stephen Butler and Mary Boley (24 p., illus.). 644. Utes: Traditional Ute Songs. 1998. Canyon Records CR-6113. Canyon Records vintage collection, vol. 10. Eddie Box, Sr., Eddie Dutchie, Gilbert Dutchie, Lonnie Dutchie, Gerald Ketchum, Jim L.Box, Kenneth Frost, singers. Program notes in English by E.Box, Sr. and Robert Doyle (illus.). 645. Yaqui Ritual and Festive Music. 1998. Canyon Records CR-6140. Canyon Records vintage collection, vol. 8. Recorded in Old Pascua, a Yaqui village in Tucson, Arizona. Program notes by James Griffith and Bob Nuss and lyrics in Yaqui and English.

Audio recordings

131

Pacific Islands and Australia 646. Australia: Music from the New England Tablelands of New South Wales, 1850– 1900=Musique des plateaux de Nouvelle-Angleterre en NouvelleGalles du Sud, 1850– 1900. 1998. Auvidis D 8277. UNESCO collection; Musiques traditionnelles d’aujourd’hui=Traditional music of today. Performed by Rob Beasley, Fritz Kreusler, Theresa Nano, and Chris Sullivan. Recordings collected by Barry McDonald. Historical and descriptive notes in English and French (15 p.). 647. Rak Badjalarr: Wangga songs for North Peron Island. 2001. Aboriginal Studies Press, Australian Institute of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Studies (AIATSIS). Bobby Lane with accompanying singers and didjeridu players. Program notes by Allan Marett, Linda Barwick and Lysbeth Ford (39 p.). 648. Bosavi: Rainforest Music from Papua New Guinea. 2001. Smithsonian Folkways Recordings SFW CD 40487. Recorded 1976–1999 by Steven Feld. Program notes by Steven Feld with English translations of some lyrics; bibliography, and discography included (80 p., illus.); 3 compact discs. 649. Healing, Feasting and Magical Ritual: Songs and Dances from Papua New Guinea. 2001. Topic Records TSCD918. Field recordings from Karkar Island, Green River (West Sepik Province), Mount Hagen (Western Highlands), New Ireland, and Gazelle Peninsula (East New Britain), Papua New Guinea, 1987, with photographs and text (23 p., illus.) by John Thornley. Pacific Islands and Australia: Melanesia 650. The Music Tradition of West Futuna=La musique traditionnelle de Futuna occidental 1998. Auvidis/UNESCO D 8274. Recorded by Allan Thomas and Takaroga Kuautoga. Historical and descriptive notes by Allan Thomas in English and French (11 p., illus.). 651. Nouvelle-Calédonie: danses et musiques Kanak=New Caledonia: Kanak Dance and Music. 1997. VDE-Gallo CD-923. Archives internationales de musique populaire (AIMP), 48. Field recordings by Raymond Ammann, 1993–1996. Historical and descriptive notes in French and English, with partial song texts and translations (35 p., illus., map). 652. The Solomon Islands: The Sounds of Bamboo: Instrumental Music of the ‘Are ‘are People of Malaita. 1997. Multicultural Media MCM 3007. Recorded by Ronald Buaoka and Hisao Sekine at the Ohio Cultural Centre of the ‘Are’are, Ohio, Malaita Island, in 1988. Originally produced by Victor Co. of Japan. Technical, historical, and ethnographic notes by Hisao Sekine and Ryuichi Tai (20 p.). 653. Tautoga: and Other Songs and Dances of Rotuma. 1998. Pan Records PAN 2097CD. Anthology of Pacific music, 12; Ethnic Series. Recorded by Ad and Lucia Linkels on Rotuma Island in 1996. Program notes by Ad Linkels and bibliography on container insert (15 p., illus.). 654. Viti Levu: The Multi-cultural Heart of Fiji. 2000. Pan Records PAN 2096CD. Anthology of Pacific music, 14. Recorded by Ad and Lucia Linkels during fieldwork trips in 1986–1987, 1990, 1996 and 1998. Program notes by Ad Linkels and bibliography on container insert (11 p., illus.).

Ethnomusicology

132

Pacific Islands and Australia: Polynesia 655. Himene: polyphonies polynésiennes=Himene: Polynesian Polyphonies. 1997. Buda Records 92689–2. Musique du monde=Music from the world. Recorded in 1996 and 1997 at the Studio de 1’ICA in Tahiti. Historical and descriptive notes in French and English (35 p., illus.), with song texts. 656. ’Imene Tapu and Other Choral Music of the Cook Islands. 1999. Pan Records PAN 7099CD. Anthology of Pacific music, 13. Recorded by Ad and Lucia Linkels on the islands of Rarotonga and Atiu, 1992. Program notes and bibliography by Ad Linkels (8 p., illus.). 657. Tonga: Sounds of Change. 1998. Pan Records PAN 2098CD. Anthology of Pacific music, 11. Field recordings made by Ad and Lucia Linkels in 1986 and 1990. Historical and descriptive notes by Ad Linkels including bibliography and discography (11 p., illus.). 658. Te Kuki ’Airani=The Cook Islands: Songs, Rhythms and Dances. 1998. Pan records PAN 2099CD. Recorded by Ad and Lucia Linkels on the islands of Rarotonga and Atiu, Cook Islands, in 1992. Program notes by Ad Linkels and bibliography on container insert (11 p., illus.).

7 Film and Video Recordings

For anthropologists, films have been used to document and transmit information about human behavior since the late nineteenth century. Collaboration between filmmakers and anthropologists has produced films that highlight ethnographic information; some focus first on the medium as an artistic form in itself. Interestingly, ethnomusicologists did not systematically adopt film as a research tool nor focus on the production of ethnographic films until considerably later. It was not until the 1960s that film began to be widely adopted for use in ethnomusicological fieldwork, and its techniques, roles, and purposes have been debated in the scholarly literature during the years following that period. 1 Today, film and video are used regularly in ethnomusicological teaching and research to aid in understanding performance practice as well as musical and social behavior. Documentary films, and especially film or video footage, are used in the classroom to communicate information on musical instruments, dance choreography, individual musicians, relationships among performers, and relationships between music and the physical landscape. They are important tools for communicating concepts and presenting alternative points of view of subjects connected to areas typically covered in ethnomusicological classes. Since l990, The JVC Video Anthology of World Music and Dance has provided a significant source for video segments used by teachers, especially in world music 1. See: Feld, Steven. 1976. “Ethnomusicology and Visual Communication.” Ethnomusicology 20:293–325. Zemp, Hugo. 1988. “Filming Music and Looking at Music Films.” Ethnomusicology, 32:393–427; Elschek, Oskar. 1989. “Film and Video in Ethnomusicological Research.” The World of Music 31 (3): 21–37; Baily, John. 1989. “Filmmaking as Musical Ethnography.” The World of Music 31 (3): 3–20. Zemp, Hugo. 1990. “Ethical Issues in Ethnomusicological Filmmaking.” Visual Anthropology 3:49–64; Seeger, Anthony. 1991. “Creating and Confronting Cultures: Issues of Editing and Selection in Records and Videotapes of Musical Performances.” In Music in the Dialogue of Cultures: Traditional Music and Cultural Policy (Wilhelmshaven, Germany: Noetzel), 290–301. Titon, Jeff Todd. 1992. “Representation and Authority in Ethnographic Film/video: Production.” Ethnomusicology 36 (1): 89–94; Dornfeld, Barry 1992. “Representation and Authority in Ethnographic Film/video: Reception.” Ethnomusicology 36 (1): 95–98.

Ethnomusicology

134

classes. This series of 30 videos, with supporting documentation, was compiled to provide samples of musical performances from a wide variety of cultures. Originally prepared by the Victor Company of Japan in collaboration with the National Museum of Ethnology in Osaka, it was released in 1990 with English documentation in collaboration with Smithsonian/Folkways. The series was supplemented in 1995 and 1996 by the sixvideo set, JVC/Smithsonian/Folkways Video Anthology of Music and Dance of the Americas, the three-video set, JVC/Smithsonian/Folkways Video Anthology of Music and Dance of Africa, and the two-video set, JVC/Smithsonian/Folkways Video Anthology of Music and Dance of Europe. The easier access to films through the mass production of videos in VHS and now DVD format provides greater opportunities for educators and researchers to use visual ethnographic information. The following broadly classified list includes primarily video recordings that are relatively accessible. Included are recordings that provide documentary information on musicians and dancers, music and dance traditions, as well as ceremonial and other social practices in which music and dance play a role. Each entry provides information on the title, director, publisher, latest format, and a brief annotation. More detailed descriptions of each film or video are available in library catalogs as well as distributor Web sites. A list of major distributors is included at the end of this chapter.

GENERAL 659. Beats of the Heart. Shanachie Home Video. Directed by Jeremy Marre; 14 videos, ca. 60 mins. each. Originally published between 1979 and 1988, this series of music documentaries examines different music scenes from around the world. Titles: Konkombe: Nigerian music (SH1201); Roots, Rock, Reggae: Inside the Jamaican Music Scene (SH1202); Salsa: Latin Pop Music in the Cities (SH1203); Rhythm of Resistance: The Black Music of South Africa (SHl 204); Shotguns and Accordions: Music of the Marijuana Regions of Colombia (CD1205); Tex-Mex : Music of the Texas Mexican Borderlands (SH 1206); Spirit of Samba: The Black Music of Brazil (SH 1207); Chase the Devil: Religious Music of the Appalachian Mountains (SH1208); There’ll Always Be Stars in the Sky: The Indian Film Music Phenomenon (SH1209); The Romany trail: Part one, Gypsy music into Africa (SH1210); The Romany Trail: Part Two, Gypsy music into Europe (SH1211); Number 17 Cotton Mill Shanghai Blues: Music in China (SH1212); Sukiyaki and Chips: The Japanese Sounds of Music (SH1213); Two Faces of Thailand: A Musical Portrait (SHUU). 660. Dancing. 1993. Produced by Geoff Dunlop and Jane Alexander. Home Vision; 4 videos. Examines dances traditions in communities throughout the world. Programs include: 1. The Power of Dance; 2. Lord of the Dance; 3. Sex and Social Dance; 4. Dance at Court; 5. New Worlds, New Forms; 6. Dance Centerstage; 7. The Individual and Tradition; 8. Dancing in One World. 661. Exploring the World of Music. 1998. Produced and directed by Martin D. Toub. Annenberg/CPB Project. Video, 360 mins. A series of videos to support a textbook with the same title (see item number 1061). Introduces elements such as melody, rhythm, texture, and harmony, and connects transformation, geography, memory, and technology to music using archival and contemporary performances and narration. Titles: 1. Sound,

Film and video recordings

135

Music and the Environment; 2. The Transformative Power of Music; 3. Music and Memory; 4. Transmission, Learning Music; 5. Rhythm’, 6. Melody; 7. Timbre, the Color of Music; 8. Texture; 9. Harmony; 10. Form, the Shape of Music; 11. Composers and Improvisors; 12. Music and Technology. 662. Jewish Music Heritage Library: A People and Its Music. 1993. Ergo Media. Directed by Asher Tlalim, produced by Tziporah H.Jochsberger; 9 videos, ca. 28 mins. each. A production of the Israel Music Heritage Project, includes the following volumes: vol. 1: Europe: Toward the Twentieth Century; vol. 2: Sepharad: The Music of the Jews from Spain; vol. 3: Ashkenaz: The Music of the Jews from Eastern Europe; vol. 4: Teiman: The Music of the Jews from Yemen; vol. 5: Morocco: The Music of the Jews of Morocco; vol. 6: Hassidut: The Music of the Hassidic Community; vol. 7: Toward Jerusalem; vol. 8: Italy: Salomone Rossi Between Worlds; vol. 9: One Day the Heart Opens: A Concert of Ethnic Music. 663. The JVC/Smithsonian Folkways Video Anthology of Music and Dance of the Americas. 1995. Directed by Horoaki Ohta. Distributed by Multicultural Media; 6 videos, 58 mins. each. Video anthology of music and dance performances throughout the Americas. Series titles: vol. 1: Canada and the United States; vol. 2: The United States: European and Other Secular Traditions; vol. 3: The United States: Sacred Music and Dance; vol. 4: The Caribbean; vols. 5–6: Central and South America. 664. The JVC Video Anthology of World Music and Dance. 1990. Produced by Ichikawa Katsumori, directed by Nakagawa Kunihiko. JVC Victor Company of Japan; Rounder Records distributor. Produced in collaboration with the National Museum of Ethnology in Osaka and Smithsonian/Folkways Records, a collection of 30 videocassettes with program notes in 9 separate volumes. Contents: vols. 1–2: Korea; vols. 3–4. China; vol. 5: China/Mongolia; vol. 6: Vietnam/Cambodia; vol. 7: Thailand/Burma; vol. 8: Malaysia/Philippines; vols. 9–10: Indonesia; vols. 11–13: lndia; vol. 14: Pakistan/Bangladesh; vol. 15: Sri Lanka/Nepal/Bhutan; vol. 16: Turkey/Iran/Iraq/Lebanon/Qatar, vol. 17: Egypt/Tunisia/Morocco/Mali/Cameroon/Zaire/Tanzania; vol. 18: Chad/Cameroon; vol. 19: Ivory Coast/Botswana/Republic of South Africa; vol. 20: Ireland/England/France/Switzerland/West Germany/Spain/Italy/ Greece; vol. 21: Poland/Czechoslovakia/Hungary; vol. 22: Romania/ Yugoslavia/Bulgaria/Albania; vol. 23: Russia; vol. 24: Latvia/Estonia/ Lithuania/Belorussia/Ukraine/Moldavia; vol. 25: Azerbaijan/Armenia/ Georgia/Dagestan; vol. 26: Kazakh/Uzbek/Turkmen/Tajik/Kirgiz/Kalmyk/ Mari/Bashkir/Siberia; vol. 27: North American Indians; vol. 28: Mexico/ Cuba/Bolivia/Argentina; vol. 29: Micronesia/Melanesia/Australia; vol. 30: Polynesia/New Zealand.

CROSS-CULTURAL TOPICS 665. Amazing Grace with Bill Moyers. 1990. Directed by Elena Mannes. PBS Video. Video, 88 mins. Explores the history of the hymn “Amazing Grace,” tracing the lyrics back to John Newton, an English slave-ship captain. 666. Chutney in Yuh Soca: A Multicultural Mix. 1993. Produced and directed by Karen Martinez. Filmakers Library. Video, 36 mins. Three short films that explore ethnic

Ethnomusicology

136

identity in the Caribbean and Great Britain. Chutney in Yuh Soca shows the interaction of the East Indian and African populations of Trinidad and Tobago through the popular music form, chutney. In The Gospel Truth, a black family in Great Britain reaffirms their values through the singing of gospel music. Songs for Our Daughters shows West Indian women in Britain using traditional rhythms and stories to pass their heritage and culture on to their mixed race daughters. 667. Desi Remix Chicago Style. 1996. Third World Newsreel. Directed by Balvinder Dhenjan and Manjeet Mudan. Video, 46 mins. On the efforts of three Punjabi bands in Chicago and London to use their music as a bridge between the competing cultural influences of India and America. 668. Hip Hop: The New World Order. 2002. Directed by Muhammida el Muhajir. DVD, 50 mins. Short version distributed by DVD Music. Explores hip hop’s impact on global youth and popular culture. Includes interviews with American and international artists, and footage from Japan, Cuba, London, Paris, Hamburg, Rio de Janeiro, and Amsterdam. 669. The Internationale. 2000. Directed by Peter Miller. Distributed by First Run/Icarus Films, New York. Video, 57 mins. The story of how the 100-year old anthem, the “Internationale” has affected social activists from the Spanish Civil War through Tiananmen Square. 670. Latcho drom (bonne route)=Safe Journey. 1996. New York Video. Directed by Tony Gatlif. Video, 103 mins. A documentary that shows contemporary Gypsy life in different musical settings. Includes scenes and music from Gypsy cultures in India, Egypt, Turkey, Romania, Hungary, Slovakia, France, and Spain. 671. We Have No War-songs: Gypsies: The Professional Amateurs of Life. 1995. Produced by Izzy Abrahami and Erga Netz. Filmakers Library. Video, 53 mins. Explores Gypsy heritage and identity through their religion, music, and dance practices.

REGIONAL FILM & VIDEO RECORDINGS Africa 672. The JVC/Smithsonian Folkways Video Anthology of Music and Dance of Africa. 1996. Directed by Hiroshi Yamamoto. Smithsonian/Folkways; Distributed by Multicultural Media; 3 videos, 160 mins. Video anthology that contains samples of the music and dance of Africa. Vol. 1: Egypt, Uganda, Senegal; Vol. 2: The Gambia, Liberia, Ghana, Nigeria; Vol. 3: Kenya, Malawi, Botswana, South Africa. Africa: Central Africa 673. African Guitar: Solo Fingerstyle Guitar Music, Composers and Performers of Congo/Zaire, Uganda, Central African Republic, Malawi, Namibia, and Zambia: Audiovisual Field Recordings, 1966–1993. 1995. Directed by Gerhard Kubik. Vestapol Productions; distributed by Rounder Records. Video, 60 mins. Gerhard Kubik’s collection of field recordings on African fingerstyle guitar music.

Film and video recordings

137

674. Ango, une leçon de musique africaine. 1998. Directed by Jérôme Blumberg and Simha Arom. CNRS Image/Media FEMIS. Film, 36 min. A group of Banda of Central Africa who visited Paris in 1995 discuss the performance practice of the Ango horns in a seminar led by Simha Arom. 675. De l’arbre au xylophone. 1997. Directed by Sylvie Le Bomin and Laurent Venot. Sylvie Le Bomin/CNRS. Video, 52 min. Documents the construction and performance practice of the xylophone of the Banda living in the northeastern Congo. 676. Massana: Moments in Yaka Play and Ritual. 1998. Directed and produced by Ingrid Pfrang-Lewis and Nicholas Lewis. Video, 36 mins. Distributed by JIN Films, London. Documentary on the African Yaka hunter-foragers illustrating issues of music and ritual, gender and socialization. Africa: North Africa 677. Airs en terre berbere: nuptiales en Moyen-Atlas=Airs in Berberland: Middle-Atlas Bridal Songs. 1993. Produced and directed by Izza Genini. First Run/Icarus Films. Video, 26 mins. Documents the wedding music and dance of the Berber tribes Zayane and Ichker. French narration, with English subtitles. 678. Airs en terre berbere: vibrations en Haut-Atlas=Melodies in Berberland: Vibrations in High Atlas. 1993. Produced and directed by Izza Genini. First Run/Icarus Films. Video, 26 mins. Documents the life and culture of the Berber people of the Atlas Mountains. Features a men’s round dance accompanied by flute and drum and polyphonic singing of women. French narration, with English subtitles. 679. Gnaouas. 1990. Produced and directed by Izza Genini. First Run/Icarus Films. Video, 26 mins. Morocco, Body and Soul Series. Documents the rituals, spiritual customs, music, and dance of the Gnaouas, the African religious group originally brought into Morocco centuries ago. French narration, with English subtitles. 680. A Little for My Heart and a Little for My God: A Muslim Women‘s Orchestra. 1993. Produced and directed by Brita Landoff. Filmaker’s Library. Video, 60 mins. Portrait of Algerian meddahatts, women musicians who customarily entertain gatherings of women, including weddings, engagements, and circumcisions. 681. Polyphonies éthiopiennes, chants Dokos/chants Hararis. 2001. Produced by Guillaume Terver and Samson Giorgis. Paris: Bel Air Media. Video, 55 mins. Documents the polyphonic singing of the Doko and Harari communities in the southwest and eastern part of Ethiopia. Africa: Southern Africa 682. African Wave: South African Music and Its Influences. 1998. Produced by Lynne Widgerow. Films for the Humanities and Sciences; 13 videos, ca. 25 mins. each. Explores the multicultural music of South Africa, and the traditional and contemporary influences. Part 1: Brenda Fassie; part 2: Yvonne Chaka Chaka; part 3: Ladysmith Black Mambazo; part 4: Little Sister; part 5: Lucky Dube; part 6: Mahlathini; part 7: Mango Grove; part 8: Marcalex; part 9: Mike Makhalemele; part 10: Ntemi Piliso, African jazz pioneer, part 11: Prophets of the City; part 12: Sipho Hotstix Mabuse; part 13 :Ray Phiri.

Ethnomusicology

138

683. Amandla! A Revolution in Four Part Harmony. 2002. Directed by Lee Hirsch. Distributed by HBO/Cinemax. Film, 108 mins. The story of freedom music in black South Africa that details how these protest songs were used in the struggle to end apartheid. Includes archival footage and interviews with activists and exiled musicians. 684. Graceland. 1998. Produced and directed by Jeremy Marre. Rhino Home Video. DVD, 75 mins. Paul Simon recounts the story of his 1986 album Graceland. Includes interviews with engineer Roy Halle and musicians Joseph Shabalala, Ray Phiri, Bakithi Kumalo, Linda Ronstadt, and Philip Glass. 685. Gumboots: An Explosion of Spirit and Song. 2001 (2000). Distributed by Image Entertainment, Chatsworth, Calif. Video, DVD, 80 mins. Performance footage from a 1999–2000 tour by a Soweto group that uses the rhythmic dancing in chains and rubber boots, once a form of communication that laborers developed in the mines of South Africa. Includes a documentary, The Gumboots Story, on the troupe and the tradition. 686. Keep the Timbila Playing. 2001. Directed by Frank Diamand. Distributed by DocWorkers Int, Amsterdam, Netherlands; 35 mm, 82 mins. Documents an exchange between Dutch and Mozambican musicians and explores the life of timbila player Venancis Mbande of Mozambique. 687. Mbira Music: Spirit of the People. 1992. Directed by Simon Bright. Films for the Humanities and Sciences. Video, 52 mins. Documentary on traditional music in Zimbabwe focusing on the mbira as a marker of identity. 688. On Tiptoe: The Music of Ladysmith Black Mambazo. 2000. Directed by Eric Simonsen. Video, 85 mins. A history of Ladysmith Black Mambazo and their role in introducing isicathamiya to the world. 689. Vimbuza chilopa. 1991. Produced by Rupert Pöschl and Ulrike Pöschl. AudioVisual Services, The Pennsylvania State University. Video, 55 mins. Records a vimbuza-chilopa healing ritual of the Tumbuka of Malawi featuring allnight dances, singing, clapping, and drumming. 690. We Jive Like This. 1991. Directed by Deborah May. Filmakers Library. Video, 52 mins. Records the dance, poetry, theater, and music of the youth of South Africa and documents their “culture clubs” of the post-1976 uprising. 691. Zimbabwe: Music with a Past. 1997. Produced by Michael Raeburn and Hugh Quarshie. Distributed by Films for the Humanities and Sciences. Video, 61 mins. Documentary on Zimbabwe’s music, including musicians Biggie Tembo and Ephat Mujuru. Africa: West Africa 692. Africa I Remember: A Musical Synthesis of Two Cultures. 1995. Produced and directed by Paul Balmer. Filmakers Library Inc. Video, 30 mins. Documentary on The travels of musician and composer, Tunde Jegede, who goes to The Gambia to learn about the traditions of the kora. 693. Ali Farka Touré: Springing from the Roots. 2000. Directed by Yves Billon and Henri Lecomte; 16 mm, 52 mins. Follows Ali Farka Touré on a tour through Mali. Touré describes how his music came to combine blues and African styles. 694. Djabote: Senegalese Drumming and Song. 1993. Directed by Beatice Soule and Eric Millot. Multicultural Media. Video, 43 mins. Documents composer Eric Serra’s

Film and video recordings

139

recording session of Doudou N’Diaye Rose and his drumming ensemble outdoors on the island of Gorée, off the coast of Dakar, Senegal. 695. Djembefola. 1993. Directed by Laurent Chevallier. Interama Video Classics. Video, 67 mins. Guinean drummer Mamady Keita returns home after 26 years in Brussels. 696. Drums of Dagbon. 2000 (1984). Directed by Dennis Marks. Third Eye Productions. Distributed by Films for the Humanities and Sciences. Video, 58 mins. On Dagbani drumming in northern Ghana featuring Ibrahim Abdulai. 697. Ein Leben mit den Göttern=Living with the Gods. 2001. Directed by Claudia Willke. Video, 58 mins. Documentary on Susanne Wenger, a 86-year-old Austrian artist who has been living for 50 years as an adunni olorisha (initiated priest) among the Yoruba people in Nigeria. English commentary and subtitles. 698. Fela Live. 2000 (1984). Directed by Dennis Marks. Distributed by Shanachie Entertainment, Newton, N.J. DVD, 75 mins. DVD release of a 1984 film containing interviews and concert footage of Nigerian Fela Kuti (1938–97). 699. Griottes of the Sahel: Female Keepers of the Songhay Oral Tradition in Niger. 1991. Produced and directed by Thomas A. Hale. Audio-Visual Services, The Pennsylvania State University. Video, 11 mins. A portrait of Songhay female praise singers of Niger, whose music and dance are important elements of ceremonies and social events. 700. I’ll Sing for You. 2001. Directed by Jacques Sarasin. Distributed by Productions Faire Bleu, Paris, France. Video, 76 mins. Documentary about the life and music of Boubacar Traoré, popular musician in Mali during the 1960s who became a mainstream performer during the 1990s. 701. Jali Nyama Suso: Kora Player of the Gambia. 1992. Original Music. Produced by Roderic Knight. Video, 20 mins. Four songs from the Mandinka repertory recorded while Suso was teaching kora at the University of Washington in 1971. Includes accompanying booklet with background information and translations of text. 702. Juju Music. 1991 (1988). Produced and directed by Jacques Holender. Rhapsody Films. Video, 51 mins. Documentary on juju, an urban popular genre of Nigeria that incorporates traditional song forms, rhythms, and instruments with Western musical influences. 703. Keïta!: l’héritage du griot=Keita: The Heritage of the Griot. 1994. Directed by Dani Kouyaté. California Newsreel. Video, 94 mins. A jéliba, a master griot or bard uses the West African Sunjata epic to teach a young boy the significance of the story of his ancestors. 704. The Language You Cry In: The Story of a Mende Song. 1999. Directed by Alvaro Toepke and Angel Serrano. Distributed by California Newsreel, San Francisco, Calif. Video, 53 mins. Documentary tracing cultural and musical connections between eighteenth-century Mende of Sierra Leone and the Gullah people of present-day Georgia. 705. Listening to the Silence: African Cross Rhythms. 1996. Produced by Peter Bischoff. Films for the Humanities and Sciences. Video, 33 mins. Explores a music of Ghana with examples from the Ewe, Ashanti, Ga, and Frafra peoples. 706. Les maîtres du Nyama: la confrérie des chasseurs sénoufo. 2001. Produced by Patrick Kersalé. Distributed by Télé Images International. Video, 49 mins. Documents the myths and rituals of the Senufo hunters’s brotherhood in Burkina Faso.

Ethnomusicology

140

707. Mali: The Music of Life. 1997 (1989). Produced by David McCormick and Helen Garrard. Distributed by Films for the Humanities and Sciences. Video, 60 mins. Documentary on rural and urban forms of music in Mali. 708. Masters of the Balafon=Les maîtres du balafon. 2001–2002. Directed by Hugo Zemp. Selenium Film. Video. A series of four films focusing on the West African balafon, a xylophone with gourd resonators of the Senufo of Côte d’Ivoire. Titles: The Wood and the Calabash=Le bois et la calebasse (44 mins.) on the construction of the instrument; Funeral Festivities=Fêtes funéraires (80 mins.) on balafon orchestra performances during funeral festivities; The Joy of Youth=La joie de la jeunesse (70 mins.) on use of the balafon in everyday life; Friend, Well Come!=Ami, bonne arrivée! (27 mins.) on contemporary performance practice of the Senufo. 709. Music of the Mande. 1992. Original Music. Directed by Roderic Knight. Video, 72 mins. Originally recorded in 1970 and 1982. Part 1: Music for the warriors, hunters, and ordinary people; Part 2: Professional music: Mandinka jaliyaa with the kora. 710. N’gonifola, la musique de la confrérie des chasseurs en pays Mandingue. 1997. Directed by Idrissa Diabaté. Dja-Comm production. 16 mm, 40 min. Documentary on a Bambara musician and hunter of Ivory Coast who constructs and plays the n’goni, a four stringed lute with skin covered resonator. 711. Oba koso=The King Did Not Hang. 1996. Produced and directed by Merrill Brockway. Creative Arts Television Archive. Video, 28 mins. Yoruba music and dance drama of Nigeria, recorded in 1975 and perforned by the National Theater of Nigeria. 712. A Performance of Kpegisu by the Wodome-Akatsi Kpegisu Habobo. 1990. White Cliffs Media Co. Produced by David Locke. Video, 59 mins. Performance of kpegisu, a traditional music and dance of the Ewe people of Ghana and Togo filmed by Godwin Agbeli in Ghana in 1989. 713. Le Reve plus fort que la mort. 2002. Directed by Jean Rouch and Bernard Surugue. Paris: AMIP. Distributed by IRD Audiovisuel, Bondy, France. 35 mm, 90 mins. Depicts Songhay mythology, music, dance, and trance, making an analogy with classical tragedy. 714. Stage-Shakers! Ghana’s Concert Party Theatre. 2001. Directed by Kwame Braun. Distributed by Indiana University Press. Video, 103 mins. Examines Concert Party Theatre, a West African art form that includes female impersonation and blackface, showing backstage preparation, performance, and performer interviews. Companion film to Ghana’s Concert Party Theatre by Catherin M. Cole (Indiana University Press, 2001). 715. Yoruba Ritual: A Companion Video. 1992. Directed by Margaret Thompson Drewal. Indiana University Press. Video, 30 mins. Features segments of the performances analyzed in Drewal’s study, Yoruba Ritual: Performers, Play, Agency. Subtitles key the performances to chapters of the book. Asia 716. Music and Society Series. 1992. Directed by Deben Bhattacharya. AudioForum, Jeffrey Norton Publishers. Reissue of a series of 30 minute recordings, originally recorded in the 1970s and produced by Sussex Tapes in London. They feature music, dance, religion, social and cultural practices related to the everyday life of people in Europe and Asia. Titles: Raga: India (V72181); Krishna in Spring: India (V72182);

Film and video recordings

141

Painted Ballad of India (V72183); Buddha and the Rice-Planters: Sri Lanka (V72184); Chinese Instruments and Music (V72185); Folk Music of Inner Mongolia (V72186); Chinese Opera (V72187); Village Life and Music in Hungary (V72188); Jesus and the Fisherman: Songs and Drums of Sri Lanka (V72333); The Chanting Lama: Tibet (V72334); Ecstatic Circle: Turkey (72335); Echoes from Tibet (72336); The Cosmic Dance of Shiva: India (V72409); Tantra of Gyüto: Tibet (V72431); The Adaptable Kingdom: Nepal (V72534); Waves of Joy: Anandalahari: Bengal (V72535); The Island of Temples: Bali (V72542); The Land of Smiles: Thailand (72543); Silk and Strings a Tale of Taiwan (V72544). Asia: Central Asia 717. Les bardes de Samarkand. 2000. Directed by Nadine Assoune. Mats Films (France) Video, 52 mins. A portrait of the music and culture of Uzbekistan through the epic performance of Shaberdi Baltaev, a well-known bard of Uzbekistan. Asia: East Asia 718. Call for Grace. 2000. Directed by Laetitia Merli. Distributed by Granada Centre, Manchester, U.K. 16 mm, 30 mins. Documents the revival of shamanism in postCommunist Mongolia. Explores the life and activities of one shaman in Ulan Bator and his relationship to the community. 719. Chinese Cracker: The Making of The Peony Pavilion. Distributed by Films for the Humanities and Sciences, Princeton, N.J. Video, 52 mins. Documents Chen ShiZheng and the Shanghai Kunzu opera in their effort to stage the first full production in 400 years of the Peony Pavilion opera. 720. Chunhyang. 2000. Directed by Im Kwon-Taek. Distributed by Lot 47 Films, New York. Film, 199 mins. Traditional Korean tale dramatized on film, simultaneously narrated in dance and song as pansori, and intercut with scenes of pansori performance. 721. Do Re Me. 2001. Directed by Peng Yang. The Documentary Department of Xinjiang TV Station. Video, 30 mins. Depicts a music shop in Kashgar, Xinjiang province, western China, where craftsmen make instruments and teach tourists to play them. English subtitles. 722. Dongba. 2000. Directed by Paul Benjamin Harris. Distributed by People and Places, Cologne, Germany. Video, 52 mins. Documents the Donba, a religious cult of the Naxi of southwest China. 723. The Education of a Singer at the Beijing Opera. 1994. Produced by MarieClaire Quiquemelle. Films for the Humanities and Sciences. Video, 26 mins. Follows the rigorous training of Wang Runqing at the Conservatory of the Beijing National Opera after the Cultural Revolution. 724. Gagaku: An Important Intangible Cultural Property of Japan. 2000. Directed by Kazuo Okada. Distributed by Tokyo Cinema, Shimonaka Memorial Foundation, Tokyo, Japan. 10 videos, 396 mins.; 2 booklets. Recorded between 1997 and 2000, the Imperial Court Orchestra of Tokyo illustrates the contrasting styles of gagaku through music, costume, and court dances. Narrated and subtitled in English. Booklets include commentaries in English. Also available in a 59-minute documentary.

Ethnomusicology

142

725. An Initiation “kut” for a Korean Shaman. 1991. Produced and directed by Laurel Kendall and Diana S.Lee. University of Hawaii Press. Video, 35 mins. A 32-year-old woman tells of the events that led her to decide to become a shaman. Includes scenes from the two-day initiation. 726. Kodo. 2001 (1999). Distributed by Image Entertainment, Chatsworth, Calif. DVD, 69 mins. A documentary for Japanese television showing the taiko group Kodo’s training and apprenticeship routines on Sado island in Japan. Includes group members’ reflections on the war-torn history of Croatia as they give a concert there. English subtitles. 727. Koto: Praise on Strings. 2002. Distributed by Films for the Humanities and Sciences, Princeton, N.J.Video, 48 mins. Interview and performance footage of koto player Hideaki Kuribayashi, a disciple of Tadao Sawai. 728. Koto: The Music of Tadao. 2002. Distributed by Films for the Humanities and Sciences, Princeton, N.J.Video, 55 mins. Kazue Sawai, Koto player and widow of Tadao Sawai; discusses his style and her own contemporary compositions. Includes historical performance footage. 729. Love Songs of the Miao in China. 1992. Filmakers Library. Video, 45 mins. A documentary on the Miao, southern mountain people of China. Highlights courtship rituals and the importance of love songs and a regional festival where young people go in search of mates. 730. Mongolyn duu=Poets of Mongolia. 1999. Directed by Peter Brosens, Peter Krüger, and Sakhya Byamba. Inti Films. Distributed by d.net.sales, Leipzig, Germany. Video, 50 mins. This documentary shows the role of poetry and music in the lives of Mongolians at home and abroad. 731. Music of Bunraku. 1991. University of Oklahoma. Produced and directed by Eugene Enrico and David Smeal. Video, 29 mins. History and music of Bunraku, the puppet theater of Japan. Includes excerpts from a performance of “The Massacre at a Geisha House in Ise” by the National Bunraku Theater of Japan. 732. The Musical Steppes of Mongolia. 1994. Produced and directed by Heidi Draper. Filmakers Library. Video, 51 mins. Follows collector Alain Desjacques as he searches for traditional musicians and singers on the steppes of Mongolia. 733. Nagauta: The Heart of Kabuki Music. 1993. University of Oklahoma Center for Music Television. Produced and directed by Eugene Enrico and David Smeal. Video, 31 mins. Performance of the Nagauta version of the piece “Sue Hirogari” by students at the National University of Fine Arts and Music in Tokyo. Includes historical context for the piece and the genre. 734. No: Music of Noh Drama. 1997. Produced and directed by Eugene Enrico. University of Oklahoma Center for Music Television. Video, 30 mins. Artists from the Komparu Noh Troupe, led by Kinzu Komparu demonstrate the styles and forms of Noh music. 735. Pansori: Korean Dramatic Songs. 1991. Korea Film Production. Directed by Lee Chi-wan. Video, 38 mins. Introduces the history and performance of P’ansori, traditional Korean long dramatic songs. Produced in collaboration with Korean Traditional Performing Arts Centre. 736. Resonance of the Qin. 2000. Directed and written by Willow Hai Chang. China Institute Gallery, China Institute in America. Video, 33 mins. Explores the history,

Film and video recordings

143

depiction, and performance of the qin, a three-stringed zither of China. Includes a performance of “Wild Geese Descending on the Sandbank” by qin master Yuan Jungping. 737. Shinto Festival Music. 1993. Produced and directed by Eugene Enrico and David Smeal. Center for Music Television. Video, 30 mins. William R Malm explains the musical traditions of the Shinto festivals in Japan, including instruments used and the music accompanying the attendant rituals. 738. Songs of the Mountains, Dances of the Sea: Music and Dances of Taiwan ‘s Indigenous People. 1997. Directed by David Tawai Lee. Distributed by Kwang Hwa Mass Communications, Taipei, Taiwan. Video, 30 mins. Documents diverse musical traditions of the indigenous peoples of Taiwan, including Atayal and Saisiat (Northern Mountains); Bunun and Tsou (Central Mountains); Paiwan and Rukai (Southern Mountains); Puyuma and Amis (Eastern coastal); and Yami (Orchid Island). 739. Sounds of Love and Sorrow, 2000. Directed by Hu Tai-li. 16 mm, 86 mins. Taiwan: Institut of Ethnology, Academia Sinica. Distributed by Hu Tai-li, Taipei, Taiwan. Presents the life and music of indigenous Paiwan flute players of Southern Taiwan. Tribal elders discuss recent loss of tradition due to governmental changes and outside influences. English subtitles. 740. Succession of a Kyomai Master. 2000. Produced by NHK. Distributed by Films for the Humanities and Sciences, Princeton, N.J. Video, 52 mins. Explores the history and performance practice of the kyomai dance form associated with geishas in Kyoto. 741. Sukiyaki and Chips: the Japanese Sounds of Music. 1994(1984). Directed by Jeremy Marre. Shanachie Home Video. Video, 60 mins. A look at contemporary Japanese music that combines foreign-influenced rnusic with traditional music of the past. 742. The Survey of Korean Music. 1996. National Center for Korean Traditional Performing Arts. Distributed by Multicultural Media, Barre, Vt. 2 videos. Demonstrates Korean dance, vocal music, and instrumental music; includes detailed notes in companion booklet. Vol. 1: Musical instruments of Korea: strings, winds, percussion; vol. 2, part 1: The vocal music of Korea; part 2: Instrumental music of Korea. 743. Swing in Beijing. 2000 (1999). Directed by Shui Bo Wang. Distributed by First Run/Icarus, New York. Video and DVD, 73 mins. Surveys the contemporary arts scene in Beijing, using film clips and interviews with punk musicians, visual artists, and filmmakers. 744. The Turandot Project. 2000. Directed by Alan Miller. Distributed by Alternate Current International, New York. Film, 85 mins. Documents the collaboration of Zubin Mehta and film director Zhang Yimou who staged Puccini’s Turandot in Beijing. 745. The Written Face. 1999. Directed by Daniel Schmid. Distributed by First Run/Icarus Films, New York. Video, 90 mins. Four-part film without narration depicting Japanese kabuki onnagata actor Tamasaburo Bando performing with other actors and dancers, including geishas and Butoh dancers.

Ethnomusicology

144

Asia: South Asia 746. Amrit beeja=The Eternal Seed. 1996. Produced by Meera Dewan. Women Make Movies. Video, 43 mins. Combines music, poetry and humor as rural women protest agribusiness, preferring their traditional methods of farming. 747. Bake Restudy 1984. 1990. Produced by Nazir Jairazbhoy and Amy Catlin. Apsara Media for Cultural Education. Video, 60 mins. Video and booklet (153 p.) explore changes in musical traditions from 1938 to 1984 in Tamilnadu, Kerala, and Karnataka India. 748. Balasaraswati. 1998. Directed by John Frazer. World Music Archives Wesleyan University. Video, 14 mins. Bharata natyam dancer Balasaraswati (1919–1984) performs the piece Krishna ni begane baro, depicting various episodes from the life of the Hindu god Krishna. 749. A Dance the Gods Yearn to Witness. 1997. Montreal, Quebec: Pique-Nique Productions Filmakers Library, distributor. Video, 27 mins. Introduces the classical Indian dance form, bharata natyam. 750. Dancing Girls of Lahore. 1991. Produced by Ahmed Jamal. Filmmakers Library. Video, 40 mins. Examines the lives of dancing girls in Lahore, Pakistan. 751. Himalayan Herders: A Film. 1997. Produced and directed by John and Naomi Bishop. Documentary Educational Resources. Video, 76 mins. A portrait of a templevillage in the Yolmo Valley of Central Nepal. 752. The Instrumental Artistry of Vishwa Mohan Bhatt. 1991. Vestapol (distributed by Rounder Records). Video, 90 mins. Performance video that depicts Vishwa Mohan Bhatt performing four ragas and a folk tune. 753. Khandan: The Musical Heritage of Shujaat Khan. 1998. Produced by Arundhati Sen Neuman. India Performing Arts. Video, 43 mins. Shujaat Khan provides stories, anecdotes, and musical examples to demonstrate what it means to be a khandani musician, born into a musician’s lineage. 754. Musical Instruments of Kacch and Its Neighbors. 1999. Produced for Apsara Media for Intercultural Education by Nazir Jairazbhoy and Amy Caitlin in collaboration with Indian National Theatre. Video, 60 mins. Surveys the diverse local instruments in Kachchh and neighboring Sind, Baluchistan, Rajasthan, and Saurashtra. 755. Of Bards and Beggars. 2002. Directed by Shweta Kishore and Yask Desai. Distributed by Shweta Kishore, Mt. Waverley, Australia. Video, 33 mins. A documentary about the Rajasthani prayer ritual to the deity Pabuji, a guardian of livestock, that is undergoing changes with the loss of traditional patrons. English subtitles. 756. Pandit Ravi Shankar: The Man and His Music. 1994. Films for the Humanities and Sciences. Video, 60 mins. Portrait of Ravi Shankar through his performances and interviews, and interviews with Western and Indian artists including Yehudi Menuhin, Jean-Pierre Rampal, Zubin Mehta, and Lakshmi Shankar. 757. Sacrifice of Serpents: The Festival of Indmyani in Kathmandu. 1997. Directed by Dirk Nijland, Balgopal Shrestha, and Bert van den Hoek. Distributed by the Institute of Cultural and Social Studies, Leiden, Netherlands. Video, 108 mins. Documents a Nepalese festival of the goddess Indrayani (Luti Ajima in Newari culture) in the northern part of Kathmandu. 758. South Indian Classical Music House Concert with M.D.Ramanathan. Vocalist. 1994. Directed by Frederic Lieberman and Amy Catlin. Aspara Media for Intercultural

Film and video recordings

145

Education. Video, 60 mins. M.D.Ramanathan, voice with T.N.Krishnan, violin and Umayalpuram Sivaraman, mridangam. 759. The Story of a Musician: Ustad Yunus Husain Khan. 1994. Directed by Arundhati Neuman. Apsara Media for Intercultural Education. Video, 38 mins. Documentary on the social structure of Indian music and the stylistic school the Agra gharana as illustrated by its major representative, the late Ustad Yunus Husain Khan. 760. T.N. Krishnan, Violinist. 2000. Directed by Fredric Lieberman, researched and written by Amy Catlin. Distributed by Apsara Media for Intercultural Education. Video, 70 mins. Depicts T.N. Krishnan teaching at home, demonstrating Ragam-Tanam-Pallavi, and performing in concert with mrdangam player Palghat Mani Iyer. 761. Tales of Pabuji: A Rajasthani Tradition. 1996. Directed by Axel Horn. Filmakers Library. Video, 32 mins. Documents an ancient storytelling tradition that continues in Rajasthan, India. The performer uses dance, chant, and the fiddle to retell the epic of Lord Pabuji, whose exploits have been recounted for over 600 years. 762. Teyyam: The Annual Visit of the God Vishnamurti. 1998. Directed by Erik de Maaker. Distributed by Documentary Educational Resources. Video and 16 mm, 57 mins. Documentary on Teyyam ritual for Vishnamurti in northern Kerala focusing on the performers’ transformative roles in the seasonal festival. 763. Understanding Bharatanatyam. 1998. Darpana Communications. 2 videos (75 mins.). A two-part introduction to Bharata natyam, including its history in Tamil Nadu and a discussion and demonstration of the repertoire devised during the nineteenth century. 764. Understanding Kuchipudi. 1998. Darpana Communications. Video, 52 mins. Explores Kuchipudi, a solo dance tradition of Andhra Pradesh and the sources of its repertoire: temple, concert and narrative traditional dances. Asia: Southeast Asia 765. Bali Beyond the Postcard. 1991. Produced and directed by Nancy Dine and Peggy Stern. Filmakers Library. Video, 60 mins. A story about a Balinese family whose gamelan music and Legong dance tradition spans four generations. 766. The Batak: Ancient Spirits, Modern World. 2000. Directed by J.Scott Dodds with James Eder. Distributed by Films for the Humanities and Sciences. Video, 50 mins. Documents the struggles of the Philippine Bataks to maintain their cultural and spiritual identity as they negotiate between a hunter-gatherer way of life and the current cash economy present on their island. 767. Bedhaya: The Sacred Dance. 1994. Directed by Shanty Harmayn. Distributed by Kim Johnson, San Francisco. Video, 20 mins. Retired sacred dancers of the sultan’s palace in Java reflect on the rigid training and rules that were part of an historical and religious tradition. 768. Cambodian Royal Ballet. 1997. Directed by Merrill Brockway. Distributed by Creative Arts Television Archive, Kent, Conn. Video, 27 mins. Women of a now disbanded Cambodian Royal Dance troupe perform two works in the classical Khmer repertoire. 769. Dance and Trance of Balinese Children, 1995. Produced and directed by Madeleine Richeport-Haley and Jay Haley. Filmakers Library, distributors. Video, 43

Ethnomusicology

146

mins. Documentary on the role of dance and trance in Balinese culture, especially in the education of children. Uses contemporary footage and films made by Margaret Mead and Gregory Bateson in the 1930s. 770. Dancing Through Death: The Monkey, Magic and Madness. 1999. Directed and produced by Janet Gardner. Filmakers Library, presented by Filmakers Library. Video, 56 mins. Examines the importance of dance and music in Cambodian culture through the lives of Cambodian classical dancers in Cambodia and the United States. 771. Dream Weavers=Hinabing Panaginip. 1999. Directed by Fruto Corre. Bookmark. Video, 45 mins. Documents the T’boli of Lake Sebu in the Philippines. Shows how this indigenous group has kept their artistic traditions alive in spite of incursions from the lowlands. 772. Friends in High Places. 2001. Directed by Lindsey Merrison. Distributed by Lindsey Merrison, Bilthoven, Netherlands. Video, 86 mins. Depicts the role of nats and spirit mediums in modern Myanmar that has been active under the military dictatorship. 773. Gambyong Pangkur: Javanese Dance. 1993. Resonance Media. Video, 11 mins. The dancer Sri Endah Wahyuningsih performs a traditional Javanese court dance accompanied by members of the Lewis and Clark College Gamelan; guest director, Supardi. 774. Karya=Create: Portraits of Contemporary Indonesian Composers. 1990. Produced by Jody Diamond. American Gamelan Institute. Video, 38 mins. Indonesian composers I Nyoman Windha, Rizaldi Siagian, Al Suwardi, and Pande Made Sukerta describe their work and the present status of Indonesian music, chiefly in interviews translated into English narrative. Includes excerpts from performances of their work. 775. Khmer Court Dance: Cambodian Royal Court Dances. 1992. Produced by SamAng Sam and Naomi H.Bishop. Multicultural Media, distributors. Video, 74 mins. Five authentic Khmer court dances accompanied by a traditional pin peat musical ensemble. 776. The Poet of Linge Homeland. 2000. Directed by Aryo Danusiri. Distributed by SET Film Workshop, Jakarta, Indonesia. Video, 25 mins. Portrait of Ibrahim Kadir, an Acehnese performer of didong poetry in Sumatra who was jailed during the Suharto years. 777. The Prosperity of Wibisana: a Performance of Javanese Wayang Kulit. 1995. Resonance Media. Video, 93 mins. Video presentation of a traditional Javanese shadow play, The Prosperity of Wibisana with dalang, Widayanto S. Putro and the Guntursari Fenwick Gamelan. A 48-minute video study guide with a lecture demonstration by dalang Widiyanto S.Purto that uses a wayang to illustrate interrelationships among the arts, social, political and religious life in Indonesia. 778. Taksu: Music in the Life of Bali. 1991. Produced by Jann Pasler. University of California Extension Media Center. Video, 24 mins. Examines the importance of music in the life of the people of Bali by focusing on Taksu, the spiritual power found in music, instruments, costumes, and dance. 779. The Tenth Dancer. 1993. Directed by Sally Ingleton. BBC. Video, 52 mins. Looks at the life of a traditional dancer from the National Dance Company of Cambodia who survived the Khmer Rouge. 780. Told in Heaven to Become Stories on Earth: A Study of Change in Randai Theatre of the Minangkabau in West Sumatra. 2000. Directed by Wim van Zanten and Bart Barenregt. Distributed by the Institute of Cultural and Social Studies, University of

Film and video recordings

147

Leiden. Video, 48 mins. Depicts the reactions of present-day Minangkabau to film clips of Randai theatre from the 1920s and 1930s. Includes study guide. 781. Tari-Tarian Tradisional di Indonesia=Traditional Dances of Indonesia. 1990. Produced by William Heick. Indonesia Bechtel Incorporated, Jakarta. Distributed by University of California Extension Media Center. 12 videos, ca. 27 mins. each. Filmed 1975–1976, this set provides a visual record of Indonesian dance and music. Part 1: Dances of Bali: baris ketekok jago; Part 2: Dances of Bali: barong; Part 3: Dances of Bali: legong kraton; Part 4: Dances of Central Java: jagjakarta, beksan menak; Part 5: Dances of Jogjakarta, Central Java: langen mandra wanara; Part 6: Dances of Jogjakarta, Central Java: lawung ageng; Part 7: Dances of Surakarta, Central Java: bedoyo elo elo; Part 8: Dances of Surakarta, Central Java: bedoyo pangkur; Part 9: Dances of Surakarta, Central Java: menak konchar; Part 10: Dances of Surakarta, Central Java: srimpi anglir medung; Part 11: Dances of Surakarta, Central Java: srimpi gondukusomo; Part 12: Dances of West Sumatra: tari piring and tari alanag. 782. Wahyu senopati: The Divine Gift of Commandership. 1999. Resonance Media. Video, A performance of a traditional shadow puppet play that tells the story of brothers Krisna and Baladewa, and Krisna’s two sons, Somba and Boma. Ki Widiganto S. Putro, dalang; gamelan musicians from STSI, Surakarta. Asia: West Asia 783. La Fête de Tamar et Lashari. 1998. Directed by Hugo Zemp. CNRS Audiovisuel. Video, 70 mins. Available in French and English. Recorded in 1991, this film documents a festival in the mountain district of Pshavi in the Republic of Georgia to honor two twelfth-century rulers now deified. Europe 784. The Art of Amália. 2001. Directed by Bruno de Almeida. Distributed by Avatar Films, New York. Film, 90 mins. Explores the life and career of the fado singer Amalia Rodriguez who died in 1999. Condensed version of a 300-min. European TV production. 785. Dhiava: Autumn Journey. 1999. Directed by David Hope and Tim Salmon. Distributed by Documentary Educational Resources, Watertown, Mass. Video, 50 mins. Depicts pastoral culture and the practice of trans humance in northwestern Greece that features a village festival celebrating Vlach culture. 786. Djolomars. 1998. Directed by Vladimir Bocev. Distributed by Museum of Macedonia, Skopje, Macedonia. 16mm, 16 mins. Documents a masked New Year ritual held in the in southern Macedonian community of Begnishte. Here it is believed that the magic and cultural-based activities of these Djolomars will cleanse the world and give it new energy. 787. From a Whisper to a Scream. 2001. Directed by David Heffernan. Distributed by Winstar/Fox Lorber, New York. 3 videos, 156 mins. Three-part series tracing Irish popular and rock music from the 1950s through the present day. 788. Genghis Blues. 1999. Directed by Roko Belic. Distributed by Roxie Releasing, San Francisco. 16 mm, 88 mins. Follows bluesman Paul Peña, who taught himself throatsinging on a visit to Tuva.

Ethnomusicology

148

789. Holy Mountain. 2001. Directed by Aleksei Aleksejev. Distributed by Faama Film, Tallinn, Estonia. Video, 28 mins. Depicts the Tshimari ritual of the Mari people centered on a sacred mountain where gods connected to nature are honored every four years. Relates efforts by the Russian Orthodox church to suppress the religion. 790. I Like Hearts Like Mine: Markos Vamvakaris. 2001. Directed by George C.Zervas. Distributed by Documentary Educational Resources, Watertown, Mass. Video, 65 mins. An introduction to rebetiko, a genre that developed out of the urban working class in Greece. Includes musical and dance performances of rebetika songs, archival footage, and interviews with the friends, relatives, and colleagues of Markos Vamvakaris. 791. The JVC Smithsonian Folkways Video Anthology of World Music and Dance of Europe. 1995. Multicultural Media. 3 videos, 169 mins. Presents examples of music and dance from Europe with documentation. Vol. 1: Iceland, Denmark, Ireland, Scotland, Wales, England, Czech Republic, Hungary, Belgium; vol. 2: France, Spain, Italy, Serbia, Romania. 792. La jota aragonesa. 1996. Videos de la Luz. Video, 53 mins. Performance of different varieties of the Spanish dance form, the jota. Performed by the folkloric group Los de Calatorao, with analysis of gestures and steps and a discussion of choreography and style. 793. The Key from Spain: The Songs and Stories of Flory Jagoda. 2000. Directed by Ankica Petrovic and Mischa Livingstone. Distributed by National Center for Jewish Film, Waltham, Mass. Video, 40 mins. Traces the musical life of Flory Jagoda as she travels from Bosnia and emigrates to North America. Includes footage of live concerts. 794. The Last Klezmer: Leopold Kozlowski, His Life and Music. 1994. Directed by Yale Strom. New Yorker Films. Video, 84 mins. A portrait of Leopold Kozlowski and the role he played in maintaining the Klezmer tradition. 795. Listen with Pain: Einstürzende Neubaten. 2000. Directed by Birgit Herdlitschke and Christian Beetz. Distributed by Gebrüder Beetz Filmproduktion, Berlin. Video, 57 mins. Relates the 20-year history of the German avant-garde group Einstürzende Neubaten through interviews, music videos and live footage. Includes performances during the punk movement, the time of the Berlin Wall, and tours to the U.S. and Japan. 796. Y Llan=The Parish. 2001. Directed by Midge MacKenzie. Parish Productions. Distributed by Midge MacKenzie, London. Video, 59 mins. Documentary about the community of Llanuwchllyn in Wales seen through the eyes of a village choir member. English subtitles. 797. Masquerade. 2001. Directed by a filmaker interpretation and the Gheorghita. Distributed by Lapilli Films, Toulouse, France. Video, 52 mins. Offers perspectives of rural villagers of Moldova, North Romania on winter rituals past and present. 798. Message from Gyimes. 1996. Produced and directed by Jeno Hartyandi. Distributed by Mediawave Foundation. Video, 49 mins. Presents the village life of the Gyimesi Csangos, the Hungarian-speaking cornmunity of Gyimes, Transylvania through their music and storytelling. 799. Niseach (Ness). 2001. Directed by Midge MacKenzie, Parish Productions. Distributed by Midge MacKenzie, London. Video, 59 mins. Depicts fishing, singing, and weaving in a village of the Outer Hebrides Scotland. In Gaelic with English subtitles.

Film and video recordings

149

800. Of Pipers and Wrens. 1997. Directed by Gei Zantzinger. Constant Spring Productions. Video, 58 mins. A film about the variety of music of Brittany in historical and contemporary context. English subtitles. 801. Los Romeros: The Royal Family of the Guitar. 2001. Directed by Bill Chayes and L. John Harris. 35 mm, 57 mins. Documents the life of Celedonio Romero in the context of civil war and political repression in Spain; explores his family of guitarists. Includes archival footage. 802. Staroverci=Old Believers. 2001. Directed by Jana Sevcikova. Distributed by Jana Sevcikova, Prague, Czech Republic. 35 mm, 46 mins. Documentary on everyday life, beliefs and rituals in a village of Old Believers in present-day Romania. English subtitles. 803. Russia’s Wonder Children=Russlands Wunderkinder. 2000. Directed by Irene Langermann. Distributed by First Run/Icarus, New York. 35 mm,

98 mins. Depicts the life of child prodigies at the Central Music School atMoscow Conservatory, focusing on several young musicians, including onewho is nearing adulthood. Includes historical footage from the Communistera and interviews with students, parents, and teachers. 804. Seven Songs from the Tundra. 2000. Directed by Anastasia Lapsui and Markku Lehmuskallio. Distributed by Jörn Donner Productions Oy, Helsinki, Finland. 16 mm black and white, 89 mins. Combines fiction and documentary to depict how the Nenets of Finland managed to maintain a hunter-gatherer way of life during the Soviet period while Russians settled near them. Two song performances are documentary and five are dramatized. 805. Silver Shrine. 1990. Directed by Sunandan Walia and Yugesh Walia. Filmakers Library. Video, 26 mins. Portrait of jazz saxophonist Andy Hamilton and the black urban jazz scene in England using archival footage, interviews and performance. 806. Songs of Youth. 2001. Directed by Konstantin Selezen. Distributed by Selekt Films, Toronto, Canada. 16 mm, 55 mins. Follows the daily routine of a street musician, a blind accordion player and singer who performs in the open-air marketplace of Odessa, Ukraine. 807. Viento e Terra—Vent de terre. 1996. Directed by Antonietta De Lillo. Metafilm Production/RAI3. Video, 40 mins. Documents a community near Naples, Italy transformed by the changing economic landscape during the 1960s. Features industrial laborers whose music provided opportunities for residents to express and confront their social and political problems. 808. The Underground Orchestra. 1998. Directed by Heddy Honigmann. Distributed by First Run/Icarus Films, New York. Video, 108 mins. Profiles street musicians in Paris who have fled political repression. Latin America Latin America: Central America 809. The Devil’s Dream. 1991. Directed by Mary Ellen Davis. Cinema Guild. Video, 68 mins. Social and political conditions in Guatemala with excerpts from “The Legion of the 24 Devils” folk dance-drama.

Ethnomusicology

150

Latin America: Mexico 810. Danzante: The Living Tradition. 1993. Produced by Miguel Grunstein. PBS Video, Video, 29 mins. The northern Mexican dance group Danza Aztecade Anahuac perform the traditional dance and music of the Aztec and ToltecMayan cultures and talk about its significance. 811. The Day of the Dead=El Dia la noche y los muertos. 1998. Directed by Steve Mykolyn. Distributed by Calavera Productions/Filmakers Library. Video, 24 mins. A dramatization of an All Souls’ Day pilgrimage in the Mexican village of Patzcuaro marked by celebrations and special events. 812. Flowers for Guadalupe: The Virgin of Guadalupe in the Lives of Mexican Women. 1995. Produced by Judith Gleason. Distributed by Filmakers Library, New York, NY. Video, 57 mins. Documentary exploring the role of the Virgin of Guadalupe as a symbol of liberation for women. Follows an all-women’s pilgrimage from Queretaro to Mexico City, and includes the songs they listen to and perform. 813. Guadalupe, Mother of All Mexico. 2000. Directed by Pat Collins and Robert Cozens. Distributed by San Rafael-VHS Videos, Houston, Tex. Beta SP, 57 mins. Examines pilgrimages to shrines of the Virgin Mary celebrations and other spiritual events in many regions of Mexico. 814. El huapango arribeño: un arte invisible. 1996. Produced and directed by Arsinoé Orihuela Alvarado. Producciones Multimedia. Video, 55 mins. The music and poetry of the Huapango Arribeño who live in communities in the mountains of Guanajuato, Querétaro, and San Luis Potosí, Mexico. 815. Huichol Sacred Pilgrimage to Wirikuta. 1991. Directed by Larain Boyll. Four Winds Circle. Video, 29 mins. Follows the annual pilgrimage and peyote hunt of the Huichol Indians of western Mexico and includes Huichol songs and music that accompany the journey. 816. El regreso de un borreguero=A Sheepherder’s Homecoming. 1996. Directed and produced by Allen Moore, Lou Werner, and Birch Carpenter. WernerWorks. Video, 40 mins. Follows a migrant Mexican sheepherder whose solitary life in the United States is juxtaposed to his homecoming in Mexico. Story is framed by a corrido performance by Santiago Jimenez, Jr. Latin America: South America 817. An Argentinian Journey. 1998 (1991). Produced and directed by Jana Bokava. Films for the Humanities and Sciences. 3 videos, 187 mins. Presents an introduction to the musical heritage of Argentina. Part 1: Songs of the Gauchos, 64 mins.; part 2: Songs of the Argentine Provinces, 62 mins.; part 3: Songs of the Poor, 61 mins. 818. Carnival in Q’eros: Where the Mountains Meet the Jungle. 1990. Produced by John Cohen. University of California Extension Media Center. Video, 32 mins. This documentary videotape shows the carnival celebrations of a remote community of Quechua Indians in the Peruvian Andes. 819. A Celebration of Life: Dances of the African-Guyanese. 1993. Produced and directed by Kean Gibson. Cinema Guild. Video, 43 mins. Documentary on the cultural roots and the social and spiritual meaning of African-Guyanese dance.

Film and video recordings

151

820. El charanguero, 1994. Produced by Jeffrey and Simona Briggs. Distributed by Multicultural Media. Video, 58 mins. A portrait of Argentine musician Jaime Torres, charango player, with examples of traditional music and rituals of the Indians of the Quebrada, in northern Argentina. 821. Dancing with the Incas: Huayno Music of Peru. 1991. Directed by John Cohen. University of California Extension Center for Media and Independent Learning. Video, 58 mins. Examines the roots of huayno music as well as its contemporary forms through an exploration of the lives of three huayno musicians in a contemporary Peru torn between the military and the Shining Path guerrillas. 822. The Devil’s Accordion. 2000. Directed by Stefan Schwietert. Distributed by Celluloid Dreams World Sales. Film, 90 mins. Explores the life of 93-yearold Colombian accordionist Pacho Rada. An itinerant musician fictionalized in Gabriel Garcia Marquez’s One Hundred Years of Solitude, he has lived in poverty while his songs have been widely successful. 823. Los hijos de benkos. Les fils de benko. 2000. Directed by Luca Silva. Distributed by Les Films du Village, Paris, France. Video, 52 mins. Depicts the music of a Maroon village in Colombia, where African-derived drumming and Afro-Caribbean identity influenced the development of champeta, a fusion of soukous, calypso and reggae. 824. The Legacy of Antonio Lorenzano. 2000. Directed by Paul Henley. Distributed by Granada Center for Visual Anthropology, Manchester, U.K. Video, 46 mins. Examines the traditions of the Warao Indians of Venezuela through the recollections by family members of Antonio Lorenzano, a Warao shaman, musician, and craftsman. 825. Marcelo Alvarez: In Search of Gardel 2000. Directed by Niv Fichman. Distributed by Bullfrog Films, Oley, Pa. Video, 55 mins. Documents the prqject of Argentinean tenor Marcelo Alvarez to perform and record the songs of tango singer Carlos Gardel. Includes interviews with colleagues and friends. 826. Qoyllur Rit’i: A Woman’s Journey. 1999. Directed by Gabriela Martinez Escobar. Holly Wissler. Video, 57 mins. Documents the Qoyllur Rit’i, a sacred Andean festival of Peru where musicians and dancers perform throughout the three-day event. 827. Ritual Encounter: The “Danzaq” in Huacaña: Ethnographic Documentary. 1998. Directed and written by Ana Uriarte. TV Cultura. Produced by TV Cultura. Video, 40 mins. An ethnographic documentary that shows performances of scissors dancers of the Peruvian Andes at a Catholic festival in Ayacucho in 1997. 828. Sabemos Mirar. 1991. Directed by Dolly Pussi. First Run Icarus Films. Video, 25 mins. Examines rock music as an outlet for Argentinean youth to express their feelings of powerlessness, focusing on the band Bersuit Bergaravat. Includes a performance by Mercedes Sosa at a protest in Buenos Aires. 829. Saudade do Futuro. 2000. Directed by Cesar and Marie-Clémence Paes. Laterit Productions. Video, 94 mins. Documents the street musicians who have come to São Paolo from northeastern Brazil. Their song lyrics, music and narratives reveal the stories of their lives. 830. Yãkwa, the Banquet of the Spirits=Yãkwa, o banquete dos espíritos. 1995. Directed by Virginia Valadão. Centro de Trabalho Indigenista. Video, 54 mins. Documents the seven-month Yãkwa ritual of the Enawene-Nawe Indians, an Amazonian group who live in Mato Grosso, Brazil. The ritual is believed to maintain the harmony of

Ethnomusicology

152

the world and involves offerings of food to the spirits along with dance, instrumental music, and singing. Latin America: West Indies 831. El Alacrán=The Scorpion. 2001. Directed by Gloria Rolando. Distributed by AfroCubaWeb, Arlington, Mass. Video, 19 mins. Celebrates Santos Ramirez, founder of the comparsa group El Alacrán, providing a history of carnaval in Cuba and comparing its activities to those found in New Orleans. English subtitles. 832. Bola de Nieve y Ernesto Lecuona. 1997. Directed by Oscar L.Valdes. Distributed by H.L. Distributors, Miami, Fla. Video, 60 mins. Biographical, historical, and performance footage of Lecuona and Bola de Nieve as well as other Cuban musicians playing their works. 833. Bob Marley: Catch a Fire, 2000 (1999). Directed by Jeremy Marre. Distributed by Rhino Home Video. Video, 60 mins. Recounts how the 1973 Catch a Fire album was assembled. Examines the production in interviews with Bob Marley, Peter Tosh, and other musicians, and includes historical movie footage of the Wailers from the 1970s. 834. Bomba: Dancing the Drum. 2000. Directed by Ashley James. Video, 60 mins. Traces the history of bomba through the Cepeda family, leading performers of this Puerto Rican genre. Includes historical and contemporary footage of performances. 835. Buena Vista Social Club. 1999. Directed by Wim Wenders. Artisan Entertainment. DVD, 105 mins. Documentary on the group of Cuban musicians, recorded by Ry Cooder in 1996, includes concert footage from Amsterdam and New York City, and interviews with some of the musicians. 836. Calle 54. 2000. Directed by Fernando Trueba. Distributed by Miramax Films, Los Angeles, Calif. Film, 105 mins. Depicts Latin jazz musicians in rehearsal and performance, including Bebo Valdés, Israel “Cachao” Lopez, and Tito Puente. 837. Cinco joyas de música Cubana. 2000. Directed by Luis Filepa Bernaza. Produced by Instituto Cubano del Arte e Industria Cinematográficos (ICAIC), Havana, Cuba. Video, 100 mins. A collection of five documentary films on Cuban musicians. Titles: Ignacio Piñeiro (1977, 20 mins.) and his group Septeto Nacional—María Teresa (1984, 11 mins. )—Lecuona (1983, 14 mins.) on pianist Ernesto Lecuona—Con la misma pasión (l980, 23 mins.) on Cuban band leader Beny More—Yo soy la cancion que canto (1985, 27 mins.) on Bola de Nieve. 838. Cuba Feliz. 2000. Directed by Karim Dridi. Distributed by Empire Pictures. Video, 96 mins. Follows Miguel del Morales, a guitarist and singer who hitchhikes across Cuba and performs with other musicians along the way in plazas, courtyards, homes, and sports fields. English subtitles. 839. A Cuban Legend. 2001. Directed by Bette Wanderman. Distributed by KW Filmworks, New York. Video, 79 mins. Presents the art and life of muralist Salvador Gonzalez Escalona and explains the basis of the painter’s art in AfroCuban santeria. Provides historical and contextual information on Cuban rumba. 840. En el país de los orichas. 1990. IMAGENES. Directed by Elio Ruíz. Video, 58 mins. Spanish language documentary on forms of Cuban folk dance performed by Conjunto Folklórico Nacional de Cuba.

Film and video recordings

153

841. Everyday Art=Arte de cada día. 1994. Produced by Lisa María Salb. Caribbean Music and Dance Programs. Video, 50 mins. Portrays Cuba’s cultural traditions, focusing on the everyday life of Cuban musicians and dancers who incorporate these traditions into their work. 842. Hosay Trinidad. 1999. Directed by John Bishop and Frank J.Korom. Distributed by Documentary Educational Resources, Watertown, Mass. Video, 45 mins. Records the Shi’ite religious rituals of Muharram in Trinidad and shows their role in island culture. 843. Lágrimas negras=Black Tears. 1998. Directed by Sonia Herman Dolz. Anagram Films. Video, 75 mins. Documents the European tour of the Cuban group La Vieja Trova Santiaguera. 844. Los Muñequitos de Matanzas. 1993. Directed by E. Natacha Estébanez. WGBH Educational Foundation. Video, 29 mins. The Muñequitos de Matanzas perform three styles of Cuban rumba; also includes background on the history of rumba and of the group. 845. Nuestro Cuatro. Volume 1, 1493 to 1959: The Puerto Ricans and Their Stringed Instruments. 1999. Directed by Juan Sotomayor, William Cumpiano and Wil Echevarria. Distributed by the Cuatro Project. Video, 83 mins. Traces the history of the cuatro and other stringed instruments, the performers, and musical genres, from the days of the jibaros through the creation of a national music and the first mass emigrations from the island. 846. Oggun. 1991. Directed by Gloria Rolando. Center for Cuban Studies. Video, 57 mins. Documentary presents the viewer with several examples of Cuban folk dances and Cuban folk music. Features Conjunto Folclórico Nacional de Cuba. 847. Spirits of Havana. 2000. Directed by Bay Weyman and Luis O.Garcia. Distributed by the National Film Board of Canada, Ottawa, Canada. A video chronicle of a journey to Havana by jazz musicians Jane Bunnett and Larry Cramer who experience the diverse musical traditions on the island. 848. Tan-Singing of Trinidad and Guyana: Indo-Caribbean “Local-Classical Music” 2000. Directed by Peter Manuel. Distributed by Peter Manuel, Leonia, N.J.Video, 51 mins. Documents the diasporic musical life of South Asians in Trinidad, Guyana, and New York. Traces the history and contemporary practice of the tradition through performances and interviews with musicians and scholars. 849. La Tropical 2001. Directed by David Turnley. DVD, 95 mins. Portrait of an outdoor dance hall, that serves as a center of social life for workingclass Cubans. Includes footage of concerts, cabarets, and dances, as well as interviews with performers and scholars. 850. Van Van, Empezó la Fiesta. 2000. Directed by Liliana Mazure and Aaron Vega. Distributed by ARCA Difusion, Buenos Aires, Argentina. Film, 80 mins. The 30-year history of Juan Formell and the Orquesta Van Van concert footage shows anti-Castro opposition to the group as it performs in Miami. English subtitles. 851. Voices of the Orishas. 1993. Produced and directed by Alvaro Perez Betancourt. Distributed by University of California Extension Center for Media and Independent Learning. Video, 37 mins. Filmed in Havana among practitioners of Santeria, it documents a ritual ceremony that features dancing, singing, praying, and drum beating, invoking Orishas, or deities of the Yoruba religion.

Ethnomusicology

154

Middle East 852. Asiklar: Those Who Are in Love. 1996. Produced and directed by David Grabias. Documentary Educational Resources. Video, 37 mins. Documentary on the ashiks in Turkey who use song and poetry to record the cultural and personal history of Turkey. 853. Googoosh: Iran’s Daughter. 2001. Directed by Farhad Zamani. Distributed by Atash Productions. Video, 155 mins. Documents the career of popular singer Googoosh silenced by the Iranian revolution. Includes footage of films in which Googoosh starred and interviews with songwriters and lyricists. 854. Mille et une voix, la musique d’lslam. A Thousand and One Voices: The Music of Islam. 2001. Directed by Mahmoud ben Mahmoud. Distributed by Idéale Audience International, Paris, France. Video, 90 mins. Presents the diverse musical styles and practices connected to Islam. Includes footage from Egypt, Tunisia, Senegal, India, and Turkey. In French and Arabic with English and French subtitles. 855. Peshavar Rubab. Silent Voices. 2001. Directed by Daniel Ridicki. Distributed by Factum, Zagreb, Croatia. Video, 26 mins. Documents exiled musicians from Afghanistan living in Peshawar, Pakistan in the process of rebuilding instruments and preserving their musical culture. In Farsi with English subtitles. 856. Ribat. 2001. Directed by Deger Kavaz and Ozgür E.Arik. Distributed by Ankara University Faculty of Communication, Ankara, Turkey. Video, 28 mins. Depicts Kurdish epic singers, in modern Turkey. 857. Sivas-Home of Poets. 1995. Directed by Werner Bauer and Said Manafi. ÖWF (Vienna). 16 mm, 82 min. A recounting of an event in 1993 in the town of Sivas in Turkey when a group of Alevis, liberal Shiite Muslims, died in a tragic fire caused by fundamentalists. Ashiks (poet-musicians) remember the event in songs that contain messages of resistance. 858. Youth. 2000. Directed by Ali Bilail, Samia Chala, and Muriel Aboulrouss. Distributed by First Run/Icarus, New York. Video, 26 mins. Arab Diaries, part 2. Examines difficulties facing young women in Lebanon, Egypt, and Algeria. In the Algerian segment two female rap musicians use lyrics to express political dissent. 859. Umm Kulthum: A Voice like Egypt. 1996. Produced, directed, and written by Michal Goldman. Filmakers Collaborative. Video, 68 mins. Documentary about the singer Umm Kulthum based on the 1997 book by Virginia Danielson: The Voice of Egypt: Umm Kulthum, Arabic Song, and Egyptian Society in the Twentieth Century. North America 860. American Patchwork: Songs and Stories about America. 1990. Directed by Alan Lomax. PBS Home Video. 5 videos, 60 mins. each. Explores America’s diverse cultural heritage through song, dance, story, and festival. Includes: Part 1: Jazz Parades; part 2: Cajun Country; part 3: The Land Where the Blues Began; part 4: Appalachian Journey; part 5: Dreams and Songs of the Noble Old. 861. American Roots Music. 2001. Directed by Jim Brown. Distributed by Palm Pictures, New York. DVD, 240 mins. The four-part series depicts diverse musical traditions including gospel, country, blues, folk revival, tejano, zydeco, Cajun, and Native American. Provides historic footage of twentieth-century artists.

Film and video recordings

155

862. The Mississippi, River of Song: The Grassroots of American Music. 1999. Directed by John Junkerman. Distributed by Acorn Media, Bethesda, Md. Video, 240 mins. (4 vols). Accompanies compact disc set issued by Smithsonian Folkways. Documentary featuring music in localities along the entire Mississippi River. Part 1: Americans Old and New: Northern Minnesota to Douds, Iowa; part 2: Midwestern Crossroads: Galena, Illinois to Ste. Genevieve, Missouri; part 3: Southern Fusion: La Center, Kentucky to Jackson, Mississippi; part 4: Louisiana, Where Music Is King: Natchez, Mississippi to Delacroix Island in the Gulf of Mexico. 863. The Spirit Travels: Immigrant Music in America. 1991. Produced and directed by Howard Weiss. Cinema Guild. Video, 55 mins. A survey of the musical contributions of different immigrant groups to the American culture, featuring performances of Irish, Greek, African American, Jewish, Central Asian, Chinese, and Puerto Rican musics. North America: Blues 864. All Day and All Night—Memories from Beale Street Musicians. 1990. Directed by Robert Gordon and Louis Guida. WETA-TV. Video, 29 mins. The history of the blues on Beale Street is told through old photos, archival film footage, and interviews with blues musicians, including B.B.King, Rufus Thomas, and others. 865. Au coeur du blues. 2001. Directed by Louis Mouchet. Geneva: Neovision. Distributed by RTBF, Brussels, Belgium. Video, 52 mins. Traces the roots of the blues from Mali to Mississippi, New Orleans, and Chicago, with footage of Buddy Guy, John Lee Hooker, B.B.King, and others. 866. The Ballad of Ramblin’ Jack. 2000. Directed by Aiyana Elliott. Distributed by Lot 47 Films, New York. DVD, 105 mins. Ramblin’ Jack Elliott’s daughter examines his life. 867. Jimmy Scott: If You Only Knew. 2001. Directed by Matthew Buzzell. Distributed by Tree Media Group, Santa Monica, Calif. DVD, 77 mins. Documents the life and career of blues singer Jimmy Scott, including the medical condition that has produced his unique voice. Traces his fall into obscurity and subsequent rise, including a concert tour of Japan. 868. Masters of the Country Blues. 2000. Directed by Stefan Grossman and George Sempepos. YaZoo Video, a division of Shanachie Records Corp. 3 DVDs, 180 mins. Performances by early twentieth-century country blues musicians from the Mississippi Delta Region, Durham, N.C., and East Texas. Performers include Son House, Bukka White, Gary Davis, Sonny Terry, Mance Lipscomb, Lightnin Hopkins. 869. Saturday Night, Sunday Morning: The Travels of Gatemouth Moore. 1992. Directed by Louis Guida. California Newsreel. Uses interviews and photographs to document the life of Arnold Dwight “Gatemouth” Moore, a blues singer who left the stage at the height of his career to preach and sing gospel music. 870. Shine On: Richard Trice and the Bull City Blues. 2000. Directed by Kenny Dalsheimer. Distributed by Groove Productions, Durham, N.C.Video, 49 mins. Documents the life of Piedmont blues musician Richard Trice, providing information on African American family and community life in North Carolina.

Ethnomusicology

156

871. Screamin’ Jay Hawkins: I Put a Spell on Me. 2001. Directed by Nicholas Triantafyllidis. Distributed by Filmtrade, Athens, Greece. 35 mm, 102 mins. Traces the life and career of Screamin’ Jay Hawkins. North America: Jazz 872. Denis A. Charles: An Interrupted Conversation. 2001. Directed by Véronique N.Doumbé. Distributed by Ndolo Films. Film, 75 mins. Depicts avant-garde jazz drummer Charles, with performance footage from the last two years of his life. 873. The Devil’s Music: 1920s Jazz. 2000. Produced and directed by Maria Agui Carter and Calvin A.Lindsay, Jr.WGBH Educational Foundation. Distributed by PBS Video. Video, 90 mins. An historical look at the evolutions of jazz from its early years when it faced social resistance to its current elevated status as an American art form. 874. Down to the Crux. 2000. Directed by Michael Lucio Sternbach. Video, 45 mins. Explores connections between avant-garde jazz and the civil rights movement in the 1960s. Features music of John Coltrane, Archie Shepp, Albert Ayler, and others. 875. Jazz Collection. 1998. Directed by Gerald Arnaud. Films for the Humanities and Sciences. 10 videos, ca. 55 mins. each. The history of the jazz traditions that highlights ten artists. Includes commentary on the cultural environment of each period. Vol. 1: Fats Waller; Vol. 2: Louis Armstrong; Vol. 3: Count Basie, 1904–1984; Vol. 4: John Coltrane; Vol. 5: Gerry Mulligan; Vol. 6: Bill Evans; Vol. 7: Gil Evans; Vol. 8: Max Roach; Vol. 9: B.B.King; Vol. 10: Dee Dee Bridgewater. 876. Jazz. 2000. Directed by Ken Burns. Distributed by PBS Video, Alexandria, Md. 10 videos, 1,230 mins. Series tracing the history of jazz, with commentary and analysis by contemporary jazz musicians and critics. Focuses primarily on the 1890s through the 1950s. 877. The Miles Davis Story. 2001. Directed by Mike Dibb. Distributed by Dibb Directions Ltd., London. Video, 124 mins. Biography of Miles Davis; traces his stylistic experiments and delves into his private life. 878. Women in Jazz=Femmes de Jazz. 1999. Directed by Gilles Corre. Distributed by Doc Ad Hoc, Toulouse, France. Video, 80 mins. Features 20 contemporary women performers in the New York jazz scene. North America: Rap and Hip Hop 879. Breath Control: The History of the Human Beat Box. 2001. Directed by Joey Garfield. Video, 80 mins. Depicts singers who replicate the sounds of drum machines, drawing links with African vocal traditions, scat singing, and Tuvan throat singing. Includes commentary by Michael Franti, Mos Def, and Marie Dualne. 880. Freestyle: The Art of Rhyme. 2002. Directed by Kevin Fitzgerald. Video, 74 mins. Explores the history of improvisational rhyming, with footage of live performances by Mos Def, DJ Kool Herc, the Last Poets, and others. 881. Nobody Knows My Name. 2000. Directed by Rachel Raimist. Distributed by Unleashed Entertainment, Los Angeles. DVD, 58 mins. Shows facets of hip hop through the lives of women performers in Los Angeles. Includes commentary on turntablists, hip hop artists and their families, and working with major record labels.

Film and video recordings

157

882. Rap: Looking for the Perfect Beat 2000. Films for the Humanities. Produced and directed by Susan Shaw. Video, 53 mins. Originally released in 1994, this program describes the history of rap and hip hop from its roots in earlier oral and musical traditions to the mid 1990s. 883. Rap, Race and Equality. 1994. Produced and directed by Stephen and Grant Elliott. Filmakers Library. Video, 52 mins. Early rap artists, including Ice T, Chuck D, KRS One, Queen Latifah, and Ice Cube, speak about racism, economic and social inequality, and race relations. 884. Roots of Rap. 1998. Distributed by Rhino Home Video, Los Angeles. Video, 27 mins. Documentary on the development of hip hop from the early 1980s to the mid 1990s. Performance footage from the 1970s and 1980s, featuring Grandmaster Flash, Melle Mel, and the Sugar Hill Gang. 885. Straight Up Rappin’. 1993. Filmakers Library. Produced by Tana Ross and Freke Vuijst. Video, 29 mins. Documentary about rap as it is practiced in the streets. 886. Street Dreams. 2001. Directed by Tony Dofat. Distributed by Ventura Distribution, Thousand Oaks, Calif. 2 DVDs, 93 mins. History of rap. Includes excerpts of interviews with agents, attorneys, artists, and record executives. 887. Through the Years of Hip Hop. Vol. One: Grqffiti. 2001. Produced by Maryse Karunaratne. Distributed by Music Video Distributors, Oaks, Pa. DVD, 90 mins. First part of the documentary series The Architects. Oral history of 1970s graffiti; includes seven early hip hop videos. North America: African Americans 888. Dance on the Wind: Memoirs of a Mississippi Shaman. 1994. Cinema Guild. Video, 27 mins. Portrait of Eno Washington, an African American street and stage dancer who discusses the African roots of African American dance. 889. Family across the Sea. 1990. Directed by Tim Carrier. South Carolina ETV. Video, 58 mins. A delegation of Gullah people travels from the United States to Sierra Leone to trace their heritage though a ballad of South Carolina and Sierra Leone. 890. Gandy Dancers. 1994. Produced and directed by Barry Dornfeld and Maggie Holtzberg-Call. Cinema Guild. Video, 30 mins. Songs and musical traditions of Southern railroad work gangs. 891. Gospel—Rhythm of the Heart. 2001. Directed by Leslie Neale. Distributed by Fox Lorber, New York. DVD, 60 mins. A history of African American gospel music filmed at the New Orleans Jazz Festival and the Sacred Steel Convention in Florida. 892. John Lee Hooker: That’s My Story. 2000. Directed by Jörg Bundschuh. Video, 90 mins. New Video Group (distributor). Explores Hooker’s background and music with interviews, archival footage, and contemporary performances. 893. Keep on Walking. 2001. Directed by Tana Ross. Denmark: Allroth Film & TV. Video, 52 mins. Portrait of Joshua Nelson, a young African American Jew, Hebrew teacher, gospel singer, and music director of a black congregation, who uses music to transcend the differences caused by conflicts between races and faiths. 894. Larry Wright. 1990 (1989). Produced, directed, and edited by Ari Marcopoulos and Maja Zrnic. First Run Icarus Films. Video, 28 mins. A portrait of Larry Wright, a 15year-old self-taught street drummer in New York.

Ethnomusicology

158

895. Many Steps: The Origin and Evolution of African-American Collegiate Stepping. 2002. Produced and directed by Patrick Mureithi. California Newsreel. Video, 28 mins. Explores the history and contemporary practices of stepping, especially popular on college campuses, in which teams of dancers compete using improvisation, call and response, and complex meters. 896. The Music District. 1996. Produced and directed by Susan Levitas. California Newsreel. Video, 57 mins. Profiles four African American musical groups from Washington, D.C., who present different forms of musical expression: rhythm and blues quartet (The Orioles); gospel quartet (The Four Echoes); Go Go band (Junk Yard Band); and “shout” band (Kings of Harmony). 897. Sacred Steel 2002. Directed by Robert L. Stone. Distributed by Arhoolie, El Cerrito, Calif. Video, 55 mins. Depicts the steel guitar and sacred dance tradition dating from the 1930s in the House of God churches. Includes interview excerpts and performances from several congregations. 898. Say Amen, Somebody. 2000 (1983). Directed by George T. Nierenberg. Distributed by First Run/Icarus, New York. Video, 100 mins. Examines the lives and careers of African American gospel performers who helped to create the genre, including Willie Mae Ford Smith and Thomas A.Dorsey. 899. The Songs Are Free. 1991. Directed by Gail Pellett. Mystic Fire Video, Video, 58 mins. Bernice Johnson Reagon with Bill Moyers trace the history of communal singing and the repertoire rooted in the black church. 900. The Story of Gospel Music. 1999. Directed by Andrew Dunne and James Marsh. CBS Fox Video; BBC Video. Video, 90 mins. Performances by Mahalia Jackson, Tramaine Hawkins, Aretha Franklin, Shirley Caesar, and others that offer a look at the origins of gospel music. 901. Strange Fruit. 2002. Directed by Joel Katz. Distributed by California Newsreel, San Francisco. Video, 57 mins. Traces the history of the song made famous in Billie Holiday’s performance. Delves into the songwriter’s background as a union activist; includes reflections by folksingers, civil rights activists, and modern-day jazz performers. 902. Too Close to Heaven: The Story of Gospel Music. 1997. Director, Alan Lewens. Films for the Humanities and Sciences. Video, 51 mins. Video release of a 1996 documentary film that traces the 300-year history of gospel music. 903. Without Fear or Shame. 1999. Directed by Sam Pollard. PBS Video. Video, 60 mins. Examines African American history of the arts from World War I through the jazz age and into the depression, especially the Harlem Renaissance and the meaning of art to the black community. North America: Arab Americans 904. Tales From Arab Detroit. 1995. Directed by Joan Mandell. Olive Branch Productions. Video, 45 mins. Music in an immigrant community in Detroit, Michigan, revealed through the performances of Bani Hilal, an epic storyteller from Egypt.

Film and video recordings

159

North America: Asian Americans 905. The Bhangra Wmp. 1995. Produced and directed by Nandini Sikand. Through the Looking Glass Productions. Distributed by NAATA/Crosscurrent Media. Video, 20 mins. On the popular music of Punjabi youth in Canada and the United States that fuses folk bhangra of India and Pakistan with techno, reggae, and rap. 906. Cruisin’ J-Town. 1995 (1975). Directed by Duane Kubo. Video, 30 min. Distributed by NAATA. Japanese American musicians discuss ethnic identity and their assimilation into mainstream American society. Features performances by jazz fusion artists including Dan Kuramoto and the band Hiroshima. 907. From Angkor to America: The Cambodian Dance and Music Project of Van Nuys, California, 1984–1990. 1991. Apsara Media for Intercultural Education. Directed by Amy Catlin. Video, 37 mins. A Cambodian refugee family revives classical dance and music traditions while in the United States. 908. Gimme Somethin’ to Dance To!: What Is Bhangra? 1995. New York University Program in Culture and Media. Produced, directed, edited by Tejaswini Ganti. Video, 18 mins. Documents the rising popularity of bhangra music, originally from the Punjab and popularized in England, then North America. 909. Hmong Musicians in America: Interactions with Three Generations of Hmong Americans 1978–1996. 1997. Produced and directed by Amy Catlin and Nazir Jairazbhoy. APSARA Media for Intercultural Education. Video, 57 mins. Hmong musicians in America, 1978–1996. Recounts the social and musical history of the Hmong from China to Laos to America, using maps, Hmong drawings and embroideries, and archival photographs. Footage shot in Laos and America shows Hmong events, including New Year Festivals, courtship ballgames, and a funeral. 910. Singing to Remember. 1991. Produced by Tony Heriza. Asian American Arts Centre. Video, 16 mins. A portrait of Ng Sheung Chi, master singer of Chinese storytelling songs who recently emigrated to the United States. 911. The Split Horn: The Life of a Hmong Shaman in America. 2001. Directed by Tabbart Siegel. Distributed by Filmakers Library, New York. Video, 58 mins. Shows the life and culture of Paja Thao, a Hmong shaman, who emigrated to Appleton, Wisconsin, with his family. 912. Susumu: A Tone Poem in Three Movements. 1990. Directed by Gei Zantzinger. Constant Spring Productions. Video, 30 mins. Jazz composer Sumi Tonooka’s tone poem dedicated to three generations of Japanese-Americans affected by internment during World War II. North America: European Americans 913. From Shore to Shore: Irish Traditional Music in New York City. 1993. Directed by Patrick Mullen and Rebecca Miller. Cinema Guild. Video, 57 mins. Documents IrishAmerican music in New York City using historic photographs and film footage with contemporary interviews and performances. 914. From the Deep Grapevine. 1993. Produced and directed by Amy Kalafa and Alex Gunuey. Distributed by University of California Extension Center for Media and Independent Learning. Video, 58 mins. Discusses the French culture of Lafayette, Louisiana, especially the music of Cajun and Creole peoples.

Ethnomusicology

160

915. Hazel Dickens: It’s Hard to Tell the Singer from the Song. 2001. Produced and directed by Mimi Pickering. Appalshop. Video, 61 mins. Narrates the life and accomplishments of West Virginia native singer and songwriter Hazel Dickens. Includes interviews, archival footage, and contempoary performances. 916. High Lonesome: The Story of Bluegrass Music. 1997 (1991). Directed by Rachel Liebling. Northside Films. Distributed by Shanachie Entertainment. DVD, 95 mins. Portrait of Bill Monroe and a history of the development of bluegrass. 917. New England Dances: Squares, Quadrilles, Step Dances. 1995 (1990). Directed by John Bishop. Distributed by Multicultural Media. Video, 29 mins. Interviews with callers and dancers, and short representative performances of square dancing, step dancing, and quadrilles primarily in Massachusetts and Maine. 918. The Ralph Stanley Story. 2000. Directed by Herb E. Smith. Video, 82 mins. Describes the role of the Stanley brothers in the formation of bluegrass music through interviews with Ralph Stanley and other musicians. 919. That High Lonesome Sound. 1996. Produced and directed by John Cohen. Shanachie Entertainment. Video, 70 mins. A re-release of three short films recorded in the 1960s that focus on Anglo-American musicians Roscoe Holcomb (The High Lonesome Sound), Dillard Chandler (The End of an Old Song), and Sara and Maybelle Carter (Sara and Maybelle). North America: Hispanic Americans 920. Chulas fronteras and Del merocorazon. 1994 (1976). Brazos Films. Director. Video, 86 mins. Reissue of two documentaries about Mexican-Americans in southern Texas. Chulas fronteras surveys the regional music and culture; and Del mero corazon explores the norteña music tradition. 921. New Audiences for Mexican Music. 1995. Films for the Humanities and Sciences. KLRN, San Antonio, Tex. Video, 30 mins. A three-part program that focuses on banda in Los Angeles, a mariachi band in Texas, and the character of tejano music. 922. New York—Puerto Rico: William Cepeda‘s Jazz, el Trombon de Bomba. 2001. Directed by Louise Ernst. Distributed by Baila Films, Paris. Video, 65 mins. Trombonist Cepeda has created a form of Latin jazz based on Puerto Rican bomba. This film depicts Cepeda visiting with people in Loiza, his home town in Puerto Rico, and with bomba performers in New York. 923. The Orisha Tradition: The Gods in Exile. 1990. Satellite Academy High School. Produced by the Urban Video Project. Video, 27 mins. Documentary on the syncretic Santeria religion practiced in the United States. 924. Roots of Rhythm. 1997 (1989). Directed by Les Blank. Distributed by A&E Home Video/New Video Group, New York. Video, 3 vols., 180 mins. Reissue of PBS Routes of Rhythm series. On Cuban music, its Spanish and African origins, and its role in U.S. popular culture. 925. Songs of the Homeland: History of Tejano Music. 1998 (1995). Produced and directed by Hector Galan. Galan Productions. Films for the Humanities and Sciences. Video, 57 mins. Documentary on the history of Tejano music in South Texas. 926. Sworn to the Drum: A Tribute to Francisco Aguabella. 1995. Directed by Les Blank. Flower Films. A film-portrait of the Afro-Cuban master drummer, Francisco

Film and video recordings

161

Aguabella who was born in Cuba and immigrated to the United States in 1957. Explores Aguabella’s role both as a sacred drummer and a figure of historical influence in Latin jazz, pop, and fusion. North America: Native Americans 927. Her Mother Before Her: Winnebago Women’s Stories of Their Mothers and Grandmothers. 1992. Produced by Jocelyn Riley. Jocelyn Riley Productions. Video, 22 mins. Six Winnebago women talk about their mothers and grandmothers. Includes Winnebago songs. 928. Medicine Fiddle. 1991. Directed by Michael Loukinen. UP North Films Northern Michigan University. Video, 81 mins. Documents Métis fiddling and dance traditions in the United States and Canada. A separate discussion guide provides supporting essays (48 p., bibliog., illus., music). 929. New Dawn of Tradition: A Wisconsin Powwow. 1998. Directed by Bill Werner. Wisconsin Educational Communications Board. Video, 15 mins. Documents a powwow held in Madison, Wisconsin, in August 1998, which was the first time since 1825 when all tribes in Wisconsin gathered to celebrate together. 930. Ojibwe Music. 2000. Distributed by Wisconsin Public Television, Madison, Wis. Video, 30 mins. Introduces music and story telling in the daily lives and cosmology of the Ojibwe. 931. Seeking the Spirit: Plains Indians in Russia. 1999. Directed by Liucija Baskauskas. Warrior Women Inc. Distributed by Documentary Educational Resources. Video, 27 mins. Plains Indians in South Dakota view and comment on a video of Russians staging a powwow near St. Petersburg. 932. Singing Our Stories. 1998. Directed by Annie Frasier Henry. Full Regalia Productions, Omni Film Productions. Distributed by the National Film Board of Canada, New York. Video, 49 mins. Features contemporary performing groups that explore Indian women’s role in preserving and transmitting music. United States and Canadian. 933. Wisconsin Powwow; Naamikaaged: Dancer for the People. 1996. Produced by Thomas Vennum. Smithsonian/Folkways Recordings. 2 videos, 67 mins. A general treatment of the powwow as it has come to be held by Ojibwe people in northern Wisconsin. Naamikaaged follows a young Ojibwe, Richard LaFernier, as he sets up his tent, honors his ancestors, dresses and paints himself for a powwow, dances and sings at powwows in northern Wisconsin. North America: Canada 934. Opre Roma: Gypsies in Canada. 2000. Directed by Tony Papa. Distributed by Documentary Educational Resources, Watertown, Mass. Video, 48 mins. Depicts the history of Roma and aspects of Rom culture in Canada, with scenes of flamenco dancing and songs from Turkey, Romania, Spain, and the Czech Republic. 935. The Master of the Cape Breton Fiddle: Buddy MacMaster. 1999. Produced by Peter Murphy. Distributed by SeaBright Murphy Video Productions, Antigonish, Nova Scotia, Canada. Video, 60 mins. Depicts Buddy MacMaster performing in concert as well as a Cape Breton fiddle workshop.

Ethnomusicology

162

Pacific Islands and Australia 936. ‘Are’ are Music and Shaping Bamboo. 1993. Directed by Hugo Zemp. Society for Ethnomusicology. 2 videos. 8 mins. A descriptive inventory of 20 types of traditional music of the ‘Are’are people of Malaita with a concluding section on the shaping of bamboo musical instruments. Originally released on film in 1979. Includes a study guide. 937. Bridewealth for a Goddess. 2000. Directed by Chris Owen. The Institute of Papua New Guinea Studies. Distributed by Documentary Educational Resources. Video, 72 mins. Documents the last performance of the ritual for a fertility goddess in the Western Highlands Province of Papua New Guinea. 938. The Coolbaroo Club. 1996. Directed by Steve Kinnane, Lauren Marsh, Roger Scholes. Coolbaroo Club Productions in association with Annamax Media. Distributed by Canberra Ronin Films. Video, 55 mins. The story of a Perth dance club in the 1950s that became a political force and the focus for an Aboriginal community. 939. Dance on Your Land. 1992. Produced by the Woomera Aboriginal Corporation. SBS. Distributed by Ronin Films. Video, 29 mins. In July 1988, 50 Aborigines from Mornington Island and Borroloola, Gulf of Carpentaria, visited 15 Aboriginal communities in the Kimberley region of Western Australia. The program shows some of the traditional dances they performed together. 940. From Little Things Big Things Grow. 1993. SBS. Video, 53 mins. Autobiography of Aboriginal singer Kev Carmody, who highlights social and racial inequities in Australia through his songs. 941. Guardians of the Flutes. 1994. Produced by Paul Reddish. Filmakers Library. Video, 50 mins. On the male initiation rituals of the Sambia people in the highland region of Papua New Guinea. 942. The Hawaiian Way: A Documentary. 1993. Produced by Eddie and Myrna Kamae. Hawaii Sons. Video, 68 mins. Examines the art and traditions of slack key music (ki hoalu) which has unique roots in Hawaiian families as songs and techniques are passed from one generation to the next. 943. Huaka’i 1997. Directed by Vincent Lucero. Moving Pictures. Distributed by Pacific Islanders in Communications. Video, 15 mins. Explores the cultural similarities between Pacific Islanders and Hawaiians shared through music and dance. 944. Ki hoalu: That’s Slack Key Guitar. 1994. Produced and directed by Susan Friedman. Studio on the Mountain. Video, 57 mins. Looks at Hawaiian slack key guitar music (ki hoalu) through a portrait of master guitarist Raymond Kane and other major artisits. 945. Madarrpa Funeral at Gurka’wuy. 1999. Directed by lan Dunlop. Distributed by First Run/Icarus Films, New York. Video, 88 mins. Depicts Marrakulu clan funeral rites on the Gulf of Carpentaria, in Arnhem Land in Australia. Part of the Yirrkala Film Project series. 946. Kapa Haka: The People Dance. 1996. Directed by Alison Carter. New Zealand Television Archive. Video, 46 mins. Depicts three dance groups (Ngati Rangiwewehi Maori Club, Waihirere Culture Group, and Te Kotuku ki Waipareira Culture Group) preparing for and participating in the Aotearoa Maori Performing Arts Festival. 947. Puamana. 1991. Flower Films. Directed by Les Blank. Video, 38 mins. A portrait of Hawaiian songwriter Auntie Irmgard Aluli, a member of the Farden family, one of the most accomplished musical families in the field of Hawaiian music.

Film and video recordings

163

948. Singsing Tumbuan: (“Mask Dance”). 1995. Directed by Marsha Berman. Asples Productions. Video, 52 mins. Documents the year long preparations of a Papua New Guinea tribe to hold a mask dance ceremony. 949. The Tahitian Choir. 1994. Directed by Pascal Nabet-Meyer. Shanachie Home Video. Video, 60 mins. Reveals the Polynesian tradition of passing on the culture through song on the island of Rapa Iti. 950. “Turnim hed”: Courtship and Music in Papua New Guinea. 1992. Produced and directed by James Bates. Films for the Humanities and Sciences. Video, 52 mins. On the music of the Chimbu people of Papua New Guinea and its relationship to everyday life.

MAJOR VIDEO AND FILM DISTRIBUTORS FOR ETHNOMUSICOLOGICAL RESOURCES The following distributors are the primary providers for educational videos on ethnomusicological topics used by libraries and media centers. Many distributors have a specific focus or areas of particular interest. For example, California Newsreel specializes on African and African American social and cultural studies and on issues of race and diversity. Women Make Movies is a company that distributes largely independent films by and about women and gender. Documentary Educational Resources focuses broadly on providing ethnographic films with a particular focus on anthropology and sociology. First Run/Icarus Films distributes documentary films on a wide range of subjects. California Newsreel 149 Ninth Street San Francisco, CA 94103 Tel.: 415 621 6196 Fax: 415 621 6522 http://www.newsreel.org/ The Cinema Guild 130 Madison Avenue, 2nd floor New York, NY 10016 Tel.: 212 685 6242 Fax: 212 685 4717 http://www.cinemaguild.com/catalog.htm Documentary Educational Resources 101 Morse Street Watertown, MA 02172 Tel.: 800 569 6621 [email protected] http://www.der.org/

Ethnomusicology

164

Extension Center for Media and Independent Learning University of California 2000 Center Street, Fourth Floor Berkeley, CA 94704 Tel.: 510 642 0460 Fax: 510 643 9271 http://ucmedia.berkeley.edu/ Filmakers Library 124 E. 40th Street New York, NY 10016 Tel.: 212 808 4980 Fax: 212 808 4983 [email protected] http://www.filmakers.com/ Films for the Humanities and Sciences P.O. Box 2053 Princeton, NJ 08543 http://www.films.com/ First Run/Icarus Films 153 Waverly Place New York, NY 10014 Tel.: 212 727 1711 [email protected] http://www.frif.com/index.html Flower Films (Les Blank) 10341 San Pablo Avenue El Cerrito, CA 94530 Tel.: 800 572 7618; 510 525 0942 Fax: 510 525 1204 [email protected] http://www.lesblank.com/ Latin American Video Archives (LAVA) International Media Resource Exchange (IMRE) 124 Washington Place New York, NY 10014 Tel.: 212 463 0108

Film and video recordings

165

Fax: 212 243 2007 [email protected] http://www.lavavideo.org/lava Multicultural Media 56 Brownsmill Road R.D. 2, Box 5550 Berlin, VT 05602 Tel.: 802 223 1294 Fax: 802 229 1834 [email protected] http://www.worldmusicstore.com/ National Film Board of Canada Constitution Square 360 Albert Street Suite 1560 Ottawa, ONT KIA OM9 Canada http://www.nfb.ca/ PBS Video Public Broadcasting Service 1320 Braddock Place Alexandria, VA 22314–1698 Tel.: 800 344 3337 [email protected] http://www.pbs.org/ Penn State Media Sales 118 Wagner Building University Park PA 16802–3899 Tel.: 800 770 2111 Fax: 814 865 3172 [email protected] http://www.mediasales.psu.edu/

Ethnomusicology

166

Women Make Movies, Inc. 462 Broadway Suite 500WS New York, NY 10013 Tel.: 212 925 0606 Fax: 212 925 2052 [email protected] http://www.wmm.com/

8 Books

The following list of scholarly publications consists of book-length sources that present research on topics in music and dance published since 1990. Many of the studies contain ethnographic reports or theoretical examinations of musical performance in specific geographical and social contexts. The languages represented in this list are limited to English, and the Western European languages of French, German, Spanish, and Italian. As sources that are in current use in the discipline of ethnomusicology, they play significant roles in contemporary research and study in the United States and Europe and should provide foundations for research in the discipline in the decades to come. The titles have been compiled from a variety of sources typically used by researchers and librarians developing collections for scholarly studies, including indexes, bibliographies, library collections, and publishers catalogs. Descriptive information is provided in brief annotations for each entry and contents lists are included for collections of essays. This group of studies provides a record of research during a specific period in the history of the discipline. The cited materials present ethnographic, biographical, and historical information drawn from diverse areas of interest. While it is by no means comprehensive, the more than 750 book titles cited are representative of the broad range of studies that were conducted primarily during the last two decades of the twentieth century. The absence of journal articles in this bibliography may appear to indicate that they are not valued by this compiler; in fact, the issue is that the quantity of articles produced since 1990 that are potentially relevant to ethnomusicological research is unmanageably large. The indexing and abstracting tools as well as bibliographies noted in the earlier sections will lead users to articles in journals and other sources that may not be covered in this list. The tables of contents of article collections compiled in booklength form (often growing out of conferences or published as festschriften) are included because they are still seldom listed in online catalogs and not all are listed in indexes and online databases. Viewed as a collection that characterizes a discipline, many of the studies do fall into areas of particular concern to ethnomusicologists in the 1990s, reinforcing Martin Stokes’s description of some of the primary issues in the discipline in the latter part of the twentieth century in his contribution to the new edition of The New Grove Dictionary of Music. The contemporary theoretical issues that have increased in importance during the last decade of the twentieth century include new views of the relationship between theory and culture; coritinuing concerns for studies on communities and their musics; increasing interest in the significance of ethnicity, nationalism, diasporas and globalization, race,

Books

169

sexuality, and gender; new dialogues on the discipline itself, on practice theory, and on music theory and analysis. 1 With the broadening view of the research that is connected to this field, an expanding network of scholars representing an ever-widening range of influences now contribute to the discipline. In addition to titles and series that are directly associated with the field of ethnomusicology, scholarship cited is drawn from many fields, including musicology, anthropology, folklore, sociology, gender studies, and cultural studies that have had a specific influence on ethnomusicological discourse during the 1990s and early in the twenty-first century. This is by no means a comprehensive list. For example, a great deal of popular literature has been produced in the last 10 to 15 years, and ethnomusicologists draw on popular literature all the time for their research. Most ethnomusicologists are not the producers of popular literature, though, but remain concerned about the sy stematic study of a topic, culture, performance practice, or region that is informed by anthropological, musicological, historical, cultural studies, or the younger and still developing models of ethnomusicological research.

TOPICAL BOOKS General 951. Austern, Linda Phyllis. 2002. Music, Sensation, and Sensuality. Critical and Cultural Musicology, 5. New York: Routledge. xii, 348 p. ISBN 0815334214. ML3830 .M875 2002 A cross cultural collection of articles on cultural and scientific ways that hearing music affects the body. Partial Contents: Descartes on Musical Training and the Body/Kate van Orden—Untying the Music/Language Knot/Elizabeth Tolbert— Sensational Sacrifices: Feasting the Senses in the Bolivian Andes’/Henry Stobart—Siren Sensualities in Physical Theatre: Lloyd Newson’s Strange Fish (1992)/Janet AdsheadLansdale—Processions for the Dead, the Senses, and Ritual Identity in Colonial Mexico/Grayson Wagstaff—Between Life and Death: The Funeral and Mourning Rituals of the Southeastern Hungarian Vlach Roma/Irén Kertész Wilkinson. 1. Stokes, Martin. 2001. “Ethnomusicology,” The New Grove Dictionary of Music Online, ed. L. Macy (accessed 9 December 2002), http://www.grovemusic.com/.

952. Barwick, Linda, Allan Marett, and Guy Tunstill, ed. 1995. The Essence of Singing and the Substance of Song: Recent Responses to the Aboriginal Performing Arts and Other Essays in Honour of Catherine Ellis. Sydney, Australia: University of Sydney. 269 p., bibliog., illus., maps, music. ISBN 0867589949. ML3770 .E87 1995 A collection of essays offered in honor of Catherine Ellis, reflecting her focus on Aboriginal musical traditions. Contents: Striking a Balance: Limited Variability in Performances of a Clan Song Series from Central Arnhem Land/Greg Anderson— Interrelationships Between Music and Dance in a wangga from Northwest Australia”/Allan Marett and JoAnne Page—Process Models for the Analysis of nurlu Songs from the Western Kimberleys/Ray Keogh—Singing from the Heart?/Richard

Ethnomusicology

170

Moyle—Learning Pitjantjatjara Songs/Guy Tunstill—Antikirinya Women’s Ceremonial Dance Structures: Manifestations of the Dreaming/Megan Morais—Unison and “Disagreement” in a Mixed Women’s and Men’s Performance (Ellis Collection, Oodnadatta, 1966)/Linda Barwick—Song Styles from Near Poeppel’s Corner/Luise Hercus and Grace Koch—Songs and Sites/Moving Mountains: A Study of One Song from Northern NSW / Margaret Gummow—In Search of the Queen/Margaret Somerville, Florrie Munroe, and Emily Connors—Mixes of English and Ancestral Language Words in Southeast Australian Aboriginal Songs of Traditional and Introduced Origin/Tamsin Donaldson—The Paradise Theme in Modern Tongan Music/Adrienne L.Kaeppler—Death of a Singer/Helen Reeves Lawrence—Two Navajo Airplane Songs/David McAllester—Whose Truth?/Catherine Ellis—Catherine Ellis: Career History and List of Publications, Papers and Reports/Linda Barwick—Selected Audiography of Traditional Music/Linda Barwick and Allan Marett. 953. Baumann, Max Peter, ed. 1991. Music in the Dialogue of Cultures: Traditional Music and Cultural Policy. Intercultural Music Studies, 2. Wilhelmshaven, Germany: F.Noetzel. 439 p. ISBN 3795905915. ML3798 This collection of essays uses explores the relationship among ethnomusicological practice, intercultural dialogue, and cultural policy in selected regions throughout the world. Contents: 1. Cultural Policies and their Effect on Musical Life: Traditional Music in the Focus of Cultural Policy/Max Peter Baumann—Traditional Music and Cultural Politics/Oskar Elschek—Music and Public Policy/Marcia Herndon—A Comparison of Cultural Policies Towards Traditional Music in the United States and Japan/Linda Fujie—Music and Cultural Policy in Contemporary Africa /J.H.Kwabena Nketia— Cultural Policy and Traditional Music in Portugal since 1974/ Salwa El-Shawan CasteloBranco—Revitalization of Balinese Classical Dance and Music/Martin Ramstedt— Tradition, Popular Culture and Social Transformation/Veit Erlmann. 2. Institutions and Projects: The ATPA Project in Retrospect/Yoshihiko Tokumaru—U.S.-China Arts Exchange: A Practice in Search of a Philosophy/Chou Wen-Chung—International Cooperation in Ethnomusicology and its Promotion by the International Council for Traditional Music (ICTM)/Erich Stockmann—Developing Methods of Intercultural Musical Education/Gabriele Berlin—Joint Field Research in the Cultural Dialogue. Musicology and Music Society in Sweden/Jan Ling—The Bornu Music Documentation Project. Applied Ethnomusicology and Cultural Cooperation in Northern Nigeria/Artur Simon. 3. Documenting and Archiving: North-South Dialogue with Regard to Field Research and Audiovisual Documentation: Ethical, Organizational and Technical Aspects/Dietrich Schüller—Traditional Music, Nationalism, and Musicological Research/Dieter Christensen—Some Remarks Regarding Music Documentation, Its Planning and Realization Requiring Cooperation Between Two or More Countries/Robert Günther—Phonographic Recording as “Our” Emblem for the Music of the “Other.” Towards an Anthropology of the Musicological Juncture: Vergleichende Musikwissenschaft, Ethnomusicology and Historical Musicology/Rafael José de Menezes Bastos. 4. Concerts and Records: Strategies and Tactics for Presentation of NonEuropean Music in the West and Their Contribution to the Enhancement of Aesthetic Knowledge Amongst the General Public/Habib Hassan Touma—Presentations of Musicians in Concerts and Workshops/Josef Kuckertz—Traditional Music on Stage: Two Case Studies from Iraq/Ulrich Wegner—"The Blind Leading the Blind:” Changing

Books

171

Perceptions of Traditional Music: The Case of the Peruvian Ayllu Sulca/Jan Fairly— Creating and Confronting Cultures: Issues of Editing and Selection in Records and Videotapes of Musical Performances/Anthony Seeger—Traditional Music, Pop, and the Problem of Copyright Protection /Albrecht Schneider. 5. Research Strategies and CrossCultural Understanding: Documentation in the Field. Scientific Strategies and the Psychology of Culture Contact/Gerhard Kubik—Cooperation in the Study of Greek Folk Music: The Triadic Relationship Between Foreign Field Worker, Greek Folklorist, and Musicians (Problems and Expectations)/Rudolf Brandl—The Ethnomusicologist as Midwife/Carol E. Robertson—World Music: The Voyager Enigma/Robert E.Brown—On the Role of Value Criteria in Ethnomusicological Research/Jan Steszewski. 6. Ethnomusicological Research in the USSR: The Accomplishments and Prospects of Soviet Ethnomusicology/Eduard Alexeyev—Research an the Traditional Music of the Near and Middle East Undertaken in the Soviet Union/Isabella Eolian—Finno-Ugric Folk Music Activities in Estonia/Ingrid Rüttel. 954. Baumann, Max Peter, ed. 1992. World Music, Musics of the World: Aspects of Documentation, Mass Media, and Acculturation. Intercultural Music Studies, 3. Wilhelmshaven, Germany; New York: F.Noetzel; C.F.Peters. 318 p., bibliog., charts, diagr., illus. ISBN 3795906423. ML3795 .W577 1992 Sixteen articles drawn from 1991 conferences in Germany on the relationship between accelerating developments in music technology and their impact on traditional music. Contents: Mediamorphosis and Secondary Orality: a Challenge to Cultural Policy/Kurt Blaukopf—The Dual Role of the Mass Media in Traditional Music Cultures/Oskar Elschek—Media Ethics and Aesthetics. Ethnomusicological Issues in Public Policy/ K. Peter Etzkorn—World Music: Musics of the World/Lupwishi Mbuyamba—World Musics: Phenomenon and Object of Modern Science/ Izaly Zemtsovsky—Music Worlds and Music of the World: the Case of Oman/Dieter Christensen—Nigerian Music in the Politics of Values: Between Creative Ennui and Cultural Squint (with an Appendix by J.H. Kwabena Nketia)/Meki Nzewi—Safeguarding of Musical Traditions. Towards the “Rehabilitation of the Alien”/Max Peter Baumann—Safeguarding Traditional Music in Contemporary Portugal/Salwa El-Shawan Castelo-Branco—Preservation, the Mass Media and Dissemination of Traditional Musics: the Case of Peruvian Andes/Raúl R. Romero—Local, National and International Musics. A Changing Scene of Interaction/ Krister Malm—Aspects of Documentation and Mass Media. A Viewpoint from India/Shubha Chaudhuri—Media Technology and Its Impact on the Dynamics of Musical Culture: the Hong Kong/China Phenomena/Tsao Penyeh—Documentation as Disintegration: Aboriginal Australians in the Modern World/Catherine J.Ellis—Recent Research on Amazonian Ethnology and Indigenous History. A Musical Approach/Lux Boelitz Vidal. 955. Baumann, Max Peter, Artur Simon, and Ulrich Wegner, ed. 1992. European Studies in Ethnomusicology: Historical Developments and Recent Trends: Selected Papers Presented at the Viith European Seminar in Ethnomusicology, Berlin, October 1– 6, 1990. Intercultural Music Studies, 4. Wilhelmshaven, Germany: F.Noetzel. 330 p., bibliog. ISBN 3795906520. ML3797.7 .E95 1990 A collection of articles drawn from the European Seminar in Ethnomusicology held in Berlin in 1990. Organized into the following subtopics: On the History of

Ethnomusicology

172

Ethnomusicology; On Sources, Documentation, and Evaluation; Musical Perception and Cognition; Studies on European Music; and Studies on Asian Music. 956. Bebbington, Warren Arthur, ed. 1992. Sound and Reason: Music and Essays in Honour of Gordon D.Spearritt. St. Lucia: Faculty of Music, University of Queensland. x, 234 p., bibliog., discog., illus., music. ISBN 0867764597. ML55 .8689 1992 Essays honoring Gordon Spearritt focusing on music and music education in Australia, music of Asia and the Pacific, compositions, and music in Europe. Includes a bibliography and discography of the works of Gordon Spearritt. 957. Bergeron, Katherine, and Philip Vilas Bohlman, ed. 1992. Disciplining Music: Musicology and Its Canons. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. xi, 220 p., bibliog., charts, diagr., illus., music. ISBN 0226043681. ML3797.1. D5 1992 A collection of essays from conferences at meetings of the American Musicological Society in New Orleans in 1986 and 1987. The book challenges the disciplinary divisions of music in essays representing historical musicology, ethnomusicology, and music theory. Partial Contents: Prologue, Disciplining Music/Katherine Bergeron—Cultural Dialogics and Jazz: A White Historian Signifies/Gary Tomlinson—Ethnomusicology’s Challenge to the Canon: the Canon’s Challenge to Ethnomusicology/Philip V. Bohlman—Mozart and the Ethnomusicological Study of Western Culture: An Essay in Four Movements/Bruno Nettl—Hierarchical Unity, Plural Unities: Toward a Reconciliation/Richard Cohn and Douglas Dempster—A Lifetime of Chants/Katherine Bergeron—Epilogue: Musics and Canons/ Philip V.Bohlman. 958. Blacking, John. 1995. Music, Culture, and Experience: Selected Papers of John Blacking. Chicago Studies in Ethnomusicology. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. xii, 269 p., bibliog., music, photos. ISBN 0226088294; 0226088308 (pbk). ML60 .B63 1994 Edited and with an introduction by Reginald Byron and a preface by Bruno Nettl, this collection of John Blacking’s (1928–1990) work includes eight essays published previously in scholarly journals and compilation volumes: Expressing Human Experience through Music (1969)—The Problem of Musical Description 1971)—The Music of Venda Girls’ Initiation (1970)—Music and the Historical Process in Vendaland (1971)— The Study of Musical Change (1977)—Reflections on the Effectiveness of Symbols (1985)—The Music of Politics (1981)—Music, Culture, and Experience (1984). 959. Blaukopf, Kurt. 1992. Musical Life in a Changing Society: Aspects of Music Sociology. Portland, Or.: Amadeus Press. xv, 308 p., bibliog. ISBN 0931340527; 0931340551 (pbk). ML3795 .B6313 1992 Translated by David Marinelli from a 1982 publication, Musik im Wandel der Gesellschaft, with some updating, this book introduces the sociology of music as a separate discipline from ethnomusicology. A 2d edition of the original German text was published in 1996 by Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft. 960. Blum, Stephen, Philip Vilas Bohlman, and Daniel M. Neuman, ed. 1991. Ethnomusicology and Modern Music History. Urbana: University of Illinois Press. 322 p., bibliog., illus., maps, music. ISBN0252017382. ML3799 .E83 1990 Dedicated to Bruno Nettl, this volume compiles research of some of his colleagues and former students. It represents the first collection to survey music history from an ethnomusicological perspective. Contents: Ethnomusicologists and Modern Music History/Stephen Blum—When Music Makes History/Anthony Seeger—

Books

173

Ethnomusicology and the Meaning of Tradition/ David B. Coplan—Jùjú History: Toward a Theory of Sociomusical Practice/ Christopher A.Waterman—Historical Worldviews of Early Ethnomusicologists: an East-West Encounter in Cairo, 1932/Ali Jihad Racy—The Interpretation of History and the Foundations of Authority in the Visnupur Gharana of Bengal/Charles Capwell—Sufi Music and the Historicity of Oral Tradition/Regula Burckhardt Qureshi—The History of a Peruvian Panpipe Style and the Politics of Interpretation/Thomas Turino—Music Institutions and National Consciousness among Polish and Ukrainian Peasants/William Noll—Ravi Shankar as Mediator Between a Traditional Music and Modernity/Stephen M. Slawek—An Eighteenth-Century Critic of Taste and Good Taste/Amnon Shiloah—Arzelie Langley and a Lost Pantribal Tradition/Victoria Lindsay Levine—Music and the History of Tribe-Caste Interaction in Chotanagpur/Carol Babiracki—Indian, East Indian, and West Indian Music in Felicity, Trinidad/Helen Myers—Stability in Blackfoot Songs, 1909–1968/Robert Witmer—Of Yekkes and Chamber Music in Israel: Ethnomusicological Meaning in Western Music History/ Philip V. Bohlman—Epilogue: Paradigms and Stories/Daniel M. Neuman. 961. Born, Georgina, and David Hesmondhalgh, ed. 2000. Western Music and Its Others: Difference, Representation, and Appropriation in Music. Berkeley: University of California Press. xi, 360 p., bibliog., music, photos. ISBN 0520220838; 0520220846 (pbk.). ML3795 .W45 2000 Collection of articles that offers an overview of new developments in cultural theory as applied to Western music. The authors examine musical appropriations and how music has been used to construct, evoke, or represent musical difference. Contributors to the volume include scholars from historical musicology, sociology, ethnomusicology, anthropology, popular music studies, and film studies. Contents: Introduction: On Difference, Representation, and Appropriation in Music/David Hesmondhalgh and Georgina Born—Musical Belongings: Western Music and Its Low-Other/Richard Middleton—Race, Orientalism, and Distinction in the Wake of the “Yellow Peril”/Jann Pasler—Bartók, the Gypsies, and Hybridity in Music/Julie Brown—Modernism, Deception, and Musical Others: Los Angeles Circa 1940/Peter Franklin—Experimental Oriental: New Music and Other Others/John Corbett—Composing the Cantorate: Westernizing Europe’s Other Within/Philip V. Bohlman—East, West, and Arabesk/Martin Stokes—Scoring the Indian: Music in the Liberal Western/Claudia Gorbman—The Poetics and Politics of Pygmy Pop/Steven Feld—International Times: Fusions, Exoticism, and Antiracism in Electronic Dance Music/David Hesmondhalgh— The Discourse of World Music/Simon Frith. 962. Brady, Erika. 1999. A Spiral Way: How the Phonograph Changed Ethnography. Jackson: University Press of Mississippi. xiii, 156 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 1578061733; 1578061741 (pbk.). GN348 .B73 1999 This study provides a history of the complex relationships among collector and informant and machine in the fieldwork process. Brady reports on the early collecting of anthropologists using wax cylinders and discusses the value of the now preserved music from that period. 963. Buckley, Ann, ed. 1998. Hearing the Past: Essays in Historical Ethnomusicology and the Archaeology of Sound. Liège, Belgium: Université de Liège. 251 p., bibliog., diagr., map, music, photos. ISBN. ML3797.7 .H43 1998

Ethnomusicology

174

Essays prepared for a colloquium at Darwin College, Cambridge, in December 1991. Contents: Organised Sound and Tonal Art in Long-term Perspective/Ann Buckley— What Is Wrong with Music Archaeology? A Critical Essay from a Scandinavian Perspective, Including a Report about a New Find of a Bullroarer/Cajsa S. Lund—False. Authentic. False Authenticity. Contributions and Failures of Experimental Archaeology as Applied to Music Instruments/Catherine Homo-Lechner—North Borneo Gongs and the Javanese Gamelan: a New Historical Perspective/Inge Skog—Symbol and Sound: Reading Early Chinese Instruments/Kenneth J. DeWoskin—MusicArchaeological Data for Culture Contact Between Sumer and the Greater Indus Area: An Introductory Study/Reis Flora—Sappho and Other Women Musicians in Attic Vase Painting/Jane M. Snyder—The Representation of Musicians on Greek Geometric Pottery: Musicians as Decorative Symbols/ Jon Solomon—The Dialogue of Greece and Rome about Music and Ethics in Philodemus of Gadara/Daniel Delattre. 964. Buckley, Ann, Karl-Olof Edström, and Paul Nixon, ed. 1991. Proceedings of the Second British-Swedish Conference on Musicology. Musikmuseets Skrifter, 21. Göteborg, Sweden: Department of Musicology Göteborgs Universitet. vii, 377 p. ISBN 9185974188. ML3797.7 .B74 1989 Conference papers from a meeting held in Cambridge in 1989. Papers explore issues connected to relationships between ethnomusicology and historical musicology, world music in music education, performance practice, and research methods, many using case studies from countries around the world. 965. Crafts, Susan D., Daniel Cavicchi, and Charles Keil. 1993. My Music. Music Culture. Hanover N.H.: University Press of New England. xxiii, 218 p. ISBN 0819552577; 0819562645 (pbk.). ML3920 .M98 1993 Presents the results of a series of interviews conducted by participants in undergraduate and graduate seminars at the State University of New York at Buffalo during the 1980s. Forty-one of these interviews from the Music in Daily Life Project are presented to document how people “enjoy, experience and use music.” 966. Darré, Alain. 1996. Musique et politique: les repertoires de l’identité. Collection Res publica. Rennes Ille-et-Vilaine, France: Presses universitaires de Rennes. 321 p. ISBN 2868472176. ML3795 .M893 1996 A collection of essays explore the roles musicians play in the stages of creation, production or consumption of music. Contents: Pratiques musicales et enjeux de pouvoir/Alain Darré—Que me chantez-vous la? Une sociologie des musiques populaires est-elle possible?/Denis-Constant Martin—Sociabilités musicales: Sciences sociales et sociabilités musicales: vers un déplacement des problématiques?/Eric Neveu—L’amour de la musique aujourd’hui: une recheche en cours sur les figures de 1’amateur/ Antoine Hennion—Identité des musiciens de jazz et Orchestre national de jazz / Beatrice Madiot—Musiques traditionnelles et modernité/JeanFrançois Dutertre—Rock et rockers: un peuple du rock/Patrick Mignon—Le jazz serait-il de la musique? Identification d’un art, 1930–1934/ Philippe Gumplowicz—L’Etat culturel et les musiques d’aujourd’hui/ Philippe Teillet—Une manifestation musicale au miroir de la ville: le festival de RadioFrance et (de) Montpellier/Emmanuel Négrier—Politique culturelle et identité: l’expérience de la formation musicale du Sermac/ Jean-Lois Capitolin—Identités en musique Les “partitions” de l’identité/ Alain Darré—Musique et chant en Pays Basque contemporain ou les tribulations d’une quête identitaire/Piere Bidart et Alain Darré—Le

Books

175

syndrome de l’acculturation musicale: un siècle de resistances en Bretagne/Yves Defrance—Polyphonies et chants engages dans le combat identitaire corse contemporain/Françoise Albertini—Cesaria Evora: 1’ambassadrice aux pieds nus/Dominique Maliesky—La double identité du flamenco/Bernard Leblon—La musique cajun, musée musical ou ciment identitaire?/Gérard Herzhaft—Negro Spiritual et construction identitaire/Alain Darré—La difference rap/Maryse Souchard—La salsa: processus identitaire des Caribéens de New York/Maya Roy—Du reggae au ragga: que reste-t-il de la contestation?/Carolyn Cooper—Calypso et identité a Trinidad/Hollis Liverpool—Musique et développement: le role du zouk en Guadeloupe/ Jocelyn Guilbault. 967. Dehoux, Vincent, ed. 1995. Ndroje balendro: musiques, terrains et disciplines: textes offerts a Simha Arom. Numéro special/Société d'études linguistiques et anthropologiques de France, 27. Paris: Peeters. 378 p., bibliogs., diagrs., discog., filmog., illus., music, maps, photos., tables. ISBN 2877231585. ML3798 .N39 1995 Contents: La joie Simha/Gary Bertini—Un museé en Afrique/Geneviève Dournon— De la nécessité de l’interdisciplinarité/Jacqueline M.C. Thomas, and Luc Bouquiaux—De la musique considérée comme une philosophie (chez les Pygmées Aka de Centrafrique)/Serge Bahuchet—Chasse, sexualité et musique, Un arc musical des Pygmées Aka/Vincent Dehoux, and Henri Guillaume—Existe-t-il des instmments de musique pygmées?/Susanne Fürniss, and Serge—A propos du re-recording/ Emmanuelle Olivier—Echelles musicales et données linguistiques: Vers une histoire des sociétés oubanguiennes/Frédéric Voison and France Cloarec-Heiss-Ce qu’ils en pensent/Sylvie Le Bomin—Structures litaniques singulières dans la liturgie des Juifs d’Ethiopie/Olivier Tourny—La fin de semaine et le monde a venir/Karine Chemla, and Serge Pahaut— Ethnomusicologie, cognition et creation: Simha Arom, ethnologue musicien/Jean-Claude Russet—Tradition et nouveauté/Judith Schlanger—Des idées sur les idées/Jacques Schlanger—Un nouveau paradigme en ethnomusicology/Jean Molino—Hypothèses cognitives et terrains anthropologiques: De quelques voisinages/Frank AlvarezPereyre— Experimental Syntax in Language and in Music/Kenneth L. Pike—Universaux et composition/Célestin Deliége—“A la recherce de chants perdus” La redécouverte des collections du ‘cabinet’ de musique juive de Moisei I. Beregovski/Israel Adler—Apports réciproques entre ethnomusicologie et philologie musicale/Jacques Chailley—L’apport de l’ethnomusicologie a 1’analyse de 1’ostinato/Laure Schnapper—Au-delà de la trace Quelques reflexions a propos de l’isoharmonie/ Christian Meyer—D’un point de vue rythmique/Hervé Rivière—Analyse d‘"un” chant inuit/Jean-Jacques Nattiez—"AngkepAngkepan”/Ki Mantle Hood—Le champ experimental: Dictée musicale a Baia Mare (Roumanie)/Bernard Lortat-Jacob—Texte et musique dans le chant des Bororo du Mato Grosso/Ricardo O. Canzio. 968. DeNora, Tia. 2000. Music in Everyday Life. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. xiii, 181 p., bibliog., music. ISBN 0521622069; 052162732X (pbk). ML3795 .D343 2000 In this study of the power of music in everyday life, DeNora uses social theory, ethnographic studies, and interviews to explore the consumption of music. 969. DjeDje, Jacqueline Cogdell, and Ernest Brown, ed. 1999. Turn Up the Volume: A Celebration of African Music. Los Angeles: UCLA Fowler Museum of Cultural History. 363 p. ISBN 0930741765; 0930741773 (pbk). ML141.L7 U557 1999

Ethnomusicology

176

A series of essays and a catalog to accompany three California exhibits on African music during the 1990s. The essays address music in African life, and Africa in the diaspora. Contents: African and African American Lamellophones: History, Typology, Nomenclature, Performers, and Intracultural Concepts/Gerhard Kubik—West Africa: When the Xylophone Speaks/Heather A. Maxwell—African Traditional Musical Instruments in Neo-African Idioms and Contexts/Akin Euba—Ritual, Lore, and Music in the Pre-Islamic Vai Funerary Sequence/Lester P.Monts—Ingolole: Then We Shall See/Jean Ngoya Kidula—The Fulbe Fiddle in The Gambia: A Symbol of Ethnic Identity/Jacqueline Cogdell DjeDje—The Lunga Drum as Social Mediator among the Dagbamba of Ghana/Leigh Creighton—Make Army Tanks for War into Church Bells for Peace: Observations on Musical Change and Other Adaptations in Ethiopia during the 1990s/ Cynthia Tse Kimberlin—The Lyre of the Arab Gulf: Historical Roots, Geographical Links, and the Local Context/Ali Jihad Racy—Turn Up the Volume! The African Aesthetic in Trinidad’s Carnival Music/Ernest D. Brown, Jr.—The Voice of Ginen: Drums in Haitian Religion, History, and Identity/ Victoria Simmons—The African Legacy: The Use of Music and Musical Instruments in the Candomble Religion of Salvador da Bahia, Brazil/ Clarence Bernard Henry—Ethnomusicology and the Study of Africanisms in the Music of Latin America: Brazil/Kazadi wa Mukuna—Reflections on Eli Owens’s Mouth-Bow: African-American One-Stringed Instrumental Traditions and Their African Backgrounds/Gerhard Kubik—Africa and Jazz: The Melo-Rhythmic Essence of Warren “Baby” Dodds/Eddie S. Meadows—Musical Collages of Sound: Technologizing the Band in the Rap Music Tradition/Cheryl L.Keyes—The Introduction as Signature: An Analysis of Western Musical Instruments in Chimurenga, Mbaqanga, and Motown/Kimasi L.Brown—The Role of the Gumbe in Popular Music and Dance Styles in Sierra Leone/Christian Dowu Jayeola Horton 970. Dobberstein, Marcel. 2000. Musik und Mensch: Grundlegung einer Anthropologie der Musik. Reihe historische Anthropologie, 31. Berlin: Reimer. 487 p., bibliog. ISBN 3496024917. ML3797 .D63 2000 A philosophical and historical exploration of the anthropology of music. 971. Dugaw, Dianne, ed. 1995. The Anglo-American Ballad: A Folklore Casebook. Garland Reference Library of the Humanities, vol. 1858. New York: Garland. xxii, 337 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 0815317476. ML3553 .A64 1995 An anthology of ballad criticism from the eighteenth century to the present. The 19 reprinted essays cover diverse topics from popular songs and the image of a nation to blues ballads and the syncretism of Anglo and African traditions. Authors covered include Thomas Addison, Thomas Percy, and Joseph Ritson of the eighteenth century; Walter Scott, William Motherwell, Francis James Child, and Francis Gummere of the nineteenth century; and Louise Pound, Phillips Barry, Bertrand H. Bronson, Samuel P.Bayard, D.K. Wilgus, Michael Pickering, David Buchan, Edward Ives, Eleanor R.Long, Dianne Dugaw, Natascha Würzbach, and Paul Oliver in the twentieth century. 972. Emsheimer, Ernst. 1991. Studia ethnomusicologica eurasiatica II. Stockholm: Royal Swedish Academy of Music. 290 p. ISBN 9185428582. ML3545 .E47 1991 Collection of articles from 1964 to 1989 published previously in books, periodicals, and Die Musik in Geschichte und Gegenwart, now published in honor of the author’s 85th birthday.

Books

177

973. Erlmann, Veit. 1999. Music, Modernity, and the Global Imagination: South Africa and the West. New York: Oxford University Press. viii, 312 p., bibliog. ISBN 0195123670. ML3760 .E75 1999 A series of essays that explore the relationship between Africa and the West in shared popular music genres throughout the twentieth century. Includes discussions of Zulu choir traditions, relationships between African American spirituals and black South African song, Paul Simon and world music, Ladysmith Black Mambazo’s Joseph Shabalala and individual creativity, and late twentieth-century diasporic identity. 974. Eyerman, Ron, and Andrew Jamison. 1998. Music and Social Movements: Mobilizing Traditions in the Twentieth Century. Cambridge Cultural Social Studies. Cambridge, U.K., New York: Cambridge University Press. xi, 191 p., bibliog. ISBN 0521620457; 0521629667 (pbk). ML3795 .E98 1998 Eyerman and Jamison examine how cultural traditions are mobilized and new collective identities formed through the music of activism. They apply a theoretical structure to events and individuals in the United States and Europe focusing on folk and country music, black music, music of the 1960s, and the Swedish progressive movement. 975. Fletcher, Peter. 2001. World Musics in Context: A Comprehensive Survey of the World’s Major Musical Cultures. New York: Oxford University Press. xv, 734 p., bibliog., music, photos. ISBN 0198166362. ML160 .F64 2001 A compilation of information on music in both historical and sociogeographical contexts. Fletcher first considers early histories of music from ancient evidence of performance in Mesopotamia and Egypt to early traditions in South and Central Asia and Europe. Music is then explored in Africa, Asia, Europe, and Latin America. In a final section, he considers modernism and postmodernism in music in Asia, Africa, Europe, and the United States. 976. Foley, John Miles. 1991. Immanent Art: From Structure to Meaning in Traditional Oral Epic. Bloomington: Indiana University Press. xvi, 278 p., bibliog. ISBN 0253322162. GR72 .F62 1991 Drawing on Muslim and Christian traditions in Serbia and Croatia as well as the Iliad and Beowolf, Foley seeks to define a distinct aesthetic for traditional oral epics in their formulae, type-scenes, and story patterns. 977. Frith, Simon, ed. 1993. Music and Copyright. Edinburgh Law and Society Series. Edinburgh, Scotland: Edinburgh University Press. xiv, 171 p. ISBN 0748604812. K1450.Z9 M87 1993 Essays look at the state of intellectual property in the age of digital technology and globalization. Contents: Introduction/Simon Frith—Music and Morality/Simon Frith— Copyright and the International Music Industry/ Dave Laing-Technology, Economy, and Copyright Reform in Canada/ Paul Théberge—Music and Copyright in the USA/Steve Jones—Bette Midler and the Piracy of Identity/Jane M.Gaines—Making It Visible: The 1990 Public Inquiry into Australian Music Copyrights/Marcus Breen—Copyright and Music in Japan: A Forced Grafting and Its Consequences/ Tôru Mitsui—The Problem of Oral Copyright: The Case of Ghana/John Collins—Copyright: The Dark Side of the Music Business/Franco Fabbri—Copyright in Germany/Simon Frith. 978. Garofalo, Reebee, ed. 1992. Rockin’ the Boat: Mass Music and Mass Movements. Boston: South End Press. viii, 333 p., bibliog. ISBN 0896084280; 0896084272 (pbk.). ML3534 .R6348 1992

Ethnomusicology

178

A collection of essays that examine relationships between popular music and social movements in different cultural contexts. Contents: Mega-Events: The Global Stage. Understanding Mega-Events: If We Are the World, Then How Do We Change It?/Reebee Garofalo—Diverse Rock Rebellions Subvert Mass Media Hegemony/Neal Ullestad—Nelson Mandela, the Concerts: Mass Culture as Contested Terrain/Reebee Garofalo—Rock Around the World. Rock Against Racism and Red Wedge: From Music to Politics, from Politics to Music/Simon Frith and John Street—The Times They Are Achangin’: Rock Music and Political Change in East Germany/Peter Wicke—The Politics of Marginality: A Rock Musical Subculture in Socialist Hungary in the Early 1980s/Anna Szemere—Rock and Roll on the New Long March: Popular Music, Cultural Identity, and Political Opposition in the People’s Republic of China/Tim Brace and Paul Friedlander— All for Freedom: The Rise of Patriotic/Pro-Democratic Popular Music in Hong Kong in Response to the Chinese Student Movement/Joanna Ching-Yun Lee—Desert Dreams, Media, and Interventions in Reality: Australian Aboriginal Music/Marcus Breen—Don’ Go Down Waikiki: Social Protest and Popular Music in Hawaii/George H. Lewis—Some Anti-Hegemonic Aspects of African Popular Music/John Collins—Music Beyond Apartheid?/ Denis-Constant Martin—Rock Nacional and Dictatorship in Argentina/ Pablo Vila—Bringing It All Back Home. Popular Music and the Civil Rights Movement/Reebee Garofalo—Women’s Music: No Longer a Small Private Party/Cynthia M.Lont—Reconstructions of Nationalist Thought in Black Music and Culture/Kristal Brent Zook—Chicano Rock: Cruising Around the Historical Bloc/George Lipsitz. 979. Giannattasio, Francesco. 1998. II concetto di musica: contributi e prospettive della ricerca etnomusicologica. Etnomusicologia. Rome: Bulzoni. 317 p., bibliog. ISBN 8883191919. ML3547 .G52 1992 An introduction to theoretical issues, practical procedures, and significant scholars (especially Bartok and Brailoiu) in ethnomusicology, particularly those that have impacted the discipline in Italy. First published in 1992 by Nuova Italia scientifica. 980. Giuriati, Giovanni. 1993. Ethnomusicologica II. Quaderni dell’Accademia chigiana, 45. Siena, Italy: Accademia Musicale chigiana. 254 p., bibliogs. ISBN. ML3797.7 Abstracts and papers from the 6th European Seminar in Ethnomusicology held in Siena, Italy, in 1989. Papers address musical systems throughout the world and focus on the broad areas of genre and mode and on religion and therapy. 981. Goodwin, Andrew. 1993. Dancing in the Distraction Factory: Music Television and Popular Culture. London: Routledge. xxiii, 237 p., bibliog. ISBN 0415091691; 0415091705 (pbk). PN1992.8.M87 G66 1992 A critical study of music television production and its consumption that presents a methodology for analysis of music and image. 982. Gouk, Penelope, ed. 2000. Musical Healing in Cultural Contexts. Aldershot, U.K.; Brookfield, Vermont: Ashgate. xi, 223 p., bibliog. ISBN 1840142790. ML3920 .M899 2000 Essays explore different forms of music therapy using case studies from the Bolivian Andes, Africa, Western Europe, and Islamic traditions in the West. Contents: Introduction/Penelope Gouk—Bodies of Sound and Landscapes of Music: A View from the Bolivian Andes/Henry Stobart—Theories of Music in African Ngoma Healing/John

Books

179

M.Janzen—Dancing the Disease: Music and Trance in Tumbuka Healing/Steven M. Friedson—"Spiritual Medicine”: Music and Healing in Islam and Its Influence in Western Medicine/Charles Burnett—The Inflected Voice: Attraction and Curative Properties/George Rousseau—"No Pill’s Gonna Cure My 111": Gender, Erotic Melancholy, and Traditions of Musical Healing in the Modern West/ Linda Phyllis Austern—Soul Music as Exemplified in Nineteenth-Century German Psychiatry/Cheryce Kramer—The Dancing Nurse: Kalela Drums and the History of Hygiene in Africa/Lyn Schumaker—Sister Disciplines? Music and Medicine in Historical Perspective/Penelope Gouk. 983. Greer, Taylor Aitken. 1998. A Question of Balance: Charles Seeger ‘s Philosophy of Music. Berkeley: University of California Press. xv, 273 p., bibliog. ISBN 0520211529. ML423.S498 G74 1998 An analysis and critique of Charles Seeger’s (1886–1979) writing highlighting connections he made between music, the humanities and sciences. 984. Gronow, Pekka. 1996. The Recording Industry: An Ethnomusicological Approach. Acta Universitatis Tamperensis. Ser. A, 504. Tampere, Finland: University of Tampere. 176 p., bibliog. ISBN 9514440072. ML3790 .G76 1996 An overview of the recording industry’s historical and economic development and a series of essays on diverse subjects related to sound recording history including the Finnish record industry from 1945 to 1960, ethnic music and the Soviet record industry, and the record industry in the Asia. 985. Gronow, Pekka, and Ilpo Saunio. 1998. An International History of the Recording Industry. London; New York: Cassell. ix, 230 p., bibliog. ISBN 0304701734. ML3790 .G7813 1998 A reference guide to the history of the recording industry, including technology, music, and musicians. Originally published in Finnish as Aanilevyn historia in 1990. 986. Gruhn, Wilfried, and Alenka Barber-Kersovan, ed. 1998. Musik anderer Kulturen: 10 Vorträge und ein Resumee zu interkulturellen Ansätzen in Musikwissenschaft und Musikpädagogik. Hochschuldokumentationen zu Musikwissenschaft und Musikpädagogik, Musikhochschule Freiburg; Bd. 6. Kassel, Germany: Bosse. 304 p. ISBN 3764925167. ML3799 .M86 1998 Contents: Musik anderer Kulturen und Interkulturelle Musikerziehung/ Wilfried Gruhn—Chancen und Grenzen des Verstehens: Über den Umgang mit dem musikalisch Fremden/Peter Niklas Wilson—Balinesische Musik: Zwischen lokaler Tradition, nationaler Verpflichtung und internationalem Einfluss/Dieter Mack—Dem Klang zur Ehre: Tradition und Gegenwart der indischen Kunstmusik/Herbert Lange—Afrocubanische Musik: Batá-Trommelmusik der Santería/Ulrike Herzog—Grundprinzipien schwarzafrikanischer Musikgestaltung/Volker Schütz—Musik und Musikleben in der Ukraine/Iouri Semenov—Wie das Fremde eigen wurde und das Eigene fremd: (Pop) Musikalische Streifzüge durch einige Republiken des ehemaligen Jugoslawien/Alenka Barber-Kersovan—Die Volksmusik Spaniens-ohne Flamenco/Marianne Bröcker—Musik der Türkei/Ali Uçan—Arabische Musik: Geschichte, Stilelemente, Gattungen und Musikpraxis/Habib Hassan Touma—Je länger man hinsieht, desto fremder schaut es zurück: Ein Resümee/Mechtild Fuchs. 987. Gutsche, Karsten M. 1995. Urheberrecht und Volksmusik: die volksmusikalische Bearbeitung und ihre Rechtswahrnehmung durch die GEMA. Berliner

Ethnomusicology

180

Hochschulschriften zum gewerblichen Rechtsschutz und Urheberrecht, Bd. 30. Berlin: Berlin Verl. A.Spitz. xv, 192 p., bibliog. ISBN 3870615745. Originally presented as the author’s doctoral thesis, Freie Universität Berlin, 1995, this study investigates the affect of copyright on traditional musics. 988. Haid, Gerlinde, Ursula Hemetek, and Rudolf Pietsch, ed. 2000. Volksmusik: Wandel und Deutung: Festschrift Walter Deutsch zum 75. Geburtstag. Schriften zur Volksmusik, 19. Vienna: Böhlau. 630 p., bibliog., facsims., illus., music+1 sound disc. ISBN 3205992385. ML55 .D45 2000 Contents: Im Mittelpunkt: Walter Deutsch als Lehrer/G. Haid—Ethnomusikologische Feldforschung/M.R.Baumann—Analytische Verfahren und Schichten in der Volksmusikforchung/Elscheková und Elschek—Das Verhältnis zwischen Text und Melodie im Volkslied/ J.Strajnar—Beobachtungen zur Gattungstypologie des volksliedes/T. Hochradner—Die Mehrdeutigkeit des Begriffes Volk in der Bezeichnung Volksmusik/W.Keller—Der Volksmusik zuliebe/J.Sulz-Der Wandel der Deutung/K.Köstlin—Soziographie in der musiksoziologischen Forschung /1.Bontinck— Von der Macht der Kultur über die Gesellschaft / J. Stagl—Das Ostmärkische Volksliedunternehmen und die Ostmärkischen Gauausschüsse für Volksmusik/T.Nussbaumer—Feldforschung in Südtirol/ M. Walcher et al.—“De ma Devla ci baxtori—” Gib mir Gott ein wenig Glück/U.Hemetek—Aus “jüdischen Studien”/H.Thiel—Da capo: Italienerlieder/R. Johler—Das zweisprachige Singen im Gailtah/ H. Wulz—Anmerkungen zum musikalischen Rhythmus im Volksgesang der slowenischen Volksgruppe in Kärnten/E.Logar—Spätmittelalterliche Maultrommelfunde in Nordtirol/H.Hermann-Schneider—Landler und Galopp in ungarischen Notenhanschriften um 1820/L.Tari—Eine Verbunkos-Melodie vor zweihundert Jahren und heute/N.Sárosi—Geschichtliche und choreographische Grundlagen der Mazurka in Europa in bezug auf die Formen der Mazurka in Kärnten/K.Fillafer—Ein Hiatatanz in der Gastein/H.Rathner—“Denn: Komponiren is Gabe, Instrumentiren ist Kunst…” Der Gailtaler Bauernmusiker Wilhelm Viertler (1855–1933)/G.Antesberger—Die Innviertler Musikantenfamilie Geisberger aus Gilgenberg/A.Blöchl—“Stephan Wolckerstorffer heisst mein Nahm. Pomagn is mein Vaterlant”/S.Gmasz—“Drunten im Hulsteiner Wald...” Ein Lied aus der Prager Sammlung im Deutschen Volksliedarchiv (DVA)/ O.Holzapfel—Zu Jeremias Gotthelfs Verständnis der Volksmusik/ B.BachmannGeiser—“Wo man singt, da lass dich fröhlich nieder…” Studien zum Vorarlberger Volksgesang in der ersten Hälfte des 19. Jahrhunderts/A.Bösch-Niederer—Neue Dokurnente zu Schuberts Freunden in Oberösterreich/W. Litschauer—Das Volkslied und Johannes Brahms/G.Scholz—Alois Pachernegg und die Volksmusik seiner Ennstaler Heimat/W.Suppan—Zum Thema Anton Webern und die Volksmusik /E. M.Hois—“Ein schönes newes Lied…”, oder: Eine Moritat aus unserer Zeit/L.Petzoldt—Auf dem Weg zur Wallfahrt. Musikalische Kolportage an den Grenzen der Volksfrömmigkeit/P.V.Bohlman—Die Musik Venezuelas: Versuch eines Überblicks/E. Osteitner—“Und alles dreht sich…Historische Gesellschaftstänze aus Wien in der Museums-Welt von Heute/R.Witzmann—Alte Tanz und neue Lieder/E.Weber— Alexander Krakauer. Skizze einer Würdigung/T.Antonicek—G’stanzte Gstanzln/ G.Pressler.

Books

181

989. Hamm, Charles. 1995. Putting Popular Music in Its Place. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press. xii, 390 p., bibliog. ISBN 0521471982. ML3470 .H35 1995 A collection of essays by Hamm previously published between 1970 and 1993. Focus is on the uses and significance of popular music, the political uses of popular music for audiences, and musical appropriation. 990. Harris, Joseph, ed. 1991. The Ballad and Oral Literature. Harvard English Studies, 17. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press. viii, 317 p. ISBN 0674060458; 0674060466 (pbk). PN1376 .B28 1991 The core of this collection is derived from a symposium on Child ballads held at Harvard University in November 1988. Contents: Technique, Text, and Context: Formulaic Narrative Mode and the Question of Genre/ Flemming G.Andersen—Popular Modes of Narration and the Popular Ballad/Hugh Shields—Talerole Analysis and Child’s Supernatural Ballads/David Buchan—The Historical Moorings of “The Gypsy Laddie”: Johnny Faa and Lady Cassillis/Sigred Rieuwerts—The Americanization of Scottish Ballads: Counterevidence from the Southwest of Scotland/William B.McCarthy—Parity of Ignorance: Child’s Judgment on “Sir Colin” and the Scottish Verdict “Not Proven”/Emily Lyle—Literary Backgrounds of the Scandinavian Ballad/Vésteinn Ólason—Oral Literature, Written Literature: The Ballad and Old Norse Genres/Bengt R.Jonsson—Tradition and Innovation: The Influence of Child Ballads on the AngloAmerican Literary Ballad/Natascha Würzbach—Cultural Diglossia and the Nature of Medieval Latin Literature/Jan Ziolkowski—Song and Dance: Reflections on a Comparison of Faroese Ballad with Greek Choral Lyric/Gregory Nagy—Ring Composition in Maldon; or, a Possible Case of Chiasmus in a Late Anglo-Saxon Poem/Albert B.Lord—The Middle English Popular Romance: Minstrel Versus Hack Writer/Karl Reichl—Gråkappan (AT425) as Chapbook and Folktale in Sweden/Stephen A. Mitchell—The Interplay of Genres in Oral Epic Performance: Differentially Marked Discourse in a Northern Egyptian Tradition/Dwight Reynolds. 991. Kaemmer, John E. 1993. Music in Human Life: Anthropological Perspectives on Music. Austin: University of Texas Press. xii, 245 p., bibliog., gloss., photos,+1 sound cassette. ISBN 0292743130; 0292743149 (pbk.). ML3798 .K33 1993 Kaemmer examines the kinds of musical materials that humans use and explores the motivation and behaviors behind the production of music. Using an anthropological focus, the book is organized by topic and uses examples from cultures throughout the world. 992. Karolyi, Otto. 1998. Traditional African and Oriental Music. London: Penguin. xi, 277 p., bibliog., illus., maps. ISBN 0140231072. ML350 .K32 1998 Focuses on music of five geographic regions: sub-Saharan Africa, the Islamic world, the Indian subcontinent, China and Tibet, and Japan, Java, and Bali. Each chapter systematically presents information on the rhythm, melody, harmony, and instruments for each region. 993. Kartomi, Margaret J. 1990. On Concepts and Classifications of Musical Instruments. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. xix, 329 p., bibliog. ISBN 0226425487; 0226425495 (pbk.). ML460 .K36 1990

Ethnomusicology

182

Kartomi presents case studies of classification systems in Europe, Asia, and Africa both literary and orally transmitted and provides a comparison of some of the systems and the concepts behind them. Includes bibliography and index. 994. Kartomi, Margaret J., and Stephen Blum, ed. 1994. Music-Cultures in Contact: Convergences and Collisions. Basel, Switzerland: Gordon and Breach. xiii, 289 p. ISBN 2884491376. ML3545 .M97 1994 Third symposium of the International Musicological Society; Melbourne, 1988. Contents: Synthesis in the Culture of Scholarship: Problems in Investigating and Documenting the Archaic and Modern Styles of Yoiking by the Sami in Scandinavia/Doris Stockmann—The Eastern Roots of Ancient Yugoslav Music/Ankica Petrovic—Wedding Laments in North Russian Villages/Margarita Mazo—Reflections of Continental and Mediterranean Traditions in Italian Folk Music/Marcello Sorce Keller— Political Implications of Croation Opera in the Nineteenth Century/Zdravko Blazekovic—Corpus Christi and Its Octave in Andean Ecuador: Procession and Music, “Castles” and “Bulls”/John M. Schechter—Cultural Interaction Through Music in Tamilnadu/S.Venkatraman—Religion, Media and Shows: The Effects of Intercultural Contact on Papua New Guinean Musics/ Don Niles—Urban Fijian Musical Attitudes and Ideals: Has Intercultural Contact Through Music and Dance Changed Them?/Chris Saumaiwai—Cultural Contact with the West: The Development of Theories of Javanese Gamelan by Indonesian Theorists/Sumarsam—Reinterpreting Indian Music: Roussel and Delage/Jann Pasler—Gurus, Shishyas and Educators: Adaptive Strategies in PostColonial North Indian Music Institutions/Andrew Alter—American Midwestern Schools of Music as Venues of Musical Mediation and Confrontation/Bruno Nettl—Irish Meets Folk: The Genesis of the Bush Band/Graeme Smith—Cultural Contact Through Music Institutions in Ukrainian Lands, 1920–1948/William Noll—From Syncretism to the Development of Parallel Cultures: Chinese-Malay Cultural Interaction in Malaysia/Tan Sooi Beng—The Dynamics of Change in Hûe and Tài Tu Music Between 1890 and 1990/Lê Tuân Hùng. 995. Keil, Charles, and Steven Feld. 1994. Music Grooves: Essays and Dialogues. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. viii, 402 p., bibliog. ISBN 0226429563; 0226429571 (pbk.). ML60 .K26 1994 A collection of essays and dialogues in which Keil and Feld explore the themes of the experience of musical participation and musical mediation. Their discussions cover aspects of jazz, popular, and world musics in the United States, Cuba, Greece, Africa, and Papua New Guinea, modeling (inviting) a more discursive style in writing (and communicating) about topics in ethnomusicology and cultural studies. 996. Klotz, Sebastian. 1998. “Vom tönenden Wirbel menschlichen Tuns”: Erich M. von Hornbostel als Gestaltpsychologe, Archivar und Musikwissenschaftler; Studien und Dokumente. Berlin: Schibri. 265 p. ISBN 3928878557. ML423.H758 V66 1998 Papers presented at a workshop held in 1995 at the Musikwissenschaftliche Seminar at Humboldt University, Berlin, to commemorate the sixtieth anniversary of Erich M. von Hornbostel’s death. Contents: Ein Zauberkünstler: Erich M. von Hornbostel im Spiegel seiner Biographie und seiner Korrespondenz mit Jaap Kunst/Marjolijn van Roon— Hornbostels akustische Kriterien für Kulturzusammenhänge/Christian Kaden—Zeit und Ausdruck: Erich Moritz von Hornbostels Aufsatz “Melodischer Tanz” aus heutiger Sicht/Steffen Schmidt—E.M. von Hornbostel und die Erforschung afrikanischer Musik

Books

183

aus der armchaïr-Perspektive/Gerd Grupe—Hornbostels Klangarchiv: Gedächtnis als Funktion von Dokumentationstechnik/Wolfgang Ernst—Erkenntnis-zu-Wachs: die Einrichtung von Erich Moritz von Hornbostel im habsburgisch-preussischen Schreibsystem der Jahrhundertwende/Jörg Derksen—Erich M. von Hornbostel und das Berliner Phonogramm-Archiv/Susanne Ziegler—Erich M. von Hornbostel: Gestaltpsychologie und kulturvergleichende Forschung/ Martin Müller—Grenzen der Menschheit: in memoriam Franz Boas (1858–1942)/Karlheinz Barck—Hornbostels Nadelkurven/Sebastian Klotz—Bildanalytische Gewinnung von Tonsignalen aus alten Tonträgern: Kupfernegative von Edison-Zylindern/Gerd Stanke and Tim Wöhrle. 997. Kruth, Patricia, and Henry Stobart, ed. 2000. Sound. The Darwin College Lectures. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press. v, 235 p., bibliog. ISBN 0521572096. QC225.6 .868 2000 A cross-disciplinary explanation of the acoustic world by scholars in anthropology, zoology, physics, music, linguistic, and film. Contents: Re-sounding Silences/Philip Peek—The Physics of Sound/Charles Taylor—Hearing/Jonathan Ashmore—Sounds Natural: The Song of Birds/ Peter Slater—The Sounds of Speech/Peter Ladefoged— Ancestral Voices/ Christopher Page—Shaping Sound/Brian Ferneyhough—Sound Worlds/ Steven Feld—Audio-Vision and Sound/Michel Chion. 998. Leichtman, Ellen C., ed. 1994. To the Four Corners: A Festschrift in Honor of Rose Brandel. Detroit Monographs in Musicology/Studies in Music, no. 14. Warren, Mich.: Harmonie Park Press. xxiii, 307 p. ISBN 0899900704. ML3799 .T6 1994 This festschrift for Rose Brandel presents a broad range of scholarly research that is focused primarily by geographic region. Contents: Part 1: The Far East: Japanese Music in an East Asian Context/William P.Malm—Balinese Gamelan Semar Pegulingan: The Modal System/Mantle Hood—Music of the Mak Yong Theater of Malaysia: A Fusion of Southeast Asian Malay and Middle Eastern Islamic Elements/Patricia Matusky—Part 2: The Middle East and Iran: Persian Classical Music and the Twentieth Century: The Changing Value of Improvisation/Bruno Nettl—Oral Traditions of Music: In Search of Their Authenticity/Edith Gerson-Kiwi—Change in Arab Music in Egypt: A Major Issue in the 1932 Arab Music Conference/Salwa El-Shawan Castelo-Branco—Part 3: Africa: Regional Style in Tuareg Anzad Music/Caroline Card Wendt—Dynamic Exchange in Kpelle Epic Songs: An Exploration of Rhythmic Issues/Ruth M.Stone—Generative Processes in Seperewa Music/J.H.Kwabena Nketia—Part 4: The Americas: Lifting the Spirit: African-American Women in the Music Ministry/Barbara L.Hampton—The Mixing and Miking of Broadway: Changing Values of a Sound/Music Aesthetic/J.Kenneth Moore—The Music of R.Carlos Nakai/David P.McAllester—The Power of Plena/Roberta L. Singer—Bolivian Andean Indian Music and Performance/Ellen C.Leichtman—Part 5. Dance: Music and Dance Unite in Earthward Plunge and Skyward Flight/Gertrude P.Kurath—A Dancer Faces Two Worlds of Dance: Reality and Illusion/Nadia Chilkovsky Nahumck. 999. Leyshon, Andrew, David Matless, and George Revill, ed. 1998. The Place of Music. Mappings. New York: Guilford Press. x, 326 p. ISBN 1572303131; 157230314X (pbk.). ML3795 .P58 1998 A collection of essays on the subject of geography and music that emerged from a conference in 1993 at University College London held under the auspices of the Economic Geography, Landscape Research, and Social and Cultural Geography Research

Ethnomusicology

184

Groups. Contents: Introduction: Music, Space and the Production of Place/Andrew Leyshon, David Matless, and George Revill—The Global Music Industry: Contradictions in the Commodification of the Sublime/John Lovering—The Early Days of the Gramophone Industry in India: Historical, Social, and Musical Perspectives/Gerry Farrell—Welcome to Dreamsville: A History and Geography of Northern Soul/Joanne Hollows and Katie Milestone—Victorian Brass Bands: Class, Taste and Space/Trevor Herbert—Locating listening: Technological Space, Popular Music and Canadian Mediations/Jody Berland—Borderlines: Bilingual Terrain in Scottish Song/Steve SweeneyTurner—England’s Glory: Sensibilities of Place in English Music, 1900– 1950/Robert Stradling—Samuel Coleridge-Taylor’s Geography of Disappointment: Hybridity, Identity and Networks of Musical Meaning/George Revill—Global Undergrounds: the Cultural Politics of Sound and Light in Los Angeles, 1965– 1975/Simon Rycroft—From “Dust Storm Disaster” to “Pastures of Plenty”: Woody Guthrie and Landscapes of the American Depression/John R.Gold—Sounding Out the City: Music and the Sensuous Production of Place/Sara Cohen—Desire, Power and the Sonoric Landscape: Early Modernism and the Politics of Musical Privacy/Richard Leppert. 1000. Liep, John, ed. 2001. Locating Cultural Creativity. Anthropology, Culture, and Society. London; Sterling, Va.: Pluto Press. vii, 181 p. ISBN 0745317030; 0745317022 (pbk.). GN453 .L63 2001 A collection of essays that explore the political and cultural dimensions of creativity. Includes a series of case studies from locations throughout the world, identifying creativity in various forms of cultural expression, including theater, mythology, sports, advertising, and music. Contents: Creative Arguments of Images in Culture, and the Charnel House of Conventionality/James W.Fernandez—Othello’s Dance: Cultural Creativity and Human Agency/Kirsten Hastrup—The Iron Cage of Creativity: An Exploration/Jonathan Friedman—Wondering about Wutu/Robert Borofsky—Celebrating Creativity: On the Slanting of a Concept/Orvar Löfgren—The Construction of Authenticity: The Case of Subcultures/Rolf Lindner—Nationalism, Football and Polo: Tradition and Creolization in the Making of Modern Argentina/Eduardo P.Archetti—The “Playing” of Music in a State of Crisis: Gender and Raï Music in Algeria/Marc SchadePoulsen—Creative Commoditization: The Social Life of Pharmaceuticals/Susan Reynolds Whyte—Escaping Cultures: The Paradox of Cultural Creativity/David Parkin—Recontextualizing Tradition: “Religion,” “State” and “Tradition” as Coexisting Modes of Sociality among the Northern Lio of Indonesia/Signe Howell—Kula and Kabisawali: Contexts of Creativity in the Trobriand Islands/John Liep. 1001. Lord, Albert Bates. 1991. Epic Singers and Oral Tradition. Myth and Poetics. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press. xii, 262 p., bibliog. ISBN 0801424720; 0801497175 (pbk.). GR72 .L66 1991 A collection of essays by Lord written between the 1950s and the 1980s (all previously unpublished or revised from earlier publications). Topics include epic traditions from Homer to the South Slavic oral epic, Central Asian and Balkan epics to narrative themes in Bulgarian oral tradition. 1002. Lortat-Jacob, Bernard. 1994. Musiques en fête: Maroc, Sardaigne, Roumanie. Hommes et musiques, 1. Nanterre, France: Société d’ethnologie. 158 p., bibliog., charts, diagr., discog., illus. ISBN 2901161464. ML3545. L67 1994

Books

185

Considers music festivals in three regions: Berber communities in Morocco, where music making is collective; pastoral communities in Sardinia, where music is more specialized; and the peasants of Romania, where professional musicians, often Gypsies, dominate. 1003. Magrini, Tullia. 1995. Uomini e suoni: prospettive antropologiche nella ricerca musicale. Bologna, Italy: CLUEB. 413 p. ISBN 8880910965. ML3799 .U56 1995 Translations into Italian of essays originally published in English. Contents: Uno studio dei valori sociali ed estetici della musica Navaho/ David D.McAllester— L’antropologia e le arti/Alan P.Merriam—Lo studio dell’uomo come music-maker/John Blacking—Canta per tua sorella: struttura e performance negli akia dei Suyá/Anthony Seeger—Struttura sonora come struttura sociale/Steven Feld—Struttura musicale e movimento umano/John Baily—Suono musicale e input contestuale: un modello di performance per l’analisi musicale/Regula Burckhardt Qureshi—Contesto, epistemica e valore: riconsiderazione di un modello concettuale di performance/James Porter— Biologia e cultura: musica, genere, potere e ambiguità/Marcia Herndon—Struttura, contesto e strategia nell’ etnografia musicale/Thomas Turino—Lo sviluppo ineguale dell’etnomusicologia dell’Africa: tre temi e una critica/Christopher A. Waterman— Rappresentazione e critica culturale nella storia dell’etnomusicologia/Philip V. Bohlman—Escursioni nel cuore dell’ America: esercizi di etnografia musicale/Bruno Nettl. 1004. Magrini, Tullia, and Fondazione Levi. 1993. Antropologia della musica e culture mediterranee. Quaderni di musica e storia; 1. Bologna, Italy: II mulino. 253 p. ISBN 8815043209. ML3799 .A58 1993 Papers in Italian presented at a conference held at Fondazione Levi, Venice, September 10–12, 1992. 1005. Mahling, Christoph-Hellmut, and Stephan Münch. 1997. Ethnomusikologie und historische Musikwissenschaft—gemeinsame Ziele, gleiche Methoden?=Ethnomusicology and historical musicology—common goals, shared methodologies? Mainzer Studien zur Musikwissenschaft, Bd. 36. Tutzing, Germany: H. Schneider. x, 356 p ., bibliog., illus., music. ISBN 3795208769. ML3797.7 .E84 1997 A festschrift for Erich Stockmann on his seventieth birthday, held at the Institut der Johannes Gutenberg—Universität Mainz in 1991. Includes a bibliography of Stockmann’s works. 1006. Malm, Krister, and Roger Wallis. 1992. Media Policy and Music Activity. London; New York: Routledge. xiv, 271 p., bibliog. ISBN 0415050197; 0415050200 (pbk). ML3849 .M27 1992 Explores relationships between musical activities and media policies using case studies from Jamaica, Trinidad, Kenya, Tanzania, Sweden, and Wales. Includes interviews with musicians, policymakers, and music industry employees. 1007. McEntire, Nancy Cassell. 1991. Essays in Honor of Frank J.Gillis. Discourse in Ethnomusicology, 3. Bloomington: Ethnomusicology Publications Group, Indiana University. xiv, 217 p. ISBN 0962599506 (pbk.). ML3799 .E75 1991 A collection of essays by former students and colleagues of Frank Gillis at the Indiana University Archives of Traditional Music. Contents: The Achievement and Humanity of Frank J.Gillis/John Edward Hasse—An Interview with Frank Gillis/Louise S.Spear— After the Alligator Swallows Your Microphone/Anthony Seeger—Hanging on for Dear

Ethnomusicology

186

Life/Bruno Nettl—Spaces, Connections, and Scaffolding in Kpelle Song/Ruth M. Stone—The Alice C.Fletcher Ojibwe Indian Recordings/Thomas Vennum, Jr.—Dastumthe Breton Media Center/Lois Kuter—Traditional Black Musical Events in West Alabama and Northeast Mississippi, 1940–1960/Joy Driskell Baklanoff—Subject Access to Sound Recordings in Ethnomusicology/Ann Briegleb Schuursma—Frank J.Gillis Bibliography/Carl Rahkonen—A Discography of Frank J.Gillis as Performer, Producer and Fieldworker/John Edward Hasse. 1008. Monson, Ingrid T., ed. 2000. The African Diaspora: A Musical Perspective. Garland Reference Library of the Humanities, 1995; Critical and Cultural Musicology, 3. New York: Garland. viii, 366 bibliog., illus., p. ISBN 0815323824. ML3760.1 .A37 2000 Essays present case studies that address issues of race, nationalism, gender, politics, and music in Africa, the Caribbean, Latin America, and Europe. Contents: Jazz Performance as Ritual: The Blues Aesthetic and the African Diaspora/Travis A.Jackson—Communities of Style: Musical Figures of Black Diasporic Identity/Veit Erlmann—Jazz on the Global Stage/Jerome Harris—Women, Music, and the “Mystique” of Hunters in Mali/Lucy Durán—Mamaya: Renewal and Tradition in Maninnka Music of Kankan, Guinea (1935–45)/Lansiné Kaba and Eric Charry—Concepts of NeoAfrican Music as Manifested in the Yoruba Folk Opera/Akin Euba—They Just Need Money: Goods and Gods, Power and Truth in a West African Village/Steven Cornelius— Militarism in Haitian Music/Gage Averill and Yuen-Ming David Yih—Musical Revivals and Social Movements in Contemporary Martinique: Ideology, Identity, Ambivalence/Julian Gerstin—Art Blakey’s African Diaspora/Ingrid Monson. 1009. Nattiez, Jean Jacques. 1990. Music and Discourse: Toward a Semiology of Music. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press. xv, 272 p., bibliog. ISBN 0691091366. ML3797 .N3713 1990 In this translation of Musicologie générale et sémiologie, Nattiez presents a theoretical introduction to musical semiology that draws from music, philosophy, anthropology, and history. He examines both music and discourse about music as the products of human activity in various cultural contexts. 1010. Nercessian, Andy. 2002. Postmodernism and Globalization in Ethnomusicology: An Epistemological Problem. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press. viii, 160 p. ISBN 0810841223. ML3798 .N46 2002 Explores the role of cultural relativism in ethnomusicological thought, especially as it relates to musical meaning in our increasingly globalized society. Using the Derridean conception of art, Nercessian offers a new solution that allows for multiple perspectives. 1011. Nettl, Bruno. 1995. Heartl and Excursions: Ethnomusicological Reflections on Schools of Music. Music in American Life. Urbana: University of Illinois Press. xiii, 170 p., bibliog. ISBN 0252021355. MT18 .N48 1995 An ethnography of midwestern U.S. university schools of music, identifying the music school as a site for understanding Western musical culture and the values it represents. Nettl explores this terrain using differing points of view: participant, participant-observer, and observer. 1012. Nettl, Bruno. 2002. Encounters in Ethnomusicology: A Memoir. Detroit Monographs in Musicology/Studies in Music, no. 36. Warren, Mich.: Harmonie Park Press. xv, 276 p., illus. ISBN 0899901115. ML423.N34 A3 2002

Books

187

Nettl’s personal story of the social and intellectual influences that shaped his world view throughout the twentieth century. He reveals his experience in the discipline of ethnomusicology as a student, teacher, fieldworker, author, editor, advisor, and observer. 1013. Nettl, Bruno, and Philip Vilas Bohlman. 1991. Comparative Musicology and Anthropology of Music: Essays on the History of Ethnomusicology. Chicago Studies in Ethnomusicology. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. xvii, 378 p. ISBN 0226574083; 0226574091 (pbk.). ML3799 .C69 1990 Expanded versions of papers read at a conference entitled “Ideas, Concepts, and Personalities in the History of Ethnomusicology,” held at the University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign, in 1988. Contents: European Musical Terminology and the Music of Africa/Stephen Blum—From Reaction to Synthesis: Chinese Musicology in the Twentieth Century/Isabel K.F.Wong—Reflections on the Ideological History of Latin American Ethnomusicology/Gerard Béhague—Tribal Music in the Study of Great and Little Traditions of Indian Music/Carol M. Babiracki—Ideas, Principles, Motivations, and Results in Eastern European Folk-Music Research/ Oskar Elschek—Muddying the Crystal Spring: From Idealism and Realism to Marxism in the Study of English and American Folk Song/James Porter—Representation and Cultural Critique in the History of Ethnomusicology/Philip V.Bohlman—Whose Music? Sources and Contexts in Indic Musicology/Regula Burckhardt Qureshi—The Uneven Development of Africanist Ethnomusicology: Three Issues and a Critique/Christopher A. Waterman—One World or None? Untimely Reflections on a Timely Musicological Question/Alexander L. Ringer— Erich M. von Hornbostel, Carl Stumpf, and the Institutionalization of Comparative Musicology/Dieter Christensen—The First Restudy of Arnold Bake’s Fieldwork in India/ Nazir Ali Jairazbhoy—Marginality and Musicology in Nineteenth-Century Calcutta: The Case of Sourindro Mohun Tagore/Charles Capwell—Women and the Society for Ethnomusicology: Roles and Contributions from Formation through Incorporation (1952/53–1961)/Charlotte J. Frisbie—The Dual Nature of Ethnomusicology in North America: The Contributions of Charles Seeger and Charles Herzog/Bruno Nettl— Recording Technology, the Record Industry, and Ethnomusicological Scholarship/Kay Kaufman Shelemay—Psychological Theory and Comparative Musicology/Albrecht Schneider—Interdisciplinary Approaches to the Study of Musical Communication Structures/Doris Stockmann—Styles of Musical Ethnography / Anthony Seeger. 1014. Nettl, Bruno, and Melinda Russell. 1998. In the Course of Performance: Studies in the World of Musical Improvisation. Chicago Studies in Ethnomusicology. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. viii, 413 p. ISBN 0226574105; 0226574113 (pbk.). ML430.7 .I47 1998 A collection of essays that demonstrate the diverse approaches to understanding improvisation in music. Contents: An Art Neglected in Scholarship/Bruno Nettl— Recognizing Improvisation/Stephen Blum—Psychological Constraints on Improvisational Expertise and Communication/Jeff Pressing—Do Javanese Gamelan Musicians Really Improvise?/ R.Anderson Sutton—Improvisation, Ecstasy, and Performance Dynamics in Arabic Music/Ali Jihad Racy—Go On, Girl!: Improvisation in African-American Girls’ Singing Games/Eve Harwood—Improvisation in Latin American Dance Music: History and Style/Peter Manuel—Oh Freedom: George Russel, John Coltrane, and Modal Jazz/Ingrid Monson—Improvisation and Group Interaction in Italian Lyrical Singing/Tulla Magrini—Exploding the Belly: Improvisation in Cantonese

Ethnomusicology

188

Opera/Sau Y. Chan—Melodic Improvisation in Karnatak Music: The Manifestations of Raga/T.Viswanathan and Jody Cormack—Setting the Stage: Clara Schumann’s Preludes/Valerie Woodring Goertzen—A Sense of the Possible: Miles Davies and the Semiotics of Improvised Performance/Chris Smith—The Improvisation of Louis Armstrong/Lawrence Gushee—Keeping It Going: Terms, Practices, and Processes of Improvisation in Hindustani Instrumental Music/Stephen Slawek—Taqsim Nahawand Revisited: The Musicianship of Jihad Racy/Bruno Nettl and Ronald Riddle. 1015. Pelinski, Ramón Adolfo. 2000. Invitación a la etnomusicología: quince fragmentos y un tango. Akal Musicología, 1. Madrid: Akal. 347 p., illus., map, music. ISBN 844601517X. ML3798 .P455 2000 A collection of essays on a broad range of topics, many reflecting on aspects of the discipline of ethnomusicology. Includes one essay on the Inuit and several on tango. 1016. Porterfield, Nolan. 1996. Last Cavalier: The Life and Times of John A. Lomax, 1867–1948. Folklore and Society. Urbana: University of Illinois Press. 580 p., bibliog. ISBN 0252022165. ML423.L635 P67 1996 A biographical account of the American folklorist using family letters and papers and interviews with those who knew him. The study discusses his work with musicians (including Leadbelly), his many publications, and his role in the development of the Library of Congress Archive of American Folk Song, now part of the American Folklife Center. 1017. Radano, Ronald Michael, and Philip Vilas Bohlman, ed. 2000. Music and the Racial Imagination. Chicago Studies in Ethnomusicology. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. xv, 703 p., illus., maps. ISBN 0226701999; 0226702006 (pbk.). ML3795 .M782 2000 A series of articles from a variety of academic disciplines that explore the relationship between race and music in contemporary performance practice. Contents: Music and Race, Their Past, Their Presence/Ronald Radano and Philip V.Bohlman—The Asian American Body in Performance/ Deborah Wong—Ethnifying Rhythms, Feminizing Cultures/Frances R. Aparicio—“Ain’t I people?”: Voicing National Fantasy/Brian Currid—“Sexual Pantomimes”: The Blues Aesthetic, and Black Women in the New South/Tera W. Hunter—Race Music: Bo Chatmon, “Corrine Corrina,” and the Excluded Middle/Christopher A.Waterman—Mestizaje in the Mix: Chicano Identity, Cultural Politics, and Postmodern Music/Rafael Pérez-Torres—Performing Decency: Ethnicity and Race in Andean “Mestizo” Ritual Dance/Ziola Mendoza—Indonesian-Chinese Oppression and the Musical Outcomes in the Netherlands East Indies/Margaret J. Kartomi—Ethnic Identity, National Identity, and Music in Indo-Trinidadian Culture/ Peter Manuel—Presencing the Past and Remembering the Present: Social Features of Popular Music in Kenya/D.A.Masolo—Béla Bartók and the Rise of Comparative Ethnomusicology: Nationalism, Race Purity, and the Legacy of the Austro-Hungarian Empire/Katie Trumpener—Racial Projects and Musical Discourses in Trinidad, West Indies/Jocelyne Guilbault—Hot Fantasies: American Modernism and the Idea of Black Rhythm/Ronald Radano—Alban Berg, the Jews, and the Anxiety of Genius/Sander L.Gilman—“Death Is a Drum”: Rhythm, Modernity, and the Negro Poet Laureate/Larry Scanlon—Race, Class, and Musical Nationalism in Zimbabwe/Thomas Turino—Duke Ellington, Black, Brown and Beige, and the Cultural Politics of Race/Kevin Gaines— Naming the Illuminati/Christopher Holmes Smith and John Fiske—Music Wars: Blood

Books

189

and Song at the End of Yugoslavia/Tomislav Longinovíc—The Remembrance of Things Past: Music, Race, and the End of History in Modern Europe/Philip V. Bohlman. 1018. Ralls-MacLeod, Karen, and Graham Harvey, ed. 2000. Indigenous Religious Musics. Aldershot, U.K.; Burlington, Vt: Ashgate. xi, 225 p.+1 compact disc. ISBN 0754602494. ML2900 .I53 2000 Essays examine diverse indigenous traditions in which music plays a significant role in rituals. Contents: Te Kaha o te Waiata—The Power of Music: Maori Oral Traditions Illustrated by E Tipu e Rea/Peter Mataira—From Here into Eternity: Power and Transcendence in Australian Aboriginal Music/David H.Turner—Sacred and Profane: Music in Korean Shaman Rituals/Keith Howard—Maasai Musics, Rituals and Identities/Malcolm Floyd—Appeasing the Spirits: Music, Possession, Divination and Healing in Busoga, Eastern Uganda/Peter R.Cooke—Chasing off God: Spirit Possession in a Sharing Society/Jan C.Platvoet—Sounding the Sacred: Music as Sacred Site/June Boyce-Tillman—Emerging Amazonian Peoples: Myth-Chants/Guilherme Werlang— Structure into Practice: A Theory of Inuit Music/Christopher G.Trott—The Music of the Mescalero Apache Girls’ Puberty Ceremony/Anne Dhu McLucas. 1019. Reichl, Karl. 2000. The Oral Epic: Performance and Music. Intercultural Music Studies, 12. Berlin: VWB Verlag für Wissenschaft und Bildung. viii, 248 p. ISBN 3861356430. ML3545 .068 2000 Contains papers presented at an international colloquium at the University of Bonn, in 1997. Contents: Introduction: The Music and Performance of Oral Epics/Karl Reichl— Epic as Music: Rhapsodic Models of Homer in Plato’s Timaeus and Critias/Gregory Nagy—Music of South Slavic Epics/ Stephen Erdely—The Singing of Albanian Heroic Poetry/Wolf Dietrich—Creativity in Performance: Words and Music in Balkan and Old French Epic/Margaret H. Bessinger—The Singing Traditions of Turkmen Epic Poetry/Dzhamilya Kurbanova—The Performance of the Karakalpak Zhyrau/Karl Reichl—Dudak Degmez: A Form of Poetry Competition among the Asiks of Anatolia/Emine Gürsoy-Naskali—The Musical Curtain: Music as a Structural Marker in Epic Performance/Hiromi Lorraine Sakata—The Power of Performance: West Mongolian Heroic Epics/ Carole Pegg—Singing Epics among the Palawan Highlanders (Philippines): Musical and Vocal Styles/Nicole Revel—Word and Music: The Epic Genre of the Fulbe of Massina (Mali)/Christiane Seydou—The Performance of Old Norse Eddic Poetry: A Retrospective/Joseph Harris—Reflections on the Music of Medieval Narrative Poetry/John Stevens. 1020. Reuer, Bruno B., and Lujza Tari. 1994. Perspektiven der Musikethnologie: Dokumentationstechniken und interkulturelle Beziehungen: Beiträge des internationalen Symposiums in Budapest, 22–26. April 1990. Veröffentlichungen des Südostdeutschen Kulturwerks. Reihe B, Wissenschaftliche Arbeiten, Bd. 61. Munich: Südostdeutsches Kulturwerk. 234 p., bibliog., map, music, photos. ISBN 3883560847. ML3797.7 .P49 1994 Proceedings of a conference cosponsored by the Ethnographical Museum of Berlin and the Musicology Department of the Hungarian Academy of Sciences. Contents: Das ehemalige Berliner Phonogramm-Archiv, Abteilung Musikethnologie des Museums für Völkerkunde, Staatliche Museen zu Berlin/B.Reuer—Das Musikwissenschaftliche Institut der Ungarischen Akademie der Wissenschaften; Aufgaben und Ziele der Ethnomusikologie aus ungarischer Sicht/L.Tari—Aufgaben und Ziele der

Ethnomusicology

190

Ethnomusikologie aus deutscher Sicht/B.Reuer—Neue Medien in der Ethnomusikologie und ihre methodischen Implikationen/A.Simon—The Computer as the Newest Tool of Sound Microscopy /1. Pintér—Intra-und interkulturelle Kooperation als Modell ethnomusikologischer Forschung/ M.Baumann—Ethnomusikologische Auslandsarbeit 1990 über ein partnerschaftliches Projekt in Brasilien/T.de Oliveira Pinto—Some Aspects of the Songs Sung by a Piaroa Woman/I.Halmos—Aspects of Music Research among Fino-Ugrian Peoples/L.Vikár—Aims, Tasks and Cooperation in the Research of ObUgrian Vocal Folk Music/K.Lázár—Der Preis der Authentizität/R.Vogels— Internationale Betrachtungen zur ungarischen Volksmusikforschung/B.Sárosi— Ethnomusikologische Inlandsarbeit/H.Brandeis—Corpus Musicae Popularis Hungaricae/ M.Domokos—Die Moldauer Sammlung von Sándor Veress und ihr Notationsweise in synoptischen Tafeln/M.Berlász—On the European Gipsy Groups and Their Folk Music/K.Kovalcsik—Die donauschwäbische Volksliedforschung/G.Habenicht— Singgewohnheiten der Donauschwaben/A.Schaller—Volkslieder der Ungarndeutschen in Schambek/P.Ullmann—Die Bewahrung des geistlichen Liedgutes in der Tradition der Ungarndeutschen und ihre Neubelebung in Deutschland und Österreich/K.Scheierling— Anmerkungen zur Instrumentalmusik der Ungarndeutschen/L.Tari. 1021. Revel, Nicole, and Diana Rey-Hulman, ed. 1993. Pour une anthropologie des voix. Paris: L’Harmattan; INALCO. 353 p., illus., music. ISBN 2738419135. P95 .P68 1993 A collection of essays exploring the voice from an anthropological point of view. Contents: La nasalité et la mort/Geneviève Calame-Griaule—Qu’est ce qu’un style medieval/Paul Zumthor—Les chances d’une caractérologie vocale/Iván Fónagy— L’oralité, poétique de la voix/Henri Meschonnic—Esthétique des voix épiques palawan/Nicole Revel—Travailler pour les morts, chanter pour la vie a la Guadeloupe/Diana Rey-Hulman—La voix des boeufs: Chants de labours a la Martinique/Ina Césaire—Voix de traverse: Parole et spectacles de rue/Sylvie Clidière— Manières de voix et de chant, horreurs du lutrin/Jacques Cheyronnaud—L’enjeu des voix dans le Philoctète de Sophocle/Maria Villela-Petit—La prière et les jours: Chant grégorien et vie monastique/Alain Rivière—Le chant occidental antique a la leçon des traditions orales/Egor Reznikov—Monologues polyphoniques: Les discours rituels Maya/Aurore Monod-Becquelin—Voix des masques, voix des esprits/Marie-Paule Ferry—La voix de 1’autre, animal ou mort dans le chamanisme sibérien/Roberte Hamayon. 1022. Rothenberg, David, and Marta Ulvaeus. 2001. The Book of Music and Nature. Middletown, Conn.: Wesleyan University Press. ix, 260 p., bibliog., illus., photos+1 compact disc. ISBN 0819564079; 0819564087 (pbk). ML3845. B614 2001 Compiled by editors of Terra Nova, this anthology consists of articles reprinted and excerpted from books and journals dating from 1967 to 1997. Diverse artists explore relationships between music and nature, including John Cage, Hazrat Inayat Khan, R.Murray Schafer, Hildegard Westerkamp, John Luther Adams, David Toop, Steven Feld, and Bernie Krause in essays, illustrations, and sounds. 1023. Rubin, David C. 1995. Memory in Oral Traditions: The Cognitive Psychology of Epic, Ballads, and Counting-out Rhymes. New York: Oxford University Press. xi, 385 p., bibliog. ISBN 0195082117. GR67 .R83 1995

Books

191

Examination of what oral traditions reveal about human memory, focusing in particular on their three major forms of organization—theme, imagery, and sound pattern. Rubin proposes a model of recall, and uses it to uncover the mechanisms of memory that underlie genres such as counting-out rhymes, ballads, and epics. 1024. Schechner, Richard, and Willa Appel, ed. 1990. By Means of Performance: Intercultural Studies of Theatre and Ritual. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press. xv, 298 p., bibliog. ISBN 0521326087; 0521339154 (pbk.). PN2039 .B9 1990 A collection of essays introducing the developing field of performance studies exploring music in many different cultural contexts. Contents: Are There Universals in Performance in Myth, Ritual, and Drama?/Victor Turner—Magnitudes of Performance/Richard Schechner—Liminality: A Synthesis of Subjective and Objective Experience/Colin Turnbull—Yaqui Deer Dance at Pascua Pueblo, Arizona/Edith Turner—Yaqui Point of View: On Yaqui Ceremonies and Anthropologists/Anselmo Valencia, Heather Valencia, Rosamond B. Spicer—Performance of Precepts/Precepts of Performance: Hasidic Celebrations of Purim in Brooklyn/Barbara KirshenblattGimblett—Significance of Performance for Its Audience: An Analysis of Three Sri Lankan Rituals/Ranjini Obeyesekere—What Does It Mean to “Become the Character”: Power, Presence, and Transcendence in Asian In-Body Disciplines of Practice/Phillip Zarrilli—Korean Shamans: Role Playing Through Trance Possession/Du-Hyun Lee— Practice of Noh Theatre/Monica Bethe, Karen Brazell—Profanation of the Sacred in Circus Clown Performances/Paul Bouissac—Ethnographic Notes on Sacred and Profane Performance/James L.Peacock—Spatial Sense of the Sacred in Spanish America and the American South and Its Tie with Performance/ Miles Richardson—Space and Context/Yi-fu Tuan—Transformation of Consciousness in Ritual Performances: Some Thoughts and Questions/ Barbara Myerhoff—Universals of Performance; or Amortizing Play/ Herbert Blau. 1025. Schmidt, Susanne. 1993. “Der Ton macht die Musik”: Musik oder Musikinstrumente in den Völkerkundemuseen ?: Versuch über das Musikalische im Museum. Mundus Reihe Ethnologie, Bd. 73. Bonn: Holos Verlag. 311 p., bibliog. ISBN 3860970828. ML3798 .834 1993 A study of the materials of music and musical instruments in ethnological museums. Originally written as the author’s doctoral thesis for PhilippsUniversitat Marburg in 1992. 1026. Schmidhofer, August, and Dietrich Schüller, ed. 1994. For Gerhard Kubik: Festschrift on the Occasion of His 60th Birthday. Vergleichende Musikwissenschaft, Bd. 3. Frankfurt am Main; New York: P.Lang. xiii, 625 p., bibliog., discog. ISBN 3631482450. ML55 .K955 1994 A collection of essays in English, German, Portuguese, and French presented to Gerhard Kubik on his sixtieth birthday. The collection is organized into the areas that correspond to Kubik’s areas of focus: studies of African music; the African diaspora in the Americas; seeking intercultural understanding. A listing of Kubik’s publications and recordings is included. 1027. Schumacher, Rudiger. 1992. Von der Vielfalt musikalischer Kultur: Festschrift fur Josef Kuckertz, zur Vollendung des 60. Lebensjahres. Wort und Musik, Nr. 12. Anif/Salzburg: U.Muller-Speiser. 617 p. ISBN 3851450124. ML3799 .V65 1992

Ethnomusicology

192

A festschrift for Joseph Kuckertz’s sixtieth birthday. Includes nearly 50 articles in English and German on topics connected to musical traditions primarily in Europe, Latin America, and Asia. 1028. Schwarz, David, Anahid Kassabian, and Lawrence Siegel, ed. 1997. Keeping Score: Music, Disciplinarity, Culture. Knowledge, Disciplinarity and Beyond. Charlottesville: University Press of Virginia. ix, 307 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 0813916992; 081391700X (pbk). MT1 .K32 1997 Essays influenced by ongoing debates about disciplinarity explore paradigms in the field of musicology. Selected contents: We Won’t Get Fooled Again: Rock Music and Musical Analysis/John Covach—Liverpool and the Beatles: Exploring Relations Between Music and Place, Text and Context/Sara Cohen—“Out of Notes”: Signification, Interpretation and the Problem of Miles Davis/Robert Walser—Writing Ghost Notes: The Poetics and Politics of Transcription/Peter Winkler—Sisterhood: A Loving Lesbian Ear Listens to Progressive Heterosexual Women’s Rock Music/Jennifer Rycenga. 1029. Scott, Derek B., ed. 2000. Music, Culture, and Society: A Reader. Oxford; New York: Oxford University Press. x, 238 p. bibliog., music. ISBN 0198790112; 0198790120 (pbk.). ML3795 .M784 2000 A collection of brief articles on the cultural significance of music and its social meanings, excerpted from previously published essays dating from 1959 to 1995. The entries are organized to fall into the following categories: Music and Language, Music and the Body, Music and Class, Music and Criticism, and Music Production and Consumption. 1030. Seeger, Charles. 1994. Studies in Musicology II, 1929–1979. Berkeley: University of California Press. vii, 438 p., bibliog., diagr., music. ISBN 0520077911. ML60 .8441 1994 The second volume in the series of theoretical works by Charles Seeger, published posthumously, edited by Ann M. Pescatello. The essays date from 1935 to 1977 and are organized into two sections: “The Musicologist as Theorist: On the Way to ‘The End is the Beginning’” and “Selected Occasional Papers: Thinking about America and the Arts.” 1031. Shepherd, John. 1991. Music as Social Text. Cambridge U.K.: Polity Press. viii, 245 p., bibliog. ISBN 0745608256; 0745608264 (pbk.). ML3795 .842 1991 A collection of essays that use social and cultural theory to develop a new approach for the social analysis of music as sound. Shepherd discusses the musical structures that articulate sociocultural realities and considers how music mediates the world politically. 1032. Shepherd, John, and Peter Wicke. 1997. Music and Cultural Theory. Cambridge, U.K.; Malden, Mass.: Polity Press; Blackwell Publishers. ix, 230 p., bibliog. ISBN 0745608639; 0745608647 (pbk.). ML3795 .S423 1997 The authors explore relationships between cultural theory and musicology in the study of popular music using a broad interdisciplinary approach. 1033. Shiloah, Amnon. 1995. Music in the World of lslam:A Socio-Cultural Study. Detroit: Wayne State University Press. xviii, 243 p., bibliog., illus., music. ISBN 0814325890. ML348 .S56 1995 Shiloah examines Islamic musical traditions in relation to historical, political, and cultural events, tracing their history from the pre-Islamic sources, through the rise of autonomous styles in the Muslim empire, to the modernization and westernization of

Books

193

recent periods. He also discusses aspects of music theory, including modes, rhythm, and form, musical instruments, dance, and performance practice. 1034. Simon, Artur. 2000. Das Berliner Phonogramm-Archiv 1900–2000: Sammlung der traditionellen Musik der Welt=The Berlin Phonogramm-Archiv, 1900–2000: Collections of Traditional Music of the World. Berlin: Verlag für Wissenschaft und Bildung. 264 p., bibliog. ISBN 3861356805. ML32.G3 B474 2000 A series of essays in German and English celebrating the 100-year history of the Berlin Phonogramm-Archiv that present historical and contemporary research on archival issues in ethnomusicology. 1035. Slobin, Mark. 1993. Subcultural Sounds: Micromusics of the West. Music Culture. Hanover, N.H.: Wesleyan University Press; University Press of New England. xii, 127 p. ISBN 0819552534; 0819562610 (pbk.). ML3798 . S46 1993 Essays that explore issues connected to the ethnomusicological study of local musical cultures (micromusics) of Europe and North America. Essays are framed in response to social and political events in Europe and North America during the prior decades and to debates connected to the music industry that were forming in the 1980s and early 1990s. 1036. Small, Christopher. 1998. Musicking: The Meanings of Performing and Listening. Music/Culture. Hanover, N.H.: University Press of New England. 230 p. ISBN 0819522562; 0819522570 (pbk.). ML3845 .S628 1998 Small outlines his theory of “musicking,” encompassing musical activities that range composing and performing to informal singing to listening. He uses anthropological theoretical models to support his suggestion that musicking is part of a ritual in which participants explore and celebrate their social identities. 1037. Stokes, Martin, ed. 1994. Ethnicity, Identity, and Music: The Musical Construction of Place. Berg Ethnic Identities Series. Oxford, U.K.; Providence, R.I.: Berg. x, 212 p. ISBN 0854968776; 1859730418 (paper). ML3799 .E78 1994 A collection of essays that examine music and the construction of identities and ethnicities in different social and cultural contexts. Contents: Music, Ethnicity, and Identity/Martin Stokes—Thoughts on Celtic Music/ Malcolm Chapman—The Role of Music in the Creation of an Af ghan National Identity/John Baily—National Anthems: The Case of Chopin as a National Composer/Zdzislaw Mach—Macunaíma’s Music: National Identity and Ethnomusicological Research in Brazil/Suzel Ana Reily—Place, Meaning, and Exchange: Black Sea Turks in Ireland/Martin Stokes—Identity, Place, and the “Liverpool Sound”/Sara Cohen—“This Land is Our Märr (Essence), It Stays Forever”: The Yothu-Yindi Relationship in Australian Aboriginal Traditional and Popular Musics/Fiona Magowan—Music, Literature, and Etiquette: Musical Instruments and Social Identity from Castiglione to Austen/Hélène La Rue. 1038. Sullivan, Lawrence Eugene, ed. 1997. Enchanting Powers: Music in the World’s Religions. Cambridge, Mass.: Distributed by Harvard University Press for the Harvard University Center for the Study of World Religions. viii, 321 p. ISBN 0945454090; 0945454120 (pbk.). ML2900 .E56 1997 A collection of essays by scholars in musicology, anthropology, history, and religion on the intersection of music and religion in different world cultures and historical periods. Contents: Tantrism, Rasa, and Javanese Gamelan Music/Judith Becker—World Musics and World Religions: Whose World/Philip V.Bohlman—Music and Historical Consciousness among the Dagbamba of Ghana/John Chernoff—Historicisrn and the

Ethnomusicology

194

Quest of D/divine Music/Michael W.Harris—“Musicalizing” the Other: Shamanistic Approaches to Ethnic-Class Competition among the Upper Rio Negro/ Jonathan D. Hill—Conceptualizations of Music in Jewish Mysticism/ Moshe Idel—Music, Myth, and Medicine in the Choctaw Indian Ballgame/ Victoria Lindsay Levin—Islam and Music: The Legal and the Spiritual Dimensions/Seyyed Hossein Nasr—Music and the Confucian Sacrificial Ceremony/Rulan Chao Pian—Sounding the Word: Music in the Life of Islam/Regula Burckhardt Qureshi—Mythologies and Realities in the Study of Jewish Music/Kay Kaufman Shelemay. 1039. Suppan, Wolfgang. 1991. Schladminger Gespräche zum Thema Musik und Tourismus. Musikethnologische Sammelbände, Bd. 12. Tutzing, Germany: H. Schneider. 292 p. ISBN 3795206863. ML3795 .S2384 1991 Papers presented at the 30th Conference of the International Council for Traditional Music held in Schladming in 1989. Contents: Towards a Human Science of the Tonal Art: Anthropology and the Reintegration of Musicology/John Blacking—Legal Policies for the Safeguarding of Traditional Music: Are They Utopian?/Kurt Blaukopf—TourismCultureMusic (Anthropological Aspects)/Wolfgang Suppan—New Manners in Relations Between Traditional Music and Tourism in Croatia, Yugoslavia/ Jerko Bezic—The Nineteenth Century Croation Rousing Songs: From Composer’s Desks to the Oral Tradition and Back/Zdravko Blažekovic—Das Kleftenlied des 18. and 19. Jahrhunderts in Reiseberichten/Rudolf M. Brandl—Traditional Musical Instruments and Tourism. The Case of Zlóbcoki/Ewa Dahlig—Music and Traditional Tourism. On the Problem of Wandering Singers and Musicians/Piotr Dahlig—Tourists, Traders, and Buskers: The Cradt Market as Venue for the Street Musician/Ruth Davis—Berichte älterer deutscher Forschungsreisender zur Volksmusik Kaukasiens/Ernst Emsheimer—Mündliche Techniken und die musikalische Überlieferung der Romanzen in den Tiefländern Kolumbiens/Susana Friedmann—Tanz-und Tanzmusiknachrichten in Reiseberichten über Österreich in der ersten Hälfte des 19. Jahrhunderts/Rainer Gstrein—Erzherzog Johann und sein Einfluss auf Volksmusikpflege und FolkloreTourismus in Kehrssterreich/Ottfried Hafner—Die Einflüsse des Fremdenverkehrs auf das slowenische Volkslied in Kärnten/Engelbert Logar—Kultourismus-Erziehung-Identitat, Indonesische Kulturpolitik und die Entwicklung der balinesischen Darstellenden Künste/Martin Ramstedt—Exporting to Babylon: Reggae in England and the United States/Melinda A. Russell—Tourism and Traditional Music: Case Study of Singapore and Japan/Tatsuko Takizawa—Early Phenomena of Tourism in Austria/Helga Thiel—Zorbas’ Dance, the Story of Dance Illusion and Its Touristic Value/ Lisbet Torp. 1040. Théberge, Paul. 1997. Any Sound You Can Imagine: Making Music/ Consuming Technology. Music/Culture. Hanover, N.H.; Middletown, Conn.: University Press of New England; Wesleyan University Press. x, 293 p., bibliog. ISBN 0819563099; 0819553077; 0819563099 (pbk). ML1092. T38 1997 Théberge explores recent technological developments in social and historical contexts to better understand the changing relationships between musical concepts, styles, and technology. Focuses on the design and production of instruments, their invention and development, and the adaptation of keyboard instruments with technological innovations. 1041. Tokumaru, Yoshihiko, ed. 1991. Tradition and Its Future in Music: Report of SIMS 1990 Osaka. Tokyo; Osaka: Mita Press. vii, 695 p. ISBN 4895830837. ML36 .1677 1990

Books

195

Collection of papers from the Fourth Symposium of the International Musicological Society, Osaka, 1990. Papers, primarily in English, are presented under several topical headings, including: “Source Criticism and Style Criticism in Musical Scholarship”; “Symbolism in Music: East and West”; “The Future of Intercultural Reception of Music.” 1042. Tomescu, Vasile, and Michaela Rosu, ed. 1994. Centenar Constantin Brailoiu. Bucharest: Editura Muzicala a Uniunii Compozitorilor si Muzicologilor din Romania. 391 p., bibliog. ISBN 9734201514. ML423. B62 C46 1994 Consists of papers in Romanian, English, French, German, and Italian presented at the Simpozionul International “Constantin Brailoiu,” held in Bucharest, in 1993. 1043. Wade, Bonnie C., ed. 1993. Text, Tone, and Tune: Parameters of Music in Multicultural Perspective. New Delhi: American Institute of Indian Studies Archives and Research Center for Ethnomusicology; Oxford & IBH. xiv, 245 p., bibliog., illus.+1 audio cassette. ISBN 8120406893. ML3849 .T397 1993 A collection of papers on musics of India, Brazil, South Africa, Europe, and China. Contents: Prolegomenon to Texts, Tones, and Tunes: Issues and Themes from a Meeting of Minds/Bonnie C.Wade—Text, Tone, Tune, Rhythm, and Performance in South Slavic Sung Narrative/Albert B.Lord—Texts, Tunes, and Tones: An Indian Perspective/Ashok Ranade—Beyond Texts: Tunes and Contexts in Indian Folk Music/Susan S.Wadley— Words and Song, Language and Music: An Enduring Issue in Ethnomusicology/ Bruno Nettl—Systematic Relationships among Verbal Art Forms: Text, Time, Tone and Tune in a Native Brazilian Community/Anthony Seeger—Tune, Text, and Context: Analyzing the Urdu Ghazal/Regula Burckhardt Qureshi—Interrelationships among Text, Tune, and Tone in Karnatak Music/Karaikudi S. Subramanian—The Indian Musicological Perspective on Text and Music/Prem Lata Sharma—Songs of the Adventurers: Sound and Sentiment in the Sung Poetry of Lesotho Migrants/David Coplan—Text Setting and the Use of Tune Types in Chinese Dramatic and Narrative Music/Rulan Chao Pian— Text-Tune and Tone-Tune Relations in Santal Music: Some Preliminary Observations/Onkar Prasad. 1044. Wallin, Nils Lennart, Björn Merker, and Steven Brown, ed. 2001. The Origins of Music. Cambridge, Mass.: MIT Press. xii, 498 p. ISBN 0262731436 (pbk.). ML3800 .074 2001 Based on a workshop arranged by the Institute for Biomusicology, and held in Fiesole, Italy, in 1997. Contents: An Introduction to Evolutionary Musicology/Steven Brown, Björn Merker, and Nils L.Wallin—Prolegomena to a Biomusicology/Simha Arom— Origins of Music and Speech: Insights from Animals/Peter Marler—Birdsong Repertoires: Their Origins and Use/Peter J.B.Slater—What’s Behind a Song?: The Neural Basis of Song Learning in Birds/Carol Whaling—The Sound and the Fury: Primate Vocalizations as Reflections of Emotion and Thought/Marc D. Hauser—Gibbon Songs and Human Music from an Evolutionary Perspective/Thomas Geissmann—Social Organization as a Factor in the Origins of Language and Music/Maria Ujhelyi—The Progressively Changing Songs of Humpback Whales: A Window on the Creative Process in a Wild Animal/ Katharine Payne—Can Biomusicology Learn from Language Evolution Studies?/Derek Bickerton—Toward an Evolutionary Theory of Music and Language/Jean Molino—Paleoneurology and the Biology of Music/Harry Jerison— Hominid Brain Evolution and the Origins of Music/Dean Falk—Fossil Evidence for the Origin of Speech Sounds/David W.Frayer and Chris Nicolay—New Perspectives on the

Ethnomusicology

196

Beginnings of Music: Archeological and Musicological Analysis of a Middle Peleolithic “Bone” Flute/Drago Kunej and Ivan Turk—The “Musilanguage” Model of Music Evolution/ Steven Brown—How Music Fixed “Nonsense” into Significant Formulas: On Rhythm, Repetition, and Meaning/Bruce Richman—Synchronous Chorusing and Human Origins/Björn Merker—Evolution of Human Music through Sexual Selection/Geoffrey Miller—Simulating the Evolution of Musical Behavior/Peter Todd—Antecedents of the Temporal Arts in Early Mother-Infant Interaction/Ellen Dissanayake—A Neurobiological Role of Music in Social Bonding/Walter Freeman—Human Processing Predispositions and Musical Universals/Sandra Trehub—The Question of Innate Competencies in Musical Communication/Michel Imberty—An Ethnomusicologist Contemplates Universals in Musical Sound and Musical Culture/ Bruno Nettl—The Necessity of and Problems with a Universal Musicology/ François-Bernard Mâche. 1045. Weber, Michael. 1990. Eine “andere” Musikwissenschaft?: Vorstudien zu Theorie und Methodologie. Frankfurt am Main; New York: P.Lang. 210 p., bibliog. ISBN 3631427875. ML3798.W375 Surveys theoretical and methodological issues related to the study of music, world music, and musical universals and discusses the impact of ethnomusicology on the discipline of musicology. 1046. Witmer, Robert, ed. 1990. Ethnomusicology in Canada. Toronto: Institute for Canadian Music. xiii, 413 p., bibliog., music, photos. ISBN 0772785562. ML3797.7 .C64 Essays from the first Conference on Ethnomusicology in Canada held in Toronto in 1988. The conference brought together ethnomusicologists researching Canadian topics, and individuals with ethnomusicological interests living in Canada. Broad topics addressed in the papers include: Perspectives, Methods and Problems; “Not Knowing”: Dilemmas in Musical Ethnography; Ethnicity and Identity; Transmission Processes; Canadian Native Traditions; Fiddler and Fiddle Music; Jazz Research in Canada; Music for Country Tastes; Dance Ethnology and History; Music and Dance of India; Latin American and Caribbean Musical Cultures; Pioneers of Traditional Music Preservation and Dissemination; Ethnomusicologists and “Other Domains”; Doing Ethnomusicology in Canada: Focus and Community; Ethnomusicology in Canada: Institutional Concerns. In English and French. Includes abstracts and complete articles. 1047. Yung, Bell, and Joseph Sui C.Lam, ed. 1994. Themes and Variations: Writings on Music in Honor of Rulan Chao Pian. Cambridge, Mass.; Hong Kong: Department of Music, Harvard University; Institute of Chinese Studies, Chinese University of Hong Kong. viii, 360 p., bibliog.+1 compact disc. ISBN 0674877497. ML3799 .15 1994 Contents: Introduction/Bell Yung and Joseph S.C. Lam—An Enigmatic Neume/David G. Hughes—Notational Representation and Contextual Constraints: How and Why Did Ye Tang Notate His Kun Opera Arias?/ Joseph S.C. Lam—A CampMeeting Spiritual/Eileen Southern—The Songs of the Great Lakes “Big Drum” Societies: A Study in Repertoire Diffusion among American Indian Tribes/Thomas Vennum, Jr.— Creativity in Musical Adaptation: A Hakka Zither Melody in a Cantonese Opera / Siuwah Yu—Notating the Unnotatable: Incorporating Performance Practice into the Descriptive Representation of Modern Hawaiian Hula Songs/Amy Ku’uleialoha Stillman—Lament Made Visible: A Study of Paramusical Elements in Russian Lament/Margarita Mazo— The Multi-Layered Concept of “Folk Song” in American Music: The Case of Jean Ritchie’s “The Two Sisters”/Anne Dhu McLucas—Keiko Nosaka and the 20-Stringed

Books

197

Koto: Tradition and Modernization in Japanese Music/Bonnie C.Wade—Khapsaibi Music: A Preliminary Study/Han Kuo-Huang—Aspects of Reserch on Gongs and GongRelated Instruments in Asia/Jose Maceda—The Buffons Family of Tune Families: Variations on a Theme of Otto Gombosi’s/John M. Ward. 1048. Yung, Bell, and Helen Rees, ed. 1999. Understanding Charles Seeger, Pioneer in American Musicology. Music in American Life. Urbana: University of Illinois Press. xi, 192 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 0252024931. ML423.S498 U53 1999 Essays exploring Seeger’s musical writings, his research, and his musical and social influence. Contents: Introduction/Bell Yung and Helen Rees—The Dynamics of Dissonance in Seeger’s Treatise and Crawford’s Quartet/Taylor Greer—The American Composer in the 1930s: The Social Thought of Seeger and Chávez/Leonora Saavedra— Form, Content, and Value: Seeger and Criticism to 1940/Robert R. Grimes—“Temporary Bypaths”?: Seeger and Folk Music Research/Helen Rees—Ruth Crawford, Charles Seeger, and the Music of American Folk Songs/Judith Tick—Seeger’s Unitary Field Theory Reconsidered/Lawrence M.Zbikowski—Anthropology and Musicology: Seeger’s Writings from 1933 to 1953/ Nimrod Baranovitch—From Modera Physics to Modern Musicology: Seeger and Beyond/Bell Yung. 1049. Ziff, Bruce H., and Pratima V.Rao, ed. 1997. Borrowed Power: Essays on Cultural Appropiation. New Brunswick, N.J.: Rutgers University Press. x, 337 p., bibliog. ISBN 0813523710; 0813523729 (pbk.). GN33 .B66 1997 A collection of 16 essays that focus on issues of cultural appropriation. Included are essays with both direct and indirect application to ethnomusicological research. Topics include: Appropriation of Music and Musical Forms; Appropriation in Art and Narrative; Appropriation in Colonial and Postcolonial Discourse; Appropriation in Popular Culture; The Appropriation of Scientific Knowledge; Appropriation and Tangible Cultural Property. Dance 1050. Buckland, Theresa, ed. 1999. Dance in the Field: Theory, Methods, and Issues in Dance Ethnography. New York: St. Martin’s Press. xv, 223 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 0312223781. GV1588.6 .D39 1999 Articles written by scholars from the disciplines of anthropology, ethnology, folklore studies, and sociology that address theoretical, methodological, political, and ethical issues drawing on research in Asia, Polynesia, Europe, North America, and Africa. Contents: Introduction: Reflecting on Dance Ethnography/Theresa J.Buckland—The Mystique of Fieldwork/Adrienne L. Kaeppler—Fieldwork/Drid Williams—Past and Present in Filed Research: A Critical History of Personal Experience/Anca Giurchescu— Folk Dance Research in Hungary: Relations between Theory, Fieldwork and the Archive/László Felföldi—“Or Shortly They Would be Lost Forever”: Documenting for Revival and Research/Egil Bakka—Capturing the Dancing: How and Why?/Judy van Zile—The Choreographic Notebook: A Dynamic Documentation of the Choreographic Process of Kokuma Dance Theatre, an African-Caribbean Dance Company/E.Jean Johnson Jones—Dance on Film: Strategy and Serendipity/Felicia Hughes-Freeland— Madness and Recall: Storied Data on Irish Dancing/Frank Hall—It Takes Twoor More-to Tango: Researching Traditional Music/Dance Interrelations/ Owe Ronström—It Goes

Ethnomusicology

198

Without Saying-But Not Always/Brenda Farnell—Fieldwork, Politics and Power/Andree Grau—Searching for Branches, Searching for Roots: Fieldwork in My Grandfather’s Village/ Andriy Nahachewsky—“Outsider” in an “Inside” World, or Dance Ethnography at Home/Maria Koutsouba—[Re]Constructing Meanings: The Dance Ethnographer as Keeper of Truth/Theresa J.Buckland—Textual Fields: Representation in Dance Ethnography/Georgiana Gore. 1051. Doolittle, Lisa, and Anne Flynn, ed. 2000. Dancing Bodies, Living Histories: New Writings about Dance and Culture. Banff, Canada: Banff Centre Press. xxv, 277 p. ISBN 0920159699. GV1588.6 .D393 2000 Edited papers from a conference held in 1999 at the University of Calgary. Partial Contents: Blood Wedding: Tradition and Innovation in Contemporary Flamenco/Michelle Heffner Hayes—Reflections on the Aboriginal Dance Program/Marrie Mumford—Lessons in Dance (as) History: Aboriginal Land Claims and Aboriginal Dance, circa 1999/Jacqueline Shea Murphy—They Were Singing and Dancing in the Mountains/Cheryl Blood-(Rides-at-the-) Doore—Ballet in Black: Louis Johnson and African American Vernacular Humour in Ballet/Thomas D.DeFrantz— Melville Herskovits, Katherine Dunham, and the Politics of African Diasporic Dance Anthropology/Kate Ramsey—Dance and Intertextuality: Theoretical Reflections/Naomi M. Jackson—Dancing in the Canadian Wasteland: A PostColonial Reading of Regionalism in the 1960s and 1970s/Lisa Doolittle and Anne Flynn. 1052. Pelinski, Ramón Adolfo. 2000. El tango nómade: ensayos sobre la diáspora del tango. Buenos Aires: Corregidor. 510p. ISBN 9500512661. GV1796.T3 T337 2000 On tango in various cultural contexts. Contents: El tango nómade/Ramón Pelinski— El tango y las identidades étnicas en Argentina/Pablo Vila—El tango en Paris de 1907 a 1920/Beatrice Humbert—Escándalos y condenas: el tango llega a Italia/Enrique Cámara de Landa—La época dorada del tango en Barcelona/Xavier Febrés and Patricia Gabancho—Nota sobre los comienzos del tango argentino en España/Ramón Pelinski— Tango en Granada/Horacio Rébora—El tango en Finlandia/Pirjo Kukkonen—Tango y cabaret en la Varsovia de entreguerras/Beata Gulbinowicz—El tango sefardí entre los sefardíes/Susana Weich-Schahak—El tango en Japón antes de 1945: formación, deformación, transformación/Shuhei Hosokawa—El tango en forma grande/William Schimmel—Tango rápido en Nueva York / Pierre Monette—Serie Tango: el medio del tango en Montreal/Pierre Monette—Borges y Gardel/Mario Paoletti. 1053. Washabaugh, William, ed. 1998. The Passion of Music and Dance: Body, Gender, and Sexuality. Oxford; New York: Berg. x, 201 p. ISBN 1859739040; 1859739091 (pbk.). GV1595 .P37 1998 Essays by Washabaugh and others on the politics of gender and embodiment in tango, flamenco and rebetika. Contents: Introduction: Music, Dance, and the Politics of Passion; Flamenco Song: Clean and Dirty; Fashioning Masculinity in Flamenco Dance/William Washabaugh—Gendering the Authentic in Spanish Flamenco/Timothy deWaal Malefyt—Carlos Gardel and the Argentine Tango: The Lyric of Social Irresponsibility and Male Inadequacy/Donald Castro—Tango and the Scandal of Homosocial Desire/Jeffrey Tobin—From Wallflowers to Femmes Fatales: Tango and the Performance of Passionate Femininity/Marta E.Savigliano—Rebetika: The DoubleDescended Deep Songs of Greece/Gail Holst-Warhaft—The Tsifte-Teli Sermon: Identity, Theology, and Gender in Rebetika/Angela Shand—Passionless Dancing and Passionate

Books

199

Reform: Respectability, Modernism, and the Social Dancing of Irene and Vernon Castle/Susan C.Cook—Social Theory and the Comparative History of Flamenco, Tango, and Rebetika/Gerhard Steingress. 1054. Williams, Drid. 1991. Ten Lectures on Theories of the Dance. Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow Press. xviii, 423 p. ISBN 0810822199. GV1588.6 .W55 1991 A series of lectures that combine studies of social and cultural anthropology, dance, and systems of human movement, including ritual and ceremony. Contents: Why Do People Dance?—Emotional, Psychologistic, and Biological Explanations— Intellectualistic and Literary Explanations—Religious and Quasi-Religious Explanations—Functional Explanations—Bibliographic Controls—Body Languages— Modern Theories of Human Movement—Human Behavior—Appendix: An Exercise in Applied Personal Anthropology—Appendix: Survey of Australian Literature on Aboriginal Dancing. Education 1055. Anderson, William M., and Marvelene C.Moore, ed. 1998. Making Connections: Multicultural Music and the National Standards. Reston, Va.: Music Educators National Conference. 128 p., illus.+1 compact disc. ISBN 1565451066; 1565451074. MT10 .M15 1998 Provides 21 lesson plans from African American, Balinese, Mexican American, and Native American traditions for grades K-12. For each plan the authors provide historical background, music examples, illustrations, and resource lists. An accompanying disc provides African American children’s game songs and gospel music, Balinese vocal gamelan music, Mexican American mariachi music, and Native American music. 1056. Anderson, William M., and Patricia Shehan Campbell, ed. 1996. Multicultural Perspectives in Music Education. 2d ed. Reston, Va.: Music Educators National Conference. xi, 435 p., bibliog., discog., filmog, illus., maps. ISBN 1565450973. MT1 .M93 1996 A collection of articles on teaching music from a multicultural perspective organized is by geographic region. The first edition was published in 1989. Contents: Teaching Music from a Multicultural Perspective/William M.Anderson and Patricia Shehan Campbell—Native Peoples of North America/J.Bryan Burton—African American Music/James A.Standifer and Linda Miller Walker—Anglo-American Music/Ellen McCulloughBrabson—Latin America and the Caribbean/Dale A.Olson—Europe/ Patricia Shehan Campbell—Sub-Saharan African Music/Kazadi wa Mukuna and Elizabeth Oehrle—The Middle East/George D.Sawa—South Asia: India/William M.Anderson— Music of East Asia/Han Kuo-Huang, Ricardo D.Trimillos, William M.Anderson, and Tatsuko Takizawa—Music of Southeast Asia/Patricia Shehan Campbell, William M.Anderson, and Michael B.Bakan—Oceania/Robert Engle. 1057. Campbell, Patricia Shehan. 1991. Lessons from the World: A Cross-Cultural Guide to Music Teaching and Learning. New York; Toronto: Schirmer Books: Maxwell Macmillan International; Maxwell Macmillan Canada. xv, 331 p., bibliog. ISBN 0028723619. MT1 .C22 1991 A guide for teachers, this source is divided into three parts. The first surveys the history of music education in the United States and Western Europe; the second surveys

Ethnomusicology

200

traditional learning in various world contexts, including Japan, India, Thailand, China, Indonesia, the Middle East, Africa, and Europe; and the third suggests methods for introducing multicultural concepts in elementary- and secondary-school classrooms. 1058. Campbell, Patricia Shehan, ed. 1996. Music in Cultural Context: Eight Views on World Music Education. Reston, Va.: Music Educators National Conference. 84 p. ISBN 1565451007. MT1 .M9863 1996 Includes interviews with ethnomusicologists on music in specific social and cultural contexts reprinted from Music Educators Journal. Features interviews with David P. McAllester on Navajo music, Terry Miller on Thai music, Bruno Nettl on music of Iran, Anthony Seeger on music of Amazonian Indians, Bell Yung on music of China and Hong Kong, Christopher Waterman on Yoruba music of Africa, Mellonee Burnim on African American gospel and spirituals, and Steven Loza on Mexican and Chicano music. 1059. Campbell, Patricia Shehan. 1998. Songs in Their Heads: Music and Its Meaning in Children’s Lives. New York: Oxford University Press. xiv, 246 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 0195111001; 019511101X (pbk.). MT1 .C228 1998 Campbell explores the personal and social meanings of music in children’s daily lives by examining their musical values and behaviors in different contexts. Designed to be used as a textbook for education classes. 1060. Floyd, Malcolm, ed. 1996. World Musics in Education. Aldershot, U.K.; Brookfield, Vt: Scolar Press; Ashgate Pub. Co. viii, 279 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 1859281443. MT1 .W93 1996 A series of 12 essays by music educators on using world musics in nonuniversity classes, including information on organizing workshops by performers. Provides case studies from primary and junior schools in the United Kingdom, a comparative discussion of music education in Ghana and Kenya, and information on resources and materials. 1061. Hast, Dorothea E., James R.Cowdery, and Stan Scott. 1999. Exploring the World of Music: An Introduction to Music from a World Perspective. Dubuque, Iowa: Kendall/Hunt. xiv, 322 p., bibliog., gloss., illus., music+3 compact discs. ISBN 0787271543. ML3500 This textbook with accompanying compact discs is also linked to a television series, Exploring the World of Music, created by Pacific Street Films in association with the Educational Film Center. Subjects are presented thematically, addressing elements and topics that include Sound, Music and the Environment; The Transformative Power of Music; Music and Memory; Transmission; Rhythm; Melody; Timbre; Texture; Harmony; Form; Composers and Improvisers; Music and Technology. A primary goal is to provide a resource that can be used in different educational contexts, from introductory ethnomusicology to music appreciation classes. 1062. Lornell, Kip, and Anne K.Rasmussen. 1997. Musics of Multicultural America: A Study of Twelve Musical Communities. New York: Schirmer Books; London: Prentice Hall. xii, 348 p., bibliog., illus.+1 compact disc. ISBN 0028645855. ML3477 .M88 1997 A textbook with a goal to introduce students to 12 discrete music cultures that constitute America’s musical landscape. Essays draw on ethnomusicology, music and cultural history, and anthropology for their frameworks. Contents: Music and Community in Multicultural America/Kip Lornell and Anne K.Rasmussen—Czech American Polka Music in Wisconsin/ James P.Leary—Klezmer Music: The First One

Books

201

Thousand Years/Henry Sapoznik—The Music of Arab Detroit: A Musical Mecca in the Midwest/ Anne K.Rasmussen—“Pan Is We Ting”: West Indian Steelbands in Brooklyn/Gage Averill—Mexican Mariachi Music: Made in the U.S.A./ Daniel Sheehy—Cultural Interaction in New Mexico as Illustrated in the Matachines Dance/Brenda M.Romero—Waila: The Social Dance Music of the Tohono O’odham/James S.Griffith—Triangles, Squares, Circles, and Diamonds: The “Fasola Folk” and Their Singing Tradition/Ron Pen—The Memphis African American Sacred Quartet Community/Kip Lornell—Sansei Voices in the Community: Japanese American Musicians in California/Susan M.Asai—Just Being There: Making Asian American Space in the Recording Industry/Deborah Wong—Constructing Communities and Indentities: Riot Grrrl New York City/Theo Cateforis and Elena Humphreys. 1063. Lundquist, Barbara Reeder, and C.K.Szego, ed. 1998. Musics of the World’s Cultures: A Source Book for Music Educators. Nedlands, W.Australia: Published by the Callaway International Resource Centre for Music Education (CIRCME) for the International Society for Music Education (ISME). 238 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 0864228503. ML128.I64 M87 1998 An anthology of music education resources from around the world that includes culturally diverse approaches to music education, case studies in the use of music from different cultures, and a listing of resources from many countries for use by music educators. 1064. Malm, William P. 1996. Music Cultures of the Pacific, the Near East, and Asia. 3d ed. Prentice Hall History of Music Series. Upper Saddle River, N.J.: Prentice Hall. xxiii, 278 p., bibliog., illus., music. ISBN 0131823876. ML330 .M3 1996 This is the third edition of a textbook that surveys music in the Near East, Asia, Australia, and the Pacific Islands with a focus on instruments, musical structures, and systems. It provides introductory information on specific systems, such as the raga system of India and the Arabic maqamat, while providing the basic techniques and vocabulary of the discipline of ethnomusicology. 1065. Myers, Helen, ed. 1992. Ethnomusicology: An Introduction. The Norton/ Grove Handbooks in Music. New York: W.W. Norton. xxiv, 487 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 0393033775. ML3798 .N67 1992 This volume introduces tools and methods for studying cultures systematically, scientifically, historically, and geographically. Contents: Ethnomusicology/Helen Myers—Fieldwork/Helen Myers—Field Technology/Helen Myers—Ethnography of Music/Anthony Seeger—Transcription/Ter Ellingson— Notation/Ter Ellingson—Analysis of Musical Style/Stephen Blum—Historical Ethnomusicology/Richard Widdess—Iconography/Tilman Seebass— Organology/Genevieve Dournon—The Biology of Music-Making/John Blacking— Dance/Judith Lynne Hanna—Ethical Issues/Mark Slobin—Gender and Music/Margaret Sarkissian—The Music Industry/Krister Malm—Preservation of the World’s Music/Shubha Chaudhuri—Recent Directions in Ethnomusicology/Bruno Nettl— Research Resources in Ethnomusicology/Jennifer C.Post—Major Instrument Collections/Laurence Libin—Classification of Musical Instruments/Erich M. von Hornbostel—Pitch Measurement/ Kathryn Vaughn. 1066. Myers, Helen, ed. 1993. Ethnomusicology: Historical and Regional Studies. The Norton/Grove Handbooks in Music. New York: Norton. xxviii, 541 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 0393033783. ML3799 .E821 1993

Ethnomusicology

202

A series of essays on historical and regional studies that introduce ethnomusicological study in each culture. Contents: North America: Native American/Dorothy Sara Lee— British-Americans/Helen Myers—African-American/William Westcott—Canada/James Robbins—Northern and Western Europe: Germany and Austria/Albrecht Schneider— Switzerland/Max Peter Baumann—The Netherlands/Ernst Heins—France/Miriam Rovsing Olsen—Belgium/Miriam Rovsing Olsen—Iberia/Martin Cunningham— Italy/Roberto Leydi—Great Britain/Helen Myers—Ireland/Breandan Breatnach, Nicholas Carolan—Scandinavia/Jan Ling—Southern and Eastern Europe: Bulgaria/Barbara Krader—South Slavs/Barbara Krader—Poland/Barbara Krader—Bohemia, Moravia and Slovakia/Barbara Krader—Greece/Barbara Krader—Hungary and Romania/Balint Sarosi—Russia, the USSR and the Baltic States/Margarita Mazo—Europe/James Porter—Africa/Christopher Waterman—West Asia/Amnon Shiloah—South Asia: India/Nazir Ali Jairazbhoy—Pakistan/Nazir Ali Jairazbhoy—Sri Lanka/ Cyril de Silva Kulatillake—Western Central Asia and the Caucasus/ Theodore Levin—Eastern Central Asia/Mireille Helffer—East Asia: China/Alan R.Thrasher—Japan/David W. Hughes— Korea/Robert Provine—Southeast Asia/Judith Becker—Oceania/Mervyn McLean— North America: Native American Music/Helen Myers—African-American Music/Helen Myers—Hispanic-American music/Helen Myers—BritishAmerican Folk Music/Helen Myers—European-American and AsianAmerican Music/Helen Myers—The West Indies/Helen Myers—Latin America/Gerard Béhague. 1067. Nettl, Bruno. 2003. Excursions in World Music. 4th ed. Upper Saddle River, N.J.: Prentice Hall. xiv, 364 p., bibliog., gloss., illus., maps, music+3 compact discs. ISBN 0131403052. MT6 .E98 2003 This is the third edition of a textbook that provides introductions to 10 broad culture areas. Each chapter provides a survey of the musical ideas, instruments, performance practice, and history. Contents: Introduction: Studying Music of the World’s Cultures/Bruno Nettl—The Music of India/ Charles Capwell—Music of the Middle East/Bruno Nettl—The Music of China: The Music of Japan/Isabel K.F. Wong—The Music of Indonesia/ Charles Capwell—The Music of Sub-Saharan Africa/Thomas Turino—The Musical Culture of Europe/Philip V.Bohlman—Music in Latin America/Thomas Turino—Native American Music/Bruno Nettl—Ethnic North America/Philip V.Bohlman. 1068. Nettl, Bruno, Gerard Béhague, and Valerie Woodring Goertzen. 1990. Folk and Traditional Music of the Western Continents. 3d ed. Prentice-Hall History of Music Series. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall. xv, 286 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 0133232476. ML3545 .N285 1990 This third edition of an introduction to the traditional musics of the Americas, Europe, and sub-Saharan Africa was revised by Valerie Woodring Goertzen. Contains chapters on representative traditions in Europe, Africa, African-derived cultures in the Americas, Native America, Latin America, and contemporary North America. Information includes the general characteristics of traditional music and musical instruments and cultural contexts for performance. 1069. Olsen, Dale A., and Daniel Edward Sheehy, ed. 2000. The Garland Handbook of Latin American Music, New York: Garland. xviii, 431 p., bibliog., illus., maps, music+1 compact disc. ISBN 0815338333. ML199 .G36 2000

Books

203

A selection of 15 articles originally published in The Garland Encyclopedia of World Music: South America, Mexico, Central America, and the Caribbean in 1998. Divided into three parts, it begins with an introduction to the music cultures of the region, followed by an examination of issues and processes related to the development of the music in Latin America, then provides a series of articles on the music of selected cultures in the region. 1070. Reck, David Benedict, and Carol Reck. 1997. Music of the Whole Earth. Reprint ed. New York: Da Capo Press. xi, 545 p., bibliog., Illus., photos. ISBN 0306807491. MT6.R273 M9 1997 This 1977 text for introducing students to music in world cultures continues to be used as a textbook in ethnomusicology classes throughout the country. Reck’s ability to introduce musical concepts without relying on musical notation and his broad-reaching examples have not been duplicated since the 1970s. It is for this reason that it was reprinted and marketed again in 1997. Originally published by Da Capo Press. 1071. Reimer, Bennett, ed. 2002. World Musics and Music Education: Facing the Issues. Reston, Va.: MENC. viii, 259 p., bibliog. ISBN 1565451457. MT3.U5 W67 2002 Based on a Northwestern University Music Education Leadership Seminar, this collection explores issues related to multiculturalism in music education. Includes historical and methodological information drawn from a broad range of the world’s musics on all continents. 1072. Schechter, John Mendell, ed. 1999. Music in Latin American Culture: Regional Traditions. New York: Schirmer Books. xvi, 496 p., bibliog., discog., gloss., illus., maps, photos, videog. ISBN 0028647505. ML199 .M86 1999 A textbook that consists of nine case studies written by area specialists in ethnomusicology. An accompanying compact disc is available separately. Contents: Themes in Latin American Music Culture/John M. Schechter—Popular Mexican Musical Traditions: The Mariachi of West Mexico and the Conjunto Jarocho of Veracruz/Daniel Sheehy—Central American: Marimba and Other Music of Guatemala and Nicaragua/ T.M.Scruggs—Caribbean Musics: Haiti and Trinidad and Tobago/Gage Averill— Northeastern Brazil/Larry Crook—Music in the Southern cone: Chile, Argentina and Uruguay/Ercilia Moreno Chá—Andean Colombia/ William J.Gradante—Andean Peru/Raúl R.Romero—Beyond Region: Transnational and Transcultural Traditions/John M.Schechter. 1073. Shelemay, Kay Kaufman. 1990. The Garland Library of Readings in Ethnomusicology: A Core Collection of Important Ethnomusicological Articles. 1 vols. New York: Garland. ISBN 0824064690 ML3799 .G37 1990 Reprint of essays originally published in various sources between 1809 and 1987. Vol. 1: History, Definitions, and Scope of Ethnomusicology; Vol. 2: Ethnomusicological Theory and Method; Vol. 3: Music as Culture; Vol. 4: Musical Transcription; Vol. 5: Cross-cultural Musical Analysis; Vol. 6: Musical Processes, Resources, and Technologies; Vol. 7: A Century of Ethnomusicological Thought. 1074. Shelemay, Kay Kaufman. 2001. Soundscapes: Exploring Music in a Changing World. New York: Norton. xix, 393 p., bibliog., discog., gloss., illus., photos., videog.+3 compact discs. ISBN 0393975363 (pbk.). MT90 .S53 2001

Ethnomusicology

204

A textbook that introduces musical traditions from around the world organized by the roles music plays in people’s lives and communities. A series of case studies presents the music from various cultures as it is performed in North America. 1075. Stock, Jonathan. 1996. World Sound Matters: An Anthology of Music from around the World. 3 vols. 263 p., illus., maps, music+2 compact discs. Mainz : London: Schott. ISBN: 0946535795 (teacher’s manual); 0946535817 (transcriptions). Designed for use in secondary school classrooms, the kit is comprised of a teacher’s manual (iv, 108 p., gloss., illus., maps, music), transcriptions (95 p., map, music.), pupils’ questions (60 p., illus.), and 2 sound discs. Altogether the 58 recordings, transcriptions, and contextual information are drawn from 35 different countries, including Asia and the Pacific, Europe, Africa, North America and Latin America. 1076. Stone, Ruth M., ed. 2000. The Garland Handbook of African Music. New York: Garland. xiv, 397 p., bibliog., illus., maps+1 compact disc. ISBN 0815334737. ML350 .G54 1999 A selection of articles originally published in The Garland Encyclopedia of World Music: Africa in 1998. Divided into three parts, it begins with an introduction to the music cultures of Africa, followed by an examination of issues and processes related to the development of the music in selected cultural contexts, then provides a series of articles on the music of selected cultures, subdivided by region. 1077. Taylor, Timothy Dean. 1997. Global Pop: World Music, World Markets. New York: Routledge. xxiii, 271 p., bibliog., illus., music. ISBN 0415918715; 0415918723 (pbk.). ML3470 .T4 1997 Taylor examines the rise of world music and explores the politics of the global commercial music industry during the late 1980s and early 1990s. Each chapter is organized around theoretical issues which are then applied to specific works of some of the musicians associated with the emerging style. 1078. Titon, Jeff Todd, ed. 2002. Worlds of Music: An Introduction to the Music of the World’s Peoples. 4th ed. New York: Schirmer Books. xix, 484 p., bibliog., discog., illus., photos., videog.+4 compact discs. ISBN 0534591035. ML3545 .W67 2002 This introductory text, now in its fourth edition, is the result of a collaboration of eight ethnomusicologists. Using a case study approach, the emphasis is on active participation in music, guided by the authors. Contents: The Music-Culture as a World of Music/Jeff Todd Titon and Mark Slobin—North America: Native America/David R McAllester— Africa: Ewe, Mande, Dagbamba, Shona, BaAka/David Locke—North America: Black America/Jeff Todd Titon—Bosnia and Central/Southeastern Europe: Musics and Musicians in Transition/Mark Slobin—India: South India/ David B.Reck—Asia: Indonesia/R. Anderson Sutton—East Asia: Japan/ Linda Fujie—Latin America: Ecuador/John M.Schechter—Discovering and Documenting a World of Music/David B.Reck, Mark Slobin, and Jeff Todd Titon. 1079. Williams, Drid, ed. 1997–2000. Anthropology and Human Movement. Readings in the Anthropology of Human Movement, 1–2. 2 vols. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press. xiv, 263 p. (vol. 1); 305 p. (vol. 2), bibliog., dance not., gloss., illus. ISBN 0810832364 (vol. 1); 0810837072 (vol. 2). GV1588.6. A58 A two volume collection of essays for graduate level study drawing methodologies from anthropology, ethnomusicology, linguistics, and performance studies. The Study of Dances (Vol. 1), reprints essays by Joann W.Kealiinohomoku, Anya Peterson Royce,

Books

205

Drid Williams, David Best, Adrienne L. Kaeppler, John Middleton, Edward L. Schieffelin, and Marjorie A.Franken. Searching for Origins (Vol. 2) includes essays by Sylvia Glasser, Douglas Baynton, Brenda Farnell, Teresa Buckland, and Drid Williams. Fieldwork 1080. Barz, Gregory R, and Timothy J.Cooley. 1997. Shadows in the Field: New Perspectives for Fieldwork in Ethnomusicology. New York: Oxford University Press. xii, 243 p., bibliog. ISBN 0195109104; 0195109112 (pbk.). ML3799 .85 1997 A collection of articles that explore issues related to the practice of doing fieldwork in ethnomusicology. Essays shift emphasis away from prescriptive practices that involve musical description and analysis and focus on techniques that draw on contemporary reflexive and experiential anthropological practices. The authors address these issues using contemporary fieldwork in conjunction with topics of particular concern to ethnomusicologists at the end of the twentieth century, including ethics, representation and interpretation, gender, politics, and history. Contents: Casting Shadows in the Field: An Introduction/Timothy J.Cooley—(Un)doing Fieldwork: Sharing Songs, Sharing Lives/Michelle Kisliuk—Confronting the Field(note) in and out of the Field: Music, Voices, Text, and Experiences in Dialogue/ Gregory F.Barz—The Challenges of Human Relations in Ethnographic Inquiry: Examples from Arctic and Subarctic Fieldwork/Nicole Beaudry—Knowing Fieldwork/Jeff Todd Titon—Toward a Mediation of Field Methods and Field Experience in Ethnomusicology/Timothy Rice—What’s the Difference? Reflections on Gender and Research in Village India/ Carol M.Babiracki— Fieldwork in the Ethnomusicological Past/Philip V. Bohlman—Selecting Partners: Questions of Personal Choice and Problems of History in Fieldwork and Its Interpretation/William Noll—The Ethnomusicologist, Ethnographic Method, and the Transmission of Tradition/ Kay Kaufman Shelemay—Chasing Shadows in the Field: An Epilogue/ Gregory F.Barz. 1081. Jackson, Bruce, and Edward D.Ives. 1996. The World Observed: Reflections on the Fieldwork Process. Folklore and Society. Urbana: University of Illinois Press. xvi, 230 p., bibliog. ISBN 0252022297; 0252065336 (pbk.). GN346 .W67 1996 A series of articles on the fieldwork experience written by scholars representing anthropology, folklore, sociology, and history. International in scope, the primary focus is on North American traditions. Contents: From Entertainment to Realization in Navajo Fieldwork/Barre Toelken—Four Moments/Candace Slater—Inquiry and Epiphany in the Culture of Capitalism/Dan Rose—I’m Going to Say It Now/Alessandro Portelli—Living Dolls/Nancy Kalow—From Home to Prison/Carol Burke—The Genius of Palermo/Michael Buonanno—Crossing and Recrossing the Line and Other Moments of Understanding/Dwight F.Reynolds—Absorbed in Gospel Music/Lynwood Montell—On Time, Truth, and Epiphanies/Ellen J.Stekert—Strategy and Tactics in Fieldwork/Neil V.Rosenberg—Oral and Written Tradition/Edward D.Ives—Stumbling upon Lancashire Mill Culture in New England/Anthony G.Barrand—How I Learned What a Crock Was/Howard Becker—Who’s Gypsy Here? Reflections at a Rom Burial/Carol Silverman—The Perfect Informant/Bruce Jackson.

Ethnomusicology

206

1082. Livingston, Tamara E. et al. 1993. Community of Music: An Ethnographic Seminar in Champaign-Urbana. Champaign, 111.: Elephant & Cat. viii, 201 p., bibliog. ML200.8.C48 A series of essays that explore methods and approaches to musical ethnography were produced by students of Bruno Nettl between 1989 and 1991 at the University of Illinois School of Music. Contents: Introduction: Musical Ethnography in ChampaignUrbana/the Editors—Shrine, Zoo, Museum, Archive, Lab: A Record Store in Campustown/Tatiana Calhamer—The Jazz Community at Nature’s Table/Peter Chang— Country Music at the Rose Bowl: Not Your Ordinary C & W Club/Stephen Hill—Have Your Way Lord: Pentecostal Doctrine and Musical and Ritual Flexibility at Alpha and Omega/Larry F.Ward—Composer’s Forum: A Compositional Taste-Test/ Colin Franey—Musical Organizations in an Ethnic Student Group: The Korean Church Choir and the Samulnori Pae/Mi-yon Kim—A Place for All Music? The Concentric Circles of the Music Building/Bruno Nettl—Taking Lessons and Practicing: The Piano and Tuba Cultures in the School of Music/Eunmi Shim—Rehearsals and Academic Music-Making: The Russian Folk Orchestra and the University Symphony/Tamara E.Livingston—Just Hangin’ Out and Playing Guitar: Music and Individualism/Lise Waxer—Aspects of Women’s Life in the School of Music: Pedagogy, Sexualization, Identity/Patricia Sandler—Undergraduate Conceptions of Music/Melinda Russell—Musical Taste, Pop Charts, and Media Influence in ChampaignUrbana/Victoria Lindsay Levine—Integrating a Society: Persian Music in the Iranian Community/Craig Macrae. 1083. Olwig, Karen Fog, and Kirsten Hastrup, ed. 1997. Siting Culture: The Shifting Anthropological Object. London; New York: Routledge. vi, 319 p., bibliog. ISBN 0415150019; 0415150027 (pbk.). GN33 .S55 1997 The authors explore the significance of place in the shifting landscape that has increasingly moved people from local to globalized spheres. They examine concepts of culture in case studies drawn from diverse locations throughout the world to contribute to the methodological and theoretical literature of contemporary anthropology. Contents: Cultural Sites: Sustaining a Home in a Deterritorialized World/Karen Fog Olwig— Imagining a Place in the Andes: In the Borderland of Lived, Invented, and Analyzed Culture/Karsten Paerregaard—Which World?: On the Diffusion of Algerian Raï to the West/Marc Schade-Poulsen—Seeking Place: Capsized Identities and Contracted Belonging among Sri Lankan Tamil Refugees/ Ann-Belinda Steen Preis—The Nation as a Human Being, a Metaphor in a Mid-Life Crisis?: Notes on the Imminent Collapse of Norwegian National Identity/Thomas Hylland Eriksen—Paradoxes of Sovereignty and Independence: “Real” and “Pseudo” Nation-States and the Depoliticization of Poverty/James Ferguson—The Experience of Displacement: Reconstructing Places and Identities in Sri Lanka/Birgitte Refslund Sørensen—Localizing the American Dream: Constructing Hawaiian Homelands/ Ulla Hasager—Picturing and Placing Constable Country/Judith Okely—Speechless Emissaries: Refugees, Humanitarianism, and Dehistoricization/ Liisa H.Malkki—“Roots” and “Mosaic” in a Balkan Border Village: Locating Cultural Production/Jonathan Schwartz—Simplifying Complexity: Assimilating the Global in a Small Paradise/Jonathan Friedman—There Are No Indians in the Dominican Republic: The Cultural Construction of Dominican Identities/Ninna Nyberg Sørensen.

Books

207

Folklore 1084. Cantwell, Robert. 1993. Ethnomimesis: Folklife and the Representation of Culture. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press. xx, 323 p., bibliog. ISBN 0807821128; 0807844241 (pbk.). GT4802 .C36 1993 A narrative of the experiences of the Festival of American Folklife that focuses on the issues of festivity, identity, and memory, as well as tourism, using Barthes’ theories as a general framework. 1085. Foley, John Miles. 1995. The Singer of Tales in Performance. Voices in Performance and Text. Bloomington: Indiana University Press. xvi, 235 p., bibliog. ISBN 0253322251; 0253209315 (pbk). GR72.3 .F65 1995 Drawing from oral-formulaic theory and ethnopoetics, Foley presents a strategy for understanding performance that includes both oral and written texts. 1086. Porter, James, ed. 1995. Ballads and Boundaries: Narrative Singing in an Intercultuml Context. Los Angeles: UCLA Department of Ethnomusicology and Systematic Musicology. xxiii, 382 p., bibliogs., photos. ISBN 0882870521. PN1376 .I53 1993 Essays from the 23rd International Ballad Conference of the Commission for Folk Poetry (Société Internationale d’Ethnologie et de Folklore) held at the University of California, Los Angeles, in 1993. Papers are divided into four areas: The Ballad Genre; The Ballad Text; Ballad Performance; and Cultural Experience in Ballads. Gender 1087. Herndon, Marcia, and Suzanne Ziegler, ed. 1990. Music, Gender, and Culture. Intercultural Music Studies, 1. Wilhelmshaven, Germany: Florian Noetzel Verlag. 307 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 3795905931. ML82 .M77 1990 International Council for Traditional Music, ICTM Study Group on Music and Gender. Contents: Biology and Culture: Music, Gender, Power, and Ambiguity/Marcia Herndon—The Sprite in the Water and the Siren of the Woods. On Swedish Folk Music and Gender/Anna Johnson—Towards a Concept of Slavonic Women’s Repertoire/Anna Czekanowska—Women in the Music Creation Process in the Dinaric Cultural Zone of Yugoslavia/Ankica Petrovic—Gender-Specific Traditional Wedding Music in Southwestern Turkey/Susanne Ziegler—The Veils Are Lifted. Music of Turkish Women/Ursula Reinhard—The Relation of Women’s Music to Men’s Music in Southern Algeria/Edda Brandes—Group Expression and Performance Among Kpelle Women’s Associations of Liberia/ Cynthia Schmidt—Considering Gender Balance in Religion and Ritual Music Among the Hmong and Lahu in Northern Thailand/Gretel SchwörerKohl—Wisdom of Ignorance. Women Performers in the Classical Chinese Music Traditions/Nora Yeh—Politics and Songs: A Case Study in Gender on Mungiki/Jane Mink Rossen—The Production of Social and Cultural Values in the Compositions of Queen Salote of Tonga/Adrienne L. Kaeppler—“And Are You Pretty?” Choice, Perception and Reality in Pursuit of Happiness/Cynthia Tse Kimberlin—Mean Mama Blues: Bessie Smith and the Vaudeville Era/Henrietta Yurchenko—Conclusion/Marcia Herndon and Susanne Ziegler.

Ethnomusicology

208

1088. Marshall, Kimberly, ed. 1993. Rediscovering the Muses: Women’s Musical Traditions. Boston: Northeastern University Press. xxvii, 304 p., bibliog. ISBN 1555531733. ML82 .R43 1993 Essays on the social and creative roles of women in music contributed by scholars in both ethnomusicology and musicology. Partial Contents: Presence of the Possessed: A Parameter in the Performance Practice of the Music of Australian Aboriginal Women/Helen Payne—Gender and Gender: Gender Ideology and the Female Gender Player in Central Java/Sarah Weiss—The Drum-Dance-Song Ensemble: Women’s Performance in Biblical Israel/Carol Meyers—Female Musicians in Pharaonic Egypt/Emily Teeter—Private Speech, Public Pain: The Power of Women’s Laments in Ancient Greek Poetry and Tragedy/Nancy Sultan—The Traditional Role of Greek Women in Music from Antiquity to the End of the Byzantine Empire/ Diane Touliatos. 1089. McClary, Susan. 1991. Feminine Endings: Music, Gender, and Sexuality. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press. viii, 220 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 0816618984; 0816618992 (pbk.). ML82 .M38 1990 A collection of essays written between 1987 and 1989 in which McClary uses theoretical models from recent feminist criticism to analyze and problematize EuroAmerican classical and popular musical practices, including performances by women composers and popular icons such as Madonna and Laurie Anderson. 1090. Moisala, Pirkko, and Beverley Diamond. 2000. Music and Gender. Urbana: University of Illinois Press. xiii, 376 p., bibliog., photos. ISBN 025202544X; 0252068653 (pbk). ML82 .M74 2000 Essays on diverse cultures representing different disciplinary approaches to the study of gender and music, including ethnomusicology, historical musicology, feminist studies, composition, education, popular music studies, music technology, and sociology. Contents: Performance and Modernity among BaAka Pygmies: A Closer Look at the Mystique of Egalitarian Foragers in the Rain Forest/Michelle Kisliuk—Local Construction of Gender in a Finnish Pelimanni Musicians Group/Helmi Järviluoma—The Image of Women in Turkish Ballad Poetry and Music/Ursula Reinhard—The Interpretation of Gender Issues in Musical Life Stories of Prince Edward Islanders/Beverley Diamond—Writing the Biography of a Black Woman Blues Singer/Jane Bowers—Gender Negotiation of the Composer Kaija Saariaho in Finland: The Woman Composer as Nomadic Subject/Pirkko Moisala—Searching for Data about European Ladies’ Orchestras, 1870–1950/Margaret Myers—Defining Women and Men in the Context of War: Images in Croatian Popular Music in the 1990s/Naila Ceribašic— Women, Music, and “Chains of the Mind”: Eritrea and the Tigray Region of Ethiopia, 1972–93/Cynthia Tse Kimberlin—Past and Present Gender Roles in the Traditional Community on Kihnu Island in Estonia/Ingrid Rüütel—Women Mix Engineers and the Power of Sound/Boden Sandstrom—Gender, Voice, and Place: Issues of Negotiation in a “Technology in Music Program”/ Karen Pegley—Cyborg Experiences: Contradictions and Tensions of Technology, Nature, and the Body in Hildegard Westerkamp’s “Breath Room”/ Andra McCartney—No Bodies There: Absence and Presence in Acousmatic Performance/Linda Dusman. 1091. Pendle, Karin, ed. 2001. Women and Music: A History. 2d ed. Bloomington: Indiana University Press. x, 516 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 0253338190; 025321422X (pbk). ML82 .W6 2001

Books

209

This is a second edition of a collection of essays on women and music, updated to include a broader selection of composers., performers, and patrons, and an expanded view of women in music outside Europe and North America. Partial Contents: American Popular Music/S.Kay Hoke—Women and Music Around the Mediterranean/L.JaFran Jones—Women in the World of Music: Latin America, Native America, and the African Diaspora/Robert Whitney Templeman—American Women in Blues and Jazz/Michael J.Budds—Women’s Support and Encouragement of Music and Musicians/Linda Whitesitt. 1092. Senelick, Laurence. 1992. Gender in Performance: The Presentation of Difference in the Performing Arts. Hanover N.H.: University Press of New England. xxiv, 348 p., bibliog. ISBN 0874515459; 0874516048 (pbk). PN1590.S3 G46 1992 A collection of essays on aspects of gender and/as performance, many challenging cultural assumptions about representation and gender. Subjects are both historical and contemporary and range from analyses of crossdressing and drag performance to sexual role-playing in Balinese and Iranian performance, gender in dance education and in twentieth-century dance practices, to gender and theatre in the Caribbean. 1093. Solie, Ruth A. 1993. Musicology and Difference: Gender and Sexuality in Music Scholarship. Berkeley: University of California Press. xi, 355 p., bibliog. ISBN 0520079272. ML3838 .M96 1993 Essays explore relationships among gender, sexuality, and music in Western and nonWestern musics. Partial Contents: Difference and Power in Music/John Shepherd—The Ethnomusicologist as Midwife/Carol E. Robertson—Miriam Sings Her Song: The Self and the Other Anthropological Discourse/Ellen Koskoff. 1094. Whiteley, Sheila, ed. 1997. Sexing the Groove: Popular Music and Gender. London; New York: Routledge. xxxvi, 353 p., bibliog. ISBN 0415146704; 0415146712 (pbk). ML3470 .846 1997 Collection of essays by music and cultural theorists that explore the intersections of gender, sexuality, and popular music. Contents: Part I: Rock Music Culture. Sizing Up Record Collections: Gender and Connoisseurship in Rock Music Culture/Will Straw— Men Making a Scene: Rock Music and the Production of Gender/Sara Cohen—Women and the Electric Guitar/Mavis Bacon—(R)evolution Now? Rock and the Political Potential of Gender/Norma Coates. Part II: Masculinities and Popular Music. Little Red Rooster vs. the Honky Tonk Woman: Mick Jagger, Sexuality, Style and Image/Sheila Whiteley—Bruce Springsteen and Masculinity/Gareth Palmer—The Pet Shop Boys: Musicology, Masculinity and Banality/Stan Hawkins. Part III: A Time of Growth and Change. Femininities and Popular Music. Can a Fujiyama Mama be the Female Elvis? The Wild, Wild Women of Rockabilly/David Sanjek—Female Identity and the Woman Songwriter/Charlotte Greig—Sinéad O’Connor—Musical Mother/Keith Negus— Mannish Girl: k.d.lang—From Cowpunk to Androgyny/ Stella Bruzzi—The Missing Links: Riot Grrl-Feminism-Lesbian Culture/Mary Celeste Kearney—“Rebel Girl, You Are the Queen of My World”: Feminism, “Subculture” and Grrl Power/Marion Leonard. Part IV: Music, Image and Identity. Seduced by the Sign: An Analysis of the Textual Links Between Sound and Image in Pop Videos/Sheila Whiteley—Feeling and Fun: Romance, Dance and the Performing Male Body in the Take That Videos/Paul McDonald—Rolling and Tumbling: Digital Erotics and the Culture of Narcissism/Sean Cubitt.

Ethnomusicology

210

1095. Whiteley, Sheila. 2000. Women and Popular Music: Sexuality, Identity, and Subjectivity. London; New York: Routledge. x, 246 p., bibliog., music. ISBN 0415211891; 0415211905 (pbk.). ML82 .W48 2000 A series of essays on popular music addressing issues related to gender and identity. Whiteley examines music of the 1960s through the 1990s, in performances by the Beatles and the Rolling Stones, Janis Joplin and Joni Mitchell, Annie Lennox, Madonna and k.d.lang, Tracy Chapman, Tori Amos, P.J.Harvey, and Courtney Love. Jewish Traditions 1096. Alvarez-Pereyre, Frank. 1990. La transmission orale de la Mišnah: une méthode d’analyse appliquée a la tradition d’Alep. Yuval monograph series, 8. Jerusalem; Paris: Magnes Press, The Hebrew University; Peeters. vi, 307 p., bibliog., charts. ISBN 2877230260. ML3195 .A45 1990 Alvarez’s study of the laws governing the oral transmission of the Mishnah is based entirely on the study of texts. He uses linguistic frameworks to compare performances of different informants and to develop a theoretical understanding of the roles of language and music in cantillation. 1097. Bohlman, Philip Vilas, and Otto Holzapfel, ed. 2001. The Folk Songs of Ashkenaz. Recent Researches in the Oral Traditions of Music, 6. Middleton, Wis.: AREditions. ix, 180p., facsims., music. ISBN0895794748. M1851. F65 B6 2001 Folk songs of the Ashkenazim in Germany and Eastern Europe from collections in Europe, North America, and Israel, representing five centuries of interaction between Jewish communities in the Ashkenazic diaspora. Bohlman and Holzapfel provide ethnological, historical and editorial commentary. 1098. Heskes, Irene. 1994. Passport to Jewish Music: Its History, Traditions, and Culture. Contributions to the Study of Music and Dance, no. 33. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood Press. xii, 353 p., bibliog. ISBN 0313280355. ML3776 .H47 1994 An historical survey of Jewish musical traditions that identifies its connections to Judaic history, tradition, and cultural heritage. Heskes presents information in loosely chronological order highlighting areas of significance: the Bible; Sephardic traditions; mysticism; Yiddish culture; the Holocaust; Zionism and Israel; notable composers; and Jewish women in liturgical music. 1099. Mendelsohn, Ezra, ed. 1993. Modern Jews and Their Musical Agendas. Studies in Contemporary Jewry, 9. New York: Oxford University Press. xvi, 378 p., bibliogs., music. ISBN 0195086171. ML3776 .M634 1993 A series of articles from the annual publication of the Avraham Harman Institute of Contemporary Jewry, the Hebrew University of Jerusalem on the subject of the place of music in Jewish integration and assimilation into modern European society, the role of music in Jewish national identity and in the preservation of traditional Jewish life. Symposium Contents: On the Jewish Presence in Nineteenth-Century European Musical Life/ Ezra Mendelsohn—Musical Life in the Central European Jewish Village/ Philip V.Bohlman—Jews and Hungarians in Modern Hungarian Musical Culture/Judit Frigyesi—New Directions in the Music of the Sephardic Jews/Edwin Seroussi—The Eretz Israeli Song and the Jewish National Fund/Natan Shahar—Alexander U.Boskovitch

Books

211

and the Quest for an Israeli National Musical Style/Jehoash Hirschberg—Music of Holy Argument: The Ethnomusicology of a Talmus Study Session/Lionel Wolberger. 1100. Roten, Hervé. 1998. Musiques liturgiques juives:parcours et escales. Arles; Paris: Actes Sud; Cité de la musique. 167 p., bibliog., discog., illus.+1 compact disc. ISBN 2742714804. ML3195 .R68 1998 An introduction to Jewish liturgical music from the time of the Hebrews to the 1990s. Roten focuses on its growth and development as a reflection of events related to persecution and migration of peoples in diverse regions. 1101. Rubin, Ruth. 2000. Voices of a People: The Story of Yiddish Folksong. 2d ed. Urbana: University of Illinois Press. 558 p., illus. ISBN 0252069188. ML3776 .R77 2000 A collection of Yiddish songs, including children’s songs, dancing songs, and songs about love and courtship, poverty and work, crime and corruption, immigration, and the dream of a homeland. Detailed notes and annotations by the author are included. This is a new edition with a forward by Mark Slobin. Originally published in 1979 by the Jewish Publication Society of America. 1102. Shelemay, Kay Kaufman. 1998. Let Jasmine Rain Down: Song and Remembrance among Syrian Jews. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. xvi, 291 p., bibliog., discog., illus., music.+1 compact disc. ISBN 0226752119; 0226752127 (pbk.). ML3776 .S53 1998 A study of the Syrian Jews’ pizmon tradition in its historical, social, and religious setting. Shelemay reconstructs the Judeo-Arabic musical tradition in America using research in New York, Mexico, and Israel, identifying verbal and musical memories that are embedded in individual songs. 1103. Shiloah, Amnon. 1992. Jewish Musical Traditions. Detroit: Wayne State University Press. 274 p., bibliog. ISBN 0814322344. ML3195 .84 1992 Considers oral traditions of Jewish communities, identifying themes that are central to understanding Jewish history and its relationship to music. Includes information on music and dance in both religious and secular contexts. 1104. Slobin, Mark. 2000. Fiddler on the Move: Exploring the Klezmer World. American Musicspheres. Oxford; New York: Oxford University Press. 154 p., bibliog., illus.+1 compact disc. ISBN 019513124X. ML3528.8 .S58 2000 Slobin places klezmer within multiple disciplines, including American music studies, cultural studies, and ethnomusicology, informing the reader about the tradition as well as a methodology for studying a practice with diverse roots. Popular Music 1105. Bennett, Andy. 2000. Popular Music and Youth Culture: Music, Identity and Place. Basingstoke, U.K.; New York: Macmillan; St. Martin’s Press. viii, 223 p., bibliog. ISBN 0333732286; 0333732294 (pbk.). ML3470 .B45 2000 On the relationship between popular music and youth culture, Bennett reviews theories in sociology and cultural studies, then focuses on local representations in a series of case studies. He examines how bhangra and Asian music, dance music, hip hop, and rock become part of daily life in different urban settings.

Ethnomusicology

212

1106. Bennett, Tony, ed. 1993. Rock and Popular Music: Politics, Policies, Institutions. London; New York: Routledge. xiv, 306 p. ISBN 041506368X; 0415063698 (pbk). ML3534 .R612 1993 Essays examine institutions, including the music industry, and the policies that control the production and dissemination of music throughout the world. Contents: 1. Government and Rock: Popular Music and the Local State/ Simon Frith—“The Cabaret is Dead”: Rock Culture as State Enterprise—the Political Organization of Rock in East Germany/Peter Wicke and John Shepherd—Popular Music Policy: A Contested Area— the Dutch Experience/Paul Rutten—The English Canadian Recording Industry Since 1970/Will Straw—Making Music Local/Marcus Breen—Who Fought the Law? The American Music Industry and the Global Popular Music Market/ Steve Jones—2. Broadcasting: Music, Policies, Cultures and Communities. Radio Space and Industrial Time: The Case of Music Formats/Jody Berland—Policing French-Language Music on Canadian Radio: The Twilight of the Popular Record Era?/Line Grenier—Who Killed the Radio Star? The Death of Teen Radio in Australia/Graeme Turner—From State Monopoly to Commercial Oligopoly: European Broadcasting Policies and Popular Music Output over the Airwaves/Roger Wallis and Krister Malm—3. Rock and Politics: Feminist Musical Practice: Problems and Contradictions/Mavis Bayton—The Framing of Rock: Rock and the New Conservatism/Lawrence Grossberg—Beat the System/Ross Harley—Black Popular Music: Crossing Over or Going Under?/Reebee Garofalo— Aboriginal Popular Music: Space and Place/Chris Lawe Davies—Afterword: Music Policy, Aesthetic and Social Difference/Georgina Born. 1107. Brackett, David. 2000. Interpreting Popular Music. Berkeley: University of California Press. xv, 260 p., bibliog., discog., illus. ISBN 0520225414. ML3470 .B73 2000 Brackett uses methods drawn from cultural studies and music theory to discuss how listeners interpret popular songs and find them meaningful. He develops a set of tools to use for analyzing the formal and the cultural dimensions of many types of popular music. Originally published: Cambridge University Press, 1995. 1108. Burnett, Robert. 1995. The Global Jukebox: The International Music Industry. London; New York: Routledge. xiii, 171 p., bibliog. ISBN 0415092752; 0415092760 (pbk.). ML3790 .B85 1995 Burnett’s study of the international popular music industry examines the effects of the technological innovations that have changed the ways music is produced and consumed. 1109. DeCurtis, Anthony, ed. 1992. Present Tense: Rock and Roll and Culture. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press. xii, 317 p., bibliog. ISBN 0822312611; 0822312654 (pbk.). ML3534 .P76 1992 All articles were previously published in the South Atlantic Quarterly in 1991. Contents: The Eighties/Anthony DeCurtis—The Church of the Sonic Guitar/Robert Palmer—The Enemy Within: Censorship in Rock Music in the 1950s/Trent Hill—A Corpse in Your Mouth: Adventures of a Metaphor, or Modern Cannibalism/Greil Marcus—Why Don’t We Do It in the Classroom?/Glenn Gass—Playing for England/Paul Smith—Rock and Roll as a Cultural Practice/David R.Shumway—Tracking/ Robert B. Ray—Signposts on the Road to Nowhere: Laurie Anderson’s Crisis of Meaning/Mark Dery—Concerning the Progress of Rock and Roll/Michael Jarrett—Los Angeles, 1999/Paul Evans—Sexual Mobilities in Bruce Springsteen: Performance as

Books

213

Commentary/Martha Nell Smith—About a Salary or Reality ?: Rap’s Recurrent Conflict/Alan Light—Voguing at the Carnival: Desire and Pleasure on MTV/Dan Rubey—Living by Night in the Land of Opportunity: Observations on Life in a Rock and Roll Band /Jeff Calder. 1110. Epstein, Jonathon S., ed. 1995. Adolescents and Their Music: If It’s Too Loud, You’re Too Old. New York: Garland. xxxiv, 401 p., bibliog. ISBN 0815321384. ML3534 .A3 1995 Examines issues concerning youth and their relationship to music from a sociological perspective. Includes a bibliography of recent theory and research. Contents: Introduction: Misplaced Childhood: An Introduction to the Sociology of Youth and Their Music/Jonathon S.Epstein—Rock: Youth and Its Music/Deena Weinstein—The Political Status of Youth and Youth Culture/Lawrence Grossberg—The Local Economy of Suburban Scenes/Donna Gaines—Expendable Youth: The Rise and Fall of Youth Culture/Deena Weinstein—Rock and Roll Is Here to Stray: Youth Subculture, Deviance, and Social Typing in Rock’s Early Years/Daniel Dotter—Secular Rituals in Popular Culture: A Case for Grateful Dead Concerts and Dead Head Identity/Robert Sardiello— The Postmodernization of Rock and Roll Music: The Case of Metallica/Joseph A.Kotarba—Redeeming the Rap Music Experience/Venise Berry—Guerrilla Music: Avant-Garde Voice as Oppositional Discourse/Thaddeus Coreno—Does Love Really Stink?: The “Mean World” of Love and Sex in Popular Music of the 1980s/ Emily D.Edwards—Crowd Crushes at Two Rock Concerts: A Value-Added Analysis/Jerry M.Lewis—Popular Music as a “Social Cement”: A Content Analysis of Social Criticism and Alienation in Alternative-Music Song Titles/Amy B.Mohan and Jean Malone— Living on a Lighted Stage: Identity Salience, Psychological Centrality, Authenticity, and Role Behavior of Semi-Professional Rock Musicians/Scott A.Reid, Jonathon S.Epstein, and D.E.Benson—Recent Theory and Research in the Sociology of Popular Music: A Selected and Annotated Bibliography/Stephen B.Groce and Jonathon S.Epstein. 1111. Ewbank, Alison J., and Fouli T.Papageorgiou, ed. 1997. Whose Master’s Voice?: The Development of Popular Music in Thirteen Cultures. Contributions to the Study of Music and Dance, no. 41. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood Press. viii, 259 p., bibliog. ISBN 0313277729. ML3470 .W56 1997 Analyses of the meaning of popular music in 13 different cultural contexts that focuses on the impact of transnational music on national cultures. Contents: The Austrian Rock Music Scene/Suzanna Agardy and Lawrence Zion—Culture, Media and the Music Industry in Brazil/Nelly de Camargo—The English Experience/Allison J.Ewbank— Popular Music and the Music Industry in Greece/Fouli T.Papageorgiou—A Brief History of Music Production in Hawaii/Elizabeth B.Buck—Music in India: A Look at Something Different/Usha Vyasulu Reddy—The Israeli Musical Environment: Cultural Heritage and Sociocultural Change/Hanna Adoni—Local Musicians in Jamaica: A Case Study/Marlene Cuthbert and Avonie Brown—Interactions of Imported and Indigenous Musics in Japan: A Historical Overview of the Music Industry/Toru Mitsui—The Problem of Our Time: Culture or Industrial Culture? Musical Creation or Industrialized Musical Products? The Spanish Case/Blanca Muñoz—Seeking the Best Integration: Popular Music in Taiwan/Georgette Wang—Visceral Vibes and a Place in the Sun: U.S. Popular Music/Deanna Campbell Robinson, Jack Banks, and Nancy Breaux—Uruguayan

Ethnomusicology

214

Popular Music: Notes on Recent History/Carlos Alberto Maartins and Carlos Dumpiérrez. 1112. Fast, Susan. 2001. In the Houses of the Holy: Led Zeppelin and the Power of Rock Music. New York: Oxford University Press. vii, 247 p., bibliog., music, photos., discog., videog. ISBN 0195117565; 0195147235 (pbk.). ML421.L4 F37 2001 A study of rock music and identity through the music of Led Zeppelin. Fast focuses specifically on issues of gender construction, embodiment, and appropriation using interview data with band members as well as secondary sources. 1113. Frith, Simon. 1996. Performing Rites: On the Value of Popular Music. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press. viii, 352 p., bibliog. ISBN 0674661958. ML3795 .F738 1996 Frith explores the nature of popular music in Europe and the United States, questioning distinctions between high and low art and defining popular music as a commodity. 1114. Frith, Simon, and Andrew Goodwin, ed. 1990. On Record: Rock, Pop, and the Written Word. New York: Pantheon Books. xi, 492 p. ISBN 0394564758; 0679722882 (pbk.). ML3470 .05 1990 A comprehensive survey of critical approaches to popular music, subdivided by general theoretical category. Contents: Listening to Popular Music/ David Riesman— The Dialogue of Courtship in Popular Song/Donald Horton—The Young Audience/Stuart Hall and Paddy Whannel—The Golden Age/Paul Willis—Style as Homology and Signifying Practice/ Dick Hebdige—Settling Accounts with Subcultures: A Feminist Critique/ Angela McRobbie—Defending Ski-Jumpers: A Critique of Theories of Youth Subcultures/Gary Clarke—Characterizing Rock Music Culture: The Case of Heavy Metal/Will Straw—Is There Rock after Punk?/Lawrence Grossberg—Processing Fads and Fashions: An Organization-Set Analysis of Cultural Industry Systems/Paul M.Hirsch—Cycles in Symbol Production: The Case of Popular Music/Richard A.Peterson and David G. Berger—Patterns of Change/Roger Wallis and Krister Malm— The Production of Success: An Antimusicology of the Pop Song/Antoine Hennion— From Craft to Art: The Case of Sound Mixers and Popular Music/Edward R. Kealy—The Realities of Practice/H. Stith Bennett—How Women Become Musicians/Mavis Bayton— Sample and Hold: Pop Music in the Digital Age of Reproduction/Andrew Goodwin— Start Making Sense!: Musicology Wrestles with Rock/Susan McClary and Robert Walser—The Grain of the Voice/Roland Barthes—On Popular Music/Theodor W.Adorno—Second Thoughts on a Rock Aesthetic: The Band/Andrew Chester—Jingle: PepsiCola Hits the Spot/Mark W.Booth—Listen to Me/Dave Laing—Do-Talk and Don’tTalk: The Division of the Subject in Girl-Group Music/Barbara Bradby—Rock and Sexuality/Simon Frith and Angela McRobbie—Sexing Elvis/Sue Wise—Teenage Dreams/Sheryl Garratt—In Defense of Disco/ Richard Dyer—Afterthoughts/Simon Frith—Rock Music, the Star System, and the Rise of Consumerism/David Buxton— Rocket to Russia/ Tom Carson—In Praise of Kate Bush/Holly Kruse—New Pop and Its Aftermath/Simon Reynolds—Corrupting the Absolute/Greil Marcus—Starlust/Fred Vermorel and Judy Vermorel. 1115. Frith, Simon, Andrew Goodwin, and Lawrence Grossberg, ed. 1993. Sound and Vision: The Music Video Reader. London; New York: Routledge. xi, 215 p. ISBN 0415094305; 0415094313 (pbk). PN1992.8.M87 S68 1993 Essays critically analyze the form, content, and cultural context of music videos. Contents: Popular Music and

Books

215

Postmodernism in the 1980s/ Will Straw—Sound, Image and Social Space: Music Video and Media Reconstruction/Jody Berland—Fatal Distractions: MTV Meets Postmodern Theory/Andrew Goodwin—Youth/Music/Television/Simon Frith—Commercials Go Rock/Leslie Savan—Monster Metaphors: Notes on Michael Jackson’s Thriller/Kobena Mercer—Genre and Form: The Development of the Country Music Video/Mark Fenster—Being Discovered: The Emergence of Female Address on MTV/Lisa A. Lewis—Forging Masculinity: Heavy-Metal Sounds and Images of Gender/Robert Walser—The Media Economy of Rock Culture: Cinema, Postmodernity and Authenticity/Lawrence Grossberg. 1116. Hawkins, Stan. 2001. Settling the Pop Score: Pop Texts and Identity Politics. Ashgate Popular and Folk Music Series. Burlington, Vt.: Ashgate. xiv, 220 p., bibliog., discog., illus. ISBN 0754603512. ML3918.P67 H39 2001 Hawkins uses a series of case studies to explore identity and representation in popular music during the 1980s and 1990s among primarily British and North American artists. Issues examined include the role of irony and empathy, the relevance of textual analysis to the study of popular music, and the questions of gender, race, and sexuality. 1117. Hayward, Philip, ed. 1999. Widening the Horizon: Exoticism in PostWar Popular Music. Sydney: John Libbey. vii, 200 p. ISBN 1864620471. ML3470 .W62 1999 A collection of essays addressing the issues of exoticism in postwar popular music with contributors from Australia, Japan, United Kingdom, and North America. Contents: The Cocktail Shift: Aligning Musical Exotica/Philip Hayward—Korla Pandit and Musical Indianism/Tim Taylor—Utopias of the Tropics: The Exotic Music of Les Baxter and Yma Sumac/Rebecca Leydon—Martin Denny and the Development of Musical Exotica/Shuhei Hosokawa—Tropical Cool: The Arthur Lyman Sound/Jon Fitzgerald and Philip Hayward—Soy Sauce Music: Haruomi Hosono and Japanese SelfOrientalism/Shuhei Hosokawa—Musical Transport: Van Dyke Parks, Americana and the Applied Orientalism of Tokyo Rose/Jon Fitzgerald and Philip Hayward—The Yanni Phenomenon/Karl Neuenfeldt. 1118. Krims, Adam. 2000. Rap Music and the Poetics of Identity. New Perspectives in Music History and Criticism. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press. xii, 217 p., bibliog., discog., illus. ISBN 0521632684; 0521634474 (pbk.). ML3531 .K75 2000 A study of the musical construction of rap and its contribution to the formation of cultural identities. The author draws on cultural theory as well as recent scholarship in popular music studies, communications, critical theory, and musicology to explore musical and poetic aspects of the genre in different geographic and social sites. 1119. Lipsitz, George. 1994. Dangerous Crossroads: Popular Music, Postmodernism, and the Poetics of Place. London; New York: Verso. viii, 192 p., bibliog., photos. ISBN 1859849350. ML3470 .L57 1994 Explores issues connected to the musical fusions that emerged in t the 1980s and early 1990s crossing geographic boundaries, including Algerian rai, indigenous rock of Australia, swamp pop, reggae, bhangra, juju, zouk, and rap. 1120. Longhurst, Brian. 1995. Popular Music and Society. Cambridge, U.K.: Polity Press. xvi, 277 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 074561437X; 0745614647 (pbk.). ML3470 .L66 1995

Ethnomusicology

216

A general introduction to popular music in its social context, examining the production, structure, and uses of popular music. Includes overviews and critiques of studies that provide theoretical structures for the disciplines of cultural studies and music. 1121. Mattern, Mark. 1998. Acting in Concert: Music, Community, and Political Action. New Brunswick, N.J.: Rutgers University Press. viii, 184 p., bibliog. ISBN 0813524830; 0813524849 (pbk.). ML3470 .M38 1998 Three case studies of music and political action, including Chilean nueva cancion, Cajun music, and a selection of Native American popular traditions. Illustrates how musicians establish distinct kinds of community-based political action through their music. 1122. McCarthy, Cameron et al., ed. 1999. Sound Identities: Popular Music and the Cultural Politics of Education. New York: Peter Lang. xiii, 490 p. ISBN 0820441392. ML3470 .862 1999 Essays that look at the role that music plays in the everyday lives of school youth. Contributors to this collection include students and scholars. Contents: Music in the Nation: Rap, Hip Hop, and the Flow of Values. Gangsta Pedagogy and Ghettocentricity: The Hip Hop Nation as Counterpublic Sphere/Peter McLaren—Rap Music: The Cultural Politics of Official Representation/Julia Eklund Koza—Performing the (Black) Postmodern: Rap as Incitement for Cultural Criticism/Rinaldo Walcott—Talkin’ Tupac: Speech Genres and the Mediation of Cultural Knowledge/ George Kamberelis and Greg Dimitriadis—Music in the Postcolony and in the Diaspora. Narrating Imperialism: The British Influence in Barbadian Public School Songs/Cameron McCarthy—From the Bluest Eye to Jazz: A Retrospective of Toni Morrison’s Literary Sounds/Robin SmallMcCarthy—Apache Indian’s Syncretic Music and the Representation of South Asian Identities: A Case Study of a Minority Artist/Nina Asher—Postcolonial Influences in Spanish Diaspora: Christian Doctrine and the Depiction of Women in Tejano Border Songs and Calypso/Zena Moore—Consuming Memories: The Record-Centered Salsa Scene in Cali/Lise Waxer—Music in the Contested Metropolis: Rock and the Contradictory Politics of Youth. Live Through This: Music, Adolescence, and Autobiography/Chris Richards—Going Public: Rock Aesthetics in the American Political Field/Jonathan Sterne—The “Chicano” Dance Hall: Remapping Public Space in PostWorld War II Greater Los Angeles/Matt Garcia—The Organization of Affect: Popular Music, Youth, and Intellectual and Political Life (An Interview with Larry Grossberg)/Carrie Wilson-Brown and Cameron McCarthy—The Pedagogy of Musical Affect “No Guarantees”: Pedagogical Implications of Music in the Films of Isaac Julien/Warren E.Crichlow—Learning from the Blues: Beyond Essentialist Readings of Cultural Texts/Ruth Vinz—Gender, Generation, Space, and Popular Music/ Angharad N. Valdivia with Rhiannon S.Bettivia—The “Sound” Identity: Music-Making and Schooling/Glenn M.Hudak. 1123. Middleton, Richard. 1990. Studying Popular Music. Milton Keynes England; Philadelphia: Open University Press. vii, 328 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 0335152767; 0335152759 (pbk.). ML3470 .M5 1990 A review of contemporary theoretical approaches to music in cultural context. Middleton approaches the subject as a cultural theorist and critiques diverse sources from Adorno and Benjamin to Cecil Sharp, Lomax, and Charles Seeger.

Books

217

1124. Middleton, Richard, ed. 2000. Reading Pop: Approaches to Textual Analysis in Popular Music. Oxford; New York: Oxford University Press. xi, 388 p. ISBN 0198166125; 0198166117 (pbk.). ML3470 .R418 1999 A collection of essays previously published in Popular Music that explore the texts of some of the most influential musicians from the 1950s through the 1990s. Contents: Introduction: Locating the Popular Music Text/Richard Middleton—Analysing the Music. Randy Newman’s Americana/Peter Winkler—Prince: Harmonic Analysis of Anna Stesia/ Stan Hawkins—Analysing Popular Music: Theory, Method, and Practice/ Philip Tagg— Popular Music Analysis and Musicology: Bridging the Gap/ Richard Middleton—James Brown’s Superbad and the Double-Voiced Utterance/David Brackett—Maybelline: Meaning and the Listening Subject/Sean Cubitt—Words and Music. His Name Was in Lights: Chuck Berry’s Johnny B.Goode/Timothy D.Taylor—Listening to Peter Gabriel’s “I Have the Touch”/Umberto Fiori—Three Tributaries of the River/Dai Griffiths—Pity Peggy Sue/Barbara Bradby and Brian Torode—Modes of Representation. Progressive Rock and Psychedelic Coding in the Work of Jimi Hendrix/Sheila Whiteley—The Hieroglyphics of Love: The Torch Singers and Interpretation/John Moore—Genre, Performance, and Ideology in the Early Songs of Irving Berlin/Charles Hamm— Everybody’s Lonesome for Somebody: Age, the Body, and Experience in the Music of Hank Williams/Richard Leppert and George Lipsitz—Postcolonialism on the Make: The Music of John Mellencamp, David Bowie, and John Zorn/ Ellie M.Hisama—Structural Relationships of Music and Images in Music Video/Alf Bjornberg. 1125. Mitchell, Tony, ed. 2001. Global Noise: Rap and Hip-Hop Outside the USA. Music/Culture. Middletown, Conn.: Wesley an University Press. 336 p., bibliog., photos. ISBN 0819565016; 0819565024 (pbk.). ML3531 .G56 2001 The 13 essays in this collection offer an overview of rap and hip hop in Canada, Europe, Asia, Australia, and Polynesia. Contents: Postcolonial Popular Music in France: Rap Music and Hip-Hop Culture in the 1980s and 1990s/André J.M.Prévos—Islamic Hip-Hop vs. Islamophobia: Aki Nawaz, Natacha Atlas, Akhenaton/Ted Swedenburg— Urban Breakbeat Culture: Repercussions of Hip-Hop in the United Kingdom/David Hesmondhalgh and Caspar Melville—Rap in Germany: The Birth of a Genre/Mark Pennay—Rap in Bulgaria: Between Fashion and Reality/ Claire Levy—Rap in the Low Countries: Global Dichotomies on a National Scale/Mir Wermuth—“We Are All Malcolm X!”: Negu Gorriak, Hip-Hop, and the Basque Political Imaginary/Jacqueline Urla—Fightin’ da Faida: The Italian Posses and Hip-Hop in Italy/Tony Mitchell—A History of Japanese Hip-Hop: Street Dance, Club Scene, Pop Market/lan Condry—“Who Is a Dancing Hero?”: Rap, Hip-Hop, and Dance in Korean Popular Culture/Sarah Morelli—Sydney Stylee: Hip-Hop Down Under Comin’ up/ lan Maxwell—Kia Kaha! (Be Strong!): Maori and Pacific Islander Hip-Hop in Aotearoa—New Zealand/Tony Mitchell—Rap in Canada: Bilingual and Multicultural/Roger Chamberland. 1126. Mitchell, Tony. 1996. Popular Music and Local Identity: Rock, Pop, and Rap in Europe and Oceania. London; New York: Leicester University Press. x, 276 p., bibliog. ISBN 0718500199; 0718500164 (pbk.). ML3470 .M57 1996 Mitchell examines indigenous popular musical expression in selected locations, including the Czech Republic, Italy, Australia, and Aotearoa/New Zealand. He explores relationships between global popular forms and local musics considering issues of appropriation and cultural imperialism.

Ethnomusicology

218

1127. Mitsui, Tôru. 1998. Popular Music: Intercultural Interpretations. Kanazawa, Japan: Graduate Program in Music, Kanazawa University. viii, 558 p., illus., music. ISBN 4998068415. ML3470 .P662 1998 A collection of papers from the International Conference on Popular Music Studies, the ninth biennial conference of the International Association for the Study of Popular Music (IASPM) held in Kanazawa, Japan, in 1997. 1128. Moore, Allan F. 2001. Rock, the Primary Text: Developing a Musicology of Rock. 2d ed. Ashgate Popular and Folk Music Series. Aldershot, Hants, U.K.; Brookfield, Vt: Ashgate. xii, 253 p., bibliog. ISBN 0754602982; 0754602990 (pbk.). ML3534 .M66 2001 Moore proposes a disciplinary methodology for the study of rock as a musical form. He explores theoretical issues, rock aesthetics, and analysis using examples drawn from practices since the 1960s. The second edition of this work (originally published in 1993) features new sections on melody, Britpop, authenticity, intertextuality, and texture. 1129. Negus, Keith. 1997. Popular Music in Theory: An Introduction. Music/ culture. Hanover, N.H.: University Press of New England. 243 p., bibliog. ISBN 0819563102. ML3470 .N44 1997 A critical introduction to major theoretical issues and debates in the study of contemporary popular music using case studies that explore mediations that take place between race, ethnicity, gender, geography, and technology. 1130. Negus, Keith. 1999. Music Genres and Corporate Cultures. London; New York: Routledge. ix, 209 p., bibliog. ISBN 041517399X; 0415174007 (pbk.). ML3790 .N4 1999 Negus focuses on the role major record companies have played in the production of popular music, tracing the relationship between economics and culture and between the corporations and their artists in specific case studies. 1131. Ross, Andrew, and Tricia Rose. 1994. Microphone Fiends: Youth Music and Youth Culture. New York: Routledge. ix, 276 p. ISBN 0415909074; 0415909082 (pbk). ML3795 .M5 1994 The essays originated in a conference held at Princeton University in 1992, to commemorate the 50th anniversary of the American Studies Program. Contents: We Know What Time It Is: Race, Class and Youth Culture in the Nineties/George Lipsitz— Same As It Ever Was: Youth Culture and Music/Susan McClary—Is Anybody Listening? Does Anybody Care?: On Talking about “The State of Rock”/Lawrence Grossberg— Excerpt from Altered Spade: Readings in Race-Mutation Theory/Greg Tate—A Style Nobody Can Deal with: Politics, Style and the Postindustrial City in Hip Hop/Tricia Rose—Puerto Rican and Proud, Boyee!: Rap Roots and Anmesia/Juan Flores—The State of Rap: Time and Place in Hip Hop Nationalism/Jeffrey Louis Decker—Contracting Rap: An Interview with Carmen Ashhurst-Watson/Tricia Rose—In the Empire of the Beat: Discipline and Disco/Walter Hughes—Hello/Lady Kier Kirby—Not a Mutant Turtle/Willi Ninja—Nobody Wants a Part-Time Mother: An Interview with Willi Ninja/Tricia Rose—Moral Panic, the Media and British Rave Culture/Sarah Thornton— The Funkification of Rio/George Yudice—Rah, Rah, sis-Boom-Bah: The Secret Ralationship Between College Rock and the Communist Party/Robert Christgau—Border Crossing in the U.S.A./ Donna Gaines—Highbrow, Lowbrow, Voodoo Aesthetics/Robert

Books

219

Walser—Smells Like Teen Spirit: Riot Grrrls, Revolution and Women in Independent Rock/Joanne Gottlieb, Gayle Wald. 1132. Sharma, Sanjay, John Hutnyk, and Ashwani Sharma. 1996. Dis-Orienting Rhythms: The Politics of the New Asian Dance Music. London; Atlantic Highlands, N.J.: Zed Books. 248 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 1856494691; 1856494705 (pbk). ML3431.5 .D57 1996 Examines musical expression popular among South Asian youth in Britain, situating the production of their diasporic tradition within the context of race and identity. Includes consideration of the role that dance musics, such as bhangra, hip-hop, soul, jungle, dub, indie, and techno have played in urban cultural politics. 1133. Straw, Will, ed. 1995. Popular Music: Style and Identity. Montreal: Centre for Research on Canadian Cultural Industries and Institutions. 323 p. ISBN 0771704593. ML3470 .168 1993 A collection of papers from the 7th International Conference on Popular Music Studies held in Stockton, California, in 1993. 1134. Swiss, Thomas, John M.Sloop, and Andrew Herman, ed. 1998. Mapping the Beat: Popular Music and Contemporary Theory. Malden, Mass.: Blackwell Publishers. iv, 323 p. ISBN 0771704593. ML3917.P17 M348 1998 A collection of essays presenting analysis of social dynamics and cultural production in various contexts and offering opportunities for using current disciplinary models in contemporary studies of popular music. Contents: Part 1: Noise, Performance, and the Politics of Sound. Mapping the Beat: Spaces of Noise and Places of Music/Andrew Herman, Thomas Swiss, and John Sloop—Not the Same: Race, Repetition, and Difference in Hip-Hop and Dance Music/Russell A.Potter—Kick Out the Jams!: The MC5 and the Politics of Noise/Steve Waksman—Can’t We Just Talk about Music?: Rock and Gender on the Internet/Norma Coates—If I Had a Dick: Queers, Punks, and Alternative Acts/Cynthia Fuchs—Part 2: History, Technology, and Policy. Drumming and Memory: Scholarship, Technology and Music-Making/ Andrew Goodwin—The History of Rock’s Pasts Through Rock Covers/ Deena Weinstein—Repressive Representations: Patriarchy and Femininities in Rock Music of the Counterculture/Sheila Whiteley—Popular Music and the Synergy of Corporate Culture/David Sanjek—Fields of Practice: Musical Production, Public Policy, and the Market/Holly Kruse—Part 3: Location and Movement in the Spaces of Popular Music. Crossing Over: Selena’s Tejano Music and the Discourses of Borderlands/Ramona Liera-Schwichtenberg—“Yo Quiero Mi MTV!”: Making Music Television for Latin America/Robert Hanke—Studying Rock: Towards a Materialist Ethnography/Tony Kirschner—“Everybody Loves our Town”: Scenes, Spatiality, Migrancy/Mark J.V.Olson—Negativland, Out-Law Judgments, and the Politics of Cyberspace/John Sloop and Andrew Herman. 1135. Toynbee, Jason. 2000. Making Popular Music: Musicians, Creativity and Institutions. London; New York: Arnold; Oxford University Press. xxiv, 199 p., bibliog. ISBN 0340652241; 0340652233 (pbk.). ML3470 .T69 2000 Toynbee discusses the role of the popular musician in the music industry, in society, and their creative practice in relation to technology and genre, focusing especially on popular music in Great Britain.

Ethnomusicology

220

1136. Waksman, Steve. 1999. Instmments of Desire: The Electric Guitar and the Shaping of Musical Experience. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press. x, 373 p., bibliog., facsims., illus., photos. ISBN 067400065X. ML1015.G9 W24 1999 A critical look at the history and development of the electric guitar and how its use has shaped popular music. Waksman focuses on the period from the 1930s to the 1970s and on eight key performers and groups that illustrate the significance of the instrument (Charlie Christian; Les Paul; Chet Atkins; Muddy Waters; Chuck Berry; Jimi Hendrix; the band Led Zeppelin; and the MC5). He uses cultural studies frameworks to explore issues that have consistently emerged during the development of the electric guitar in popular music, especially sexual and racial identity. 1137. Waxer, Lise. 2002. Situating Salsa: Global Markets and Local Meanings in Latin American Popular Music. New York: Routledge. xiii, 335 p., bibliog., illus., music. ISBN 0815340192; 0815340206 (pbk.). ML3535.5.W39 2002 A collection of essays that consider salsa music and its social impact from a transnational perspective. Contents: Situating Salsa: Latin Music at the Crossroads/Lise Waxer—Is Salsa a Musical Genre?/Marisol Berríos-Miranda—Salsa and Socialism: Dance Music in Cuba 1959–99/ Robin Moore—“Cha-Cha with a Backbeat”: Songs and Stories of Latin Boogaloo/Juan Flores—Salsa Romanica: an Analysis of Style/Christopher Washburne—La Lupe, la India and Celia: Toward a Feminist Genealogy of Salsa Music/Frances R.Aparicio—El hombre que respira debajo de agua: trans-Boricua Memories, Identities and Nationalisms Performed through the Death of Héctor Lavoe/Wilson A.Valentín Escobar—Memoirs of a Life in Salsa/Catalino “Tite” Curet Alonso; Translated by Lise Waxer—Poncho Sánchez, Latin Jazz and the Cuban Son: A Stylistic and Social Analysis/Steven Loza—Llegó la Salsa: the Rise of Salsa in Venezuela and Colombia/Lise Waxer—Se Prohíbe escuchar “salsa y control”: When Salsa arrived in Buenaventura, Colombia/Medardo Arias Satizábal; translated by Lise Waxer—The Making of a Salsa Music Scene in London/Patria Román-Velázquez—Salsa no tiene fronteras: Orquesta de ka Kuz and the Globalization of Popular Music/Shubei Hosokawa. 1138. Wicke, Peter. 1990. Rock Music: Culture, Aesthetics, and Sociology. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press. xii, 228 p. ISBN 0521365554; 0521399149 (pbk.). ML3534 .W5713 1990 Translation of Rockmusik by Rachel Fogg. This study of rock music chronicles the history of the genre in British and American spheres and discusses its appeal and significance in contemporary society.

REGIONAL BOOKS Africa 1139. Bender, Wolfgang. 1991. Sweet Mother: Modern African Music. Chicago Studies in Ethnomusicology. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. xx, 235 p., bibliog., discog., illus., music. ISBN 0226042537; 0226042545 (pbk.). ML3502.5 .B4613 1991 Translation of Sweet Mother: Moderne afrikanische Musik originally published in Germany in 1985. In this study of contemporary African music, Bender structures

Books

221

information around six primary topics: Griot style; Francophone connections; Highlife; Gourd trumpets and guitar music; Music of liberation; and Marabi Culture. 1140. Brandily, Monique. 1997. Introduction aux musiques africaines. Arles, France: Cité de la musique: Actes sud. 155 p., bibliog., discog., illus.+1 compact disc. ISBN 2742713603. ML350 .B73 1997 A brief introduction to music of Africa that focuses on the social status of musicians, musical instruments, musical regions and music and communication. 1141. Bruguière, Philippe, and Gaetano Speranza, ed. 1999. La parole du fleuve: harpes d’Afrique centrale. Paris: Cité de la musique/Musée de la musique. 403 p., bibliog., discog, gloss., illus., map, photos.,+1 compact disc. ISBN 2906460885. ML1000 .P37 1999 This exhibit catalogue is available in both French and English (Song of the River: Harps of Central Africa, 1999). Drawn primarily from the collection of the Royal Museum of Central Africa in Tervuren and organized by the Cité de la musique/Musée de la musique, it includes illustrations and essays by ethnomusicologists representing different regions of Africa. Essays provide historical and geographical information, cultural and symbolic origins of the harp, and methods for manufacturing the instruments. 1142. Dagan, EstherA.,ed. 1997. The Spirit’s Dance in Africa: Evolution, Transformation, and Continuity in Sub-Sahara. Westmount, Canada: Galerie Amrad African Arts Publications. 350 p., bibliogs., gloss., illus., photos. ISBN 1896371019 (pbk.). GV1713.S84 S65 1997 A collection of essays on dance in Africa that collects contributions from 34 scholars and focuses on dances as links to the past, the meaning of dance, dance as metaphor, and dances by groups and countries. 1143. Erlmann, Veit, and Urban Bareis. 1991. Populäre Musik in Afrika. Berlin: Museum für Völkerkunde Berlin. 312 p., bibliog., map, music, photos.,+2 compact discs. ISBN 3886092135. ML3502.5 .P66 1991 A collection of ten papers on popular music in Africa subdivided into four broad geographic regions: West Africa, East Africa, Central Africa, and South Africa. Contents: Die populäre Muisk in Westafrika nach dem Zweiten Weltkrieg/John Collins—“We Are Proud to Be in the Commonwealth”: Ali Ganda aus Sierra Leone und der Afro-Calypso/ Wolfgang Bender—Formen neo-traditioneller Musik in Kpando, Ghana/ Urban Bareis—Frühe Jùjú-Musik und afrikanische soziale Indetität im kolonialen Lagos, Nigeria/Christopher A.Waterman—Die Entwicklung der Gitarrenmusik in Kenya/Paul N.Kavyu—Die Geschichte der Gitarrenmusik in Kenya, 1945–1980/John Low—Sudan City Music/Artur Simon—Tarabu: Populäre Musik am Indischen Ozean/ Werner Graebner—Muxima Ngola-Veränderungen und Strömungen in den Musikkulturen Angolas im 20. Jahrhundert/Gerhard Kubik—Isicathamiy a: Die Chormusik der Zulu-Wanderarbeiter in Südafrika, 1890–1950/Veit Erlmann. 1144. Ewens, Graeme. 1992. Africa O-Ye!: A Celebration of African Music. New York: Da Capo Press. 224 p., bibliog., discog., illus., maps, photos. ISBN 0306804611. ML3502.5 .E95 1992 An introduction to popular music traditions of selected regions of Africa, focusing on genres and styles such as highlife, soukous, rai, makossa, mbaqanga, mbalax, and jit, and the influences that have shaped them. Ewens includes information on individual

Ethnomusicology

222

musicians such as Thomas Mapfumo, Manu Dibango, King Sunny Ade, E.T.Mensah, and Miriam Makeba. 1145. Floyd, Malcolm, ed. 1999. Composing the Music of Africa: Composition, Interpretation, and Realisation. Ashgate Studies in Ethnomusicology. Aldershot U.K.; Brookfield Vt: Ashgate. xiv, 366 p., bibliog., illus., maps, music. ISBN 1859281435. ML350.1 C66 1999 Sixteen essays introducing the diverse musical traditions from Egypt to South Africa. Contents: Introduction: Composing the Music of Africa/Malcolm Floyd—Melodic and Rhythmic Aspects of African Music/Christopher James—Egyptian Folk Music/Adel Kamel—The Roots of Ghanaian Composers/James Flolu—Drumming in Ghana /Trevor Wiggins—The Xylophone Tradition of North-West Ghana/ Trevor Wiggins—The Making of Karimojong’ Cattle Songs/Kenneth Gourlay—Embaire Xylophone Music of Samusiri Babalanda/Gerhard Kubik—Warrior Composers: Maasai Boys and Men/Malcolm Floyd—New Lyres in Northern Kenya: The Enchamunge of the Samburu and the Kilumba of the Turkana/Malcolm Floyd—Consumer-Led Creation: Taarab Music Composition in Zanzibar/Janet Topp Fargion—Kwela: The Structure and Sound of Pennywhistle Music/Lara Allen—Keeping Our Ears to the Ground: Cross-Culturalism and the Composer in South Africa, “Old” and “New”/Hanns Roosenschoon— Timbila/Hanns Roosenschoon—Black-White-Rainbow: A Personal View on What African Music Means to the Contemporary Western Composer/Geoffrey Poole— Egyptian Composition in the Twentieth Century/Adel Kamel. 1146. Kubik, Gerhard. 1998. Kalimba, Nsansi, Mbira: Lamellophone in Afrika. Veröffentlichungen des Museums für Völkerkunde, n.F., 68; Musikethnologie, 10. Berlin: Museum für Völkerkunde. 288 p., bibliog., illus., maps,+1 sound disc. ISBN 3886094391. ML1015.M25 K83 1998 A study of the lamellophone in various locations in Africa. Includes summary in English. 1147. Kubik, Gerhard, ed. 1994. Theory of African Music. Vol l. Intercultural Music Studies, Vol. 7. Wilhelmshaven, Germany: F.Noetzel. 450 p., bibliog., charts, diagr., illus., music.+1 compact disc. ISBN 3795905605. ML350 .K83 1994 The first of two volumes comprising Kubik’s essays on sub-Saharan musical practices based on 30 years of fieldwork done in Uganda, Tanzania, Malawi, Angola, Congo, Central African Republic, DRC, Gabon, and Nigeria. Subdivided by broad subject areas, some of the essays were written for the volume, others are revisions of older works. 1148. Okpewho, Isidore. 1992. African Oral Literature: Backgrounds, Character, and Continuity. Bloomington: Indiana University Press. xiii, 392 p., bibliog. ISBN 0253341671; 025320710X (pbk). GR350 .037 1992 A general overview of oral literature in Africa with information on the artists, performance practices, and their social roles. Okpewho introduces a broad spectrum of oral forms, including songs and chants and other musical and dramatic forms, and addresses relationships between oral literature and modern African literature. 1149. Stewart, Gary. 1992. Breakout: Profiles in African Rhythm. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. x, 157 p., bibliog., maps, photos. ISBN 0226774058; 0226774066 (pbk.). ML3502.5 .S73 1992

Books

223

An introduction to African popular music based on interviews with 14 musicians from Ghana, Nigeria, Sierra Leone, and the Congo. Genres highlighted include soukous, palm wine, highlife, and Afro-beat. 1150. Vail, Leroy, and Landeg White. 1991. Power and the Praise Poem: Southern African Voices in History. Carter G.Woodson Institute Series in Black Studies. Charlottesville, Va.: University Press of Virginia; London: James Currey. xv, 345 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 081391339X; 0813913403 (pbk.). GR358 .V35 1991 This book focuses on the praise poem as a medium of expression in six African countries: Malawi, Mozambique, South Africa, Swaziland, Zambia, and Zimbabwe. The authors emphasizes how in each group poets play a role that changes in response to political and economic conditions. 1151. Welsh-Asante, Kariamu, ed. 1996. African Dance: An Artistic, Historical, and Philosophical Inquiry. Trenton, N.J.: Africa World Press. xviii, 254 p. ISBN 0865431965; 0865431973 (pbk.). GV1705 .A47 1996 Collection of essays on African dance in Africa and the Americas. Contents: African Dance/Pearl Primus—Traditional Dance in Africa/Doris Green—Panoply of African Dance Dynamics/Esilokun Kinni-Olusanyin—African Dance: Transition and Continuity/Robert W.Nicholls—African Dance: Bridges to Humanity/Tracy D.Snipe— African Influences in Brazilian Dance/Myriam Evelyse Mariani—Dancing Under the Lash: Sociocultural Disruption, Continuity, and Synthesis/Katrina Hazzard-Gordon— Dianne McIntyre: A Twentieth Century African-American Griot/Cynthia S’thembile West—Tap Dance: Manifestation of the African Aesthetic/ Cheryl Willis—Traditional African Dance in Context/Felix Begho—In Contest: The Dynamics of African Religious Dances/Omofolabo Soyinka Ajayi—Zimbabwean Dance Aesthetic: Senses, Canons and Characteristics/ Kariamu Welsh-Asante—A Bibliographic Essay and Selected Bibliography of African Dance/Glendola Yhema Mills. Africa: Central Africa 1152. Arom, Simha. 1991. African Polyphony and Polyrhythm: Musical Structure and Methodology. Cambridge; New York; Paris: Cambridge University Press; Editions de la maison des sciences de 1’homme. xxviii, 668 p., bibliog., discog., illus., map, music. ISBN 052124160X.ML350 .A7613 1991 Simha Arom offers a new methodology for analyzing the complex patterns of polyphony and polyrhythm in the harp, sanza, xylophone, and percussion music of Central Africa. He reveals an essential rhythmic structure by systematically breaking down the many rhythmic layers using linguistic techniques. Translation of Polyphonies et polyrythmies instrumentales d’Afrique centrale (Paris: Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique, 1985). 1153. Dampierre, Eric de. 1991. Harpes zandé. Domaine musicologique, 12. Paris: Klincksieck. 147 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 2252028238. ML1005 .D29 1991 A survey of Central African Zande and Nzakara lutes in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries, including a catalogue of some ancient Zande harps and a comparison between the Zande and the Mangbetu lutes.

Ethnomusicology

224

1154. Dibango, Manu, and Danielle Rouard. 1994. Three Kilos of Coffee: An Autobiography. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. xi, 146 p., discog., photos. ISBN 0226144917; 0226144909 (pbk.). ML419.D53 a3 1994 An autobiography of the French-Cameroonian popular singer and saxophone player based on a set of interviews with French journalist Danielle Rouard in 1989. Translation of Trois kilos de café. 1155. Fabian, Johannes. 1990. Power and Performance: Ethnographic Explorations through Proverbial Wisdom and Theater in Shaba, Zaire. New Directions in Anthropological Writing. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press. xix, 314 p., bibliog., illus., map. ISBN 0299125106; 0299125149 (pbk.). DT650.L8 F32 1990 In this performative ethnography Fabian presents the process of creating, rehearsing, and performing “Le pouvoir se mange entier” (Power is eaten whole) by the Troupe Theatrale Mufwankolo. Includes both rehearsal and performance versions of the drama in Swahili and English translation. 1156. Kisliuk, Michelle Robin. 1998. Seize the Dance!: Baaka Musical Life and the Ethnography of Performance. New York; Oxford: Oxford University Press. xiv, 241 p., bibliog., photos, music. ISBN 0195117867. ML3760 .K57 1998 Kisliuk uses her fieldwork from 1986–1995 in Central Africa to provide data on BaAka music and dance practices in this reflexive ethnography. Her study expands on earlier work of Turnbull, Arom, and Bahuchet. 1157. Stewart, Gary. 2000. Rumba on the River: A History of the Popular Music of the Two Congos. London; New York: Verso. 436 p. ISBN 1859847447. ML3503.C66 S74 2000 History of the development (and dissemination) of popular music in urban central Africa. Focus is on Congo music (soukous or rumba rock) that emerged from Kinshasa and Brazzaville at the end of World War II.Provides a portrait of the process of modernization, documenting the role of internal political and external industrial factors in its growth. 1158. Verbeek, Léon. 1992. L’histoire dans les chants et les danses populaires: la zone culturelle Bemba du Haut-Shaba (Zaïre). Enquêtes et Documents D’histoire Africaine, 10. Louvain-la-Neuve, Belgium: Centre d’histoire de 1’Afrique. xvi, 137 p., bibliog., illus., maps, music. ISSN: 0772–6112. ML3760 .V4 1992 A history of the songs and dances of the Bemba people of the Democratic Republic of the Congo. Africa: East Africa 1159. Askew, Kelly Michelle. 2002. Performing the Nation: Swahili Music and Cultural Politics in Tanzania. Chicago Studies in Ethnomusicology. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. xviii, 417 p., bibliog., illus., maps +1 compact disc. ISBN 0226029808; 0226029816 (pbk.). ML3760 .A84 2002 Based on field research over a 10-year period, Askew focuses on the significance of music in the history of Tanzania in colonial and postcolonial periods. She identifies the roles played by the performance of ngoma dance, dansi (urban jazz), and taarab (sung Swahili poetry) in the articulation of a national culture.

Books

225

1160. Gunderson, Frank D., and Gregory F.Barz, ed. 2000. Mashindano!: Competitive Music Performance in East Africa. Dar es Salaam, Tanzania; Oxford: Mkuki na Nyota Publishers; Distributed outside Africa by African Books Collective Ltd. xii, 468 p., bibliog. ISBN 9976973829. ML350.5 .M374 2000 Scholars from ethnomusicology, history, musicology, anthropology, folklore, and literary, postcolonial, and performance studies explore mashindano, popular communitybased competitive events in Tanzania. Contents: “Kifungua Kinywa,” or Opening the Contest with Chai/Frank Gunderson—Following in the Tracks of Beni: The Diffusion of the Tanga Taarab Tradition/Kelly M.Askew—“Hot Kabisa!” The Mpasho Phenomenon and Taarab in Zanzibar/Janet Topp Fargion—Malumbano or Matukano: Competition, Confrontation, and (De) Construction of Masculinity in the Taarab of Maulidi and Bhalo/Mwenda Ntarangwi—Muungano and TOT: Rivals on the Urban Cultural Scene/Siri Lange—Gindu Nkima: A Sukuma Heroine/Joseph L.Mbele—Kizungu Rhythms: Luguru Christianity as Ngoma/Peter Pels—Identity, Difference, and Dance: Female Initiation in Zanzibar, 1890 to 1930/Laura Fair—Ngoma Competitions in Traditional Bakerebe Society/E.Kezilahabi—Competitive Dance and Social Identity: Converging Histories in Southwest Tanzania/James Ellison—The Social Significance of Mganda-wa-Kinkachi Dance Contests Among the Matengo/Frowin Paul Nyoni— Makonde Mask Dance: Performing Identity/Elise Johansen—Ngoma Competitions in Northern Uganda/Peter Cooke and Okaka Opio Dokotum—Ndangi ya Bongo: KiSwahili Rap Keeping it Real/Peter Jan Haas and Thomas Gesthuizen—Ngoma ya Ukae: Competition Social Structure in Tanzanian Dance Music Songs/Werner Graebner— Putting Colonialism into Perspective: Cultural History and the Case of Malipenga Ngoma in Malawi/Lisa Gilman—Rama Maulidi: A Competitive Ritual Ngoma in Lamu/Rebecca Gearhart—Mchezo Umelala [‘The Dance Has Slept”]: Competition, Modernity, and Economics in Umatengo, Tanzania/Stephen Hill—Politics of Remembering: Performing History(-ies) in Youth Kwaya Competitions in Dar Es Salaam, Tanzania/ Gregory F.Barz—Witchcraft, Witcraft and Musical Warfare: The Rise of the Bagiika-Bagaalu Music Competitions in Sukumaland, Tanzania/ Frank Gunderson—Tamati: Music Competition and Community Formation/Gregory F.Barz. Africa: North Africa 1161. Aous, Rachid, and H.Hadjaji. 1996. Les grands maîtres Algériens du cha ‘bi et du Hawzi: diwân Arabe et Kabyle. Collection Chants et poésies du Maghreb. Paris: El-Ouns. 530 p., bibliog., illus., music. ISBN 2911854004; 9230033545. ML2551.A5 G73 1996 A trilingual anthology (in Arabic French and Kabyle) of Algerian sung poetry. Focuses on the hawzi and chaabi genres of the Kabyle region. Includes etymological notes and synoptic tables of the historical and cultural sources of this tradition. 1162. Grimaud, Yvette. 1993. Chants de vérité: legs du monde oral. Vol. 1. Fribourg, Switzerland: Pro Musica. ISBN 2940022003. ML3798 .G751 1993 Music of the Berbers of Kabylia in Algeria. 1163. Poché, Christian. 1995. La musique arabo-andalouse. Arles, France: Cité de la musique: Actes sud. 153 p., bibliog., discog., gloss., illus., photos.+1 compact disc. ISBN 2742705015. ML315.7.A52 P63 1995

Ethnomusicology

226

An introduction to Arabo-Andalusian music that includes historical information on its origins and current position in Algeria, Morocco, and Tunisia. Poché provides details on the musical, poetry, musical instruments and performance practice. 1164. Rovsing Olsen, Miriam. 1997. Chants et danses de l’Atlas (Maroc). Arles, France: Cité de la musique; Actes sud. 151 p., bibliog., discog., illus.+1 compact disc. ISBN 2742710507. ML350 .R68 1997 A study of the musical traditions of the Berbers in Atlas Mountain region of Morocco. Rovsing Olsen discusses the relationships among song, poetry, and dance in their use in ritual and everyday life. 1165. Schade-Poulsen, Marc. 1999. Men and Popular Music in Algeria: The Social Significance of Raï. Austin: University of Texas Press. 250 p., bibliog. ISBN 0292777396; 029277740X (pbk.). ML3503.A4 S33 1999 Basing his work on research in the 1990s in Algerian clubs, recording studios, and other performance venues, Schade-Poulsen uses the performance of raï as a way to understand aspects of Algerian society, particularly male society. He discusses the significance of the genre in family and community life, and provides musical and lyrical analysis of selected pieces. 1166. Shelemay, Kay Kaufman. 1991. A Song of Longing: An Ethiopian Journey. Urbana: University of Illinois Press. xxii, 177 p., bibliog., map. ISBN 0252017986. DS135.E75 S54 1991 A narrative account of fieldwork in Ethiopia from 1973 to 1975 that focuses on the sacred music of the Beta Israel, or Falasha Jews and Ethiopian Christian music. 1167. Shelemay, Kay Kaufman, and Peter Jeffery, ed. 1993. Ethiopian Christian Liturgical Chant: An Anthology. 3 vols. Recent Researches in the Oral Traditions of Music, 1–3. Madison, Wis.: A-REditions. ISBN 0895792850; 089579294X; 0895793229. M2160.5 .E A three-volume anthology that introduces Ethiopian Christian musical tradition and its notational system. Basing their work on both oral and written materials, Shelemay and Jeffrey place the tradition in historical context, discuss Ethiopian Christian performance practice, and provide facsimiles of notated music from historical performances and transcriptions from contemporary events. Accompanied by a compact disc. 1168. Virolle-Souibès, Marie. 1995. La chanson raï: de l’Algérie profonde a la scène internationale. Paris: Karthala. 216 p., bibliog. ISBN 2865376370. ML3503.A4 V57 1995 Virolle’s study of raï, an Algerian popular music genre, includes historical background, information on contemporary singers and discussions of current social issues connected to its performance in Algeria and abroad. Focus is on gender issues, the relationship between raï and religion, and the diffusion of the genre to become an international success. An appendix provides song texts in Arabic (romanized) with French translations. Africa: Southern Africa 1169. Ballantine, Christopher John. 1993. Marabi Nights: Early South African Jazz and Vaudeville. Johannesburg: Ravan Press. xii, 116 p., bibliog., facsims., music, photos.+1 sound cassette. ISBN 0869754394. ML3509.S6 B3 1993

Books

227

An ethnographic study of jazz in South Africa covering the period to the mid1940s. Ballantine explores this genre within the social context of colonialism and racial capitalism, discussing isicathamiya, mbaqanga, and kwela as well as the emerging marabi style. . 1170. Brenner, Klaus-Peter. 1997. Chipendani und Mbira: Musikinstrumente, nichtbegriffliche Mathematik und die Evolution der harmonischen Progressionen in der Musik der Shona in Zimbabwe. Göttingen, Germany: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht. xxi, 559 p., bibliog., music, photos. +2 compact discs. ISBN 352582372X.ML3760 .B78 1997 Brenner presents a theory of the evolution of the Shona tonal system based on the related tuning systems of the chipendani (mouth bow) and mbira (lamellaphone). Includes English summary. 1171. Brown, Duncan. 1998. Voicing the Text: South African Oral Poetry and Performance. Cape Town; New York: Oxford University Press. 291 p., bibliog. ISBN 0195716329. PL8014.S6 B76 1998 Discusses the role of oral poetry in South Africa’s literary and cultural heritage. Brown uses case studies to provide models for analysis and interpretation of the literature in contemporary traditions. 1172. Brown, Duncan, ed. 1999. Oral Literature and Performance in Southern Africa. Studies in African Literature. Oxford: James Currey. x, 243 p., bibliog. ISBN 0852555598; 0852555547 (pbk.). GR359 .073 1999 A collection of essays on oral performance compiled to contribute to an effort to demonstrate the significance of various forms of cultural expression in postcolonial African society. Partial Contents: Making Symmetrical Knowledge Possible: Recent Trends in the Field of Southern African Oral Performance Studies/Isabel Hofmeyr— Obscurity and Exegesis in African Oral Praise Poetry/Karin Barber—Remaking the Warrior?: The Role of Orality in the Liberation Struggle and in Post-Apartheid South Africa/ Liz Gunner—Sister, Spouse, Lazy Woman: Commentaries on Domestic Predicaments by Kiba Performers from the Northern Province/Deborah James—Orality and Christianity: The Hymns of Isaiah Shembe and the Church of the Nazarites/Duncan Brown—Chakide, the Teller of Secrets: Space, Song and Story in Zulu Maskanda Performance/Carol Muller. 1173. Coplan, David B.1994. In the Time of Cannibals: The Word Music of South Africa’s Basotho Migrants. Chicago Studies in Ethnomusicology. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. xxi, 300 p., bibliog., illus., music, maps. ISBN 0226115739; 0226115747 (pbk.). ML3760 .C66 1994 A study of the sung oral poetry of Basotho migrant workers who moved from Lesotho to mines and nearby cities of South Africa for employment. Coplan considers historical, political, and social aspects of male and female workers’ competitive and impromptu performances that are in direct response to their social condition. 1174. Edkvist, Ingela. 1997. The Performance of Tradition: An Ethnography of Hira Gasy Popular Theatre in Madagascar. Acta Universitatis Upsaliensis. Uppsala Studies in Cultural Anthropology, 23. Uppsala, Sweden: Uppsala University Press. 200 p., bibliog.., illus., maps. ISBN 9155440703. PN3000.M3 E34 1997 Based on fieldwork between 1991 and 1996, this study focuses on the Hira Gasy popular theater of the central highland regions of Madagascar. Edkvist focuses on performance as a forum for reinforcing Malagasy identity.

Ethnomusicology

228

1175. Emoff, Ron. 2002. Recollecting from the Past: Musical Practice and Spirit Possession on the East Coast of Madagascar. Music/Culture. Middletown, Conn.: Wesleyan University Press. xvi, 241 p., bibliog., diagr., illus., music, pbotos. ISBN 0819564990; 0819565008 (pbk). ML3760 .E47 2002 Centrality of music to tromba spirit possession rituals in Madagascar. The study focuses on contemporary events that address issues connected to the Malagasy past, interpreting and transforming the negative effects of colonialism, poverty, and illness for their benefit. 1176. Erlmann, Veit. 1991. African Stars: Studies in Black South African Performance. Chicago Studies in Ethnomusicology. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. xxi, 214 p., bibliog. ISBN 0226217221; 0226217248 (pbk.). ML350 .E77 1991 Case studies of black South African music and dance traditions to identify relationships between social change and musical expression from the late nineteenth century through 1945. Focus is on key figures and genres, including Orpheus M.McAdoo and the Virginia Jubilee Singers, Reuben T. Caluza, black popular music in Durban, 1913–1939, and the roots of the Zulu choral genre, isicathamiya. 1177. Erlmann, Veit. 1996. Nightsong: Performance, Power, and Practice in South Africa. Chicago Studies in Ethnomusicology. Chicago: University of Chicago. xxv, 446 p., bibliog., illus., music. ISBN 0226217205; 0226217213 (pbk.). ML3760 .E76 1995 Examination of social and cultural development of the South African isicathamiya tradition of the Zulu migrant laborers. The author explores relationships between performance practice and the social and cultural consciousness of Zulu migrant workers who comprise the choirs. Introduction by Joseph Shabalala of Ladysmith Black Mambazo.Video available. 1178. Friedson, Steven M.1996. Dancing Prophets: Musical Experience in Tumbuka Healing. Chicago Studies in Ethnomusicology. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. xix, 239 p., bibliog. ISBN 0226265013; 0226265021 (pbk.). ML350 .F75 1996 An ethnographic study of Tumbuka healers of Malawi, Africa, that focuses on the role that music and dance play in rituals. Friedsen identifies significant relationships between performance and mental and biological health. 1179. James, Deborah. 1999. Songs of the Women Migrants: Performance and Identity in South Africa. International African Library, 22. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press for the International African Institute. x, 238 p., bibliog., maps, photos. ISBN 0748613048. ML3760.5 .124 1999 A study of performance of kiba, a musical genre developed by women migrants of the Northern Province of South Africa. James’s information on the songs, their performance context, and the performers is based on extensive interviews with women in the region. 1180. Janzen, John M. 1992. Ngoma: Discourses of Healing in Central and Southern Africa. Comparative Studies of Health Systems and Medical Care. Berkeley: University of California Press. xv, 241 p., bibliog., photos. ISBN 0520072650. GR358 .J36 1992 Janzen’s ethnographic study of ngoma (a Bantu term meaning drum, song, performance, and healing cult) is based on fieldwork in the early 1980s in urban settings in Kinshasa, Dar es Salaam, the Mbabane-Manzini corridor in Swaziland, and Cape Town. His focus is on three issues: health, healing, and efficacy and the power of this institution to transcend national and social boundaries.

Books

229

1181. Kivnick, Helen Q.1990. Where Is the Way: Song and Struggle in South Africa. New York: Penguin Books. xv, 378 p., bibliog., discog., map, photos. ISBN 0140128956. ML350.5 .K6 1990 A social psychologist, Kivnick has produced a descriptive source on South African music and its political relevance through descriptions of Venda, Shangana-Tsonga, and Zulu music during the apartheid era. She provides biographical notes on Joseph Shabalala, leader of Ladysmith Black Mambazo, describes music and dances of the Zionist churches, and concludes with an exploration of the significance of “Nkosi sikelel i’Afrika,” the national anthem. 1182. Mauro, Didier. 2001. Madagascar, l’opéra du peuple: anthropologie d’un fait social total: l’art Hira Gasy entre tradition et rebellion. Hommes et sociétés. Paris: Karthala. 504 p., bibliog., discog., filmog. ISBN 2845860196. PN3000.M3 M38 2001 An anthropological study of the Hira Gasy, a popular musical theater form of Madagascar that was established in the eighteenth century and has been influenced by both British and French presence in the region. 1183. Moitse, Sindile Adelgisa. 1994. The Ethnomusicology of the Basotho. ISAS Book Series. Roma, Lesotho: Institute of Southern African Studies, National University of Lesotho. ix, 128 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 9991131108. ML3760 .M65 1994 Originally published in 1990 as The Ethnomusicology of the Basotho: A Study of the Entrenchment of Music in Sotho Cultural Institutions. 1184. Muller, Carol Ann. 1999. Rituals of Fertility and the Sacrifice of Desire: Nazarite Women’s Performance in South Africa. Chicago Studies in Ethnomusicology. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. xxiv, 316 p., bibliog., map, music., photos+1 computer optical disc. ISBN 0226548198; 0226548201 (pbk). BX7068.7.Z5 M85 1999 In this study of the Church of the Nazarites, a popular indigenous religious community founded in South Africa in 1910, Muller explores women’s religious songs and dances, dream narratives, and fertility rituals. She demonstrates connections between the marginalization of women and the widely popular belief system. 1185. Randrianary, Victor. 200l. Madagascar: Les chants d’une île. Musiques du Monde. Arles, France; Paris: Actes sud; Cité de la musique. 164 p., discog., illus.+1 compact disc. ISBN 2742735569. ML3760 .R36 2001 This study is concerned with the characteristics of Malagasy music. Randrianary explores its origins and discusses the musics of the different social groups on the island. Coverage is broad and includes secular and sacred village forms as well as popular traditions. 1186. Turino, Thomas. 2000. Nationalists, Cosmopolitans, and Popular Music in Zimbabwe. Chicago Studies in Ethnomusicology. Chicago: University of Chicago. x, 401 p., bibliog. ISBN 0226817016; 0226817024 (pbk). ML3503.Z55 T87 2000 Examines the growth of popular music in Zimbabwe during the 1980s and 1990s and its relationship to Zimbabwean nationalism and the development of cosmopolitanism. He focuses on the contributions of Thomas Mapfumo and other popular musicians who led the movement from a local voice among the Shona to embrace a global culture. 1187. Wells, Robin E. 1994. An Introduction to the Music of the Basotho. Morija, Lesotho: Morija Museum and Archives. vii, 338 p., bibliog., facsims., gloss., illus., maps, music. ISBN 9991179372. ML350 .W45 1994

Ethnomusicology

230

A comprehensive study of the various types of Basotho secular and ritual music and musical instruments with a discussion of changes brought about by churches and schools. Includes musical transcriptions of different styles and lyrics in Sesotho and English. 1188. Welsh-Asante, Kariamu. 2000. Zimbabwe Dance: Rhythmic Forces, Ancestral Voices: An Aesthetic Analysis. Trenton, N.J.: Africa World Press. x, 140 p., bibliog., gloss., photos. ISBN 0865434921; 086543493X (pbk.). GV1713.Z55 W45 2000 Asante provides a descriptive analysis of cultural motifs, myths, and symbols found in the Muchongoyo and the Jerusarema dances among the Ndebele and Shona peoples of Zimbabwe. Africa: West Africa 1189. Ajayi, Omofolabo S.1998. Yoruba Dance: The Semiotics of Movement and Body Attitude in a Nigerian Culture. Trenton, N.J.: Africa World Press. xvi, 251 p., bibliog., gloss., illus. ISBN 0865435626; 0865435634 (pbk.). GV1713.N6 A53 1998 A study of the aesthetics, significance and production of meaning in Yoruba dance forms in both historical and contemporary contexts. Identifies dance as a microcosm of Yoruba culture and an art form that acts as a vehicle for communication. 1190. Barber, Karin. 1991. I Could Speak until Tomorrow: Oriki, Women and the Past in a Yoruba Town. International African Library, 7. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press for the International African Institute London. ix, 354 p., bibliog., illus., maps. ISBN 0748602100. PL8823.5 .B33 1991 Focuses on the oriki, Yoruba oral praise poetry, in the town of Okuku, Nigeria. Barber specific interest is in women’s performances; the power and understanding of self and community imparted through their performances. 1191. Agawu, V.Kofi. 1995. African Rhythm: A Northern Ewe Perspective. New York: Cambridge University Press. xx, 217 p., bibliog., music, photos,+1 compact disc. ISBN 0521480841. ML3760 .A3 1995 An ethnographic study of the nature of rhythm among the Northern Ewe people of Ghana. Focus is on rhythm in speech, narration, rhymes, song, dancing, and musical performance. 1192. Blanc, Ulrike. 1993. Lieder in Erzählungen der Bulsa: eine musikethnologische Untersuchung. Forschungen zu Sprachen und Kulturen Afrikas, 3. Münster, Germany: Lit. 157 p., bibliog., illus., music. ISBN 3894737751. ML3760 .B625 1993 A study of the songs connected to stories of the Bulsa people of northern Ghana. The author examines songs of two different story types for their musical and narrative structure. 1193. Charry, Eric S. 2000. Mande Music: Traditional and Modern Music of the Maninka and Mandinka of Western Africa. Chicago Studies in Ethnomusicology. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. xxxi, 500 p., bibliog., discog., illus., maps, videog. ISBN 0226101614; 0226101622 (pbk.). ML3760 .C38 2000 Eric Charry’s ethnography of Mande music provides historical background and detailed information on contemporary traditions in Mali, Guinea, Senegal, and The Gambia. He explores the evolution, instruments, and artists of hunter’s music, music of the jelis or griots, jembe and other drumming, and guitar-based modern music. A compact disc is available separately.

Books

231

1194. Cole, Catherine M.2001. Ghana’s Concert Party Theatre. Bloomington: Indiana University Press. x, 196 p. ISBN 025333845X; 025321436X (pbk). PN2990.4 .C65 2001 Cole traces the history and development of Ghana’s concert party tradition using her experience as an actress in concert party performances, oral histories of performers, and archival research. Her study identifies the varied cultural influences in this performance tradition from American movies to British ballads to local storytelling traditions. 1195. Collins, John. 1992. West African Pop Roots. Philadelphia: Temple University Press. xii, 349 p., photos. ISBN 0877227934; 0877229163 (pbk). ML3503.A358 C63 1992 Revised edition of African Pop Roots: The Inside Rhythms of Africa, published in 1985. This study traces the development of popular music in Africa, with emphasis on the cross-cultural influences, from Latin America, the United States, and Europe, and the musical creativity of individual musicians. 1196. Drewal, Margaret Thompson. 1992. Yoruba Ritual: Performers, Play, Agency. African Systems of Thought. Bloomington: Indiana University Press. xxii, 241 p., bibliog., illus., photos. ISBN 0253318173; 0253206847 (pbk). DT515.45.Y67 D75 1992 A study of the rituals of the Yoruba peoples of southwestern Nigeria, identified as journeys that evoke transformative experiences. Based on interpretations and performances of Kolawole Ositola, a scholar of Yoruba oral tradition, ritual practitioner, and master performer. A 30-minute companion video is also available. 1197. Euba, Akin. 1990. Yoruba Drumming: The Dùndún Tradition. Bayreuth African Studies Series, 21/22. Bayreuth, Germany: E.Breitinger, Bayreuth University. 548 p., bibliog., illus., maps. ISBN 3927510114. ML3760 .E85 1990 A study of the construction, performance techniques, and social significance of the Yoruba tension drum known as the dundun. The linguistic basis of the drumming and a rhythmic analysis is included. 1198. Eyre, Banning. 2000. In Griot Time: An American Guitarist in Mali. Philadelphia: Temple University Press. xi, 256 p., bibliog., discog., illus., maps, photos. ISBN 1566397588; 1566397596 (pbk). ML3760 .E9 2000 Eyre provides a narrative of his experiences among griot musicians in Mali that ultimately deals with issues of change in cultural expression in the late twentieth century. He focuses on Djelimady, with whom he lived and studied for seven months, but introduces other contemporary performers he had contact with as well, including Salif Keita, Oumou Sangare, and Ali Farka Toure, as well as other locally respected musicians. 1199. Ebron, Paulla A.2002. Performing Africa. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press. 272 p., bibliog. ISBN 0691074887; 0691074895 (pbk.). ML3760 .E27 2002 Based on field research in The Gambia, Ebron focuses on the jali, a member of the hereditary group of Mandika professional performers. The study explores how Africa is produced, circulated, and consumed in West Africa and beyond. Focuses on the construction of identity and history in Africa and elsewhere. 1200. Hale, Thomas A. 1998. Griots and Griottes: Masters of Words and Music. Bloomington: Indiana University Press. xiv, 410 p., bibliog., discog., maps, photos., videog. ISBN 0253334586. GR350 .H275 1998 Hale provides a comprehensive overview of West African griots and griottes, male and female professional storytellers, praise singers, genealogists, historians, and advisors. He uses his extensive fieldwork (1964–1990s) to inform his discussions of social, literary

Ethnomusicology

232

and musical issues that affect performers of Niger, Mali, Senegal, the Gambia, and North America. 1201. Hale, Thomas A., and Nouhou Malio. 1990. Scribe, Griot, and Novelist: Narrative Interpreters of the Songhay Empire. Gainesville: University of Florida Press, Center for African Studies. xiv, 313 p., bibliog., maps. ISBN 0813009812. DT532.27.M63 H35 1990 A comparative study of Songhay verbal expression using oral performance, written text, and fiction. Hale juxtaposes oral variants of a Songhay epic, analysis of an Arabic oral performance, and an historical novel by a Malian author, and discusses their social and literary significance. He includes the complete version of the epic of Askia Mohammed recounted by Nouhou Malio. 1202. Johnson, John William, and Fa-Digi Sisòkò. 1992. The Epic of Son-Jara: A West African Tradition. African Epic Series. Bloomington: Indiana University Press. xi, 148 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 0253331021; 0253207134 (pbk). PL8491.9.E63 J6 1992 A performance of the Son-Jara (Sunjata, Sundiata) epic by jeli (griot) Fa Digi Sisoko provides data for the author to provide detailed commentary on the social and cultural functions of the storytelling tradition of the Mande people of West Africa. 1203. Meyer, Andreas. 1997. Afrikanische Trommeln: West-und Zentralafrika. Veröffentlichungen des Museums für Völkerkunde Berlin N.F.: Abteilung Musikethnologie, 65:9. Berlin: Museum für Völkerkunde. 264 p., bibliog., discog., illus., videog.+1 compact disc. ISBN 3886092755. ML1035 .M48 1997 A survey of membranophones from West and Central Africa based on the collection at the Berliner Museum für Völkerkunde. Meyer provides descriptive and contextual information on the instruments and the cultural regions they are from. 1204. Norborg, Åke. 1992. The Musical Instruments of the Edo-Speaking Peoples of South-Western Nigeria. Musikmuseets Skrifter, 22. Stockholm: Musikmuseet. x, 219 p., bibliog., discog., filmog., illus., maps, photos. ISBN. ML544 .N68 1992 A catalog of musical instruments of the Edo-speaking people of Nigeria that provides descriptive and analytical information on both instruments and their social context. Norborg introduces culture and discusses the use of instruments in Edo musical culture. The catalog is organized by instrument classification. 1205. Nzewi, Meki. 1991. Musical Practice and Creativity: An African Traditional Perspective. Bayreuth, Germany: IWALEWA-Haus, University of Bayreuth. 164 p., bibliog., diagr., photos. ISBN.ML3760 .N94 1991 A general introduction to musical traditions of the Igbo of Nigeria providing information on theory, creativity, and practice. Places music in its social context and describes classification of music and instruments, performance contexts, and compositional practices. 1206. Ottenberg, Simon. 1996. Seeing with Music: The Lives of 3 Blind African Musicians. Seattle: University of Washington Press. xv, 216 p., bibliog., discog., maps, photos, tables. ISBN 0295975253. ML399 .088 1996 A study of three kututeng (plucked lamellaphone) players of Sierra Leone focusing on the relationship between musicianship and life experience. Ottenberg considers each musician, their songs and instrumental contributions separately, then compares the three in his final chapter.

Books

233

1207. Rouget, Gilbert. 1996. Un roi africain et sa musique de cour: chants et danses du palais a Porto-Novo sous le règne de Gbèfa (1948–1976). Paris: CNRS Editions. 391 p., bibliog., illus., music, photos… tables. +2 compact discs. ISBN 2271052556. ML3760 .R68 1996 A study of the court songs and dances performed by the wives of King Gbèfa in PortoNovo, Benin. Using historical data and contemporary fieldwork, Rouget reconstructs the court music culture focusing on musical life in the palace, the music of the king’s wives, and the music of the king’s servant’s. Musical transcriptions by Trân Quang Hai. 1208. Tamari, Tal. 1997. Les castes de l’Afrique occidentale: artisans et musiciens endogames. Sociétés Africaines, 9. Nanterre, France: Sociét’d’ethnologie. 463 p., bibliog. ISBN 2901161502. HT725.A358 T35 1997 Based on a dissertation in anthropology completed in 1987, Tamari’s study of castes of West Africa explores the history of the tradition, compares it to other hereditary practices in other countries, and discusses the social status of the craftsmen. 1209. Veal, Michael E. 2000. Fela: The Life and Times of an African Musical Icon. Philadelphia: Temple University Press. xi, 313 p., bibliog., discog. ISBN 1566397650; 1566397642. ML410.F2955 V43 2000 Veal examines the life of Fela Anikula Kuti, Nigerian popular singer who died in 1997. He provides details on the his life at home and on tour, his political engagement and imprisonment, and his music, a synthesis of African and African American popular forms. 1210. Waterman, Christopher Alan. 1990. Jùjú: A Social History and Ethnography of an African Popular Music. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. xii, 277 p., bibliog., gloss., maps, photos., music+1 sound cassette. ISBN 0226874648 (cloth) 0226874656 (pbk.). ML3503.N6 W4 1990 A history and ethnography of jùjú music, a genre that originated in Nigeria among the Yoruba people during the 1920s. Waterman’s research traces the evolution of the subculture that surrounded jùjú bands and identifies the social and cultural contexts for its integration into African and global musics. Asia 1211. Flueckiger, Joyce Burkhalter, and Laurie Jo Sears, ed. 1991. Boundaries of the Text: Epic Performances in South and Southeast Asia. Michigan Papers on South and Southeast Asia, no. 35. Ann Arbor, Mich.: Center for South and Southeast Asian Studies, University of Michigan. x, 161 p. ISBN 0891480625; 0891480633 (pbk). PN2860 .B68 1991 A collection of essays on epic traditions that explore the fluid boundaries between South and Southeast Asia, oral and written tradition. Contents: Literacy and the Epic in the Malay World/Amin Sweeney—Fluid and Fixed Texts in India/Wendy Donigher— Literacy and the Changing Concept of Text Women’s Ramayana Mandali in Central India/Joyce Burkhalter Flueckiger—Javanese Mahabharata Stories: Oral Performances and Written Texts/Laurie J.Sears—Words Made Flesh: The Banaras Ramlila as Epic Commentary/Philip Lutgendorf—Epic Transmission and Adaptation: A Folk Ramayana in South India/Stuart H.Blackburn—Palm Leaf and Performance: The Epics in Balinese

Ethnomusicology

234

Theater/Mary S.Zurbuchen—Epic Purpose in Malay Oral Tradition and the Effects of Literacy/Amin Sweeney. 1212. Ryker, Harrison, ed. 1991. New Music in the Orient: Essays on Composition in Asia since World War II. Source Materials in Ethnomusicology, 2. Buren, Netherlands: F.Knuf. 286 p., bibliog., music. ISBN 9060275535. ML330.5.N532 A survey of modern music composition in Asia and the Pacific that began with an Asian Composers League conference in 1981. Includes twelve essays covering modern music in New Zealand, Australia, Malaysia, Singapore, Thailand, the Philippines, China, Taiwan, Hong Kong, and South Korea. 1213. Zanten, Wim van, and Marjolijn van Roon, ed. 1995. Ethnomusicology in the Netherlands: Present Situation and Traces of the Past. Oideion: The Performing Arts World-Wide 2; CNWS Publications, no. 35. Leiden, Netherlands: Research School CNWS.ix, 330 p., bibliog., illus., music. ISBN 9073782449. ML3799 .E85 1995 A series of articles on ethnomusicology and world music in the Netherlands focusing on pioneers of Dutch musicology (Jaap Kunst, Ate Doornbosch, and Ton de Leeuw), and on research in Asia, including Indonesia, India, Japan, China, and Tuva. 1214. Zanten, Wim van, ed. 1993. Oideion: The Performing Arts WorldWide. CNWS Publications, no. 14. Leiden, Netherlands: Centre of NonWestern Studies Leiden University. vi, 121 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 9073782171. Published in cooperation with the Nederlandse Vereniging voor Etnomusicologie “Arnold Bake,” it includes articles on music in India (Hanne de Bruin), Korea (Boudewijn Walraven), and Indonesia (Simon Cook and Clara Brakel) and on correspondence between Jaap Kunst and Erich M.von Hornbostel (Marjolijn van Roon). Asia: Central Asia and the Caucasus 1215. Abramovich-Gomon, Alla. 1999. The Nenets’ Song: A Microcosm of a Vanishing Culture. Ashgate Studies in Ethnomusicology. Aldershot, Hants., U.K.; Brookfield, Vt.: Ashgate. xii, 166 p., maps, photos, and bibliog. ISBN 1840146036. ML3680 .A27 1999 This study considers the epic Nenets song tradition of Northern Eurasia in historical, cultural, social, and political contexts. Abramovich-Gomonocus focuses on the role of the epic tradition in historical shamanistic ritual practices, as well as its more contemporary links to maintaining social and cultural practices in times of change. 1216. During, Jean. 1998. Musiques d’Asie centrale: l’esprit d’une tradition. Musiques du Monde. Arles, France: Cité de la musique: Actes sud. 170 p., bibliog., discog., illus. +1 compact disc. ISBN 2742720146. ML3758.A783 D87 1998 A survey of musics of Central Asia, especially Uzbekistan, northwest Tadjikistan, and Chinese Turkestan (Uzbeks, Tadjiks, Ouïgours). During explores the relationship between Uzbek, Tadjik, Ouïgour, and the Kazakh, Kirghiz, and Turkmen populations, seeking historical connections in the epic, art music and village traditions. 1217. Levin, Theodore Craig. 1996. The Hundred Thousand Fools of God: Musical Travels in Central Asia (and Queens, New York). Bloomington: Indiana University Press. xvi, 318 p., bibliog., discog., gloss. +1 compact disc. ISBN 0253332060. ML3758.A783 L48 1996 Levin provides a reflexive account of his fieldwork in Central Asia and New York tracing Muslim and Jewish musical practices during and after Soviet rule. His

Books

235

ethnography includes both urban and rural traditions in Tashkent, Bukhara, Khorszm, parts of Uzbekistan and Tadjikistan, and Bukharan emigrant communities in Queens, New York. 1218. Nercessian, Andy. 2001. The Duduk and National Identity in Armenia. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press. v, 141 p., bibliog. ISBN 0810840758. ML990.D76 N47 2001 Nercessian uses the Armenian duduk, a cylindrical double-reed aerophone made of apricot wood, to reveal aspects of Armenian identity by focusing on a discussion of contexts for solo and ensemble performance. Asia: East Asia 1219. Diehl, Keila. 2002. Echoes from Dharamsala: Music in the Life of a Tibetan Refugee Community. Berkeley: University of California Press. xxv, 312 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 0520230434; 0520230442 (pbk.). ML338.8.D53 D54 2001 An ethnography of contemporary music in Dharamsala that considers issues of cultural preservation among Tibetans refugees in that city. Diehl identifies music as a site for negotiating Tibetan identity in both traditional and popular (globalized) forms of expression. 1220. Helffer, Mireille. 1995. Mchod-rol: les instruments de la musique tibétaine. Paris: CNRS éditions: Editions de la Maison des sciences de 1’homme de Paris. 400 p., bibliog., discog., illus., map. +1 sound disc. ISBN 2271052246 (CNRS); 2735106438 (Maison des sciences). ML541 .T55 H45 1994 On the musical instruments of Tibetan Buddhists at monastic sites in India, Nepal, and Bhutan. The instruments are grouped according to function and described in detail. An appendix includes textual references to instruments and iconographic examples. 1221. Hsu Tsang-Houei, and Cheng Shui-Cheng. 1992. Musique de Taiwan. Paris: G.Trédaniel. 314 p., bibliog., illus., maps +1 sound cassette. ISBN 285707512X.ML337.5 .H78 1992 A study of the three primary types of popular music in Taiwan, including indigenous traditions, music of the Han (the Chinese majority), and new music adopted from the West. Includes information on musical instruments, musical organizations, and songs. 1222. Pegg, Carole. 2001. Mongolian Music, Dance, and Oral Narrative: Performing Diverse Identities. Seattle: University of Washington Press. xvii, 376p., bibliog., photos.+1 compact disc. ISBN 0295980303; 0295981121 (pbk.). ML3758.M6 P45 2001 Pegg focuses on performance as a primary facet of Mongolian society from the time of Chinggis Khan (thirteenth century) to the present. She explores music, dance, and oral narrative in the context of ethnicity, religion, gender, and politics drawing on a wide range of geographic regions within the country. 1223. Lee, Schu-chi. 1992. Die Musik in daoistischen Zeremonien auf Taiwan. Europäische Hochschulschriften, 36. Frankfurt am Main; New York: P. Lang. xi, 343 p., bibliog., charts, gloss., music, photos. ISBN 3631451989. ML3197 .L44 1992 Schu-chi Lee focuses on the essential role of Taoist music in the Taiwanese religious tradition. She provides information on the history of Taoism on the island, the types of musical expression found in conjunction with Taoist religious practice, and presents analysis of music in Taoist ceremonies collected during her fieldwork.

Ethnomusicology

236

Asia: East Asia: China 1224. Birrell, Anne. 1993. Popular Songs and Ballads of Han China. Honolulu: University of Hawaii Press. xi, 226 p., bibliog., diagr., illus., maps. ISBN 0824815483. PL2658.E3 B57 1993 Translation and commentary of Han Dynasty (292 B.C.-A.D. 220) songs. Drawn from the yüeh-fu genre, they are arranged thematically into eleven sections. 1225. Capdeville-Zeng, Catherine. 2001. Rites et rock a Pékin: Tradition et modernité de la musique rock dans la société chinoise. Paris: Indes savantes. 350 p. ISBN 2846540098. ML3534.6.C6 C37 2001 Focuses on a community of Peking-based rock musicians who struggled with issues of identity and unification following the events of Tiananmen Square in 1989. CapdevilleZeng explores musicians’ values in the 1990s through various forms of cultural expression and social relationships. 1226. Ch’en, Shou-jen. 1991. Improvisation in a Ritual Context: The Music of Cantonese Opera. Shatin, New Territories, Hong Kong: Chinese University Press. xvii, 389 p., bibliog., illus., maps, music, ISBN 9622014577. ML1751.C4 C42524 1991 A study of the musical structure of Cantonese opera with a focus on the systematic use of improvisation in specific performance contexts. 1227. Falkenhausen, Lothar von. 1993. Suspended Music: Chime-Bells in the Culture of Bronze Age China. Berkeley: University of California Press. xxvi, 481 p., bibliog., gloss., illus., photos., tables. ISBN 0520073789. CC250.C6 F35 1993 Falkenhausen reconstructs how the music of the bells of the Shang and Zhou dynasties (ca. 1700–221 B.C.) in China may have sounded. He discusses the ritual, political, and technical aspects of the music furthering our understanding of ancient Chinese culture. 1228. Goormaghtigh, Georges, ed. 1990. L’art du qin: deux textes d’esthétique musicale chinoise. Mélanges chinois et bouddhiques, 23. Brussels: Institut belge des hautes études chinoises. 209 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN.BL1405 .M4vol. 23 ML 1015.C5 Goormaghtigh provides an introduction to the etymology, organology, and performance practice of the qin and sets the historical stage for two historical works on the qin. He then provides the Chinese to French translations and commentary on “The poetic description of the qin” by Ji Kang (213–262), and “The twenty-four flavors of the qin” by Xu Shangying (ca. 1582-ca. 1657). 1229. Jones, Andrew F. 1992. Like a Knife: Ideology and Genre in Contemporary Chinese Popular Music. Cornell East Asia Series, 57. Ithaca, N.Y.: East Asia Program, Cornell University. viii, 180 p., bibliog., discog., photos. ISBN 0939657570. ML3502.C5 J6 1992 This study of popular culture of the late 1980s and early 1990s is based on the author’s field research in Beijing between 1988 and 1990. The study is informed by interviews with rock and pop musicians and critics as well as popular music and critical theory scholars. Includes translations of song lyrics in an appendix. 1230. Jones, Andrew F. 2001. Yellow Music: Media Culture and Colonial Modernity in the Chinese Jazz Age. Durham N.C.: Duke University Press. ix, 213 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 082232685X; 0822326949 (pbk.). ML3502.C5 J63 2001 On the history of popular music in early twentieth century China, focusing on the relationship between “yellow” music, a fusion of American jazz, Hollywood film music, and Chinese folk music, and anticolonial mass music that challenged its dominance.

Books

237

Jones study provides a new view of the roles of both American and Chinese musics in the postcolonial world. 1231. Jones, Stephen. 1998. Folk Music of China: Living Instrumental Traditions. Oxford; New York: Clarendon Press; Oxford University Press. xxvii, 428 p., bibliog., music, photos.+1 compact disc. ISBN 0198167180 (pbk.). ML3746 J66 1998 An overview of the traditional instrumental music of the Han Chinese. The study, using historical field-reports on instrumental music and Jones fieldwork in China since 1986, provides information on social and musical background of ceremonial and secular musics, and a selection of regional genres. A 2-CD set is available to accompany the study: China: Folk Instrumental Traditions (AIMP, VDE-GALLO CD 822–823). 1232. Lam, Joseph S.C. 1998. State Sacrifices and Music in Ming China: Orthodoxy, Creativity, and Expressiveness. SUNY Series in Chinese Local Studies. Albany: State University of New York Press. xvi, 205 p., bibliog., gloss., illus., music. ISBN 0791437051; 079143706X (pbk.). BL1812.R57 L35 1998 Lam uses historical data to explore ritual and musical structures during the Ming dynasty (1368–1644). Using court documents and musical information, he reveals the close relationship between political power and ceremony in court life. 1233. Mackerras, Colin. 1997. Peking Opera. Images of Asia. Hong Kong; New York: Oxford University Press. viii, 72 p., bibliog., gloss., illus., maps, music. ISBN 0195877292. ML1751.C4 M32 1997 A brief introduction to Beijing opera that traces its development from its roots in Chinese folk and high-art dramas to its currerit practices. Includes explanations of common character types, descriptions of selected pieces, and discussions of the common stage settings and music that support the performance art. 1234. Mittler, Barbara. 1997. Dangerous Tunes: The Politics of Chinese Music in Hong Kong, Taiwan, and the People‘s Republic of China since 1949. Opera Sinologica, 3. Wiesbaden, Germany: Harrassowitz. 516 p., bibliog., gloss., music. ISBN 3447039205. ML336.5 .M57 1997 An overview of New Music by Chinese composers using interviews, compositions, and secondary literature. The author provides biographical data, information on sources for new music (including indigenous traditions) and a discussion of government policy and creative activities. 1235. Myers, John. 1992. The Way of the Pipa: Structure and Imagery in Chinese Lute Music. World Musics. Kent, Ohio: Kent State University Press. xvii, 155 p., bibliog., discog. ISBN 0873384555. ML1015.P5 M9 1992 A brief study of the origin and development of the pipa; the history and aesthetics of pipa music; and the form and structure of certain pieces found in the Hua shi pu (Hua family collection), an anthology of solo pipa music published in 1819. 1236. Picken, Laurence Ernest Rowland, and Noel Nickson. 2000. Music from the Tang Court: Some Ancient Connections Explored. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press. xiii, 313 p., bibliog., illus., music. ISBN 0521780845. ML340 .P535 2000 The seventh volume of the series on music from the Tang Court that reveals interconnections in Asian musics, through the study of its ancients texts.

Ethnomusicology

238

1237. Picken, Laurence, and Noël J.Nickson. 1997. Music from the Tang Court 6. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. xvi, 291 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 0521621003. M2.3.C5 M97 v.6 Provides a transcription and description of 31 items from the court entertainment music of the Tang. Appendixes discuss stylistic differences between music of the Tang and imitative Japanese compositions, Tang compositions with military associations, and relatedness between movements in suites from the Tang. 1238. Rees, Helen. 2000. Echoes of History: Naxi Music in Modern China. Oxford; New York: Oxford University Press. xv, 278 p., bibliog., discog., illus., maps, music, videog.+1 compact disc. ISBN 0195129490; 0195129504 (pbk.). ML3746.7.Y8 R44 2000 Rees chronicles the musical history of Lijiang County in China’s southern Yunnan Province, focusing on Dongjing music, a repertoire borrowed from China’s Han ethnic majority by the indigenous Naxi inhabitants. Rees discusses Dongjing’s role in the Naxi minority’s assimilation of Han culture and in defining their local and national social relationships. 1239. Schaffrath, Helmut, and Zuozhi Zhang. 1993. Einhundert chinesische Volkslieder: eine Anthologie. Studien zur Volksliedforschung, Bd. 14. Bern, Switzerland; New York: P.Lang. 269 p., bibliog., music. ISBN 3906750752. M1804 .E35 1993 A collection of Chinese traditional and popular songs in romanized Chinese (Pinyin) with German translations. The collection also provides the lyrics in Chinese characters. Arranged geographically, includes detailed index to titles, genres, regions and topics. 1240. Schimmelpenninck, Antoinet. 1997. Chinese Folk Songs and Folk Singers: Shan’ge Traditions in Southern Jiangsu. CHIME Studies in East Asian Music, 1. Leiden, Netherlands: CHIME Foundation. xvi, 442 p., bibliog., illus. +1 compact disc. ISBN 9080361518. ML3746.7.K53 S35 1997 An introduction to the shan’ge rural song tradition and to the master performers of this genre based on field research in southern Jiangsu from 1986 to 1992. 1241. So, Jenny F., ed. 2000. Music in the Age of Confucius. Washington, D.C.; Seattle: Freer Gallery of Art and Arthur M.Sackler Gallery, Smithsonian Institution; distributed by the University of Washington Press. 152 p., bibliog., maps, music, photos. ISBN 0295979534. ML336.2 .M87 2000 Essays on musical instruments in ancient China that provide information on manufacturing, tuning systems, and inscriptions that reveal musical and nonmusical significance. Contents: Music in Late Bronze Age China/ John S.Major and Jenny F. So—Percussion/Robert Bagley—Strings/Bo Lawergren—Winds/Feng Guangsheng— The Zeng Hou Yi Finds in the History of Chinese Music/Lothar von Falkenhausen. 1242. Steen, Andreas. 1996. Der lange Marsch des Rock ‘n’ Roll: Pop-und Rockmusik in der Volksrepublik China. Berliner China-Studien, 32. Hamburg: Lit Verlag. 260 p., bibliog., discog., facsims., photos. ISBN 3825829413. ML3534 .S74 1996 A study of the significance of rock music in China during the period from 1984 to 1993, when internal social changes were occurring and the music industry was beginning to play a more important role in musical production. 1243. Stock, Jonathan P.J. 1996. Musical Creativity in Twentieth-Century China: Abing, His Music, and Its Changing Meanings. Rochester, N.Y.: University of Rochester

Books

239

Press. xii, 209 p., bibliog., illus.+1 compact disc. ISBN 1878822764. ML419.A08 S76 1996 Stock examines the practice and reception of traditional music in contemporary China through the life and music of the blind folk musician Abing (1893–1950). 1244. Trebinjac, Sabine. 2000. Le pouvoir en chantant: L’art de fabriquer une musique chinoise. Mémoires de la Société d’ethnologie, 5. Nanterre, France: Société d’ethnologie. 412 p., bibliog., music, photos. ISBN 2901161375. ML3798 .T784 2000 A study of the relationship between music and politics among the Uighur people in China. Trebinjac presents information on music as a field of symbolic political action in modern China, then explores the history of this relationship through repertoires, instruments, musicians, and performance practices. 1245. Wichmann, Elizabeth. 1991. Listening to Theatre: The Aural Dimension of Beijing Opera. Honolulu: University of Hawaii Press. xviii, 342 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 0824812212. MT95 .W49 1991 An introduction to aural performance of Beijing opera that describes the major components of performance as understood by practitioners and listeners. Wichmann focuses on plays and performance, language, musical elements, musical compositions, voice, and the orchestra, concluding with a brief discuss of how these elements interrelate. 1246. Witzleben, J.Lawrence. 1995. “Silk and Bamboo” Music in Shanghai: The Jiangnan Sizhu Instrumental Ensemble Tradition. World Musics. Kent, Ohio: Kent State University Press. xxii, 197 p., bibliog. ISBN 0873384997. ML3746.8.S5 W57 1995 A comprehensive study of a musical genre in China that has played a significant role in the development of contemporary solo and ensemble music for Chinese instruments. Witzleben includes information on performance practice, aesthetics, and musical communities. 1247. Yimin Jiang. 1995. Grosse Musik ist tonlos: eine historische Darstellung der frühen philosophisch-daoistischen Musikästhetik: mit einem Ausblick auf die Idee der absoluten Musik in der Musikästhetik der deutschen Frühromantik. Frankfurt am Main; New York: Lang. xiii, 287. p., bibliog. ISBN 3631485107. ML3845 .C464 1995 A systematic study of Taoist musical aesthetics, focusing on their historical role in the culture of Chinese art music. 1248. Yu, Pauline, ed. 1994. Voices of the Song Lyric in China. Studies on China, 18. Berkeley: University of California Press. xxi, 410 p., bibliog., gloss. ISBN 0520080564. PL2336 .V65 1993 A series of essays that explore the history of the song lyric (tz’u) in China from its origins through the nineteenth century. Contents: The Formation of a Distinct Generic Identity for Tz’u/Shuen-fu Lin—Meaning the Words: The Genuine as a Value in the Tradition of the Song Lyric/Stephen Owen—Song Lyrics and the Canon: A Look at Anthologies of Tz’u/Pauline Yu—Engendering the Lyric: Her Image and Voice in Song/Grace S.Fong—The Poetry of Li Ch’ing-chao: A Woman Author and Women’s Authorship/John Timothy Wixted—Liu Shih and Hsu Ts’an: Feminine or Feminist?/Sang-i Sung Chang—The Problem of the Repute of Tz’u during the Northern Sung/ Ronald C.Egan—Contexts of the Song Lyric in Sung Times: Communication Technology, Social Change, Morality/Stuart H.Sargent—Wang Kuo-wei’s Song Lyrics

Ethnomusicology

240

in the Light of His Own Theories/Yeh Chia-ying—Messages of Uncertain Origin: The Textual Tradition of the Nan-T’ang erh-chu tz’u /Daniel Bryant. 1249. Yung, Bell, ed. 1997. Celestial Airs of Antiquity: Music of the SevenString Zither of China. Recent Researches in the Oral Traditions of Music, 5. Madison Wis.: AR Editions. viii, 160 p., bibliog., music. ISBN 089579313X.M142.C5C This volume includes a selection of the Chinese seven-string zither repertoire drawn from the Shenqi Mipu collection (A.D. 1425) and presented in tablature and Western staff notation. The author also provides an introductory essay on the instrument and its repertoire, editorial notes on the transcription, and a discussion of issues related to trariscription. 1250. Yung, Bell, Evelyn Sakakida Rawski, and Rubie S.Watson, ed. 1996. Harmony and Counterpoint: Ritual Music in Chinese Context. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press. xii, 323 p., bibliog., illus., map. ISBN 0804726582. ML336.1 .H37 1996 Nine essays on music in Chinese rituals written by scholars representing the discplines of musicology, ethnomusicology, anthropology, and social history. The primary goal is to demonstrate music’s centrality in ritual, yet show its different voices. Contents: The Nature of Chinese Ritual Sound/ Bell Yung—Ritual and Musical Politics in the Court of Ming Shizong/ Joseph S.C.Lam—State Sacrificial Music and Korean Identity/Robert C. Provine—Musical Assertion of Status among the Nexi of Lijiang County, Yunnan/Helen Rees—Chinese Bridal Laments: The Claims of a Dutiful Daughter/Rubie S.Watson— Processional Music in Traditional Taiwanese Funerals/Ping-Hui Li—The Creation of an Emperor in Eighteenth-Century China/Evelyn S.Rawski—Singing to the Spirits of the Dead: A Daoist Ritual of Salvation/Judith Magee Boltz—Ritual Opera and the Bonds of Authority: Transformation and Transcendence/Ellen R.Judd. Asia: East Asia: Japan 1251. Ackermann, Peter. 1990. Kumiuta: Traditional Songs for Certificates: A Study of Their Texts and Implications. Swiss Asian Studies. Monographs, 10. Bern; New York: P.Lang. 597 p., bibliog. ISBN 3261042389. ML2851.J36 A24 1990 A study of Japanese kumiuta, a song genre that developed within strictly organized social spheres beginning in the seventeenth century. The author evaluates individual songs and investigates the social structure of this genre that is traditionally accompanied on the shamisen or koto. Includes English translations of Japanese songs. 1252. Asai, Susan Miyo. 1999. Nomai Dance Drama: A Surviving Spirit of Medieval Japan. Contributions to the Study of Music and Dance, no. 47. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood Press. xvii, 248 p., bibliog., illus., maps, music. ISBN 0313306982. PN2924.5.N65 A82 1999 A study of a dance drama tradition preserved for over 350 years in remote villages of northern Japan. Asai’s ethnography provides information on training of performers, social support system, performance context, and audience attitudes. 1253. Coaldrake, Angela Kimi. 1997. Women ‘s Gidayû and the Japanese Theatre Tradition. London; New York: Routledge. xxix, 262 p., bibliog.+1 sound disc. ISBN 0415063345. ML1751.J3 C6 1997 A ethnographic study of women’s gidayû in contemporary Japan. Coaldrake introduces the performers, music, and the politics of the female performers’ survival in

Books

241

the male-dominated world of Japanese theatre tradition. It explores the intricate web of interrelationships of personality, organization of performance in women’s gidayû in contemporary Japan. Accompanying CD includes historical recordings. 1254. Eppstein, Ury. 1994. The Beginnings of Western Music in Meiji Era Japan, Studies in the History and Interpretation of Music, 44. Lewiston, N.Y.: E.Mellen Press. vi, 156 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 077349151. MT3.J2 E67 1994 Traces the history of Western music in Japan beginning with Emporer Mutsuhito’s Westernization efforts in 1868. Identifies contexts for exposure to Western music and strategies used for learning. 1255. Gerstle, C.Andrew, Kiyoshi Inobe, and William P.Malm. 1990. Theateras Music: The Bunraku Play “Mt. Imo and Mt. Se: An Exemplary Tale of Womanly Virtue.” Ann Arbor, Mich.: Center for Japanese Studies, University of Michigan. 288 p., bibliog., illus. +2 audio cassettes. ISBN 0939512386. PL793.I43 T48 1990 Three writers representing literature, musicology, and theater analyze a single scene from the popular Japanese piece, Imoseyama onna teikin. Focus is on “The Mountains Scene” that is included on two accompanying sound cassettes. 1256. Groemer, Gerald, and Chikuzan Takahashi. 1999. The Spirit of Tsugaru: Blind Musicians, Tsugaru-Jamisen, and the Folk Music of Northern Japan, with the Autobiography of Takahashi Chikuzan. Warren, Mich.: Harmonie Park Press. xxi, 321 p., bibliog., discog., gloss., maps, music, photos. ISBN 0899900852. ML419.T15 G76 1999 This publication includes a reprint of Groemer’s translation of the autobiography of Takahashi Chikuzan (originally published in 1991), a well-known performer of the Japanese folk genre, Tsugaru-jamiseri. This is preceded by an introduction to blind Japanese folk musicians and the culture and music of the Tsugaru region. 1257. Kwon, Yung-Hee K.1994. Songs to Make the Dust Dance: The Ryojin Hisho of Twelfth-Century Japan. Berkeley: University of California Press. xviii, 222 p., bibliog. ISBN 0520080661. PL787.R943 K86 1994 A study of popular songs in Heian Japan (794–1185) focusing on Ryojin hisho compiled in 1179 by Emperor Go-Shirakawa. Provides English translations and places them in literary and cultural context. 1258. Schmitz, Heinz-Eberhard. 1994. Satsumabiwa: die Laute der Samurai und ihre instrumentalen Spielstücke danpô: Untersuchungen zur Musikkultur Japans. 2 vols. Studien zur Traditionellen Musik Japans, Bd. 7. Kassel, Germany: New York: Bärenreiter. vi, 624 p., bibliog., illus., music, photos., tables. ISBN 3761810962. ML1015.B55 S37 1994 A historical study of the satsuma biwa tradition that considers the instrument and its sound qualities, and the connection of its music to religious practices, Confucian ideals, and aesthetic concepts of traditional Japan. 1259. Sestili, Daniele. 2000. La voce degli dèi: musica e religione nel rito giapponese del kagura. Ricerche di etnomusicologia, 6. Bologna, Italy: Ut Orpheus. v, 160 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 8881094428. ML3451.J3 S47 2000 A revision of the author’s thesis, Università di Roma, 1998, “La musica nell’esperienza religiosa giapponese: il rito coreutico-musicale del kagura folklorico.” A study of the kagura ritual, including the performances that play a significant role in the annual matsuri (festival) of a shinto shrine, as well as everyday ritual performances. The author uses both historical and ethnographic data to explore the musical, dance, and

Ethnomusicology

242

theatrical elements and structure, and discusses the role of kagura in Japan, and in East Asian society generally. 1260. Suda, Naoyuki, Kazuo Daijo, and Anthony Rausch. 1998. The Birth of Tsugaru Shamisen Music: The Origin and Development of a Japanese Folk Performing Art=Tsugaru Shamisen No Tanjo: Minztoku Geino No Seisei to Ryusei. Aomori, Japan: Aomori University Press. ix, 219 p., bibliog., charts, illus., map, photos. ISBN 4900027006. ML1015.S52 B57 1998 A collaborative work that provides historical, social, and ethnographic description and analysis of a Japanese lute genre based on a work originally written by Daizô Kazuo and translated by Suda Naoyuki and Anthony Rausch. 1261. Tokita, Alison. 1999. Kiyomoto-Bushi: Narrative Music of the Kabuki Theatre. Studien zur Traditionellen Musik Japans, Bd. 8. Kassel, Germany: Bärenreiter. 400 p., bibliog., discog., illus., music, photos. ISBN 3761814690. ML2851.J36 T37 1999 A study of kiyomoto-bushi (or kiyomoto), a Japanese narrative music form accompanied by the shamisen that dates from the early nineteenth century. Tokita explores the performance, lineage, social structure, musical structure, and place of kiyomoto in Japanese music, including its relationship to shamisen and biwa traditions. Includes musical transcription and analysis in concluding chapters and appendices. 1262. Tokumaru, Yoshihiko. 2000. L’aspect mélodique de la musique de syamisen. Ethnomusicologie, 6. Paris; Leuven: Peeters. xiv, 166 p., bibliog., gloss., illus., photos. ISBN 2877234495; 9042907649. ML1015.S52 T65 2000 Using historical research and fieldwork, Tokumaru Yosihiko surveys several different shamisen performance genres in Japan and provides transcription and analysis of the instrumental and vocal components of selected nagauta, ziuta, ittyû busi, and gidayû busi performances. Based on the author’s doctoral dissertation completed in 1981. 1263. Yano, Christine Reiko. 2002. Tears of Longing: Nostalgia and the Nation in Japanese Popular Song. Harvard East Asian Monographs, 206. Cambridge: Harvard University, Asia Center: Harvard University Press. viii, 255 p., bibliog., photos. ISBN 0674008456. ML3501 .Y3 2002 A study of contemporary Enka, a popular Japanese ballad genre that originated in the early nineteenth century. Yano focuses on sentimentalism and nationalism and the role of the music industry in shaping the character and consumption of the music. Asia: East Asia: Korea 1264. Kwon, O.Yeon. 1992. Die Theorie und Praxis der Intonationen in der traditionellen koreanischen Musik, gemessen an den Wölbbrettzithern Komun ‘go und K’ayagum. Kölner Beiträge zur Musikforschung, Bd. 169; Akustische Reihe, Bd. 14. Regensburg, Germany: G.Bosse. 237 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 376492431Z. ML537 .K96 1992 The author proposes a systematic method for the study of traditional Korean music using acoustical analysis of techniques of intonation. 1265. Pihl, Marshall R. 1994. The Korean Singer of Tales. Harvard-Yenching Institute Monograph Series, 37. Cambridge, Mass.: Council on East Asian Studies. Distributed by Harvard University Press. x, 295 p., bibliog. ISBN 0674505646. ML1751.K7 P5 1994

Books

243

On the kwangdae, Korean singers from the nineteenth and twentieth centuries who perform narrative tales with the accompaniment of a single drummer. Discusses the p’ansori text “Song of Shim Ch’ong.” 1266. Seo, Maria Kongju. 2002. Ritual Music of Hanyang Kut by Spirit-Possessed Shamans in Korea. Current Research in Ethnomusicology, 8. New York: Routledge. xx, 328 p., bibliog., gloss., photos. +1 compact disc. ISBN 0415943612 ML3752 .S46 2002 An ethnographic account of the ritual music of musok performed by spiritpossessed shamans (kangshinmu) in Seoul, Korea. Seo discusses how men and women are involved in musok as clients, ritual specialists, and ritual musicians and discusses how musok is viewed and practiced in contemporary Korea. 1267. Van Zile, Judy. 2001. Perspectives on Korean Dance. Middletown, Conn.: Wesleyan University Press. xxiii, 334 p., bibliog., gloss., photos. ISBN 0819564931; 081956494X (pbk.). GV1703.K7 V36 2001 An overview of Korean dance traditions that includes discussions of identity and dance as it relates to styles and genres, people, ethnic groups, and nation. Van Zile provides information on contemporary Korean dance forms and examines selected issues, including terminology, historical documentation, gender, new rituals, cross-cultural influences, immigrant traditions, and ownership. Asia: South Asia 1268. Appadurai, Arjun, Frank J.Korom, and Margaret Ann Mills, ed. 1991. Gender, Genre, and Power in South Asian Expressive Traditions. South Asia Seminar Series. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press. x, 486 p., bibliog., charts, diagr., music. ISBN 0812230825; 0812213378 (pbk.). GR302 .046 1991 Proceedings of the South Asia Seminar: Knowledge, Performance and Transmission in South Asian folk Traditions; Philadelphia, 1987–1988. Contents: Toward a CounterSystem: Women’s Tales/A.K.Ramanujan—Gender and Verbal Performance Style in Afghanistan/Margaret A.Mills—The Role of Suffering in Women’s Performance of Paxto/Benedicte Grima—Gender and Illusion in a Rajasthani Yogic Tradition/Ann Grodzins Gold—Kin Songs/Peter J.Claus—Genre and Community in the Folklore System of Chhattisgarh/Joyce Burkhalter Flueckiger—Why Does Ram Swarup Sing?: Song and Speech in the North Indian Epic Dhola/Susan S. Wadley—Wandering Lost: A Landless Laborer’s Sense of Place and Self/Margaret Trawick—The Cosmogonic Riddles of Lalan Fakir/Carol Salomon—Footpath Poets of Peshawar/Wilma L.Heston— The Popularization and Transformation of the Light-Classical Urdu Ghazal-Song/ Peter Manuel—Aesthetics, Performance, and the Enactment of Tradition in a Ruji Indian Community/Donald Brenneis—Hanging in the Balance: Rama in the Shadow Puppet Theater of Kerala/Stuart H.Blackburn—The Folklore of Draupadi: Saris and Hair/Alf Hiltebeitel—The Powers of Parody in Nayaka-Period Tanjavur/Velcheru Narayana Rao and David Shulman. 1269. Beyer, Norbert. 1999. Lautenbau in Südindien: M.Palaniappan Achari und seine Arbeit. Veröffentlichungen des Museums für Völkerkunde, N.F., 69; Musikethnologie, 11. Berlin: Museum für Völkerkunde. 312 p., bibliog., illus., maps, photos. +1 computer optical disc. ISBN 3886093891. ML1011 .B49 1999

Ethnomusicology

244

On the work of South Indian vina maker, M.Palaniappan Achari. Accompanying CDROM contains sound recordings and over 350 color image files. 1270. Bruin, Hanne M.de. 1999. Kattaikkuttu: The Flexibility of a South Indian Theatre Tradition. Groningen, Netherlands: E.Forsten. xix, 410 p., bibliog., maps, photos. ISBN 9069801035. PN2885.T3 B78 1999 On a traditional South Indian dance-drama genre and the significance of oral traditions in its growth De Bruin argues that kattaikkuttu is related to the street drama terukuttu and has developed in dialogue with the more recent contemporary Tamil music-drama (natakam). Based on the author’s Ph.D. thesis, University of Leiden, 1994. 1271. Clayton, Martin. 2000. Time in Indian Music: Rhythm, Metre, and Form in North Indian Rag Performance. New York: Oxford University Press. xx, 230 p., bibliog., gloss., music, tables +1 compact disc. ISBN 0198166869. ML338 .C593 2000 Presents a theoretical model for understanding the rhythmic organization of North Indian art music. Clayton synthesizes oral and written traditions, ethnomusicology, and cognitive psychology in his study. 1272. Dietrich, Wolf, and Bengt Fosshag. 1992. Aussereuropäische Lauten: Werkzeug und Kunstwerk: Sammlung Bengt Fosshag. Rüsselsheim, Germany: Verlag B.Fosshag. 228 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN.ML462.F8 H54 1992 Catalog of lutes from the collection of Bengt Fosshag, containing 106 photographs primarily from South Asia. The catalog shows the morphology from an artistic and aesthetic point of view. Essays provide information on the history, distribution, and classification of the instruments. 1273. Dunham, Mary Frances. 1997. Jarigan, Muslim Epic Songs of Bangladesh. Dhaka, Bangladesh: University Press. xxii, 370 p., bibliog., illus., map+1 sound cassette. ISBN 9840513699. ML3758.B3 1997 Dunham discusses the poetic, prosodic, melodic, rhythmic, and compositional elements of jarigan, an Islamic epic genre. Includes examples of jarigan and related Bengali songs. 1274. Farrell, Gerry. 1997. Indian Music and the West. Oxford; New York: Clarendon Press; Oxford University Press. xi, 241 p., bibliog., discog., illus., music. ISBN 0198163916; 0198167172 (pbk.). ML338 .F37 1997 Examines nineteenth and twentieth century perceptions and representations of Indian music in the West, from the ideas emerging from orientalist literature and colonialism, through the effects of technology of the phonograph through late-twentieth-century popular music traditions. 1275. Frasca, Richard Armand. 1990. The Theater of the Mahabharata: Terukkuttu Performances in South India. Honolulu: University of Hawaii Press. xvii, 265 p., bibliog., gloss., maps, photos. ISBN 0824812905. PN2885.T34 F7 1990 A study of Terukuttu, a 2,000-year old South Indian theater tradition from the Tamilspeaking southeastern region. Based on fieldwork conducted between 1977 and 1982, Frasca includes information on the traditional history, performance practice, instruments, dance, and literary tradition. 1276. Gaston, Anne-Marie. 1997. Krishna’s Musicians: Musicians and Music Making in the Temples of Nathdvara, Rajasthan. New Delhi: Manohar. 358 p., bibliog., diagr., gloss., map, photos., tables. ISBN 817304161X. ML3197 .G37 1997

Books

245

A study of the religious rituals of Nathdvara musicians in Rajasthan, India. Gaston considers the history, religious practices, the musicians, and their social environment. 1277. Hansen, Kathryn. 1992. Grounds for Play: The Nautanki Theatre of North India. Berkeley: University of California Press. xvii, 367 p., bibliog. ISBN 0520072731. PN2884.5.N38 H36 1992 Explores the social values and moral codes expressed in nautanki, a form of HindiUrdu popular theater of the nineteenth century. Hansen offers a feminist critique of the genre and discusses the form’s music, poetry, and thematic content and its social significance. 1278. Jackson, William J. 1991. Tyagaraja, Life and Lyrics. Delhi; New York: Oxford University Press. xvii, 394 p., bibliog., illus., map. ISBN 0195628128. ML410.T98 J3 1991 On Tyagaraja (1767–1847) Vaishnavite musician-saint from South India whose Telugu kritis and kirtanas are sung today. His life is discussed in the social and cultural context of Thanjavur and of nineteenth-century India. 1279. Kassam, Tazim R. 1995. Songs of Wisdom and Circles of Dance: Hymns of the Satpanth Isma’ili Muslim Saint, Pir Shams. McGill Studies in the History of Religions. Albany: State University of New York Press. xvi, 424 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 0791425916; 0791425924 (pbk). PK2978.E5 K37 1995 Kassam focuses on the ginans (hymns or devotional poems) that play a unique role as repositories for the collective memory of the Satpanth community. She focuses on important role the devotional poems play in the religious life of the Nizari Isma ili community today. 1280. Lutgendorf, Philip. 1991. The Life of a Text: Performing the Ramcaritmanas of Tulsidas. Berkeley: University of California Press. xvi, 469 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 0520066901. PK1947.9.T83 R33326 1991 A portrait of a North Indian community’s interaction the epic Ramcaritmanas of Tulsidas, a sixteenth-century epic retelling of the Ramayana. Using fieldwork in Banaras, Lutgenorf details the varied oral performances that include ceremonial recitation, singing, oral exegesis, and theatrical representation. 1281. Mallikarjuna Sarma, Akella. 1992. Permutative Genius in Tala (Prastam) in Indian Music. Hyderabad, India: Telugu University. xxxix, 238 p. ISBN. ML338 .M345 1992 On musical meter and rhythm in the Karnatak tradition. 1282. Manuel, Peter Lamarche. 1993. Cassette Culture: Popular Music and Technology in North India. Chicago Studies in Ethnomusicology. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. xix, 302 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 0226503992; 0226504018 (pbk.). ML3502.I4 M36 1993 An account of the role of cassettes in India during the 1980s and its impact on the popular music industry. This study represents an early study of the affects of technology on both local culture as well as the global music industry. 1283. Maskarinec, Gregory G. 1995. The Rulings of the Night: An Ethnography of Nepalese Shaman Oral Texts. Madison, Wis.: University of Wisconsin Press. xi, 276 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 0299144909; 0299144941 (pbk.). BL2033.5.S52 M37 1995 An ethnographic study of Nepali shamanic prayers, focusing especially on the relationship between language and ritual. Demonstrates how a carefully designed

Ethnomusicology

246

relationship between lyric, lyrical meaning, and social well-being is at the heart of shamanic tradition in that region. 1284. Miner, Allyn. 1993. Sitar and Sarod in the 18th and 19th Centuries. Intercultural Music Studies, 5. Wilhelmshaven, Germany; New York: R Noetzel; C.F.Peters Corp. 265 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 3795906660. ML533 .M55 1993 Using written, oral, and visual sources, Miner traces the early history of the North Indian sitar and sarod. Includes bibliography and index. Published also by Motilal Banarsidass in Delhi in 1997. 1285. Nath, Madhu Natisar, and Ann Grodzins Gold. 1992. A Carnival of Parting: The Tales of King Bharthari and King Gopi Chand as Sung and Told by Madhu Natisar Nath of Ghatiyali, Rajasthan. Berkeley: University of California Press. xx, 368 p., bibliog., map, photos. ISBN 0520075358; 0520075331 (pbk). GR305.5.R3 N38 1992 Based on fieldwork in Rajasthan in 1979–1981, Gold describes contact with Madhu Natisar Nath, his life history, locating his stories and variants in the Hindu tradition, and describing the Naths as a social and cultural group. Includes a translation of the performance from Rajasthani with annotations. 1286. Pacholczyk, Józef M. 1996. Sufyana Musiqi: The Classical Music of Kashmir. Intercultural Music Studies, vol. 9. Berlin: Verlag für Wissenschaft und Bildung. 261 p., bibliog., illus., music.+1 compact disc. ISBN 3861356406. ML3197 .P33 1996 An ethnographic study of the vocal ensemble music of the Sufis in Kashmir. This music, connected to Muslim mystical tradition, is performed in both religious and secular contexts. The study provides description and analysis of the tradition, including repertoire, musical construction, and performance contexts. Includes a catalog of 47 maqam suites in use in the 1970s and 1980s. 1287. Richmond, Farley P., Darius L.Swann, and Phillip B.Zarrilli, ed. 1990. Indian Theatre: Traditions of Performance. Honolulu: University of Hawaii Press. xiv, 487 p., bibliog., illus., maps. ISBN 0824811909; 0824813227 (pbk.). PN2881 .I53 1990 This study covers classical, ritual, devotional, folk-popular, dance drama, and modern theater traditions in all regions of India except Assam, Karnataka, and Kashmir. Contents: The Classical Tradition and Its Predecessors: Origins of Sanskrit Theatre; Characteristics of Sanskrit Theatre and Drama; Kutiyattam/Farley P.Richmond—The Ritual Traditions: Teyyam/Wayne Ashley and Regina Holloman. Ayyappan Tiyatta/ Phillip B.Zarrilli—The Devotional Traditions: Ras Lila; Ram Lila/ Darius L.Swann— The Folk-Popular Traditions: Nautanki/Darius L.Swann. Tamasha/Tevia Abrams— Dance-Dramas and Dramatic Dances: Kathakali/Phillip B.Zarrilli. Chau/Andrew Tsubaki and Farley P. Richmond—The Traditions of Modern Theatre: Characteristics of the Modern Theatre/Farley P.Richmond. 1288. Rowell, Lewis Eugene. 1992. Music and Musical Thought in Early India. Chicago Studies in Ethnomusicology. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. xvii, 409 p., bibliog., gloss., illus., music. ISBN 0226730328 0226730336 (pbk.). MT6.R87 M9 1992 A study the philosophy, theory, and aesthetics of early Indian music and musical ideology from Vedic times to the thirteenth century. 1289. Singh, Shanta Serbjeet, ed. 2000. Indian Dance: The Ultimate Metaphor. Paris; Hong Kong; Chicago: Ravi Kumar; Artemisia Ltd.; Art Media Ltd. 257 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 187852965X.GV1693 .148 2000

Books

247

Eleven essays on traditional and contemporary dance and its related practices. Contents: Dance: The Ultimate Metaphor for the Indian View of Reality/Shanta Serbjeet Singh—Bharat Natyam/K.S.Srinivasan—Kathak/Manjara Sinha—Mohiniattam/Kavalam Narayana Panikkar—Kalarippayattu and Kathakali/Phillip B.Zarrilli—Kuchipudi/Sunil Kothari—Odissi/Jiwan Pani—Manipuri/Darshana Jhaveri—Masks/M.L. Varadpande— Kathak: In Stone and Manuscript/R.Srivastava—The Art of Tabla/Sudhir Kumar Saxena. 1290. Smith, John D. 1991. The Epic of Pabuji: A Study, Transcription, and Translation. Cambridge, U.K.; New York: Cambridge University Press. xiii, 512 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 0521395364. PK2708.2.S65 1991 Examines the Pabuji oral epic, recounting the story of this medieval Rajput hero of Rajasthan who today residents worship as protection from illfortune. Smith provides information on the music and the cloth paintings that illustrate the epic, on transmission and performance of the narrative, on the historicity of the hero, and on his status as a Hindu god. Includes a complete transcription of the epic and a full English translation. 1291. Thielemann, Selina. 1998. Sounds of the Sacred: Religious Music in India. New Delhi: A.P.H.Publishers. ii, 126 p., bibliog., music. ISBN 8170249902. ML3197 .T55 1998 A compilation of lectures and short essays on music in the contexts of different religions in India. Topics include the Bauls of Bengal, Vaisnava temple music and rasalila theater of Vraja, and the dhrupad genre in Hindustani music. 1292. Thielemann, Selina. 1999. The Music of South Asia. New Delhi: A.P.H.Publishers. v, 690 p., bibliog., gloss., music. ISBN 8176480576. ML330. T54 1999 Collection of lectures on South Asian music delivered in 1998 at the Institute of Musicology, University of Innsbruck. Offers a general introduction to the field of South Asian cultural tradition. In the first part, Thielemann introduces the basic theoretical structures of Indian music as well as its historical development, performance practice, and instruments. The second part focuses on religious and regional traditions. 1293. Tingey, Carol. 1994. Auspicious Music in a Changing Society: The Damâi Musicians of Nepal. SOAS Musicology Series, vol. 2. London: School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London. xvii, 284 p., bibliog., illus., music. ISBN 0728602202. ML3758.N43 T5 1994 On the music of the Demâi, an occupational caste in Nepal. Tingey provides information on their history, the musical instruments, and a detailed study of their music. 1294. Wade, Bonnie C. 1998. Imaging Sound: An Ethnomusicological Study of Music, Art, and Culture in Mughal India. Chicago Studies in Ethnomusicology. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. lvi, 276 p., bibliog., illus., maps. ISBN 0226868400; 0226868419 (pbk.). ML338 .W318 1998 Wade uses methodolodies from ethnomusicology and art history to study musicmaking illustrated in illuminated mansucripts and miniature paintings of Mughal India. She focuses on musical instruments and ensembles and the depicted performance practice, and addresses issues of power, politics, and social change. 1295. Weisethaunet, Hans. 1998. The Performance of Everyday Life: The Gaine of Nepal. Oslo, Norway: Faculty of Arts University of Oslo, Scandinavian University Press. vi, 342 p., bibliog. ISBN 8200129918. ML345.N46 W45 1998

Ethnomusicology

248

Weisethaunet provides an ethnographic study of Gaine musicians, an itinerant group in rural and urban Nepal. He explores their lives, the vocal and instrumental music, and their stories that reveal aspects of identity and social change. 1296. Widdess, Richard. 1995. The Ragas of Early Indian Music: Modes, Melodies, and Musical Notations from the Gupta Period to c. 1250. Oxford Monographs on Music. Oxford; New York: Clarendon Press; Oxford University Press. xvii, 429 p., bibliog., illus., maps, music, photos., tables. ISBN 0193154641. ML338.2 .W5 1995 Based on his 1981 doctoral dissertation, Widdes’s work provides a detailed study of the early history and development of Indian classical music focusing on the raga system, the melodic basis for musical composition and improvisation. 1297. Woodfield, lan. 2000. Music of the Raj: A Social and Economic History of Music in Late Eighteenth-Century Anglo-Indian Society. New York: Oxford University Press. xvi, 274 p., bibliog. ISBN 0198164335. ML338.3 .W66 2000 A history of music in daily life in the late-eighteenth-century India based on unpublished Anglo-Indian correspondence. Asia: Southeast Asia 1298. Buenconsejo, José S. 2002. Songs and Gifts at the Frontier: Person and Exchange in the Agusan Manobo Possession Ritual, Philippines. Current Research in Ethnomusicology, vol. 4. New York: Routledge. xix, 424 p., bibliog., illus., maps. ISBN 0415941245. DS666.M34 B84 2002 An examination of the unaccompanied song traditions of the Manobo, an indigenous Philippine group. Buenconsejo explores the relationship between the Manobo and the immigrants in the region and investigates the changing contexts and ideas about exchange and reciprocity and their relationship to expressive culture. 1299. Lockard, Craig A. 1998. Dance of Life: Popular Music and Politics in Southeast Asia. Honolulu: University of Hawaii Press. xix, 390 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 0824818482; 0824819187 (pbk.). ML3502.A785 L6 1998 Explores the connections between popular music and politics in Southeast Asia, focuslng on Indonesia, the Philippines, Thailand, and Malaysia. Lockard is primarily interested in the historical frameworks of musical and cultural developments since the middle of the twentieth century. 1300. Miettinen, Jukka O. 1992. Classical Dance and Theatre in South-East Asia. Singapore; New York: Oxford University Press. xx, 175 p., bibliog., photos. ISBN 0195885953. PN2860 .M538 1992 An introduction to dance, theater, and puppet theater of Burma, Thailand, Java, Bali, Cambodia, Laos, Malaysia, and Vietnam. This study focuses primarily on actively performed classical traditions in these regions. 1301. Myers-Moro, Pamela. 1993. Thai Music and Musicians in Contemporary Bangkok. Berkeley: Centers for South and Southeast Asia Studies, University of California at Berkeley. xiii, 271 p., bibliog., photos. ISBN 0944613209; 0944613187. ML345.T5 M9 1993 Ethnographic study of music, musicians, and musical performance in Thailand based on fieldwork conducted in 1985 and 1986. Myers-Moro discusses elements of music,

Books

249

instruments and ensembles, social organization of musicians, religious cosmology, and the role of music in Thai society. 1302. Ness, Sally Ann. 1992. Body, Movement, and Culture: Kinesthetic and Visual Symbolism in a Philippine Community. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press. xii, 292 p., bibliog. ISBN 0812231104; 0812213831. GV1796.S57 N47 1992 Based on fieldwork in Cebu City, Philippines, during the 1980s, Ness uses observation, performer interpretation, and personal experience to examine the sinulog dance and how it is reflective of cultural patterns. 1303. Singer, Noel F. 1992. Burmese Puppets. Singapore; New York: Oxford University Press. xii, 98 p., bibliog., illus., map. ISBN 0195885899. PN1978.B85 S56 1992 Describes puppetry, puppet-making, the traditions observed by members of a puppet troupe, the roles of the vocalist and manipulator, and puppetry’s influence on Burmese dance, crafts, and literature. 1304. Singer, Noel F. 1995. Burmese Dance and Theatre. Images of Asia. Kuala Lampur; New York: Oxford University Press. xii, 94 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 9676530867. GV1703.B95 S46 1995 Traces the history of dance and theatre in Burma in the courts and villages, and describes dances, drama, and music that evolved as a result of the country’s cultural and religious mix and its changing political climate. 1305. Trân, Van Khê. 1996. Musique du Viêt-Nam. 2d ed. Les Traditions Musicales. Paris: Buchet/Chastel. 239 p., bibliog., music, tables. ISBN 2702016375. ML345.V5 T725 1996 A study of Vietnamese music that includes information on history, musical genres, aesthetics, and musical instruments. Provides a general survey of Vietnamese music history and aesthetics, folk and classical instruments and their origins, and traditional and popular musical genres. 1306. Wong, Deborah Anne. 2001. Sounding the Center: History and Aesthetics in Thai Buddhist Performance. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. xxiv, 348 p., bibliog., illus.+1 compact disc. ISBN 0226905853:0226905861 (pbk.). GN635.T4 W66 2001 A study of classical music and dance in Bangkok, Thailand. Wong focuses on the ritual that honors teachers of music and dance, providing detailed descriptions of performance practice and discussing the connections among teachers, musical knowledge, and performance that is at the foundation of classical court arts. Asia: Southeast Asia: Indonesia 1307. Arps, Bernard, ed. 1993. Performance in Java and Bali: Studies of Narrative, Theatre, Music, and Dance. London: School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London. xi, 244 p., bibliog., charts, diagrs., facsims., music, transcr. ISBN 0728602172. PN2901 .P47 1993 Selected papers from a symposium held at the London-based School of Oriental and African Studies (SOAS) in 1990 on performing arts of Java and Bali. Contents: Po-té-hi: The Chinese Glove-Puppet Theatre in East Java/Victoria M.Clara Van Groenendael— The Seblang and Its Music: Aspects of an East Javanese Fertility Rite/Paul A.Wolbers— Jaipongan: The Making of a New Tradition/Jean Hellwig—Character Types and

Ethnomusicology

250

Movement Styles in Traditional Javanese Theatre/Clara BrakelPapenhuijzen—Dance Drama (Wayang Wong) and Politics at the Court of Sultan Hamengkubuwana III (1812– 14) of Yogyakarta/Peter Carey—Traditional Balinese Performing Arts as Yajnya/Martin Ramstedt—Golék Ménak and Tayuban: Patronage and Professionalism in Two Spheres of Central Javanese Culture/Felicia Hughes-Freeland—Semang and Seblang: Thoughts on Music, Dance, and the Sacred in Ceritral and East Java/ R.Anderson Sutton—Sung Epic Narrative and Lyrical Songs: Carita Pantun and Tembang Sunda/Wim van Zanten— Co-ordination Between Music and Language in Balinese Shadow-Play, with Emphasis on Wayang Gambuh/ Tilman Seebass—The Dramatic Principles of Javanese Narrative Temple Reliefs/Edi Sedyawati—Sléndro and Pélog in India?/Richard Widdess—Notes on the Acoustics and Tuning of Gamelan Instruments/Albrecht Schneider and Andreas E.Beurmann—Rassers’s Cornparison of the Panji Tales to The Tempest: An Early Case of Anthropology of Performing Arts/ Kees P.Epskamp. 1308. Bakan, Michael B. 1999. Music of Death and New Creation: Experiences in the World of Balinese Gamelan Beleganjur. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. xxii, 384 p., bibliog., music, photos, tables+1 compact disc. ISBN 0226034879; 0226034887 (pbk.). ML345.I5 B35 1999 This study explores the role of the gamelan beleganjur percussion orchestra in the contemporary social life on the island of Bali. Bakan uses his experience as a beleganjur drummer to examine traditional pedagogy and reflexive learning. To examine musical identity, he focuses on modern competitions that have become a popular forum for beleganjur performance. 1309. Bandem, I.Made, and Fredrik Eugene DeBoer. 1995. Balinese Dance in Transition: Kaja and Kelod. 2d ed. Kuala Lampur, Malaysia; New York: Oxford University Press. xviii, 162 p., bibliog., maps, photos. ISBN 9676530719. GV1703.I532 B34322 1995 An updated edition of a history of Balinese dance originally published in 1981 as Kaja and Kelod. The authors provide a general introduction to the subject, covering sacred and secular forms. They provide descriptive and analytical information on many dance forms and discuss changes that have occurred since the middle of the twentieth century. 1310. Basset, Catherine. 1995. Musiques de Bali a Java: l’ordre et la fête. Arles, France: Cité de la musique: Actes sud. 178 p., bibliog., discog., gloss., illus. + 1 compact disc. ISBN 2742705023. ML345.I5 B39 1995 A survey of the music of Bali and Java that concentrates on musical forms, repertoires, and instrumentation, but also discusses the relationship between music and religion. 1311. Brakel-Papenhuijzen, Clara. 1992. The Bedhaya Court Dances of Central Java. Leiden, Netherlands; New York: EJ.Brill. xvi, 349 p., bibliog., photos. ISBN 9004094245. GV1703.I532 J382 1992 This study provides background information on bedhaya and srimpi dances in Surakarta and Yogyakarta in Central Java. The author discusses the music, dance, and dance notation connected to bedhaya dances. 1312. Brinner, Benjamin Elon. 1995. Knowing Music, Making Music: Javanese Gamelan and the Theory of Musical Competence and Interaction. Chicago Studies in Ethnomusicology. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. xxiv, 363 p., bibliog., charts, diagr., discog., gloss., music, photos. ISBN 0226075095; 0226075109 (pbk.). ML3838. B76 1995

Books

251

A history of the Javanese gamelan with a reassessment of current theories of the music, including performative musical cognition and different cultural, social, and musical conditions that define musical competence. 1313. Heimarck, Brita Renée. 2002. Balinese Discourses on Music and Modernization: Village Voices and Urban Views. Current Research in Ethnomusicology, 5. New York; London: Routledge. 304 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 041594208X.ML345.I57 Heimarck explores the impact of modernization on traditional practice through an examination of musical discourse in Bali. Her material is derived from oral and written information gathered during fieldwork in the 1980s and 1990s from by musicians and dalangs (shadow play puppeteers) in the village of Sukawati, and teachers, administrators, and students at a college of arts in Denpasar. 1314. Herbst, Edward. 1997. Voices in Bali: Energies and Perceptions in Vocal Music and Dance Theater. Hanover, N.H.: University Press of New England. xxvii, 198 p., bibliog., gloss., music, photos+1 compact disc. ISBN 0819563161; 0819563196 (pbk). ML3758.I53 H47 1997 A reflexive exploration of Balinese aesthetics and performance theory based on fieldwork in Bali in 1972, 1980–1981, and 1992. Herbst discusses the concept of désa kala patra (place-time-context) and applies it to discussions of the generation of vocal and dance-drama performances. 1315. Iyer, Alessandra. 1998. Prambanan: Sculpture and Dance in Ancient Java: A Study in Dance Iconography. Bangkok: White Lotus. xii, 211 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 9748434125. GV1703.I532 J385 1998 A study of the dance reliefs of the ninth century A.D. temple of Siwa at the Prambanan complex in central Java. The author examines each of the 62 reliefs and identifies them as representations of the karana (dance movement units) of the Natyasastra. 1316. Kartomi, Margaret J. 2002. The Gamelan Digul and the Prison Camp Musician Who Built It: An Australian Link with the Indonesian Revolution. Eastman Studies in Music. Rochester, N.Y.: University of Rochester. xxi, 123 p., bibliog., illus.+1 compact disc. ISBN 1580460887. ML1251.I53 2002 Biographical study of Pontjopangrawit (1893-ca.l965) an Indonesian court musician and political activist who built a gamelan Digul of found materials in a Dutch East Indes prison camp where he was being held for participating in the movement to free Indonesia from Dutch rule. The gamelan was later transported to Australia where it generated support for Indonesia’s independence. 1317. Kuipers, Joel Corneal. 1990. Power in Performance: The Creation of Textual Authority in Weyewa Ritual Speech. University of Pennsylvania Press Conduct and Communication Series. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press. xxvi, 198 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 0812282450. DS632.W48 K85 1990 Among the Weyewa of the eastern Indonesian island of Sumba, spokesmen seek to inscribe their traditions and sacred obligations through ritual speaking performances. In a series of lively poetic dialogues, performers use a distinctive couplet style to pursue the trail of their ancestors. 1318. Kunst, Jaap. 1994. Indonesian Music and Dance: Traditional Music and Its Interaction with the West:A Compilation of Articles (1934–1952) Originally Published in Dutch. Amsterdam: Royal Tropical Institute Tropenmuseum: University of Amsterdam

Ethnomusicology

252

Ethnomusicology Centre “Jaap Kunst.” 273 p., bibliog., discog., map, music, photos. ISBN 9068322400. ML345.I5 K86 1994 Translation of the early writings of Jaap Kunst (1891–1960) that address music and dance traditions in Indonesia. Introductory material on the life and works of Jaap Kunst written by Ernst Heins, Elisabeth den Otter, and Felix van Lamsweerde. Includes an inventory and description of field recordings from the 1930s and an annotated bibliography of published and unpublished writings of Jaap Kunst. Co-produced by the Jaap Kunst Ethnomusicological Centre, University of Amsterdam. 1319. Lindsay, Jennifer. 1992. Javanese Gamelan: Traditional Orchestra of Indonesia. 2d ed. Images of Asia. Singapore; New York: Oxford University Press. vii, 76 p., bibliog., discog., illus., maps, photos. ISBN 0195885821. ML1251.I53 L56 1992 A guide to the instruments of Javanese gamelan ensembles (history, construction, and tuning), with brief remarks on the structure of Javanese music and some of the contexts in which it is performed. 1320. Schaareman, Danker, ed. 1992. Balinese Music in Context: A Sixty-Fifth Birthday Tribute to Hans Oesch. Forum Ethnomusicologicum. Basler Studien Zur Ethnomusikologie; Bd. 4. Winterthur, Switzerland: Amadeus. 353 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 3905049511. ML345.I5 A collection of essays that focus on the sociocultural context of the performing arts in Bali. Contents: Status Relationships in the Performing Arts of Bali/Annette Sanger— The Performance, Context, and Meaning of Balinese Music in Lombok/David Harnish— Indonesian Cultural Policy in Relation to the Development of Balinese Performing Arts/Martin Ramstedt—Pepaosan: Challenges and Change/Raechelle Rubinstein—The Voice of Batara Bagus Selonding: Music and Rituals of Tenganan Pageringsingan/Urs Ramseyer; translated by Cressida Joyce—Articulating Rituals: The Use of Ritual Music in Selat (Karangasem)/Kiyoshi Nakamura—The Shining of the Deity: Selunding Music of Tatulingga (Karangasem) and Its Ritual Use/Danker Schaareman—Slèndro-Pélog and the Conceptualisation of Balinese Music: Remarks on the Gambuh Tone System/ Karl Richter—Kindung Metres and the Interpretation of the Malat/Adrian Vickers—Musical Expression in the Wayang Repertoire: A Bridge Between Narrative and Ritual/Lisa Gold—The Arja Theater: Vocal and Instrumental/Wayan Dibia—Gamelan Semar Pagulingan: Court Music in Transition/ Nyoman Wenten—The Gong Kebyar Style of Pinda, Gianyar/Dieter Mack. 1321. Skog, Inge. 1993. North Borneo Gongs and the Javanese Gamelan: Studies in Southeast Asian Gong Traditions. Studier i musikvetenskap/Studies in Musicology, 2. Stockholm: Stockholms Universitet. 201 p., bibliog., music. ISBN 9197206318. ML1039.S56 N6 A two-part study that describes gong music traditions of a village in north Borneo, focusing specifically on the kulintangan, a single-row gong-chime. The author discusses the history and derivation of the practices and suggests that historical research indicates a relationship between Javanese and Borneo traditions during the last few centuries. 1322. Sumarsam. 1995. Gamelan: Cultural Interaction and Musical Development in Central Java. Chicago Studies in Ethnomusicology. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. xviii, 350 p., bibliog., music. ISBN 0226780104; 0226780112 (pbk.). ML345.I5 S86 1995

Books

253

A detailed study of the music of Java and the development of the gamelan from its origin in the twelfth century to contemporary practice. Sumarsam considers the ensemble’s musical organization as a product of its complex social history. 1323. Sutton, R.Anderson. 1991. Traditions of Gamelan Music in Java: Musical Pluralism and Regional Identity. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press. xxii, 291 p., bibliog., discog., illus., photos. ISBN 0521361532. ML1251.I53 S93 1991 An examination of the distinctive performance repertoires, styles, and techniques of Javanese gamelan traditions in Surakarta and Yogyakarta, as well as regional traditions of Banyumas, Semarang, and East Java. Sutton also considers the impact of the government and mass media on these traditions. 1324. Sutton, R.Anderson. 1993. Variation in Central Javanese Gamelan Music: Dynamics of a Steady State. Monograph Series on Southeast Asia. DeKalb: Northern Illinois University. vi, 289 p., bibliog., discog., illus., music. ISBN 1877979783. ML1251.I53 S94 1993 An exploration of the process of musical variation and its role in the composition, structure, and performance of Javanese gamelan music. 1325. Tenzer, Michael. 1998. Balinese Music. Rev. and updated ed. Hong Kong; North Clarendon, Vt.: Periplus Eds. Ltd.; Charles E.Tuttle. 143 p., bibliog., discog., gloss., music, photos. ISBN 9625931694 (pbk.). ML345.I5 An updated edition of a 1991 publication introducing the different traditions of the Balinese gamelan. Introductory information on repertoire, social and religious contexts for performance, musical instrument, musical structure is provided. 1326. Tenzer, Michael. 2000. Gamelan Gong Kebyar: The Art of TwentiethCentury Balinese Music. Chicago Studies in Ethnomusicology. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. xxv, 492 p., bibliog., charts, diagr., gloss., illus., music, maps+2 sound discs. ISBN 0226792811. ML1251.I53 T46 2000 A study of gamelan gong kebyar, a popular twentieth-century music genre of Bali. Tenzer presents information on history and social practice and provides analytical information in kebyar, including tuning, scale, and instrumentation; melody and figuration; drumming and meter; and form and composition. Places music in a global context with comparisons other nonIndonesian genres, including jazz, Western chamber music, and symphonic repertoire. 1327. Williams, Sean. 2001. The Sound of the Ancestral Ship: Highl and Music of West Java. Oxford; New York: Oxford University Press. xii, 276 p., bibliog., discog., music, photos+1 compact disc. ISBN 0195141547; 0195141555 (pbk.). ML3758.I53 W55 2001 Examines musical performance of urban Sundanese of West Java who use the tembang Sunda ensemble, consisting of voice, zithers and bamboo flute, to recall the rural past of their ancestors. Identifies significant relationships between urban and rural residents, women and men, and upper, middle, and lower classes.

Ethnomusicology

254

Asia: Southeast Asia: Malaysia 1328. Laderman, Carol. 1991. Taming the Wind of Desire: Psychology, Medicine, and Aesthetics in Malay Shamanistic Performance. Comparative Studies of Health Systems and Medical Care. Berkeley: University of California Press. xvi, 366 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 0520069161. DS595 .L33 1991 A study of healing ceremonies of the Malay people based on participant observation. Laderman idenitifes the performative aspects of the Malay seance, considering contexts and well as the belief systems behind the rituals. 1329. Matusky, Patricia Ann. 1993. Malaysian Shadow Play and Music: Continuity of an Oral Tradition. South-East Asian Social Science Monographs. Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia; New York: Oxford University Press. xii, 149 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 9676530484. ML1751.M4 M35 1993 An overview of Malaysian wayang kulit (shadow puppet play), using interviews and field recordings from Kelantan. Matusky discusses performance practice, musical instruments, performers, and style, and provides examples of the function of musical sound in the drama. 1330. Mohd. Anis Md, Nor. 1993. Zapin, Folk Dance of the Malay World. SouthEast Asian Social Science Monographs. Singapore; New York: Oxford University Press. xxiv, 166 p., bibliog., dance not., maps, music, photos. ISBN 0195885988. GV1796.Z34 M64 1993 Examines the historical evolution of the zapin dance, a genre introduced into Peninsular Malaysia by Arab communities before the fourteenth century. Focus is on the development of the form from a regional to a national genre and how this is linked to Malaysian identity in the late twentieth century. 1331. Roseman, Marina. 1991. Healing Sounds from the Malaysian Rainforest: Temiar Music and Medicine. Berkeley: University of California Press. xvii, 233 p., bibliog., discog. ISBN 0520066820. DS595.2.S3 R67 1991 A study of the use of ritual song in healing among the Senoi Temiar, residents of the rainforest in peninsular Malaysia. Based on fieldwork in the 1980s, Roseman’s work investigates the diverse genres, gender dynamics, and the interrelationship of dreams, ritual forms, and Temiar social interactions. 1332. Sarkissian, Margaret. 2000. D’Albuquerque’s Children: Performing Tradition in Malaysia’s Portuguese Settlement. Chicago Studies in Ethnomusicology. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. xiii, 219 p., bibliog., illus., map. ISBN 0226734986; 0226734994 (pbk.). DS599.M3 S27 2000 Sarkissian documents the Portuguese traditions of the Eurasian minority in Malaysia showing the evolution of contemporary practices that originally were believed to have been handed down over several centuries were actually established in the 1950s. Her study demonstrates the strategic movement of a literate tradition to an oral form among the younger residents to benefit their community. 1333. Tan, Sooi Beng. 1993. Bangsawan: A Social and Stylistic History of Popular Malay Opera. South-East Asian Social Science Monographs. Singapore; New York: Oxford University Press. xxiii, 261 p., bibliog., illus., map. ISBN 0195885996. ML175LM4 T34 1993

Books

255

Traces stylistic changes of Bangsawan, a popular urban theater form in Malaysia, from the late nineteenth century to the 1980s, linking these changes to social and political transformations in Malaysian society. Europe 1334. Baumann, Max Peter, ed. 2000. Music, Language, and Literature of the Roma and Sinti. Intercultural Music Studies, 11. Berlin: VWB Verlag für Wissenschaft und Bildung. 528 p., bibliog., illus., music. ISBN 3861356422. ML3580.1 .M87 2000 A collection of essays presenting case studies to stress the cultural diversity and social significance of Roma and Sinti. Contents: “Wie die Zigeuner”—Zur Geschichte des Antiziganismus von Luther bis Himmler/ Wolfgang Wippermann—The Meaning of the Fable in Gypsy Cultural Tradition/Mirella Karpati—Camelamos naquerar—Wir wollen sprechen. Eine Konstante in der Theaterarbeit und im literarischen Schaffen von Roma und Sinti/Beate Eder—A.Die Literatur der Roma. Ein Überblick/Bertolt Bengsch— Bilder, Stereotype und Vorurteile über Roma und ihre Reflexion in der Folklore/Eva Krekovicová—Multikulti—Von den Roma seit alters vorgelebt, von den Deutschen jüngst als Neuwort erfunden/Reimar Gilsenbach—Kontinuität und Wandel. Der Stellenwert von Sprache und Musik bei Roma und Sinti in Österreich/Dieter W.Halwachs, Mozes F.Heinschink, und Christiane Fennesz-Juhasz—Musik und Tanz/Rajko Djuric—Wir gehen die Wege ohne Grenzen…—Zur Musik der Roma und Sinti/Max Peter Baumann—Die Musik der Roma und Sinti in der Mehrheitsgesellschaft. Funktionen, Stile und Chancen/Oskar Elschek—Die “Yiftoi” und die Musik in Griechenland—Rolle und Funktion/Rudolf Maria Brandl—Grenzstile der Roma-Musik zwischen Orient und Okzident/ Ursula Reinhard—Music and Power: Gender and Performance among Roma (Gypsies) of Skopje, Macedonia/Carol Silverman—Gypsies, Music, and Politics in the Balkans: A Case Study from Kosovo/Svanibor Pettan—Our Music Versus the Music of Others/Speranta Radulescu—Gypsy Musicians in Transylvania: Changing Lifestyles, Changing Status/ Ann Buckley—Gypsy Dance Style as Marker of Ethnic Identity/Anca Giurchescu—Zigeunermusikanten in Ungarn/Bálint Sárosi—Roma or Boyash Identity? The Music of the “Ard’elan” Boyashes in Hungary/ Katalin Kovalcsik—Bi-musicality and the Hungarian Vlach Gypsies. Learning to Sing and Dance as an Ethnomusicological Research Tool/ Irén Kertész-Wilkinson—Ando Drom—Auf dem Weg. Die Rolle der traditionellen Musik im Prozeß der politischen Anerkennung der Roma in Osterreich/Ursula Hemetek—Roma im Spiegelbild europäischer Kunstmusik/Max Peter Baumann—Die Kunst des Flamenco und die andalusischen Gitanos/Faustino Núnez—Life Patterns, Hazards and Ascendancies: Gypsies, Tinkers and Travellers in Great Britain and Ireland/Paul Nixon—“Immer treffe ich auf das, was ich nicht bin…”—Zur Musik der Roma und Sinti auf dem Weg der Geschichte/Max Peter Baumann—Bibliographie zur Musik der Roma und Sinti/Patrizia Lenz, Lujza Tari, Max Peter Baumann. 1335. Hemetek, Ursula, and Emil Lubej, ed. 1996. Echo der Vielfalt: traditionelle Musik von Minderheiten/ethnischen Gruppen=Echoes of diversity: traditional music of ethnic groups/minorities, Vienna; Cologne: Bohlau. 306 p., bibliog., illus., maps, music+1 compact disc. ISBN 320598594X; 3205984994. ML3586 .E26 1996

Ethnomusicology

256

A compilation of essays in German and English that deal with various minority groups and their musical expression. The unifying theme is discrimination and the way cultures deal with issues of interference, acculturation, assimilation and cultural differentiation. Contents: Theorie und Praxis der Erforschung der traditionelle Musik der Minderheiten/Oskar Elschek and Alica Elscheková—“Listening to the Voices of Indigenous Peoples—”: On Traditional Music as Policy in Intercultural Encounters/ Max Peter Baumann—Of Minority Musics, Preservation and Multiculturalism: Some Considerations/Marcello Sorce Keller—The Worlds of the European Jewish Cantorate: A Century in the History of a Minority’s Non-Minority Music/Philip V.Bohlman—“Tune Yourself to Your Roots”: Musikalische Identitätsarbeit/Bernhard Fuchs—“Austrua aroun’ wi, but Africa inna wi”: Die afrikanische Musikszene in Wien: beobachtbare Tendenzen anhand einer ersten Standortbestimmung/Arbeitsgemeinschaft Musikwissenschaft—Musical Intercultural Encounters in Vienna: A Reflection on the Experience Associated with Performance of Ethnic Music of the Black Minority/Filip Lamasisi—Musik der Bosnier im Raum Wien: eine soziokulturelle Studie/Emil H.Lubej—Ein ungarisches Kindertanzhaus in Wien: (Videographische Pilotstudie)/Helga Thiel—Minderheit und Abgeschlossenheit: das Phänomen des blockierten Kulturtransfers anhand der Bringer und Holer in der Geschichte der abendländischen Kunstmusik in Japan/Irene Suchy—Musikalisch-textliche Aspekte deutsch-slowenischer interethnischer Beziehungen im Volkslied des Jauntales/Kärtnen/Engelbert Logar—The Aksak Rhythm as a Fundamental Mark of the Traditional Music of Rumanians in Vojvodina, Yugoslavia, and as a Common Thread with the Rumanian Folklore in Rumania/Nice Fracile—The Influence of Interethnic Conflicts and Alliances on the Patronage and Performance Repertoire of the Rusyn American Folk Ensemble “Slavjane” of McKees Rocks, Pennsylvania/R.Carl Metyl—Zur Volksmusik der Slowaken an der March (Niederösterreich)/Walter Deutsch—Liederkultur der Karpatendeutschen in der Slowakei/Hana Urbancová—Music-Making of Croats Outside Their Mother Country/Jerko Bezic—Liederkultur der Kroaten in der Umgebung von Bratislava im Kontext der westslowakischen Volksliedkultur/Jadranka Horákov—Amateur Theatre Songs of Burgenland Croats (Austria): Towards the Preservation of Ethnic Identity/Ruza Bonifacic—Differences among One’s Own and Similarities with the Other: The Dual Role of Adopted Songs and Texts among Hungarian Vlach Gypsies/ Irén KertészWilkinson—Selling Music: Rom Musicians and the Music Market in Kosovo/Svanibor Pettan—Orientalism, Rom Gypsy, and the Culture at Intersection/Ljerka Rasmussen— Me ka-dzav ko gurbeti—: Klage- und Abschiedslieder mazedonischer RomaMigranten/Christiane Fennesz-Juhasz—ROMA, eine österreichische Volksgruppe: die Rolle der traditionellen Musik im Prozess der Identitätsfindung/Ursula Hemetek. 1336. Jeffery, Peter. 1992. Re-Envisioning Past Musical Cultures: Ethnomusicology in the Study of Gregorian Chant. Chicago Studies in Ethnomusicology. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. ix, 211 p., bibliog. ISBN 0226395790. ML3082 J34 1992 Peter Jeffery offers an approach for understanding how orally transmitted Gregorian chants were created, memorized, performed, and modified. He uses methodologies from musicology as well as ethnomusicology to inform his research on the development of this genre.

Books

257

1337. Ling, Jan. 1997. A History of European Folk Music. Rochester, N.Y.: University of Rochester Press. 249 p., bibliog., illus., music. ISBN 1878822772. ML3580 .L5613 1997 A general introduction to folk music of different parts of Europe. Ling addresses questions regarding relationships among different broadly defined musical categories and explores issues related to song collecting and the popular music industry. Translated from the Swedish by Linda and Robert Schenk. 1338. Reuer, Bruno B., Krista Zach, and Lujza Tari, ed. 1999. Musik im Umbruch: kulturelle Identität und gesellschaftlicher Wandel in Südosteuropa [New Countries, Old Sounds? Cultural Identity and Social Change in Southeastern Europe]. Veröffentlichungen des Südostdeutschen Kulturwerks. Reihe B, Wissenschaftliche Arbeiten, Bd. 85. Munich: Verlag Südostdeutsches Kulturwerk. 408 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 3883561355. ML250.5 .M875 1999 Papers from an international symposium held in Berlin in 1997. Contents: (Ab) Stimmen der Völker in Liedern—Musik bei der Neubelebung der Frömmigkeit in Südosteuropa/Philip V.Bohlman—The Influence of Social Change on the Musical Tradition of the Yugoslav Romanians/ Nice Fracile—Kroaten, Bosnier und Roma als Minderheiten in Österreich/ Ursula Hemetek—The Role of International “Gypsy Music” in the Development of the Ethnic Musical Culture of the Gypsies in Hungary/Katalin Kovalcsik—Influences of Other Peoples’ Music on Eastern Ostyak Folk Songs/Katalin Lázár—Ethnic Groups, Political Borders and Regional Identity in Istria—Slowaken in Slawonien (Kroatien) und Kroaten in der Umgebung von Bratislava (Slowakei). Vergleich der Volksliedtraditionen von zwei ethnischen Gruppen/Jadranka VazanovaHorakova—Musik in Albanien vor und nach der Wende 1991/Bruno B.Reuer—Mediated Albanian Musics and the Imagining of Modernity/Jane C.Sugarman—“Ethnische Säuberung” der traditionellen Musik und Zerfall der multikulturellen Gesellschaft in Bosnien am Beispiel städtischer Musik/Sofija Bajrektarevic—Democracy or “Crazyocracy”? Pirin Folk Music and Sociocultural Change in Bulgaria/Donna A.Buchanan—Zur Situation der bulgarischen Musik nach 1989/Jana Karastojanova—The Revision of Bulgarian Folkloristics and Folk Music Research in the Post-Communist Period (1990–1996)/Timothy Rice—-Über einen neuen Prozeß in der Entwicklung der Volksmusik während der Wandeljahre in Bulgarien/Maria Samokovlieva—Die gemeinschaftsbildende Kraft von Lied, Musik und Tanz in den ungarndeutschen Gemeinden/Erzsébet Hajdú—Probleme und Tendenzen in der Entwicklung der Musikkultur der Schmarzmeerdeutschen / Natalie Köln—The Black-Sea Region Germans and Their Music in Terms of Ethnocultural Development/Sergey Shyp—Modell einer musikalischen Adaptation bei einer ungarischsprachigen Gruppe: Melodien deutschen Ursprungs bei Széklern aus der Bukowina/Lujza Tari—The Ethnic Greek Minority in Albania and Musical Differentiations Since the Opening of the Border/Nikos Dionyssopoulos—Identität im Wandel: Neue Tendenzen in der griechischen Popularmusik/Katerina Pavlakis—Musical Reflections on Politics and War. An Ethnomusicologist in Croatia in the 1990s/Svanibor Pettan—Old Sounds in the Transition Town/Marin Marian Balasa—Siebenbiirgische Volksmusik—Gestern und Heute/István Almási—Die Volksmusik der Moldau-Ungarn/Maria Domokos—Musik und Politik entlang der Donau. Die Musik-geschichten einer bunten europäischen Region/Franz Metz—The Tárogató and Central Eastern Europe/János Pap—Close

Ethnomusicology

258

Relationships Between Pieces in Loannes Caioni’s Manuscripts and Folk Music/Pál Richter—“Mit der Harfe die Dirne beschwert.” Die böhmischen Harfenmädchen des 19. Jahrhunderts/Nancy ThymHochrein—Dokumentation balkanischer Musiktraditionen in Deutschland. Aus den historischen Schallaufnahmen der Preußischen Phonographischen Kommission 1915–1919/Susanne Ziegler. 1339. Ramet, Sabrina P.1994. Rocking the State: Rock Music and Politics in Eastern Europe and Russia. Boulder, Colo.: Westview Press. x, 317 p., bibliog. ISBN 0813317622; 0813317630 (pbk.). ML3534 .R6384 1994 A collection of articles on East-Central European and Russian rock groups and their political impact during the 1980s. Contents: Rock: The Music of Revolution/Sabrina Petra Ramet—Rock Music in the GDR/Olaf Leitner—Big Beat in Poland/Alex Kan and Nick Hayes—Rock Music in Czechoslovakia/Sabrina Petra Ramet—“How Can I Be a Human Being?”/ László Kurti—Shake, Rattle and Self-Management/Sabrina Petra Ramet—The Bulgarian Rock Scene under Communism/Stephen Ashley—The Dean Reed Story/Nick Hayes—The Soviet Rock Scene/Sabrina Petra Ramet, Sergei Zamascikov, and Robert Bird—Rock Music in Belarus/ Maria Paula Survilla—Rock Culture and Rock Music in Ukraine/Romana Bahry. 1340. Slobin, Mark, ed. 1996. Retuning Culture: Musical Changes in Central and Eastern Europe. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press. vi, 310 p., bibliog. ISBN 0822318555; 0822318474 (pbk.). ML240.5 .R48 1996 A series of essays that focus on the shifts in musical cultures of Central and Eastern Europe during the 1970s and 1980s. Contents: Dmitri Pokrovsky and the Russian Folk Music Revival Movement/Theodore Levin—Kundera’s Musical Joke and “Folk” Music in Czechoslovakia, 1948-?/Michael Beckerman—The Aesthetic of the Hungarian Revival Movement/Judit Frigyesi—Lakodalmas Rock and the Rejection of Popular Culture in Post-Socialist Hungary/Barbara Rose Lange—Continuity and Change in Eastern and Central European Traditional Music/Anna Czekanowska—The Southern Wind of Change: Style and the Politics of Identity in Prewar Yugoslavia/Ljerka Vidic Rasmussen—The Ilahiya as a Symbol of Bosnian Muslim National Identity/Mirjana Lausevic—Nationalism on Stage: Music and Change in Soviet Ukraine/Catherine Wanner—The Romanian Revolution of December 1989 and Its Reflection in Musical Folklore/Steluta Popa—The Dialectic of Economics and Aesthetics in Bulgarian Music/Timothy Rice—Wedding Musicians, Political Transition, and National Consciousness in Bulgaria/Donna A.Buchanan—Music and Marginality: Roma (gypsies) of Bulgaria and Macedonia/ Carol Silverman—Change as Confirmation of Continuity as Experienced by Russian Molokans/Margarita Mazo. 1341. Stockmann, Doris, and Jens Henrik Koudal, ed. 1997. Historical Studies on Folk and Traditional Music: ICTM Study Group on Historical Sources of Folk Music: Conference Report, Copenhagen, 24–28 April 1995. Acta Ethnomusicologica Danica, 8. Copenhagen: Danish Folklore Archives; Museum Tusculanum Press. 260 p., bibliogs., maps, music, photos. ISBN 8772894415. ML3580.H57 1997 A series of 22 papers focusing on historical studies of traditional music primarily in Europe, divided into two broad topics: Traditional Music between Urban and Rural Communities around the Baltic, and Music and Working.

Books

259

Europe: Central Europe 1342. Czekanowska, Anna. 1990. Polish Folk Music: Slavonic Heritage, Polish Tradition, Contemporary Trends. Cambridge Studies in Ethnomusicology. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press. xii, 226 p., bibliog., discog., maps, music, photos. ISBN 0521300908. ML3677 .C985 1990 Examines the history and practice of Polish vocal and instrumental folk traditions tracing its background, forms, variants, regional characteristics, and discussing significant social events. 1343. Flam, Gila. 1992. Singing for Survival: Songs of the Lodz Ghetto, 1940–45. Urbana: University of Illinois Press. xv, 207 p., bibliog. ISBN 0252018176. ML3776 .F62 1992 A study of the song repertoire created and performed in the Lódz ghetto of Poland (1940–45) using interviews with survivors and archival data. Flam transcribes and examines specific musical genres and includes biographical information on the interview subjects. An appendix provides transcriptions of the music. 1344. Szemere, Anna. 2001. Up from the Underground: The Culture of Rock Music in Postsocialist Hungary. University Park: Pennsylvania State University Press. xi, 253 p., bibliog. ISBN 0271021322; 0271021330 (pbk.). ML3534 .S97 2001 Szemere shows how the rock music-based underground in Hungary responded to a period of fundamental social change. Focusing on a community of rock musicians of the 1980s and early 1990s, she explores their activities and discourse in the context of the shifting political environment. 1345. Williams, Patrick. 1996. Les tsiganes de Hongrie et leurs musiques. Arles, France: Cité de la musique: Actes sud. 142 p., bibliog., discog., illus. +1 compact disc. ISBN 2742709436. ML3593 .W55 1996 Presents the musics of the various Tziganes of Hungary, describing the music and performance practice of instrumental and vocal traditions. Recordings are from the sound archives of the Institute of Ethnomusicology in Budapest. Europe: Eastern Europe 1346. Bartók, Béla. 1997. Béla Bartók Studies in Ethnomusicology. Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press. xxiii, 295 p. ISBN 0803242476. ML3580 .B37 1997 A collection of lectures and essays by Béla Bartók on East European music dating from 1913 to 1959, selected and edited by Benjamin Suchoff. Among the essays are: “Hungarian Folk Music and the Folk Music of Neighboring Peoples,” with 80 musical examples, “Arab Folk Music,” with 65 musical examples, “Transylvanian Hungarian Folk Music,” with 150 examples. 1347. Cushman, Thomas. 1995. Notes from Underground: Rock Music Counterculture in Russia. SUNY Series in the Sociology of Culture. Albany: State University of New York Press. xxiv, 403 p., bibliog. ISBN 0791425436; 0791425444 (pbk.). ML3534 .C88 1995 A study of the rock music subculture in St. Petersburg, Russia, from the 1960s through the post-Soviet period in the early 1990s. The research focuses on the musicians’ efforts to articulate an identity during a period of social and cultural upheaval.

Ethnomusicology

260

1348. Erdely, Stephen. 1995. Music of Southslavic Epics from the Bihac Region of Bosnia. Milman Parry Studies in Oral Tradition. New York: Garland. vii, 639 p., bibliog., music. ISBN 0815312377. M1720 .M87 1995 Music of South Slavic epics from the Bihac region of Bosnia and Hercegovina transcribed for voice and tambura by Stephen Erdely. The transcriptions are from recordings made in 1934 and 1935, housed in the Milman Parry Collection of Oral Literature at Harvard University. 1349. Ginsburg, Saul M., P.S.Marek, and Dov Noy. 1991. Yiddish Folksongs in Russia. Rev. ed. Ramat Gan, Israel: Bar-Ilan University Press. 481, 91 p., bibliog. ISBN 9652261084. ML54.6 .E95 1991 An anthology of traditional Jewish songs in Yiddish characters and romanized script, with introductions in Russian and Yiddish. Originally published as Evrejskie narodnie piesni v Rossii (Saint Petersburg, 1901). Includes English commentary. 1350. Holton, Milne, and Vasa D.Mihailovich, ed. 1997. Songs of the Serbian People: From the Collections of Vuk Karadzic. Pitt Series in Russian and East European Studies. Pittsburgh, Pa.: University of Pittsburgh Press. xv, 310 p., bibliog. ISBN 0822939525; 0822956098 (pbk.). PG1465 .866 1997 A collection of Serbian epics from Vuk Karadzic’s Narodna srbska pesnarica with commentaries that include historical and cultural context for each song. Edited and translated by Milne Holton and Vasa D.Mihailovich. 1351. Miletich, John S. 1990. The Bugarštica: A Bilingual Anthology of the Earliest Extant South Slavic Folk Narrative Song. Illinois Medieval Monographs, 3. Urbana: University of Illinois Press. xxxix, 339 p., bibliog. ISBN 0252017110. PG1465 .B8 1990 A collection of bugarštica, short narrative songs with refrain, that often deal with heroic deeds in a feudal court atmosphere. Lyrics are in romanized Serbo-Croatian with English translation. 1352. Nixon, Paul. 1998. Sociality, Music, Dance: Human Figurations in a Transylvanian Valley. Skrifter Från Institutionen For Musikvetenskap, Göteborgs Universitet, 34. Göteborg, Sweden: Göteborg University, Department of Musicology. xxvii, 636 p., bibliog., maps, music, photos. ISBN 9185974498. HN644.5 .N596 1998 Based on fieldwork in the Ghirgiu Valley in Romania beginning in 1979, Nixon focuses on the intersection of politics and music, dance and other forms of expressive behavior. He provides historical and social background followed by descriptive data on dance and music that includes information on both performance and social structure. 1353. Pettan, Svanibor, ed. 1998. Music, Politics, and War: Views from Croatia. Zagreb, Croatia: Institute of Ethnology and Folklore Research. 215 p., bibliog., discogs., illus., music+1 compact disc. ISBN 9536020092. ML3611.C76 M87 1998 Collection of essays that offer evidence of the crucial role music plays in wartime. Includes articles on music and politics of conflict in Croatia, and the wider Eastern European sphere from the seventeenth century through the 1990s. 1354. Rasmussen, Ljerka V. 2002. Newly Composed Folk Music of Yugoslavia. Current Research in Ethnomusicology, 1. New York: Routledge. xxxii, 222 p., bibliog., music+1 compact disc. ISBN 0415939666. ML3610 .R37 2002 Examines “novokomponovana narodna muzika,” newly composed folk music, a popular musical form in the former Yugoslavia. Rasmussen traces the development from

Books

261

its emergence after World War II to its role as a successful commercial genre in the 1970s and 1980s. 1355. Rice, Timothy. 1994. May It Fill Your Soul: Experiencing Bulgarian Music. Chicago Studies in Ethnomusicology. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. xxv, 370 p., bibliog., discog., gloss., music, photos+1 compact disc. ISBN 0226711218; 0226711226 (pbk.). ML3602 .R5 1994 An ethnographic account that documents and interprets the history of folk music, song, and dance in Bulgaria from 1920 to 1989. Rice’s study is based on fieldwork from 1969 to 1989, and he uses his experience as participant observer and the focus of a musician family to explore music and dance, traditional learning processes, and social change. 1356. Strajnar, Julijan. 1992. Rozmarin: canti popolari sloveni=slovenske ljudske pesmi=Slovene folk songs. Udine, Italy: Pizzicato. 126 p., illus., music+2 sound cassettes. ISBN 8877363622. ML36H.S62 S77 1992 Transcriptions of folk songs recorded in Slovenia from the 1950s to the 1970s. The songs, principally for 3 to 4 voices, are in Slovenian with English and Italian translations and commentary. The work includes an introduction and addresses folksongs and classical music, style of singing, occasions for folk singing, folk music and folk singing today, then presents transcriptions of 50 songs from 34 locations in the Slovene ethnic territory arranged by region. There are two accompanying cassettes with recordings primarily from 1958 to 1979. 1357. Sugarman, Jane C. 1997. Engendering Song: Singing and Subjectivity at Prespa Albanian Weddings. Chicago Studies in Ethnomusicology. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. xix, 395 p., bibliog., illus., maps+1 compact disc. ISBN 0226779726; 0226779734 (pbk). ML3613 .S93 1997 A study of music in the wedding celebrations among Prespa Albanians both in Macedonia and in diasporic communities in North America. Sugarman uses weddings as a lens through which to examine notions of identity and social order. 1358. Survilla, Maria Paula. 2002. Of Mermaids and Rock Singers: Placing the Self and Constructing the Nation through Belarusan Contemporary Music. Current Research in Ethnomusicology, 2. New York: Routledge. xxxiii, 182 p., bibliog., illus., maps, music +1 compact disc. ISBN 0415940141. ML3499.B38 S87 2002 Survilla explores the construction of a Belarusan identity in the post-Soviet period (1991–1994) through an examination of urban popular music available both live and through the media. 1359. Warner, Elizabeth, and Evgenii S.Kustovskii. 1990. Russian Traditional Folk Song. Hull, U.K.: Hull University Press. x, 120 p., bibliog., illus.+1 sound cassette. ISBN 0859584739. ML3680 .W33 1990 A descriptive study of song in everyday life in rural Russia in historical context. Includes annotated songs texts in Russian with English translation. Europe: Northern Europe 1360. Goertzen, Chris. 1997. Fiddling for Norway: Revival and Identity. Chicago Studies in Ethnomusicology. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. xv, 347 p., bibliog., music, photos. ISBN 0226300498; 0226300501 (pbk.). ML3704 .064 1997

Ethnomusicology

262

A study of a fiddle-based folk revival in Norway. Goertzen traces the history of Norwegian folk music identifying people and events that played a significant role in its development and discussing local regional and national social contexts for fiddling. In a separate section, the study includes transcription and analysis of 127 tunes. 1361. Hauser, Michael. 1992. Traditional Greenlandic Music. Acta Ethnomusicologica Danica, 7. Copenhagen; Sisimuit: Kragen; Ulo. 295 p., bibliog., discog., maps, music,photos., videog. +1 compactdisc. ISBN 8789160010. ML3702.7.G74 H39 1992 Surveys the study of traditional music in Greenland from the eighteenth century to the present through a history of drum-songs or inngerutit. Hauser discusses the changes of the cultural roles of the drum songs in the twentieth century due to the encroachment of European culture. Translated from Danish by Anne Lockhart. 1362. Lippus, Urve. 1995. Linear Musical Thinking: A Theory of Musical Thinking and the Runic Song Tradition of Baltic-Finnish Peoples. Studia Musicologica Universitatis Helsingiensis, 7. Helsinki, Finland: University of Helsinki, Department of Musicology. 169 p., bibliog., illus., music. ISBN 9514569695. ML3681 .L56 1995 Lippus explores the concept of linear musical thinking by focusing on musical structure of the runic song tradition of the Baltic-Finnish peoples. Europe: Southern Europe 1363. Cassar-Pullicino, Guzè, and Charles Camilleri. 1998. Maltese Oral Poetry and Folk Music. Malta: Malta University Publishers. xii, 117 p., bibliog., illus., music. ISBN 9990944180. PJ8450 .C37 1998 A two-part study of Maltese oral poetry and music. Part 1, by Guzé Cassar Pullicino, focuses on the historical development of oral poetry in various social contexts. Part 2, by composer Charles Camilleri, covers ghana and folk music and includes transcriptions of tunes from fieldwork and archival collections. 1364. Cowan, Jane K. 1990. Dance and the Body Politic in Northern Greece. Princeton Modern Greek Studies. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press. xv, 252 p. ISBN 0691094497; 0691028540 (pbk.). GV1588.6 .C69 1990 An ethnographic study of embodiment in a northern Greek town, Cowan’s work explores the expression gender at dance events that portray conflicts related to prestige, position, and reputation. Her study examines dance and related activities in a traditional wedding procession, a formal evening dance, and a private party. 1365. Holst-Warhaft, Gail. 1992. Dangerous Voices: Women’s Laments and Greek Literature. London; New York: Routledge. 227 p., bibliog. ISBN 0415072492. PA3074 .H64 1992 An investigation of the lament focusing on the Greek lament in historical context. Holst-Warhaft identifies the genre as source of power for women who challenged the social order with public displays of grief. 1366. Pennanen, Risto Pekka. 1999. Westernisation and Modernisation in Greek Popular Music. Acta Universitatis Tamperensis; 692. Tampere, Finland: University of Taampere. 203 p., bibliog., music. ISBN 9514446356. ML3499.G8 P46 1999 Pennanen focuses on musical change in Greek music through an exploration of the process of modernization in the region. He uses three case studies that revolve around

Books

263

two popular urban styles, rebetika and laika, to support his thesis that the music was shaped by syncretic elements drawn from regions to the south, west, and east of the country. Europe: Western Europe 1367. Bolle-Zemp, Sylvie. 1992. Le réenchantement de la montagne: aspects du folklore musical en Haute-Gruyère. Mémoires de la Société suisse des traditions populaires, 74. Geneva; Bâle, Switzerland: Georg Editeur; Société suisse des traditions populaires. 203 p., bibliog., illus., music, tables. ISBN 3908122341; 282570377X.GR240 .S3 v.74 A study of the music of Switzerland that identifies the traditions in the context of religious, political, technological, and ideological aspects of everyday life. 1368. Castelo-Branco, Salwael-Shawan, ed. l991. Portugale o mundo: o encontro de culturas na música=Portugal and the World: The Encounter of Cultures in Music. Nova enciclopédia, 54. Lisbon: Publicações Dom Quixote. 605 p., maps, music, photos. ISBN 972201353X.ML317.1 .P67 1997 Revised and expanded versions of papers presented at the 6th International Council for Traditional Music (ICTM) colloquium entitled “Cross-Cultural Processes in Music: The Role of Portugal in the World’s Musics since the XVth century,” held at the Gulbenkian Foundation in Lisbon in December of 1986. 1369. Hemetek, Ursula. 2001. Mosaik der Klänge: Musik der ethnischen und religiösen Minderheiten in Österreich. Schriften zur Volksmusik, Bd. 20. Vienna: Böhlau. 577 p., bibliog., illus., music+2 sound discs. ISBN 3205994124. ML3586 .H46 2001 This study includes case studies of peoples who have immigrated to Austria and are living as minorities in both rural and urban areas. Provides information on their history, political and social status, and musical styles. Europe: Western Europe: France 1370. Catinchi, Philippe-Jean. 1999. Polyphonies corses. Arles, France; Paris: Actes sud; Cité de la musique. 150 p., bibliog., discog., illus. +1 compact disc. ISBN 2742720340. ML270.7.C67 C38 1999 This book and CD set provide descriptive information on the history and characteristics of religious and secular Corsican songs and recorded examples of their polyphonic singing. 1371. Crochu, Dominique et al. 1991. Poésies, chantées de tradition orale en Flandre et en Bretagne. Collection musilingue, 1. Paris: Librairie Honoré Champion. 340 p., bibliog., discog., maps, music. ISBN 2852032325. ML3617 .P64 1991 A collection of essays on sung poetry in oral tradition found in Flanders and Brittany. Essays consider historical and linguistic foundations, musical repertoires of the regions, and analyze songs to discuss variation, musical structure, syntax, and function. 1372. Defrance, Yves. 2000. L’archipel Des Musiques Bretonnes. Arles, France: Paris: Actes sud; Cité de la musique. 186 p., bibliog., illus.+1 sound disc. ISBN 2742725237. ML3620.7.B75 D44 2000

Ethnomusicology

264

An introduction to Breton music, identifying both the traditional and innovative elements in contemporary music using both local and global sounds. 1373. Durif, Olivier. 1998. Musiques des monts d’ Auvergne et du Limousin. Arles, France: Paris: Actes Sud; Cité de la musique. 156 p., bibliog., discog., illus. +1 compact disc. ISBN 2742715576. ML3620.7.A88 D87 1998 A survey of the music and musical instruments of the mountainous regions of Auvergne and Limousin in France. 1374. Roten, Hervé. 2000. Les traditions musicales judéo-portugaises en France. Paris: Maisonneuve & Larose. 282 p., bibliog. ISBN 2706813792. ML3195 .R7 2000 A study of the musical traditions of Jewish communities in Bordeaux and Bayonne, France, based on fieldwork in the region over a seven-year period. The author uses both historical and contemporary data to explore the regional Judeo-Portuguese traditions. 1375. Ruel, Yannis. 2000. Les soirées salsa a Paris: regard sociologique sur un monde de la fête. Logiques sociales. Série Musiques et champ social. Paris: L’Harmattan. 286 p., bibliog. ISBN 2738493149. ML3535.5 .R84 2000 On salsa and other Latin American musical cultures in Paris during the twentieth century. Describes and analyzes the dynamic relationships of those concerned with its performance, including event organizers, musicians, dancers, audience members, and the media. 1376. Sweeney, Regina M. 2001. Singing Our Way to Victory: French Cultural Politics and Music During the Great War. Music/Culture. Middletown, Conn.: Wesleyan University Press. x, 355 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 0819564540; 0819564737 (pbk.). ML3489 .894 2001 Examines the varied significance of French patriotic songs during the early twentieth century when singing played an important role in the expression of national identity. Europe: Western Europe: Germany 1377. Bartmann, Manfred. 1991. Das Beiern der Glocken in der Grafschaft Bentheim, Denekamp (NL) und Ostfriesland: Bewegung und Klang, Ludwigsburg, Germany: Philipp Verlag. iii, 309 p., bibliog., illus., map+1 audio cassette. ISBN 3980187039. MT710 .B37 1991 A study of bell ringing in five geographically adjoining regions of Germany and the Netherlands. Using archival data, interviews with bell ringers, and audio and video documentation, the author provides a broad view of the musical and social characteristics of this tradition. 1378. Kater, Michael H. 1992. Different Drummers: Jazz in the Culture of Nazi Germany. New York: Oxford University Press. xiv, 291 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 0195050096. ML3509.G3 K37 1992 Kater explores the underground history of jazz in Hitler’s Germany using archival sources and interviews with surviving witnesses. He identifies the genre as a form of social protest primarily using the musical characteristics and the activities of its musicians to support his thesis. 1379. Seroussi, Edwin. 1996. Spanish-Portuguese Synagogue Music in NineteenthCentury Reform Sources from Hamburg: Ancient Tradition in the Dawn of Modernity.

Books

265

Yuval Monograph Series, 11. Jerusalem: Magnes Press. 173 p., bibliog., facsims., music. ISBN 03343758. ML3195 .837 1996 Seroussi uses an 1827 music manuscript from the first Reform synagogue in Hamburg to trace the development of Spanish-Portuguese Jewish liturgy, examining the manuscript in relation to the oral tradition and later notated sources. 1380. Stief, Wiegand. 1995. Der Metatyp der deutschen Liedmelodien und die Handschrift Hoppe. Studien zur Volksliedforschung, Bd. 16. Bern, Switzerland; New York: Peter Lang. 167 p., bibliog., illus., music. ISBN 3906752984. ML3630 .884 1995 In this study Stief introduces a metatypical melodic model for German folk songs composed between 1820 and 1980 that he identified while cataloging handwritten melodies in the Deutsches Volksliedarchiv. Europe: Western Europe: Italy 1381. Bonanzinga, Sergio. 1995. Etnografia musicale in Sicilia. Suoni e culture; Biblioteca dell’Archivio etnomusicale siciliano, 1. Palermo, Italy: CIMS Centro per le iniziative musicali in Sicilia. 139 p., bibliog., illus., music, photos+1 sound disc+1 booklet (94 p.). ML3660 .B66 1995 Bonanzinga reviews of information on instruments and music in Siciliy in the nineteenth century and a discusses the works of early Italian folklorists such as Guiseppe Pitré. Accompanied by a compact disc and booklet entitled: Documenti sonori dell’Archivio Etnomusicale Siciliano. II ciclo della vita. 1382. Deutsch, Walter, and Gerlinde Haid, ed. 1997. Beiträge zur musikalischen Volkskultur in Südtirol: (mit italienischen Zusammenfassungen und Übersetzungen). Schriften zur Volksmusik, Bd. 17. Vienna: Böhlau. 326 p., bibliog., illus., music. ISBN 3205988434. ML3660.7.T73 B3 1997 Collection of essays on the traditional music culture of South Tyrol. 1383. Geraci, Mauro. 1996. Le ragioni dei cantastorie: poesia e realtà nella cultura popolare del Sud. Rome: II Trovatore. 380 p., bibliog., discog. ISBN 8886761007. An ethnography of southern Italian ballad singers, providing a history of the tradition and identifying how the current repertoires are reflective of contemporary aesthetic and social values. 1384. Lortat-Jacob, Bernard. 1995. Sardinian Chronicles. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. x, 118 p., bibliog., photos+1 compact disc. ISBN 0226493407 0226493415 (pbk.). DG975.S33 L6713 1995 A series of portraits of music makers and their families to show the various ways that music is performed in everyday life in Sardinia. Translated by Teresa Lavender Fagan. 1385. Macchiarella, Ignazio. 1999. Voix d’italie. Paris; Arles, France: Cité de la musique; Actes Sud. 168 p., bibliog., illus. +1 compact disc. ISBN 274272043X.ML290 .M32 1999 An introduction to ballads and songs of Italy that unify the operatic arias of Bellini, religious songs of Holy Week, local dockers songs (trallallero), and contemporary popular styles. 1386. Magrini, Tullia, ed. 1992. II Maggio drammatico: una tradizione di teatro in musica. La Montagna reggiana, 2. Bologna, Italy: Analisi. 418 p., bibliog., charts, music, photos. ISBN.ML290 .M34 1992

Ethnomusicology

266

A collection of essays focused on the Maggio, a genre of popular theatrical performances practiced in the Appennine Mountains of Italy. The study describes traditions and outlines theoretical issues related to landscape, performance practice, and musical and textual characteristics. 1387. Plastino, Goffredo. 1994. Risonanze: letteratura e musica in Calabria. Soveria Mannelli: Rubbettino. 135 p., bibliog., discog. ISBN 8872842816. ML290.7.C35 P6 1994 A collection of three essays on the relationship between literature and music in Calabria in Italy, focusing specifically on how music is described in Calabrian literary works. 1388. Sorce Keller, Marcello. 1991. Tradizione orale e canto corale: ricerca musicologica in Trentino. Tradizioni musicali, 10. Sala Bolognese, Bologna: A.Forni. 293 p., bibliog., music. ISBN.ML3660.7.T73 S7 1991 A study of the interaction between two repertoires of Trentino song: orally transmitted songs in the Trentino region of northern Italy and Alpine choirs that draw their repertoires from a combination of oral and literate traditions, based on fieldwork conducted in 1977–1980. Sorce Keller provides introductory material on the traditions and discusses the issue of transmission and change in repertoire. Includes transcriptions of songs and instrumental music. Europe: Western Europe: Spain 1389. Alvarez i Aura, Albert, David Iglésias i Xifra, and Joan Anton Sànchez de Juan. 1995. Sabor de rumba: identitat social i cultural dels gitanos catalans. 1st ed. Col.lecció d’assaig Argent viu, 16. Lleida, Spain: Pages. 127 p., bibliog., discog., illus. ISBN 8479352647. ML3710.7.C35 A48 1995 On the rumba catalana, an urban version of the rumba flamenca, popular among Catalan Gypsies in Catalonia and other parts of Spain since the 1960s. 1390. Leblon, Bernard. 1991. El cante flamenco entre las musicas gitanas y las tradiciones andaluzas. Coleccion Telethusa, 11. Madrid: Cinterco. 191 p., bibliog., discog. ISBN 8486365341. ML3712 .L368 1991 Discusses the evolution of flamenco and its connection with the history of the Gypsies, from their emigration from India to their establishment in Spain. Leblon accounts for the development of different flamenco genres, its interpreters, and repertoire. 1391. Leblon, Bernard. 1995. Flamenco. Arles, France: Cité de la musique: Actes sud. 172 p., bibliog., gloss., photos+1 compact disc. ISBN 2742707107. ML3712 .L369 1995 Traces the history of the flamenco tradition, analyzing its songs, guitar music, and dances. Includes biographical notes on about 40 flamenco artists. 1392. Leblon, Bernard. 2002. Gypsies and Flamenco: The Emergence of the Art of Flamenco in Andalusia. Interface Collection, 6. Paris; Hatfield, U.K.: University Rene Descartes Gypsy Research Centre; University of Hertfordshire Press. 116 p., bibliog., discog., facsims., gloss., illus., maps, videog. ISBN 0900458593. ML3712 .L4313 1995 A revised edition of an earlier publication on the contribution of the Gypsies of Andalusia to the development of flamenco. The new edition provides a fuller explanation of some of the technical terms and biographical information on 200 Gypsy flamenco artists.

Books

267

1393. Mitchell, Timothy. 1994. Flamenco Deep Song. New Haven, Conn.: Yale University Press. vi, 232 p., bibliog. ISBN 0300060017. ML3712 .M575 1994 Mitchell investigates the diverse groups that created and disseminated flamenco traditions, considering the performers and their social groups and the ideas that guided and continue to affect their musical, moral, and aesthetic behaviors. 1394. Schreiner, Claus, ed. 1990. Flamenco: Gypsy Dance and Music from Andalusia. Portland, Oreg.: Amadeus Press. 176 p., bibliog., discog., gloss. ISBN 093134025X.ML3712 .F613 1990 A series of essays that trace the history and development of flamenco of the Andalusian region of Spain. Contents: Introduction/Claus Schreiner—History of Flamenco/Marion Papenbrok—The Spiritual World of Flamenco Marion Papenbrok— Cante Flamenco/Christof Jung—Baile Flamenco/Madeleine Clas—Guitarra Flamenca/Bernhard-Friedrich Schulze and Ehrenhard Skiera—Castanets and Other Rhythmic and Percussive Elements/Ehrenhard Skiera—Flamencos: Pictures and Notes from Andalusia/Holger Mende. 1395. Washabaugh, William. 1996. Flamenco: Passion, Politics, and Popular Culture. Explorations in Anthropology. Oxford, U.K.; Washington, D.C.: Berg. xix, 209 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 1859731716; 1859731767. ML3712 .W37 1996 A study of Spanish flamenco song using a focus that draws from both anthropology and cultural studies. Includes historical and contemporary information and explores political dimensions through representations of the genre in film and video. Europe: Western Europe: United Kingdom 1396. Boyes, Georgina. 1993. The Imagined Village: Culture, Ideology, and the English Folk Revival. Manchester, U.K.; New York: Manchester, University Press; St. Martin’s Press. xiv, 285 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 0719029147; 0719045711 (pbk). GR141 .B63 1993 A social history of the folk music revival in England beginning at the turn of the twentieth century and continuing through World War II.Boyes’s study provides critical information on the role of collectors (such as Cecil Sharp) in the movement, and the effects that their involvement had on twentiethcentury traditions. 1397. Cloonan, Martin. 1996. Banned!: Censorship of Popular Music in Britain, 1967–92. Popular Cultural Studies, 9. Aldershot, Hants., U.K.: Arena. x, 321 p., bibliog. ISBN 1857422996; 1857423003 (pbk.). ML3492 .C6 1996 A history of censorship of popular music in Britain with details on censorship in record companies, retail outlets, radio and television, and concerts and raves. Cloonan presents case studies in an effort to refocus attention on songs and gigs that were unable to be heard. 1398. Cowdery, James R. 1990. The Melodic Tradition of Ireland. World Musics. Kent, Ohio: Kent State University Press. xv, 202 p., bibliog., illus., music. ISBN 0873384075. ML287 .C68 1990 Analysis of melody and variation in Irish sean-nós songs and dance tunes with information on musical elements and instruments, as well as historical background and social context.

Ethnomusicology

268

1399. MacKinnon, Niall. 1993. The British Folk Scene: Musical Performance and Social Identity. Popular Music in Britain. Buckingham, U.K.; Philadelphia: Open University Press. viii, 151 p., bibliog., charts, diagr. ISBN 033509774X; 0335097731 (pbk.). ML3650 .M3 1993 A study of the musical events, performers, and audiences, that influenced the British folk revival beginning in the 1950s. MacKinnon discusses folk club and folk festival movements, the development of the folk scene, and the structuring of musical performance. 1400. McCarthy, William Bernard. 1990. The Ballad Matrix: Personality, Milieu, and the Oral Tradition. Bloomington: Indiana University Press. x, 182 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 0253337186. ML3655 .M35 1990 Uses oral theory to examine the ballad repertoire collected from Agnes Lyle of Kilbarchan, Scotland, in 1825. McCarthy focus on the performer’s social and political framework to identify a distinct formula of oral recreation. 1401. Munro, Ailie, and Morag MacLeod. 1997. The Democratic Muse: Folk Music Revival in Scotland. Rev. and updated ed. Aberdeen: Scottish Cultural Press. xiii, 248 p., bibliog., gloss., music, photos. ISBN 1898218102. ML3655 .M956 1996 An account of the Scottish Revival in the twentieth century. Munro’s study includes historical backgound (revival of the seventeenth through nineteenth centuries), identification with the U.S.revival of Woody Guthrie, Pete Seeger, and the Lomaxes, and its development in Scotland. Includes a chapter on folk revival in Gaelic song by Morag MacLeod. Includes song title index. This is a revised and updated edition of The Folk Music Revival in Scotland published in 1984. 1402. Oliver, Paul, ed. 1990. Black Music in Britain: Essays on the Afro-Asian Contribution to Popular Music. Popular Music in Britain. Milton Keynes, U.K.; Philadelphia: Open University Press. ix, 198 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 0335152988; 033515297X (pbk.). ML3492 .B58 1990 Examines the contribution of black musicians to popular music in Britain from the nineteenth century to the present. Contents: “A Jet Ornament to Society”: Black Music in Nineteenth-Century Britain/Michael Pickering—Afro-American Symphony: Popular Black Concert Hall Performers 1900–40/Jeffrey Green—Fearsome Means of Discord: Early Encounters with Jazz/Howard Rye—London Is the Place: Caribbean Music in the Context of Empire 1900–60/John Cowley—African Connections: London’s Hidden Music Scene/Chris Stapleton—Young, Gifted, and Black: Afro-American and AfroCaribbean Music in Britain 1963–88/ Anthony Marks—Trinidad All Stars: The Steel Pan Movement in Britain/ Thomas Chatburn—Bhangra 1984–8: Fusion and Professionalization in a Genre of South Asian Dance Music/Sabita Banerji, Gerd Baumann—Qawwali in Bradford: Traditional Music in a Muslim Community/John Baily—Conclusion/Paul Oliver. 1403. Porter, Gerald, and Per G.Råberg. 1992. The English Occupational Song. Acta Universitatis Umensis. Umeå Studies in the Humanities, 105. Umeå; Stockholm: University of Umeå; Almqvist & Wiksell International. 184 p., bibliog., facsims., music. ISBN 9171746498. ML3780 .P67 1992 A discussion of songs that are associated with specific occupations, focusing largely on England, but including references to songs of Scotland, Ireland, and the United States

Books

269

as well. Porter seeks to identify how songs act as carriers of social or figurative meaning. Includes indexes by name and occupation. 1404. Porter, James, and Herschel Gower. 1995. Jeannie Robertson: Emergent Singer, Transformative Voice. Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press. xlvi, 357 p., bibliog., music, photos. ISBN 0870499041. ML420.R72 P67 1995 Explores the life and repertoire of the Scottish ballad singer, Jeannie Robertson (1908– 1975). Porter and Gower trace her life as a “traveller,” discuss the importance and include music and lyrics for 80 of her songs. 1405. Shields, Hugh. 1993. Narrative Singing in Ireland: Lays, Ballads, ComeAll-Yes, and Other Songs. Blackrock, Co. Dublin: Irish Academic Press. ix, 283 p., bibliog., discog., map, music, photos. ISBN 0716524627. ML3654 .S54 1993 A study of Irish narrative singing that examines the primary narrative and lyrical vocal form. Includes information on musical structures, singers, and contemporary traditions. 1406. Thornton, Sarah. 1996. Club Cultures: Music, Media, and Subcultural Capital. Music Culture. Hanover, N.H.: University Press of New England. x, 191 p., bibliog., discog. ISBN 0819552917; 0819562971 (pbk.). HN385.5 .T43 1996 An ethnographic study of club culture in Britain based on observation and participation at discos, clubs, and raves between 1988 and 1992. Thornton introduces a way of analyzing subcultures on their own consumptive terms. 1407. White, Harry. 1998. The Keeper’s Recital: Music and Cultural History in Ireland, 1770–1970. Critical Conditions, 6. Notre Dame, Ind.: University of Notre Dame Press in association with Field Day. xi, 227 p., bibliog. ISBN 0268012326 (pbk.). ML287 .W5 1998 White traces the development of music in Ireland from 1770 to 1970, focusing on people who have played a significant role in Irish cultural history and considering the relative impact of music in relation to the Literary Revival. 1408. Zuberi, Nabeel. 2001. Sounds English: Transnational Popular Music. Transnational Cultural Studies. Urbana: University of Illinois Press. viii, 276 p., bibliog., discog. ISBN 0252026209. ML3492 .Z83 2001 An critical account of the development of English popular music in the 1980s and 1990s and its relationship to issues of politics and identity. Zuberi uses specific performing groups to focus on the different voices that contribute to the cultural landscape, from white working class musicians to Afrodiasporic and South Asian performers. Latin America 1409. Aretz, Isabel. 1991. Historia de la etnomusicología en America Latina: (desde la época precolombina hasta nuestros días). Caracas: Ediciones FUNDEF-CONACOEA.384 p., bibliog., discog. ISBN 9806145216. ML3798 .A73 1991 A history of ethnomusicology in Latin America from the pre-Columbian era until the present. 1410. Béhague, Gerard, ed. 1994. Music and Black Ethnicity: The Caribbean and South America. New Brunswick, N.J.: Transaction Publishers. xii, 335 p., bibliog., photos. ISBN 1560007087. ML3549 .M87 1994

Ethnomusicology

270

Sixteen articles drawn from a conference sponsored by the North-South Center, University of Miami in 1992. Contents: Whoever We Are Today, We Can Sing You a Song About It/Anthony Seeger—Ethnicity, Cultural Identity, and the Psychology of Culture Contact/Gerhard Kubik—The Camouflaged Drum: Melodization of Rhythms and Maroonage Ethnicity in Caribbean Peasant Music/Angel C.Quintero Rivera—Ethnicity, Identity, and Music: An Anthropological Analysis of the Dominican Merengue/ Jorge Duany—Cuban Music and Ethnicity: Historical Considerations/ Victoria Eli Rodríguez— The Afro-French Settlement and the Legacy of Its Music to the Cuban People/Olavo Alén Rodríguez—Music and Black Ethnicity in the Dominican Republic/Martha Ellen Davis—“Se Kreyol nou ye”/“We’re Creole”: Musical Discourse on Haitian Identities/Gage Averill—Black Music of All Colors: The Construction of Black Ethnicity in Ritual and Popular Genres of Afro-Brazilian Music/José Jorge de Carvalho—Sotaques: Style and Ethnicity in a Brazilian Folk Drama/Kazadi wa Mukuna—Syncretism, Identity, and Creativity in Afro-Colombian Musical Traditions/Egberto Bermúdez—Arroz Colorao: Los Congos of Panama/Ronald R.Smith—African Drumming from Rural Communities Around Caracas and Its Impact on Venezuelan Music and Ethnic Identity/ Max H.Brandt—Los hermanos Congo y Milton Tadeo Ten Years Later: Evolution of an African-Ecuadorian Tradition of the Valle del Chota, Highland Ecuador/John M.Schechter—Black Music and Identity in Peru: Reconstruction and Revival of AfroPeruvian Musical Traditions/Raúl R. Romero. 1411. Guerra, Ramiro. 1998. Calibán danzante: procesos socioculturales de la danza en America Latina y en la zona del Caribe. Caracas, Venezuela: Monte Avila Editores Latinoamericana: Dirección de la Danza, Consejo Nacional de la Cultura. 389 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 9800109560; 9806361431. GV1626 .G78 1998 An overview of dance traditions in Latin America and the Caribbean, focusing on indigenous and popular traditions. 1412. Salazar Salvatierra, Rodrigo. 1996. Instrumentos musicales del folclor costarricense. 3d ed. Cartago, Costa Rica: Editorial Tecnológoca de Costa Rica. 228 p., bibliog., gloss., illus., music, photos. ISBN 9977660506. ML484 .S243 1992 On musical instruments of Costa Rica with descriptive data and information on construction and performance technique. Photographic documentation provides both museum photos and pictures of performers with the instruments. Latin America: Mexico 1413. Brenner, Helmut. 1996. Música ranchera: das Mexikanische äquivalent zur Country and Western music aus historischer, musikalischer und kommerzieller Sicht. Musikethnologische Sammelbände, Bd. 14. Tutzing, Germany: H.Schneider. 691 p., bibliog., discog., filmog., music, tables. ISBN ML3485 .B7 1996 An overview of the música ranchera tradition of Mexico and other Latin American countries. Brenner traces the history of the genre from the early nineteenth century to the present, considering related European and Latin American forms that influenced its development, and discussing the impact of commercialization on the genre. Includes biographical information on composers and performers.

Books

271

1414. Figueroa Hernández, Rafael. 1996. Salsa mexicana: transculturación e identidad. Xalapa, Veracruz, Mexico: ConClave. 128 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 9709178504. ML3535.5 .F54 1996 A study of the historical process that gave birth to salsa in Mexico. The study begins with the roots of the tradition in Africa and explores its development through popular dance practices in Mexico, including danzón, and musical forms connected to jazz and rock. He also discusses the contributions of the Mexican community in the United States to its development. 1415. Flores y Escalante, Jesús. 1993. Salón Mexico: historia documentaly gráfica del danzón en Mexico. Archivo histórico testimonial. Mexico, D.F.: Asociación Mexicana de Estudios Fonográficos. 414 p., bibliog., photos. ISBN 9866950001. ML3485 .F56 1993 Flores y Escalante explores the history and evolution of the Cuban danzón in Mexico tracing its movement from Cuba to the Yucatan in the early years. He then discusses its movement to Veracruz and Mexico City identifying popular orchestras and danzones of the twentieth century. 1416. Herrera-Sobek, María. 1990. The Mexican Corrido: A Feminist Analysis. Bloomington: Indiana University Press. xix, 151 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 0253327393. PQ7180 .H4 1990 Examines the representation of women in Mexican and Chicano corridos from a feminist perspective. Herrera-Sobek used broadsides, cancioneros, commercial recordings, and discussions with performers, to collect over 2,000 corridos for this study. 1417. Kaptain, Laurence. 1992. “The Wood That Sings”: The Marimba in Chiapas, Mexico. Everett, Pa.: HoneyRock. 141 p., bibliog., discog., illus., maps. ISBN 0963406000. ML1048.K37 Kaptain looks at the history of the marimba in Chiapas, focusing on the years 1890 to 1990. Identifying the marimba as both a musical instrument and a cultural icon, he discusses the repertoire, performance practice, and performers of marimba tradition. 1418. McDowell, John Holmes. 2000. Poetry and Violence: The Ballad Tradition of Mexico’s Costa Chica. Urbana: University of Illinois Press. xi, 251 p., bibliog., illus., maps+1 compact disc. ISBN 0252025881. PQ7291.G84 M3 2000 A study of the corrido tradition in Costa Chica, an African-Mexican region of Mexico. McDowell uses ballad texts and interviews with corrido composers and performers to focus on the tragic corrido as a chronicle of local and regional rivalries. 1419. Wald, Elijah. 2001. Narcocorrido: A Journey into the Music of Drugs, Guns, and Guerrillas. New York: Rayo. xiii, 333 p., bibliog. ISBN 0066210240. ML3570 .W35 2001 On the corrido ballads of Los Angeles that relate and preserve the stories of contemporary narcotics trade in Mexico. Examines the narcocorridos music played in nightclubs in the Mexican and Latino neighborhoods where norteño and banda have coexisted as musical ensembles to interpret corridos and narcocorridos. 1420. Zolov, Eric. 1999. Refried Elvis: The Rise of the Mexican Counterculture. Berkeley: University of California Press. xiii, 349 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 0520208668; 0520215141. F1235 .Z65 1999 A history of the impact of American rock on Mexican politics, society, and culture from the 1950s and into the 1970s. Traces the refocusing of the attention of youth in the

Ethnomusicology

272

late 1960s from political protest to coimtercultural rebellion (La Onda [The Wave]) demonstrating the politicization of culture under authoritarianism. Latin America: South America 1421. Beaudet, Jean-Michel. 1997. Souffles d’Amazonie: les orchestres tule des Wayãpi. Hommes et musiques, 3. Nanterre, France: Société d’ethnologie. 212 p., bibliog., charts, dance not, illus., maps, music, photos.+1 compact disc. ISBN 2901161561. ML3575.F9 B43 1997 Explores the relationship between musical performance practice and the social life of the Waiapi people of French Guyana with a discussion of the tulé, bamboo clarinet and its use. Focus is on musical semantics and syntax and their approaches to identity, gender, history, and politics. 1422. Cánepa Koch, Gisela, ed. 2001. Identidades representadas: performance, experiencia y memoria en los Andes. 1st ed. Lima: Pontificia Universidad Católica del Perú Fondo Editorial. 459 p. ISBN 9972424502. F2212 .I34 2001 Collection of articles on Andean culture. Contents: Formas de cultura expresiva y la etnografia de “lo local”/Gisela Cánepa Koch—Modernidad, autenticidad y prácticas culturales en la sierra centra del Perú/ Raúl R.Romero—¿Por que no todos sienten nostalgia? Letras de canciones e interpretación en Yura y Toropalca (Potosí, Bolivia)/Michelle Bigenho—La flauta de la llama. Malentendidos musicales en los Andes/ Henry Stobart—Poniéndose de pie. Técnica de interpretación del violín y resurgimiento étnico entre entre los quechuas de Saraguro, Ecuador/Nan Volinsky— Definiendo el folclor. Indentidades mestizas e indigenas en moviemiento/Zoila S.Mendoza—Mestizos-indigenas. Imagenes de autenticidad y des-indianizacion en la ciudad del Cuzco/Marison de la Cadena—La danze navidena de los saraguros y la cuatripartición del movimiento numano/Non Volinsky—Géneros representados. Construcción y expresión de los géneros a través de las dramatizacviones camnpesinas de Semana Santa en Yanamarca, Junín/Manuel Raez Retamozo—Incas y españoles bailando un alegre huayno. El humor en una representación teatral en los Andes/ Alex HuertaMercado—Jerarquía y autoridad comunal. Los varayos y la Fiesta del Agua de la comunidad campesina de Lachaqui, Canta/Manuel Raez Retamozo—Cambia lo superficial ¿cambia también lo profundo? La fiesta de la Virgen de las Mercedes en Sechura, Puira/Alejandro Diez Hurtado—Variedades del carnaval en los Andes: Ayacucho, Apurímac y Huancavelica/María Eugenia Ulfe—Fiesta y embriaguez en comunidades andinas del sur del Perú/Gerardo Castillo Guzmán. 1423. Giménez, Florentín. 1997. La música Pamguaya. Biblioteca Paraguaya el lector. Colección educación musical. Asuncion: El Lector. 354 p., music. ISBN.ML239.P3 G56 1997 Giménez provides an introduction to diverse genres of Paraguayan music and provides an overview of its history and information on vocal and instrumental forms. 1424. Olsen, Dale A. 2002. Music of El Dorado: The Ethnomusicology of Ancient South American Cultures. Gainesville: University Press of Florida. xxii, 290 p., bibliog., gloss., maps, photos., music. ISBN 0813024404. ML3575.A2 O57 2002 Focuses on the musical information derived from several archaeological cultures in the northern and central Andes of Colombia and Peru. Olsen explores the musical

Books

273

instruments (especially flutes) and expands his study to encompass “ethnoarchaeomusicology,” providing interpretive information on musical practices based on archaeological and other historical data. 1425. Price, Richard, and Sally Price. 1991. Two Evenings in Saramaka. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. xvi, 417 p., bibliog., illus., map, music. ISBN 0226680614; 0226680622 (pbk.). GR133.S753 S277 1991 A field study of the community of Saramaka in Suriname, focusing on the rituals and events surrounding the funeral of a villager. Includes transcription folk tales (kóntu) and songs, and discusses the role of music within the verbal context. 1426. Schechter, John Mendell. 1992. The Indispensable Harp: Historical Development, Modern Roles, Configurations, and Performance Practices in Ecuador and Latin America. World Musics. Kent, Ohio: Kent State University Press. viii, 288 p., bibliog., charts, diagr., discog., illus., music. ISBN 0873384393. ML1005 .826 1992 Schechter traces the movement of the harp from Spain to colonial Latin America and discusses its current role throughout the region, focusing on highland Ecuador. He documents the role and character of the instrumental tradition in a community of harp maistrus on the slopes of Mt. Cotacachi, Imbabura province. Latin America: South America: Argentina 1427. Castro, Donald S. 1991. The Argentine Tango as Social History, 1880–1955: The Soul of the People. Lewiston, N.Y.: E.Mellen Press. 273 p., bibliog. ISBN 0773499237. GV1796.T3 A74 1991 Investigates tango lyric and Argentine social history, introducing lunfardo (the language of the tango), and identifying its social role in the eras of the Guardia Vieja (1880–1917), Carlos Gardel (ca. 1920–1935), the Epoca de oro (1917–1943), and the tango under Perón (1943–1955). 1428. Pérgamo, Ana María Locatelli de, et al. 2000. Música tradicional argentina: aborigen-criolla. Respuestas educativas. Buenos Aires: Magisterio del Río de la Plata. 141 p., bibliog., discog., filmog., illus., map, photos. ISBN 9505502702. ML3575.A7 M87 2000 On the indigenous musical traditions of Argentina with chapters on aboriginal traditions and creole traditions by region. Includes information on instruments and musical forms, with photographs and musical examples and bibliographic and discographic references for each chapter. 1429. Savigliano, Marta. 1995. Tango and the Political Economy of Passion. Institutional Structures of Feeling. Boulder Colo.: Westview Press. xvii, 289 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 0813316375; 0813316383 (pbk). GV1796.T3 S28 1995 Explores the politics of tango, tracing its global travel, from Buenos Aires to Paris and Tokyo. Savigliano addresses issues of sexuality, gender, class, race, and national identity and discusses relationships between machismo and colonialism, postmodernism and patriarchy, exoticism and commodification. 1430. Taylor, J.M.1998. Paper Tangos. Public Planet Books. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press. xxi, 124 p., bibliog., photos. ISBN 0822321750; 0822321912 (pbk.). GV1796.T3 T39 1998

Ethnomusicology

274

Described as both a memoir and cultural critique, Ingram’s study examines and analyzes Argentine tango culture, identifying the interconnection of events related to the military dictatorship, violence, (gender) identity, and the dance. Latin America: South America: Bolivia 1431. Bigenho, Michelle. 2002. Sounding Indigenous: Authenticity in Bolivian Music Performance. New York: Palgrave. xiii, 289 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 0312239165; 0312240155 (pbk.). ML239.B6 B54 2002 Based on research conducted between 1993 and 1995, Bigenho explores relationships between music, people, and places through analysis of specific performances. She frames debates of Bolivian national and indigenous identities in terms of people’s attitudes toward cultural and artistic authenticity. 1432. Pekkola, Sari. 1996. Magical Flutes: Music Culture and Music Groups in a Changing Bolivia. Lund Dissertations in Sociology, 10. Lund, Sweden: Lund University Press. 254 p., bibliog., discog., gloss., photos. ISBN 9179663583; 0862384273. ML239.B6 P455 1996 Explores a Bolivian urban musical movement from its emergence in the 1960s through the early 1990s. Pekkola presents case studies of three neotraditional groups in different geographic locations: Los Masis, Inkallajta, and Flor Tani Tani and focuses on issues related to popular music and globalization, modernization, and identity. Latin America: South America: Brazil 1433. Barros, José Flávio Pessoa de. 1999. A fogueira de Xangô—a orixá do fogo: uma introdução a música sacra afro-brasileira. Rio de Janeiro: Intercon UERJ.247 p., bibliog., gloss., illus., maps+1 compact disc. ISBN 8590113213. ML3575.B7 B27 1999 An ethnographic account of an Afro-Brazilian jêje-nagô candomblé ritual to Xangô as performed in Bahia and Rio de Janeiro. Includes information on the musical elements in the ritual; the songs and dances and their symbolic significance. 1434. Barros, José Flávio Pessoa de. 2000. O banquete do Rei—: Olubajé: uma introdução a música sacra afro-brasileira. Rio de Janeiro: Editora Ao Lívro Técnico. 183 p., bibliog., gloss., illus., music+1 compact disc. ISBN 8521509138. ML3197 .B34 2000 An ethnographic account of the Afro-Brazilian rituals dedicated to specific deities. Barros provides information on the religious communities, the character and role of components of the rituals, and details on musical elements, including the rhythms and songs that reference the deities. 1435. Browning, Barbara. 1995. Samba: Resistance in Motion. Arts and Politics of the Everyday. Bloomington: Indiana University Press. xxv, 189 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 0253328675; 0253209560 (pbk.). GV1637 .B76 1995 A personal account of a dance scholar’s experience with four Afro-Brazilian dance traditions: carnival samba of Rio de Janeiro, sacred movement in Candomble, martial art dance of capoeira, and popular carnival dances of Salvador, Bahia. The study uses these form to explore issues of race and gender, authenticity, and the politics of cultural resistance.

Books

275

1436. Béhague, Gerard. 1999. Musiques du Brésil: de la cantoria a la sambareggae. Arles, France: Cité de la musique: Actes Sud. 186 p., bibliog., discog.+1 sound disc. ISBN 274272270X.ML3575.B7 B44 1999 An introduction to indigenous, Portuguese, African, and urban musical traditions in Brazil. Behague describes specific music and dance genres and discusses festival traditions, as well as artistic and political movements. 1437. Carlini, Alvaro Luiz Ribeiro da Silva. 1993. Cachimbo e maracá: o catimbó da missão (1938). São Paulo, Brazil: Acervo Histórico Discoteca Oneyda Alvarenga Centro Cultural São Paulo. 221 p., bibliog., music, photos. ISBN. ML3575.B7 C33 1993 Includes unaccompanied melodies and lyrics for songs transcribed from field recordings made in Paríba in 1938. 1438. Carvalho, José Jorge de, and Rita Laura Segato. 1992. Shangô Cult in Recife, Brazil. Caracas, Venezuela: Fundef Conac Oas. 71 p., bibliog. ISBN 9800709975. BL2592.S52 A translation of El culto Shangó en Recife, Brasil, published in 1987, the work discusses the music and dance used in the orisha rituals in northeastern Brazil focusing on the African elements in the possession cult. Fieldwork for this research was completed between 1976 and 1980. 1439. Castro, Ruy. 2001. Chega de saudade: a história e as histórias da bossa nova. 3d ed. São Paulo, Brazil: Companhia das Letras. 460 p., bibliog., discog., illus., maps, photos. ISBN 8571641374. ML3487.B7 C39 2001 An historical study of the bossa nova movement in Rio de Janeiro during the 1950s and 1960s that uses extensive interviews with performers and audience members. 1440. Dunn, Christopher. 2001. Brutality Garden: Tropicália and the Emergence of a Brazilian Counterculture. Chapel Hill, N.C.: University of North Carolina Press. xii, 256 p., photos., bibliog., discog. ISBN 0807826510; 0807849766 (pbk.). ML3487.B7 D86 2001 A study of the tropicália cultural movement in Brazil and its relationship to political and social change. Dunn concentrates on the role that AfroBrazilian musicians from Bahia and urban musicians from São Paulo played in the tropicália movement from the 1960s through the mid-1980s. 1441. Fryer, Peter. 2000. Rhythms of Resistance: African Musical Heritage in Brazil Middletown, Conn.; Hanover, N.H.: Wesleyan University Press; University Press of New England. xiii, 267 p., illus., maps, bibliog., discog. ISBN 0819564176; 0819564184 (pbk). ML232.9 F79 2000 An historical survey of Afro-Brazilian music that includes information on song and dance genres and musical instruments. Focus is on West African sources for music and dance and on the contemporary popular music genres in Brazil today. 1442. Galinsky, Philip. 2002. “Mamcatu Atômico”: Tradition, Modernity, and Postmodernity in the Mangue Movement of Recife, Brazil. Current Research in Ethnomusicology, 3. New York: Routledge. xix, 228 p., bibliog., discog., gloss. ISBN 0415940222. ML3487.B78 R43 2002 Investigation of the New Music in Recife, Brazil, and its connection to the mangue movement, a popular culture trend in Brazil that emerged in the 1990s. Galinsky provides historical and ethnographic accounts of the music scene, includes musical analysis and discusses the relationship between local and global forces in the music of the region.

Ethnomusicology

276

1443. Graham, Laura R. 1995. Performing Dreams: Discourses of Immortality among the Xavante of Central Brazil Austin: University of Texas Press. xiv, 290 p., bibliog., music, photos. ISBN 0292727763. F2520.1.A4 G73 1995 Graham explores the ritual performance of myths and dreams among the Xavante of Brazil and discusses how their expressive forms play a role in maintaining a sense of identity and control in the wake of change from colonists, industry, and governmentsponsored projects. 1444. Lewis, John Lowell. 1992. Ring of Liberation: Deceptive Discourse in Brazilian Capoeira. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. xxx, 263 p., bibliog., illus., maps. ISBN 0226476820; 0226476839 (pbk.). GV1796.C145 L48 1992 Description and analysis of Afro-Brazilian capoeira using semiotic analysis as well as recent methods based on discourse and performance theory to identify connections between physical, musical, and linguistic meaning. 1445. McGowan, Chris, and Ricardo Pessanha. 1998. The Brazilian Sound: Samba, Bossa Nova, and the Popular Music of Brazil. Rev. ed. Philadelphia: Temple University Press. viii, 248 p., bibliog., discog., gloss., maps, photos. ISBN 1566395445; 1566395453 (pbk.). ML3487.B7 M4 1998 A revision of a work originally published in 1991, this study surveys a wide range of popular musics in Brazil including samba, bossa nova, MPB, jazz, and tropical rock. Using interviews with contemporary performers, their fans, as well as scholars, the authors consider significant historial and contemporary traditions and some of the social issues connected with them. 1446. Menezes Bastos, Rafael José de. 1999. A musicológica kamayurá: para uma antropologia da comunicação no Alto-Xingu. 2d ed. Florianópolis, Brazil: Editora da UFSC.302 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 8532801374. ML3575.B7 B4 1999 An ethnographic study of the musical system of the Kamayura Indians of the Xingu River Valley in Brazil. The work is based on a revision of the author’s master’s thesis completed in 1978; fieldwork for this study was conducted between 1969 and 1974. Topics covered include the role of music in the high Xingu society, musical semantics, interrelationship between verbal and nonverbal forms of communication, and connections among myth, ritual, and music. 1447. Moraes, José Geraldo Vinci de. 1997. As sonoridades paulistanas: a música popular na cidade de São Paulo, final do século XIX ao início do século XX. Rio de Janeiro; São Paulo, Brazil: Ministério da Cultura FUNARTE; Editora Bienal. 196 p., bibliog. ISBN 8585781130. ML3487.B78 S266 1997 Traces the impact of European immigrants on the popular culture of São Paulo. Focuses on the formation of choroes, popular music groups, and the work of musicians such as Canhoto (Américo Jacomino, 1889–1928), Vadico (Osvaldo de Almeida Gogliano, 1910–1962), Garoto (Aníbal Augusto Sardinha, 1915–1955), Copinha (Nicolino Cópia, 1910–1984), and Paraguaçu (Roque Ricciardi, 1894–1976). 1448. Moraes, José Geraldo Vinci de. 2000. Metrópole em sinfonia: história, cultura e música popular na São Paulo dos anos 30. São Paulo, Brazil: Estação Liberdade: FAPESP.333 p., bibliog., illus., maps. ISBN 8574480290. ML3487.B78 S265 2000 Details the history of Brazilian music during the growth of the city of São Paulo in the 1930s. Moraes discusses the social and musical history during the popularization of the radio and the development of a more urbanized society.

Books

277

1449. Napolitano, Marcos. 2001. “Seguindo a canção”: engajamento político e indústria cultural na MPB, 1959–1969. São Paulo, Brazil: Annablume: FAPESP.370 p., bibliog., discog., filmog. ISBN 8574192066. ML3487.B7 N27 2001 An historical study of música popular brasileira (MPB) that focuses specifically on the relationship between the political engagement of music and musicians from 1959 to 1969 with the hegemonic forces of the music industry. 1450. Perrone, Charles A., and Christopher Dunn, ed. 2001. Brazilian Popular Music and Globalization. Gainesville: University Press of Florida. xii, 288 p., bibliog. ISBN 0813018218 (acid-free paper). ML3487.B7 B76 2001 This series of papers grew out of a panel on Brazilian identity and globalization at the Brazilian Studies Association meeting in 1997. Contents: “Chiclete com Banana”: Internationalization in Brazilian Popular Music/ Charles A.Perrone and Christopher Dunn—Carmen Mirandadada/Caetano Veloso—Myth, Melopeia, and Mimesis: Black Orpheus, Orfeu, and Internationalization in Brazilian Popular Music/Charles A.Perrone— Tropicália, Counterculture, and the Diasporic Imagination in Brazil/Christopher Dunn— Globalizing Caetano Veloso/Liv Sovik—Cannibals, Mutants, and Hipsters: The Tropicalist Revival/John Harvey—Defeated Rallies, Mournful Anthems, and the Origins of Brazilian Heavy Metal/Idelber Avelar—The Localization of Global Funk in Bahia and in Rio/Livio Sansone—World of Fantasy, Fantasy of the World: Geographic Space and Representation of Identity in the Carnival of Salvador, Bahia/Milton Araújo Moura— Songs of Olodum: Ethnicity, Activism, and Art in a Globalized Carnival Community/Piers Armstrong—“Fogo na Babilônia”: Reggae, Black Counterculture, and Globalization in Brazil/Osmundo de Araújo Pinho—Reggae in Bahia: A Case of LongDistance Belonging/António J.V.dos Santos Godi—Black or Brau: Music and Subjectivity in a Global Context/Ari Lima—Turned-Around Beat: Maracatu de baque virado and Chico Science/Larry Crook—Self-Discovery in Brazilian Popular Music: Mestre Ambrósio/John Murphy—“Good Blood in the Veins of This Brazilian Rio,” or a Cannibalist Transnationalism/Frederick Moehn. 1451. Pinto, Tiago de Oliveira. 1991. Capoeira, Samba, Candomblé: Afrobrasilianische Musik im Recôncavo, Bahia. Veröffentlichungen des Museums für Völkerkunde Berlin, 52. Berlin: Staatliche Museen Preussischer Kulturbesitz: Museum für Völkerkunde Berlin. 264 p., bibliog , charts, diagr., illus., maps, music. ISBN 3496004975. ML3575.B7 O4 1991 An introduction to three musical genres that play a significant role in Brazilian expressive culture. Included are historical and social description, analysis of music and dance of each genre that includes ethnographic and comparative information on instruments, repertoires, and performance practice. An accompanying compact disc is published separately. 1452. Reily, Suzel Ana. 2002. Voices of the Magi: Enchanted Journeys in Southeast Brazil Chicago Studies in Ethnomusicology. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. xvii, 266 p., bibliog. ISBN 0226709396; 0226709418 (pbk). ML3575.B7 R36 2002 Explores the urban-based folias de reis, Catholic musical ensembles of southeastern Brazil that are composed largely of low-income workers. Reily shows how participants in the folias use ritual and musical performances to create sacred spheres both distinct from, and related to, their everyday world.

Ethnomusicology

278

1453. Sandroni, Carlos. 2001. Feitiço decente: transformações do samba no Rio de Janeiro (1917–1933). Rio de Janeiro: J.Zahar. 247 p., bibliog., music. ISBN 8571106061. ML3575.B7 S26 2001 On the development of the urban samba in Rio de Janeiro during the period 1916 to 1933. focusing specifically on the changing rhythmic formulas of samba accompaniment during the period around 1930 and its relationship to the overall social, musical, and choreographic practice. 1454. Schreiner, Claus. 1993. Música Brasileira: A History of Popular Music and the People of Brazil. New York: Marion Boyars. viii, 306 p., bibliog., gloss., music. ISBN 071452946X.ML3575.B7 S313 1993 Originally published in German in 1977 as Música popular Brasileira, this is an updated version translated by Mark Weinstein. Schreiner provides a broad overview of popular music traditions from their precolonial roots to the present, in rural and urban, sacred and secular contexts. 1455. Shaw, Lisa. 1999. The Social History of the Brazilian Samba. Aldershot, U.K.; Brookfield, Vt.: Ashgate. 211 p., bibliog., discog., gloss. ISBN 1840142898. ML3417 .S53 1999 Examines the impact of political, social and cultural contexts for Brazilian samba as it developed during the twentieth century. She considers the songs, the composers, and the shifting status of the genre as it moved from its role among working-class blacks to an appropriate mainstream form. 1456. Tinhorão, José Ramos. 1994. Fado, dança do Brasil, cantar de Lisboa: o fim de um mito. Caminho da música. Lisbon: Editorial Caminho. 204 p., bibliog. ISBN 9722109235. ML3718.F3 T56 1994 History of the fado in Brazil through an exploration of its Afro-Brazilian roots in the eighteenth century. Using archival research, Tinhorão identifies music and dance genres that were integrated to generate fado, including modinha, fofa and lundum, and the dance form faddo (related to lambada). 1457. Travassos, Elizabeth. 1997. Os mandarins milagrosos: arte e etnografia em Mário de Andrade e Béla Bartók. Coleção Antropologia Social. Rio de Janeiro: Ministério da Cultura Funarte: J.Zahar Editor. 220 p., bibliog., illus., photos. ISBN 858578136X; 8571104395. ML3545 .T75 1997 Focuses on the relationship between the aesthetic ideals and the ethnographic work of two collectors of traditional song, São Paulo writer Mário de Andrade (1893–1945) and Hungarian composer Béla Bartók (1881–1945). Travassos address concepts of modernity, virtuosity, social classes and culture, nationalism, primitivism, and the mobility of traditions. 1458. Vianna, Hermano, and John Charles Chasteen. 1999. The Mystery of Samba: Popular Music and National Identity in Brazil. Latin America in Translation/En Traducción/Em Tradução. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press. xx, 147 p., bibliog. ISBN 080782464X; 0807847666 (pbk.). ML3465 .V5313 1999 Translation of O mistério do samba published in Rio de Janeiro in 1995 edited and translated by John Charles Chasteen. Vianna provides a historical look at the development of Brazilian samba focusing on concepts of cultural invention and nationalism and commercialism important factors in its growth.

Books

279

Latin America: South America: Colombia 1459. Valverde, Umberto, and Rafael Quintero. 1995. Abran Paso: Historia De Las Orquestas Femeninas De Cali. Cali, Colombia: Centro Editorial Universidad del Valle. 137 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 9586700321. ML394 .V35 1995 A study of women’s contributions to popular music in Cali, Colombia, from the 1940s to the 1990s with an analysis of the relationship between Colombian popular music and radio, television, and the recording industry. Includes interviews with popular female musicians. 1460. Wade, Peter. 2000. Music, Race, and Nation: Música Tropical in Colombia. Chicago Studies in Ethnomusicology. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. xi, 323 p., bibliog. ISBN 0226868443; 0226868451 (pbk.). ML3487.C7 W33 2000 Wade uses archival sources and oral history to explore the social history of música tropical in Colombia. He focuses on the way popular music interacts with ideologies of race, nation, sexuality, tradition, and modernity. 1461. Waxer, Lise. 2002. The City of Musical Memory: Salsa, Record Grooves, and Popular Culture in Cali, Colombia. Music/Culture. Middletown, Conn.: Wesleyan University Press. xix, 316 p., bibliog., discog., illus. ISBN 0819564419; 0819564427 (pbk.). ML3918.S26 W38 2002 A social history of salsa in Cali, Colombia. Waxer’s work explores the adoption of this Afro-Caribbean form by local residents, identifying the significance of recorded sound as a source for musical information. Latin America: South America: Peru 1462. Gruszczynska-Ziólkowska, Anna. 1995. El poder del sonido: el papel de las crónicas españolas en la etnomusicología andina. Colección Biblioteca Abya-Yala, 24. Cayambe, Ecuador: Ediciones Abya-Yala. 264 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 9978041478. ML3575.A47 .G78 1995 An historical study of the indigenous musical traditions in the Cuzco region of Peru. 1463. Hurtado Suárez, Wilfredo. 1995. Chicha peruana: música de los nuevos migrantes. lra. ed. Lima: Grupo de Investigaciones Económicas ECO.222 p., bibliog., music. ML3487.P4 H877 1995 On the chicha or cumbia andina, derived from the Peruvian huayno and Colombian cumbia, an urban popular music that emerged during the second half of the twentieth century. Hurtado Suárez provides a history and includes the texts to 202 songs. 1464. Lévano La Rosa, Edmundo, Noél Orlando Adrianzén Palacios, and Américo Portella Egúsquiza. 1998. Avances de investigación—música. Lima: Biblioteca Nacional del Perú: Pontificia Universidad Católica del Perú. 174 p., bibliog., music, photos. ISBN 9972601274. ML3575.P4 A85 1998 A collection of essays on folk music traditions in Peru. Contents: Un cancionero escondido: historia y música del Centro Musical Obrero de Lima, 1922–1924/Edmundo Lévano La Rosa—Coplas y tonadas de cumanana: yepopeya de una forma musica/Noél Orlando Adrianzén Palacios—Testimonio: chuscada y otras canciones populares del departamento de Ancash/Américo Portella Egúsquiza. 1465. Mendoza, Zoila S. 2000. Shaping Society through Dance: Mestizo Ritual Performance in the Peruvian Andes. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. xv, 285 p.,

Ethnomusicology

280

bibliog., maps, photos.+1 sound disc+1 videocassette. ISBN 0226520080; 0226520099 (pbk.). GV1641.P4 M46 2000 This study focuses on the performances of the comparsas of the Cusco region in the Peruvian Andes. Mendoza explores identities expressed in their performances in text, audio and video documents. 1466. Romero, Raúl R. 2001. Debating the Past: Music, Memory, and Identity in the Andes. New York: Oxford University Press. vii, 188 p., bibliog., gloss., maps, music, photos. ISBN 0195138813. ML236 .R66 2001 Based on fieldwork in the Mantaro Valley in Central Peru, Romero explores the role of rituals, dance-dramas, musical ensembles, and popular Andean music to examines the search for cultural authenticity and the role of modernity in building the identity of a regional musical culture. 1467. Romero, Raúl R., ed. 1998. Música, danzas y máscaras en los Andes. 2d ed. Lima: Pontificia Universidad Católoca del Perú; Insituto Riva-Aguero, Proyecto de Preservación de la Música Tradicional Andina. 411 p., bibliog., music, photos. ISBN.F3429.3.F6 M87 1998 An anthology of articles on Peruvian music research (some previously published in English in scholarly journals) with a selected bibliography of resources for research in music and dance. Contents: Cambio musical y resistencia cultural en los Andes centrales del Perú/Raúl R.Romero—La coherencia del estilo social y de la creación musical entre los Aymara del sur del Perú/Thomas Turino—La Comparsa los majeños: poder, prestigio y masculinidad entre los mestizos cuzqueños/Zoila Mendoza-Walker—Los ch’unchu y las palla de Cajamarca en el ciclo de la representación de la muerte del Inca I Gisela Cánepa Koch—Danzas tradicionales de la sierra de Lambayeque/James M.Vreeland, Jr.—El baile de los negritos y la danza de las tijeras: un manejo de contradicciones/Michelle Bigenho—Los ciclos ceremoniales y la percepción del tiempo festivo en el valle del Colca (Arequipa)/Manuel Ráez Retamozo—Fiestas, danzas y música de la costa de Lambayeque/Leonidas Casas Roque—Máscara y transformación: la construcción de la identidad en la fiesta de la Virgen del Carmen en Paucartambo/Gisela Cánepa Koch—Bibliografía sobre música y danzas en el Perú/Ana María Béjar. 1468. Turino, Thomas. 1993. Moving Away from Silence: Music of the Peruvian Altiplano and the Experiment of Urban Migration. Chicago Studies in Ethnomusicology. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. xii, 324 p., bibliog. ISBN 0226816990; 0226817008 (pbk). ML3575.P4 T87 1993 Based on fieldwork conducted largely during the mid-980s, Turino’s ethnography of music of the Conima district in Peru investigates both rural and urban musics using participant observation as a basis for data gathering. The study provides comparative information on the different traditions and analytical information on sociopolitical history of Peru and its relationship to musical expression. 1469. Villegas Falcon, Antonio Salvador. 1998. La danza de las tijeras. Lima: Biblioteca Nacional del Perú: Pontificia Universidad Católica del Perú. 90 p., bibliog., illus., map. ISBN 9972601250. GV1796.D34 V54 1998 On the Scissors dance of the Quechua Indians of Andean Peru.

Books

281

Latin America: South America: Venezuela 1470. Aretz, Isabel. 1991. Musica de los aborigenes de Venezuela. Caracas, Venezuela: FUNDEF-CONAC.361 p., bibliog., illus., photos., music+1 sound cassette. ISBN 9806145224. ML3575.V3 A37 1991 An oversize book on aboriginal societies in Venezuela that includes a general introduction to social groups and their music and individual profiles of musical traditions, instruments, music, and research that has been completed. Supplemented with photographs, drawings and musical transcriptions. 1471. Olsen, Dale A. 1996. Music of the Warao of Venezuela: Song People of the Rain Forest. Gainesville: University Press of Florida. xxxiv, 444 p., bibliog., charts, diagr., illus., maps, music+1 compact disc. ISBN 0813013909. ML3575.V3 O47 1996 Olsen explores Warao music as an essential aspect of Warao culture. He discusses Warao cosmological beliefs and practices, musical instruments, and the various musical genres and their functions, including entertainment music and dance, lullabies, shamanistic songs, religious and festival songs. Latin America: West Indies 1472. Averill, Gage. 1997. A Day for the Hunter, a Day for the Prey: Popular Music and Power in Haiti. Chicago Studies in Ethnomusicology. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. xxix, 276 p., bibliog., discog., gloss., illus., transcr. ISBN 0226032914; 0226032922 (pbk.). ML3486.H3 A94 1997 Averill examines the complex relationship between music and power in Haitian musical performance. Organized historically, he uses musicians’ accounts, ethnographic description, and song lyrics to focus on the role of music in the political scene in specific performing groups, social contexts and musical genres, including Haitian jazz, troubadour traditions, Vodoujazz, konpa, mini-djaz, new generation, and roots music. 1473. Berrian, Brenda F. 2000. Awakening Spaces: French Caribbean Popular Songs, Music, and Culture. Chicago Studies in Ethnomusicology. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. xiv, 287 p., bibliog., discog., maps., photos. ISBN 0226044556; 0226044564 (pbk.). ML3486.A1 B47 2000 Berrian focuses on singers and songwriters of Martinique and Guadeloupe to explore issues of empowerment and identity using musical genres including zouk, reggae, biguine, and jazz fusion. She draws on song lyrics and personal interviews to argue that performers use their lyrics to establish a Creole identity and to promote social change. 1474. Fleurant, Gerdès. 1996. Dancing Spirits: Rhythms and Rituals of Haitian Vodun, the Rada Rite. Contributions to the Study of Music and Dance, no. 42. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood Press. xii, 209 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 0313297185. ML3197 .F54 1996 A study of the Rada rite, the foundation of the Vodun religion of Haiti brought by African slaves from the sixteenth to the eighteenth centuries. Fleurant uses participant observation and a reflexive approach to provide a descriptive analysis of this tradition. 1475. Guilbault, Jocelyne, with Gage Averill, Édouard Benoit, Gregory Rabess. 1993. Zouk: World Music in the West Indies. Chicago Studies in Ethnomusicology. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. xxv, 279 p., bibliog., discog., music, photos.+1 compact disc. ISBN 0226310418; 0226310426 (pbk.). ML3485.5 .G84 1993

Ethnomusicology

282

A study of zouk, a popular music genre of the Creole-speaking Caribbean. Guilbault examines the development of the zouk sound, lyrics, choreography, and social milieu in Martinique, Guadeloupe, St. Lucia, and Dominica during the late 1980s. 1476. Jallier, Maurice, and Vivette Jallier-Prudent. 1999. Musique aux Antilles: Zouk a la Mazouk. Paris: Harmattan. 180 p., bibliog., photos. ISBN 2738484204. ML3486.G8 J35 1999 Explores contemporary performance practice and the international influences on the music in the West Indies, focusing on Guadaloupe and Martinique. Includes song texts. 1477. Manuel, Peter Lamarche. 2000. East Indian Music in the West Indies: TanSinging, Chutney, and the Making of Indo-Caribbean Culture. Philadelphia: Temple University Press. xxiii, 252 p., bibliog., discog.+1 sound disc. ISBN.ML3565 .M37 2000 A study of the relationship between the developing cultural expression of an Indian diasporic community in the Caribbean and their expression of local identity in contemporary society. This study focuses on classically derived “tan singing” and “baithak gana” derived from classical traditions of resident’s Indian ancestors, and chutney, a fusion of Indian and Caribbean popular styles. 1478. Manuel, Peter Lamarche, Kenneth M.Bilby, and Michael D. Largey. 1995. Caribbean Currents: Caribbean Music from Rumba to Reggae. Philadelphia: Temple University Press. xvi, 272 p., bibliog. ISBN 1566393388; 1566393396 (pbk.). ML3565 .M36 1995 An introduction to the musical genres of Cuba, Puerto Rico, the Dominican Republic, Haiti, Jamaica, Trinidad, Suriname, and other Caribbean islands. Includes information on musical genres in their various social contexts and their relationship to issues of race, regional diversity, gender, and sociopolitical conflicts. 1479. McDaniel, Lorna. 1998. The Big Drum Ritual of Carriacou: Praisesongs in Rememory of Flight. Gainesville: University Press of Florida. xiv, 198 p., bibliog., discog., gloss., illus., music, photos. ISBN 081301607X.ML3565. M386 1998 Based on fieldwork conducted in Carriacou in the 1980s, the work introduces song texts and dances that are used to call and entertain the ancestors religious ceremonies. The author provides analysis using musico/mythological and literary theories to identify relationships between ancient praisesongs and modern political songs. 1480. Philipp, Margot Lieth. 1990. Die Musikkultur der Jungferninseln: Studien zu ihrer Entwicklung und zu Resultaten von Akkulturationsprozessen. Ludwigsburg, Germany: Philipp Verlag. iii, 310 p., bibliog., charts, discog., illus., music. ISBN 3980187004. ML3565 .P42 1990 An account of the musical culture of the Virgin Islands based on historical research and fieldwork conducted in 1978–1979. Included is introductory material on the geography and ethnography of the islands, classification and description of the popular, traditional and art musics from the eighteenth century until the 1960s, information on musical education, and a discussion of the African and European roots of these musical practices. 1481. Quintero Rivera, Ángel G. 1999. Salsa, sabory control!: sociología de la música “tropical”. 2d ed. Sociología y política. Mexico City: Siglo Veintiuno Editores. 390 p., bibliog., discog. ISBN 9682321492. ML3475 .Q84 1999

Books

283

A study of salsa and other genres popular in the Caribbean including danza, son, and bolero. Quintero places these musical forms in historical context and engages in theoretical debates related to time, place, aesthetics, and identity. Latin America: West Indies: Cuba 1482. Carpentier, Alejo. 2001. Music in Cuba. Cultural Studies of the Americas, 5. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press. 302 p., illus. ISBN 0816632294; 0816632308 (pbk.). ML207.C8 C313 2001 First published in Mexico City in 1946, this English edition is translated by Alan West-Durán and edited with an introduction by Timothy Brennan. The study uses primary and secondary sources to provide a history of music in Cuba from 1509 to 1945. Carpentier includes European derived classical Cuban music as well as popular rural and urban forms influenced by Spanish African traditions. 1483. Daniel, Yvonne. 1995. Rumba: Dance and Social Change in Contemporary Cuba. Blacks in the Diaspora. Bloomington: Indiana University Press. viii, 196 p., bibliog. ISBN 0253316057; 025320948X (pbk.). GV1796.R8 D36 1995 A descriptive and analytical study of Cuban rumba based on Daniel’s experience as a member of Cuba’s Conjunto Folklorico Nacional. She provides historical and social background of the dance and charts its movement using labanotation. 1484. Díaz Ayala, Cristóbal. 1993. Música cubana del areyto a la nueva trova. 3d ed. Miami: Ediciones Universal. 383 p., bibliog., photos. ISBN 0897297032. ML207.C8 D5 1993 A new edition of a work originally published in 1981. Provides a history of Cuban music from 1492 through the 1970s with chapters on Cuban music in the United States. 1485. Díaz Ayala, Cristóbal. 1998. Cuando salí de la Habana: 1898–1997: cien años de musica cubana por el mundo. San Juan, P.R.: Fundación Musicalia. 256 p., bibliog., illus., photos.+1 sound disc. ISBN 1563282178. ML207.C85 D53 1998 Diaz Ayala traces the history of Cuban music since Cuban independence in 1898, focusing on the international circulation of Cuban music and musicians. He begins with an historical overview of the early period (to 1930), followed by historical surveys of selected musical genres. He concludes with a discussion of the character and impact of the syncretic forms that emerged during the second half of the twentieth century. 1486. Evora, Tony. 1997. Orígenes de la música cubana: los amores de las cuerdas y el tambor. Madrid: Alianza Editorial. 368 p., bibliog., discog., gloss., illus., maps, photos. ISBN 8420694967. ML207.C8 E96 1997 On the European and African origin of Cuban music with information on history and performance practice of various musical genres. 1487. Giro, Radamés, ed. 1997. Panorama de la música popular cubana. Santiago de Cali; Havana: Universidad del Valle; Editorial Letras Cubanas. 399 p., bibliog., music. ISBN 9586700674. ML3486.C8 P36 1997 A collection of essays that provide an historical overview of Cuban music. Contents: La música cubana: de lo folclórico y lo criollo a lo nacional popular/Jorge Ibarra—Notas para un panorama de la música popular/ Argeliers León—Musica Cubana: Orientaciones para su conocimiento y estudio/Emilio Grenet—Los formatos insturmentales en la mušica popular cubana/Leonardo Acosta—Acerca de la interacción de géneros en la

Ethnomusicology

284

música popular cubana/Jesús Gómez Cairo—La rumba en la provincia de Matanzas/Raúl Rodríguez—Aportes franco-haitianos a la contradanza cubana: mitos y realidades— Presencia de la habanera/Zoila Lapique—Del danzón cantado al chachachá/Dora Illeana Torres—Los motivos del son. Hitos en su sendero caribeño y universal—Todo lo que usted quiso saber sobre el mambo/Radamés Giro—La Habana, capital del jazz latino?/ Leonardo Acosta—El bolero cubano/Rosendo Ruiz, hijo—El bolero y el Kitsch/Leonardo Acosta—Canción contra “canción"/Rosend Ruis, et al.—La trova tradicional cubana/Dulcila Cañizares—Los años trienta: núcleo central de la trova intermedia/Rosendo Ruiz, et al.—Apuntes sobre el feeling/Dora Lleana Torres—Por que nueva trova?/Noel Nicola—La nueva trova: un movimento masivo?/Leonardo Acosta— Nueva trova y cultura de la rebeldía/Albert Faya. 1488. Hagedorn, Katherine J.2001. Divine Utterances: The Performance of AfroCuban Santería. Washington, D.C.: Smithsonian Institution Press. xvi, 296 p., bibliog., discog., filmog., gloss., music, photos.+1 compact disc. ISBN 156098922X; 1560989475 (pbk.). ML3565 .H34 2001 Based on fieldwork in Cuba during the 1990s, Hagedorn’s work focuses on connections between sacred and dramatic performances in Afro-Cuban Santería, examining the complex relationships that involve issues of race, politics, and religion. Her ethnography is informed especially by issues of gender, tourism, and globalization. 1489. Leymarie, Isabelle. 2002. Cuban Fire: The Saga of Salsa and Latin Jazz. London; New York: Continuum. vi, 394 p., bibliog., discog., illus. ISBN 0826455867. ML3486.C8 L313 2002 Traces the history of Cuban music and musicians from the 1920s to the present. Identifies the significant periods of development and describes the distinct musical genres in Cuba, including rumba, conga, and pachanga. The history of Cuban music in the United States includes the role of Cuban, Puerto Rican, Dominican, and African American communities in the development of popular genres including Latin jazz and salsa. This is an English translation of Cuban Fire: musiques populaires d’expression cubaine published in 1997. 1490. Leymarie, Isabelle. 1996. Musiques caraïbes. Arles, France: Cité de la musique; Actes sud. 174 p. bibliog., discog., illus.+1 compact disc. ISBN 2742708359. ML3565 .L49 1996 An introduction to popular musical traditions of the Caribbean, focusing on some of the most widely performed genres, including reggae, zouk, calypso, salsa, or merengue. 1491. Manuel, Peter Lamarche, ed. 1991. Essays on Cuban Music: North American and Cuban Perspectives. Lanham, Md.: University Press of America. xvi, 327 p., bibliog. ISBN 0819184306 (cloth alk. paper). ML207.C81 Thirteen articles by Cuban and American scholars. Contents: Cuban Perspectives on Traditional Folk and Popular Musics. Notes Toward a Panorama of Popular and Folk Music/Argeliers León—Tambor/Rogelio Martínez Furé—The Rumba, the Guaguancó, and Tío Tom/Leonardo Acosta—The Décima and Punto in Cuban Folklore/María Teresa Linares—Cuban Music in New York. The Charanga in New York and the Persistence of the Típico Style/John Murphy—“Drumming for the Orishas: Reconstruction of Tradition in New York City”/Steven Cornelius—Salsa and the Music Industry: Corporate Control or Grassroots Expression?/Peter Manuel—Socialism, Nationalism, and Music in Cuba. The Problem of Music and Its Dissemination in Cuba/Leonardo Acosta—Institutions,

Books

285

Incentives, and Evaluations in Cuban Music-Making/James Robbins—Regarding Folklore/Rogelio Martínez Furé—Of the Axle and the Hinge: Nationalism, AfroCubanism, and Music in Pre-Revolutionary Cuba/Argeliers León—Musical Pluralism in Revolutionary Cuba/Peter Manuel. 1492. Moore, Robin. 1997. Nationalizing Blackness: Afrocubanismo and Artistic Revolution in Havana, 1920–1940. Pitt Latin American Series. Pittsburgh, Pa.: University of Pittsburgh Press. xii, 320 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 082294040X; 0822956454 (pbk.). ML3486.C8 M66 1997 This study deals with Afro-Cuban’s struggle to maintain and expand their dance and music culture as they develop cultural and social dialogues with middle- and elite-classes through musical performance. Moore investigates the changing conceptions of race and nation by a marginalized social group and explores how artistic production by marginalized social groups becomes nationalized. 1493. Roy, Maya. 2002. Cuban Music: From Son and Rumba to the Buena Vista Social Club and Timba Cubana. Princeton, N.J.; London: Markus Wiener Publishers; Latin American Bureau. ix, 246 p., bibliog., discog., gloss., illus. ISBN 1558762817; 1558762825 (pbk.). ML3486.C8 R6913 2002 Survey of the history of Cuban music, tracing the development of the music from its ritual roots for the slave population to its contemporary fusion sound exemplified by the Buena Vista Social Club. Includes chapters on different music and genres placing them in historical and social context. 1494. Roy, Maya. 1998. Musiques cubaines. Arles, France; Paris: Actes Sud; Cité de la musique. 189 p., bibliog., discog., illus.+1 compact disc. ISBN 2742717781. ML3486.C8 R69 1998 A popular history of Cuban music that includes information on religious and secular traditions, including the rumba, danzón, trova, boléro, and son. 1495. Vélez, María Teresa. 2000. Drumming for the Gods: The Life and Times of Felipe García Villamil, Santero, Palero, and Abakuá. Studies in Latin American and Caribbean Music. Philadelphia: Temple University Press. xx, 210 p., bibliog. ISBN 1566397308; 1566397316. ML419.G363 V45 2000 Focuses on three periods of Afro-Cuban drummer Felipe García Villamil’s life that together provide information on the history, religious practice, and music in Cuba from the period of slavery through the Cuban Revolution and in New York City, where he performs as an immigrant/refugee musician. Latin America: West Indies: Dominican Republic 1496. Austerlitz, Paul. 1997. Merengue: Dominican Music and Dominican Identity. Philadelphia: Temple University Press. xvii, 195 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 156639483X; 1566394848 (pbk). ML3465 .A95 1997 Austerlitz presents merengue as a forum for negotiating Dominican national and racial identity. He examines both historical and contemporary contexts for its performance, and explores its social and political history and significance in the Dominican Republic and among Dominican immigrants in the United States.

Ethnomusicology

286

1497. Pacini Hernandez, Deborah. 1995. Bachata: A Social History of a Dominican Popular Music. Philadelphia: Temple University Press. xxiii, 267 p., bibliog., discog., illus. ISBN 1566392993; 1566393000 (pbk.). ML3486.D65 P3 1995 Based on fieldwork in Santo Domingo, Pacini Hernandez’s work provides a history of bachata, the popular music of the rural and urban poor that emerged in the early 1960s in the Dominican Republic. She discusses its identity during its inception and its movement from marginal to mainstream statusinthe 1990s. Latin America: West Indies: Jamaica 1498. Rouse, Marilyn A.2000. Jamaican Folk Music: A Synthesis of Many Cultures. Studies in the History and Interpretation of Music, vol. 66. Lewiston N.Y.: Edwin Mellen Press. xxiv, 305 p., bibliog., illus., music. ISBN 0773476504. ML3565 .R68 2000 A comprehensive study of Jamaican folk music that includes historical and contemporary styles. Identifies specific forms and discusses contexts for performance. 1499. Stolzoff, Norman C. 2000. Wake the Town and Tell the People: Dancehall Culture in Jamaica. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press. xxviii, 298 p., bibliog., photos ISBN 0822324784; 0823245144 (pbk). ML3486.J3 S76 2000 Based on fieldwork in Kingston, Jamaica, in the mid-1990s, Stolzhoff provides a history of Jamaican music from the late eighteenth century to the present. He explores music in Jamaican society and discusses its performance practices and its role in economy, technology, and politics. Latin America: West Indies: Puerto Rico 1500. Aparicio, Frances R.1998. Listening to Salsa: Gender, Latin Popular Music, and Puerto Rican Cultures. Music/Culture. Hanover, N.H.: University Press of New England. xxi, 290 p. bibliog., illus. ISBN 0819553069; 0819563080 (pbk). ML3535.5 .A63 1998 Aparicio analyzes salsa, boleros, and other Puerto Rican musical forms in the context of issues of race, gender, and class. Data is drawn from personal experience, interviews with Latino/as in Michigan, and Puerto Rican literature. 1501. Díaz Ayala, Cristóbal, ed. 1998. La marcha de los jíbaros, 1898–1997: cien años de música puertorriqueña por el mundo. Río Piedras, Puerto Rico: Editorial Plaza Mayor. 278 p., bibliog., discog., illus.+1 compact disc. ISBN 1563281376. ML207.P8 M37 1998 Collection of articles on Puerto Rican music and musicians in North America and the Caribbean. Contents: La marcha comienza: la música y los músicos “clásicos” en Puerto Rico durante el siglo XX/Jorge E. Martínez Solá—Músicos puertorriqueños en Nueva York: 1898–1960/ Jorge Javariz—Tras la huella de los músicos puertorriqueños en Cuba/ Olavo Alén Rodríguez y Leda, Ana Victoria Casanova Oliva—Boricuas en Quisqueya/Miguel López Ortiz—Presencia musical de Puerto Rico en Mexico/Roberto Mac-Swiney Salgado—Nuestros músicos en los Estados Unidos: 1960–1998/Elmer González Cruz—Boricuas por el mundo/ Miguel López Ortiz.

Books

287

Latin America: West Indies: Trinidad and Tobago 1502. Cowley, John. 1996. Carnival, Canboulay, and Calypso: Traditions in the Making. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press. xv, 293 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 0521481384. GT4229.T7 C69 1996 Cowley uses colonial documents, newspaper reports, travelogues, and oral history to trace the evolution of carnival and secular black music in Trinidad from the days of slavery to the first two decades of the twentieth century. 1503. Hill, Donald R. 1993. Calypso Calaloo: Early Carnival Music in Trinidad. Gainesville: University Press of Florida. xvi, 342 p., bibliog. illus., maps +1 compact disc. ISBN 081301221X; 0813012228 (pbk.). ML3565 .H54 1993 Traces the development of calypso music of Trinidad from its origins in the eighteenth century Carnival street music to its role in clubs and recording studios in the United States and Britain. 1504. Liverpool, Hollis Chalkdust. 2001. Rituals of Power and Rebellion: The Carnival Tradition in Trinidadand Tobago, 1763–1962. Chicago; Trinidad and Tobago: Research Associates School Times; Frontline Distribution. xviii, 518 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 0948390808. GT4229.T7 L584 2001 A study of the social, political, and cultural aspects of the carnival in Trinidad. Liverpool provides a history of the tradition and characterizes its development in the nineteenth century. He discusses the structural and musical changes in the twentieth century, and considers the relationship between power and performance. 1505. Mason, Peter. 1998. Bacchanal!: The Carnival Culture of Trinidad. London; Philadelphia: Latin America Bureau; Temple University Press. 191 p., bibliog., discog. ISBN 156639662X (cloth); 1566396638 (pbk.). GT4229.T7 M37 1998 A study of Trinidadian cultural identity through its carnival tradition. Includes an examination of steelband, calypso, and masquerade traditions, but also explores issues in contemporary society that impact carnival culture, especially gender and commercialism. 1506. Meyer, Andreas. 1991. Der traditionelle Calypso auf Trinidad. 2 vols. Beiträge zur Ethnomusikologie, Bd. 27. Hamburg, Germany: Verlag der Musikalienhandlung K.D. Wagner. ISBN 388979050X.ML3565 .M5 1991 This two-volume set includes brief historical information on calypso, but focuses on the transcription and textual and musical analysis of 32 calypsos from the period 1920 to 1945. Volume two is devoted entirely to transcriptions of the sample. Includes bibliography and discography. 1507. Myers, Helen. 1998. Music of Hindu Trinidad: Songs from the India Diaspora. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. xxxii, 510 p., bibliog., map, photos.+1 compact disc. ISBN 0226554511; 0226554538 (pbk.). ML3565. M94 1998 An ethnographic study of Indian music in the Trinidad town of Felicity. Explores the history and cultural significance of the diasporic tradition that includes a repertoire that ranges from Bhojpuri folk songs, to north Indian classical music, to locally popular styles including soca and calypso. 1508. Regis, Louis. 1999. The Political Calypso: True Opposition in Trinidad and Tobago, 1962–1987. Barbados; Gainesville: Press University of the West Indies; University Press of Florida. xiii, 277 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 0813015804; 0813015812 (pbk.). ML3565 .R46 1999

Ethnomusicology

288

Examines the evolution of the political calypso from 1962 to 1987, during the period when Trinidad and Tobago had obtained independence from Britain. Regis presents the texts of lyrics and discusses the songs and their themes chronologically from 1962 onward, to identify social history, cultural attitudes, and political commentary embedded within the music. 1509. Rohlehr, Gordon. 1990. Calypso and Society in Pre-Independence Trinidad. Port of Spain, Trinidad: G.Rohlehr. 613 p., bibliog., photos. ISBN 9768012528. ML3565 .R63 1990 Describes the development of calypso in Trinidad from pre-emancipation times to the late 1950s. Rohlehr locates calypso in social and political contexts, exploring issues such as immigration, social conflict, gender, class, race, commercialism, and labor relations, World War II American occupation of Trinidad, development of the recording industry, tradition, and change. 1510. Stuempfle, Stephen. 1995. The Steelband Movement the Forging of a National Art in Trinidad and Tobago. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press. xx, 287 p., bibliog., discog., photos., maps. ISBN 0812233298; 0812215656 (pbk.). ML3486.T7 S78 1995 Stuempfle uses interviews with musicians, archival data, and field observations to trace the development of the steelband from the 1930s and 1940s to the present in Trinidad and Tobago. He identifies the significant role that groups of different ethnicity, class, interests, and values played in its growth. Middle East 1511. Braun, Joachim. 1999. Die Musikkultur Altisraels/Palästinas: Studien zu archäologischen, schriftlichen und vergleichenden Quellen. Orbis biblicus et orientalis, 164. Freiburg; Göttingen, Germany: Universitätsverlag; Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht. xi, 388 p., bibliog., charts., diagr., illus. ISBN 372781246X; 352553664X.ML166 .B76 1999 A study of music in ancient Israel/Palestine, using archaeological, written, ethnographic, and linguistic sources. 1512. During, Jean. 1994. Quelque chose se passe: le sens de la tradition dans l’Orient musical. Lagrasse: Verdier. 446 p., bibliog., gloss. ISBN 2864322129. ML330 .D87 1994 During presents twelve essays in this compilation that explore aspects of music, authenticity, and identity. Many of his discussions are based on conversations with Iranian, Turkish, and Arabic musicians. 1513. Hammarhmd, Anders, Tord Olsson, and Elisabeth Özdalga, ed. 2001. Sufism, Music and Society in Turkey and the Middle East. Swedish Research Institute in Istanbul Transactions, 10. Istanbul; Richmond: Swedish Research Institute in Istanbul; Curzon. 168 p., bibliog., illus., music. ISBN 0700711481. BP189.65.M87 S84 1999 Papers read at a conference held a the Swedish Research Institute in Istanbul in November, 1997. 1514. Hirshberg, Jehoash. 1995. Music in the Jewish Community of Palestine, 1880– 1948: A Social History. Oxford; New York: Clarendon Press; Oxford University Press. xii, 297 p., bibliog., illus., map. ISBN 0198162421. ML345.P3 H57 1995

Books

289

A social history of the musical life, institutions, and ideologies in the Jewish community in Palestine. Period of coverage is from the period of Jewish immigration under Ottoman rule through the formation of the autonomous Jewish community. Hirschberg focuses on music as a tool for establishing and maintaining national values and easing resettlement of peoples from diverse cultures. 1515. Lambert, Jean. 1997. La médecine de l’âme: le chant de Sanaa dans la société yéménite. Hommes et musiques, 2. Nanterre, France: Société d’ethnologie. 310 p., bibliog., gloss., maps, music, photos+1 sound disc. ISBN 2901161480. ML345.Y4 L36 1997 An ethnography of musical life in Yemen based on the author’s fieldwork between 1985–1987. Lambert explores historical and contemporary San'âni song considering particularly the repertoire, audience, and performance contexts. 1516. Nathan, Hans, ed. 1994. Israeli Folk Music: Songs of the Early Pioneers. Recent researches in the oral traditions of music, 4. Madison Wis.: A-R Editions. xxi, 64 p., bibliog., music. ISBN 0895793067. M1810 .188 1994 Songs for voice and piano, arranged by various composers from Israeli folk songs, with critical and analytical commentary. Foreword and an afterword by Philip V.Bohlman. 1517. Touma, Habib. 1996. The Music of the Arabs. New expanded ed. Portland, Oreg.: Amadeus Press. xxi, 238 p., bibliog., discog., gloss., illus. ISBN 0931340888. ML348 .T6913 1996 An overview of Arabic music that includes its history and an account of contemporary production. Provides information on musical systems for secular and sacred, instrumental and vocal, improvised and composed music. Originally published in German in 1989 and translated into English by Laurie Schwartz. 1518. Vigreux, Philippe. 1992. Musique arabe: le congrès du Caire de 1932. Cairo: CEDEJ.440 p., bibliog., illus., music+1 sound cassette. ISBN 290583928X.ML348.1 .M87 1992 A collection of essays that focus on the Congress of Arab Music held in 1932, its mission, and its affect on the musical life. Many of the papers focus on the impact of colonialism on the musical and intellectual life in Egypt during a 60-year period. Middle East: Egypt 1519. Danielson, Virginia. 1997. The Voice of Egypt: Umm Kulthum, Arabic Song, and Egyptian Society in the Twentieth Century. Chicago Studies in Ethnomusicology. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. xiii, 273 p., bibliog., illus., maps. ISBN 0226136116; 0226136124 (pbk.). ML420.U46 D36 1997 A biographical study of Egyptian singer Umm Kulthum (1904–1978) based on fieldwork and archival research conducted in the 1980s. The study focuses on the performer’s role in cultural, social, and political events, identifying her cultural expression and ultimate success as carefully constructed in relation to Arab and Muslim traditional practice. Danielson shows how Kulthum’s personality and musical skills ultimately shaped popular culture in Egypt in the twentieth century.

Ethnomusicology

290

1520. Lagrange, Frédéric. 1996. Musiques d’Egypte. Arles, France: Cité de la musique: Actes sud. 174 p., bibliog., discog., illus.+1 compact disc. ISBN 2742707115. ML350 .L24 1996 An introduction to secular and sacred musical styles practiced in Egypt throughout the twentieth century. Lagrange provides a history of the various styles of music practiced in Egypt, and discusses the evolution of forms that ultimately generated the popular song tradition of (Umm Kulthum) and Mohammad Abdel Wahab. 1521. Nieuwkerk, Karin van. 1995. A Trade Like Any Other: Female Singers and Dancers in Egypt. Austin: University of Texas Press. xi, 226 p., bibliog., gloss., photos. ISBN 0292787200; 0292787235 (pbk.). PN2977 .N54 1995 An ethnography of female singers and dancers in contemporary Egypt. Nieuwkerk explores the lives of the women who perform at weddings and other celebrations, and focuses on the social stigma attached to their profession. 1522. Reynolds, Dwight Fletcher. 1995. Heroic Poets, Poetic Heroes: The Ethnography of Performance in an Arabic Oral Epic Tradition. Myth and Poetics. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press. xviii, 246 p., bibliog., illus., map. ISBN 0801431743; 0801482259. GN648 .R49 1995 An ethnography of a contemporary community of professional poet-singers of the Bedouin Banû Hilâl tribe, based on fieldwork in the community of alBakâtûsh in northern Egypt. The study shows how the Hilali epic tradition continues to provide a context for social interaction and commentary. Middle East: Iran 1523. During, Jean, and Zia Mirabdobaghi. 1991. The Art of Persian Music. Washington, D.C.: Mage Publishers. 280 p., bibliog., illus., music., photos.+1 compact disc. ISBN 0934211221. ML344 .D86 1991 An introduction to Persian musical traditions, including classical, urban entertainment, regional musics, and contemporary art music. Includes a lesson from Dariush Safvat. Illustrated with Persian miniatures and photographs of musicians and instruments. 1524. Farhat, Hormoz. 1990. The Dastgâh Concept in Persian Music. Cambridge Studies in Ethnomusicology. Cambridge England; New York: Cambridge University Press. xii, 201 p., bibliog. ISBN 052130542X.ML344 .F32 1990 An introduction to the contemporary dastgah tradition of Iran, providing an analysis of intervallic structure, melodic patterns, modulations, and improvisation. Includes an examination of composed pieces which have more recently been adopted into the repertoire. 1525. Miller, Lloyd. 1999. Music and Song in Persia: The Art of Avaz. Salt Lake City: University of Utah Press. xxiv, 360 p., bibliog., illus., music. ISBN 0874806143. ML344 .M55 1999 Analyzes the theory and practice of Persian singing, tracing its history from the Islamic Middle Ages. Miller explores contemporary and traditional performance practice and discusses the relationship between avaz and classical Persian poetry. 1526. Nettl, Bruno. 1992. The Radif of Persian Music: Studies of Structure and Cultural Context. Rev ed. Champaign, 111.: Elephant & Cat. xv, 263 p., bibliog., charts, diagr., illus., music. ML344 ,N5 1992

Books

291

A revision of an earlier study of Persian classical music and the history, structure, and character of the radif, the basic repertoire that functions as a point of departure for improvisation and composition. Middle East: Turkey 1527. Cantemir, Demetrius. 1992-. The Collection of Notations. 2 vols. SOAS Musicology Series. London: University of London. ISBN 0728601915; 0754602818. ML423 .D56 A two-volume work that includes 353 pieces, chiefly pesrevs and semais notated in Kitâb-ül ilm-il mûsikî alâ vech-il hurûfât by Dimitrius Cantemir (1673–1723). Translated and annotated by O.Wright, volume 1 (1992) includes the texts, and volume 2 (2000) provides commentary and biographical information. 1528. Cler, Jérôme. 2000. Musiques de Turquie. Musiques du monde. Paris; Arles: Cité de la musique; Actes Sud. 185 p., bibliog., discog., illus., map+1 sound disc. ISBN 2742725466. ML3757 .C54 2000 Reviews the various musical traditions of Turkey. The disc offers a range of Turkish, Kurdish, and Tziganes songs and dance tunes of the Caucasus to the Black Sea. 1529. Erdener, Yildiray. 1995. The Song Contests of Turkish Minstrels: Improvised Poetry Sung to Traditional Music. Milman Parry Studies in Oral Tradition. New York: Garland. xiii, 222 p., bibliog., illus., map, music. ISBN 0815312393. ML3757 .E7 1995 A study of the competitive singing tradition of the ashik in Turkish coffee houses, focusing on the relationship between performer and audience at a small coffee house in Kars, Turkey. Investigates the ashik’s musical, poetic, and compositional strategies in performances. 1530. Feldman, Walter. 1996. Music of the Ottoman Court: Makam, Composition and the Early Ottoman Instmmental Repertoire. Intercultural Music Studies, 10. Berlin: VWB-Verlag für Wissenschaft und Bildung. 560 p., bibliog., illus., music. ISBN 3861356414. ML541.T78 F45 1996 A study of Ottoman Turkish art music and its social contexts from 1600 to 1750. Feldman uses a broad spectrum of historical sources including musical treatises, literary works, iconographic materials, court records, travelogues, and biographical dictionaries of musicians to provide information on repertoire, mode, rhythm, and compositional form. 1531. Öztürk, Ali Osman. 1994. Das türkische Volkslied als sprachliches Kunstwerk. Studien zur Volksliedforschung, Bd. 15. Bern, Switzerland; New York: P.Lang. 272 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 3906751821. PL235 .097 1994 A study of Turkish song that focuses especially on lyrical structures, formulae, and symbols. Öztürk also considers musical aesthetics of individual songs. Includes examples in Turkish and German. 1532. Stokes, Martin. 1992. The Arabesk Debate: Music and Musicians in Modern Turkey. New York: Oxford University Press. xi, 265 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 0198273673. ML345.T8 S8 1992 An ethnography of arabesk, an urban popular music genre of Turkey. A relatively new genre that has emerged during the last 30 years, the study places it in its musical, social, cultural, and religious contexts to explore its contemporary place in urban society.

Ethnomusicology

292

1533. Wright, Owen. 1992. Words without Songs: A Musicological Study of an Early Ottoman Anthology and Its Precursors. London: School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London. ix, 321 p., bibliog., gloss., maps, music. ISBN 0728602091. M1824 .T8 Identifies Ottoman song-text collections of the seventeenth to nineteenth centuries and focuses on a selection in a consideration of these works as repositories of musical data that complements information found in theoretical treatises. 1534. Zannos, Ioannis. 1994. Ichos und Makam: vergleichende Untersuchungen zum Tonsystem der griechisch-orthodoxen Kirchenmusik und der türkischen Kunstmusik. Orpheus-Schriftenreihe zu Grundfragen der Musik, Bd. 74. Bonn, Germany: OrpheusVerlag. 552 p., bibliog., music. ISBN 3922626742. ML3060 .Z36 1994 This study, originally a doctoral thesis at the University of Hamburg, focuses on the relationship of Late Byzantine and neo-Greek modal music to the Arabic-Persian-Turkish maqam tradition. Zannos uses transcription and analysis of modal systems to trace theoretical structures from the Middle Ages to the beginning of the twentieth century. North America 1535. Green, Archie, ed. 1993. Songs About Work: Essays in Occupational Culture for Richard A.Reuss. Special Publications of the Folklore Institute, no. 3. Bloomington: Folklore Institute, Indiana University. vi, 360 p. ISBN 1879407051; 1879407043. ML55 .R46 1993 A tribute to folklorist Richard A.Reuss (1940–1986), whose work focused on the folk revival and folk music and left-wing politics. Contents: A Tribute to Dick Reuss/Judith McCulloh—Staking the Territory: Dick Reuss and the U.S.Protest-Political Song Tradition/David King Dunaway—Memories of Dick Reuss/Robbie Lieberman—A Conversation with Jo Reuss/Joyce L.Kornbluh—Goodnight Irene, Goodbye Dick/Archie Green—Joe Hill Incorporated: We Own Our Past/Lori Elaine Taylor—"The Waterman Train Wreck”: Tracking a Folksong in Deep East Texas/John Minton—The Southern Textile Song Tradition Reconsidered/Doug DeNatale and Glenn Hinson—The Gospel of Black Unionism/Brenda McCallum—Shack Bullies and Levee Contractors: Bluesmen as Ethnographers/John Cowley—“An Icy Mountain Brook”: Revival, Aesthetics, and the “Coal Creek March”/Neil V.Rosenberg—John L.Handcox: “There Is Still Mean Things Happening”/Rebecca B.Schroeder and Donald M.Lance—Woody’s Oil Songs/Archie Green—Truth in Folksong: A Corridista’s View of Singing in the California Farm Workers’ Movement/Michael Heisley—Farm, Forest, and Factory: Songs of Midwestern Labor/James P.Leary and Richard March—The Brotherhood of Timber Workers and the Culture of Conflict/Jeff Ferrell—Fellow Worker Guy Askew: A Reminiscence/Richard Ellington—The Joe Hill Legend in Britain/Sam Richards—Worksongs: A Demonstration Collection of Examples/Norm Cohen. 1536. Joyner, Charles W.1999. Shared Traditions: Southern History and Folk Culture. Urbana: University of Illinois Press. xiii, 361 p., bibliog. ISBN 0252015215; 025206772X (pbk.). F209 .J69 1999 Joyner examines the relationship between history and folk culture in the South to reveal the relationships among European, African American, and Native American

Books

293

cultures. He uses various folklife forms to address issues of slavery and civil rights, the significance of community, and the effects of tourism. 1537. Kenney, William Howland. 1999. Recorded Music in American Life: The Phonograph and Popular Memory, 1890–1945. New York: Oxford University Press. xix, 258 p., bibliog. ISBN 0195100468. ML3477 .K46 1999 Kenney provides an early social history of the phonograph, examining the relationship between recorded music and social, political, and economic issues in America during the period of its popularity. 1538. King, Richard H., and Helen Taylor, ed. 1996. Dixie Debates: Perspectives on Southern Cultures. New York: New York University Press. xii, 242 p., bibliog. ISBN 0814746837; 0814746845 (pbk.). F215.2 .D593 1996 Essays use cultural studies frameworks to explore forms of popular Southern culture. Partial Contents: African and European Roots of Southern Culture: The “Central Theme” Revisited/Charles Joyner—The Academic Elvis/Simon Frith—The Last Rebel: Southern Rock and Nostalgic Continuities/Paul Wells—“Shakin’ Your Butt for the Tourist”: Music’s Role in the Identification and Selling of New Orleans/Connie Atkinson—Negotiating Differences: Southern Culture(s) Now/Richard Gray. 1539. Koskoff, Ellen. 2000. Music in Lubavitcher Life. Music in American Life. Urbana: University of Illinois Press. xviii, 225 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 0252025911. ML3195 .K65 2001 Music and musical practices of a community of Lubavitcher Hasidim in Crown Heights, Brooklyn, New York. Based on fieldwork from 1973 to 1995 in New York, Pennsylvania, and Minneapolis, Koskoff focuses on music, creation, and performance of nigunim, melodies considered the primary form of spiritual communication with the divine. She identifies relationship of the music to issues of spirituality, history, and lineage, gender identity, and modernity. 1540. Linn, Karen. 1991. That Half-Barbaric Twang: The Banjo in American Popular Culture. Music in American Life. Urbana: University of Illinois Press. xiii, 185 p., bibliog., illus., photos. ISBN 0252017803. ML1015.B3 L5 1991 Linn traces the role of the banjo in American commercial culture from the early nineteenth century through the 1980s. Draws from a wide variety of sources, including popular literature, advertisements, film, and the instruments themselves to identify and illustrate the changing role in social and musical life. 1541. Melnick, Jeffrey Paul. 1999. A Right to Sing the Blues: African Americans, Jews, and American Popular Song. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press. ix, 277 p., bibliog. ISBN 0674769767. ML3477 .M45 1999 A study of the cultural landscapes shared in the United States by Jews and African Americans. Melnick explores the music of Jewish songwriters, composers, and performers, including George Gershwin, Irving Berlin, and Al Jolson, who produced black music “as a product of their Jewishness.” He explores both the identity of the Jewish performers and the affect of their performance practices on black identity during the Harlem Renaissance. 1542. Patterson, Daniel W., ed. 1991. Sounds of the South. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press. xiv, 219 p., bibliog., photos. ISBN 082231343X. ML3544.5 .C66 1989 Selected papers from “A Conference on the Collecting and Collections of Southern Traditional Music,” held at the University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, in 1989 to

Ethnomusicology

294

celebrate the opening of the Southern Folklife Collection with the John Edwards Memorial Collection. Contents: Evaluating Our Work and Ourselves/Bess Lomax Hawes—Country Music and the Academy: A Thirty-Year Professional Odyssey/Bill C.Malone—Overseas Blues: Europeans and the Blues/Paul Oliver—Looking for Henry Reed: Confessions of a Revivalist/Thomas Carter—Research Approaches to Black Gospel Quartets/Ray Funk—The John Edwards Memorial Foundation: Its History and Significance/Norm Cohen—The History of the Southern Folklife Collection: The Era of Surprise/Daniel W.Patterson—The History of the Southern Folklife Collection: Recent Developments/ Michael T.Casey—Who’s Got What: A Survey of Southern Traditional Music in Public Repositories/Walter C.West and Michael T.Casey—The Center for Acadian and Creole Folklore: An Experiment in Guerrilla Academics/Barry Ancelet— Life as We Knew It/Allen Tullos—Turning Inward and Outward: Retrospective and Prospective Considerations in the Recording of Vernacular Music in the South/David E.Whisnant—Afterword: “Our Music”: Exit Ahead/Archie Green. 1543. Pescatello, Ann M. 1992. Charles Seeger: A Life in American Music. Pittsburgh, Pa.: University of Pittsburgh Press. xii, 346 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 0822937131. ML423.S498 P5 1992 A biography of Charles Seeger that chronicles his activities at the New School for Social Research, the Composers’ Collective of New York, the Resettlement Administration, the Federal Music Project, and the PanAmerican Union and discusses his theories on music education, American traditional music, musicology, and ethnomusicology. 1544. Spalding, Susan Eike, and Jane Harris Woodside, ed. 1995. Communities in Motion: Dance, Community, and Tradition in America’s Southeast and Beyond. Contributions to the Study of Music and Dance, no. 35. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood Press. xii, 273 p., bibliog., map, photos. ISBN 0313294283. GV1624.A7 C65 1995 Articles on vernacular dance in North American local and regional contexts that grew out of meetings of the Center for Appalachian Studies and Services at East Tennessee State University in 1989 and 1990. Contents: Frolics, Hoedowns, and Four-Handed Reels: Variations in Old-Time Dancing in Three Southwest Virginia Communities/Susan Eike Spalding—“You Have To Watch Your People”: Calling Old-Time Appalachian Square Dance/Susan Eika Spalding with Jane Harris Woodside—Square Dancing in the Rural Midwest: Dance Events and the Location of Community /Paul L.Tyler—“There’s a Lot of Pride Wrapped Up in What We Do”: Reminiscences of a Fraternity Stepper/Jane Harris Woodside—Stepping, Saluting, Cracking, and Freaking: The Cultural Politics of African American Step Shows/Elizabeth Fine—Anglo-American Dance in Appalachia and Newfoundland: Toward a Comparative Framework/Colin Quigley—Finding the Way Between the Old and the New: The Mountain Dance and Folk Festival and Bascom Lamar Lunsford’s Work as a Citizen/David E. Whisnant—Wild and Yet Really Subdued: Cultural Change, Stylistic Diversification, and Personal Choice in Traditional Appalachian Dance/Gail Matthews-DeNatale—Carrying on the Old Mountain Clog Dance: Thoughts about Freestyle Clogging/Gail Matthews-DeNatale—“Clogging Is Country”: A Precision Cloggers Perspective/Jane Harris Woodside—“I Want to Show These Young People What We Used To Do”: A Cherokee Revivalist Remembers/Jane Harris Woodside—“Everybody Needs Identity”: Reviving Chrokee Dance/Jane Harris Woodside—Green Grass Cloggers: The Appalachian Spirit Goes International/Phil

Books

295

Jamison—“We Tended to Project a Lot of Energy”: Reminiscences about the Early Days of the Green Grass Cloggers/Susan Eika Spalding with Jane Harris Woodside—Folk Dance in the Early Years of the John C.Campbell Folk School/Douglas Day—Old-Time Fiddling and Country Dancing in North America: Some Reconsiderations/Richard Blaustein—Dance, Our Dearest Diversion: Historical Dance Reconstruction in Colonial Williamsburg/Merry Feycock—Yuppies Invaded My Tradition at Midnight: A Sociological Study of a Contemporary American Contra Dance/Richard Carlin— Collecting Traditional Appalachian Square Dances/Robert G.Dalsemer—How to Document Dance: From the Notes to Talking Feet/Mike Seeger. 1545. Summit, Jeffrey A. 2000. The Lord’s Song in a Strange Land: Music and Identity in Contemporary Jewish Worship. New York: Oxford University Press. xiii, 203 p., bibliog., illus.+1 compact disc. ISBN 0195116771. ML3195 .896 2000 Using Boston as a research site, this study examines music in contemporary Jewish worship, exploring relationships between musical and religious identities. Focuses on a wide range of community settings to reveal diverse forms of cultural expression among the different groups, using diverse musical sources. 1546. Tanenbaum, Susie J. 1995. Underground Harmonies: Music and Politics in the Subways of New York. Anthropology of Contemporary Issues. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press. xiv, 270 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 0801430518; 0801482224 (pbk.). ML3477.8.N48 T36 1995 Using fieldwork and historical research, Tanenbaum explores the musical life that has been part of the New York subway environment since 1904. Her focus is on the musicians and others who contribute to the continuing traditions: audiences and the transit police, and on the systems and spaces that support the practice. North America: Jazz 1547. Ake, David Andrew. 2002. Jazz Cultures. Berkeley: University of California Press. xiii, 223 p., bibliog. ISBN 0520228898. ML3506 .A44 2002 Considers the various musics and identities found in jazz communities during the twentieth century. Ake focuses on specific musicians, including Bill Evan, Keith Jarrett, and John Coltrane, to explore the evolution of traditions and their social meanings throughout the twentieth century. 1548. Berliner, Paul. 1994. Thinking in Jazz: The Infinite Art of Improvisation. Chicago Studies in Ethnomusicology. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. xix, 883 p., bibliog., discog., filmog., illus., music. ISBN 0226043800; 0226043819 (pbk). ML3506 .B475 1994 Drawing on interviews with musicians and transcriptions of collective improvisations as well as his own experiences as a jazz trumpeter, Berliner combines participant observation with detailed musicological analysis to explore the production of jazz in the twentieth century. 1549. Buckner, Reginald T., and Steven Weiland, ed. 1991. Jazz in Mind: Essays on the History and Meanings of Jazz. Jazz History, Culture, and Criticism Series. Detroit: Wayne State University Press. 185 p., bibliog., discog. ISBN 0814321682. ML3507 J38 1991

Ethnomusicology

296

Most essays in this compilation were presented at a conference at the University of Minnesota in 1987. Contents: James Reese Europe and the Prehistory of Jazz/R.Reid Badger—Negotiating the Color Line: Louis Armstrong’s Autobiographies/William H.Kenney III—Soviet Jazz: Transforming American Music/Greg Gaut—The Problem of Local Jazz History: The Example of South Carolina/Benjamin Franklin V—The Quoter and His Culture/Krin Gabbard—“Jazz Isn’t Just Me”: Jazz Autobiographies as Performance Personas/Kathy Ogren—Jazz and Modernism: Changing Conceptions of Innovation and Tradition/Mark S. Harvey—Jazz as Social Structure, Process and Outcome/David T.Bastien, Todd J.Hostager. 1550. DeVeaux, Scott Knowles. 1997. The Birth of Bebop: A Social and Musical History. Berkeley: University of California Press. xv, 572 p., bibliog., discog. ISBN 0520205790. ML3506 .D48 1997 A study of American cultural history that looks at jazz from the Swing Era through the early 1940s. DeVeaux identifies the artistic, commercial, and political elements in bebop through close studies of individual musicians including including Charlie Parker, Dizzy Gillespie, and Thelonious Monk. 1551. Monson, Ingrid T. 1996. Saying Something: Jazz Improvisation and Interaction. Chicago Studies in Ethnomusicology. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. xii, 253 p., bibliog., discog. ISBN 0226534774; 0226534782 (pbk.). ML3506 .M64 1996 Monson uses an interactive style that combines musicians’ narratives with musical examples to explore how their musical expression articulates identity, politics, and culture in twentieth-century African American and American jazz. 1552. O’Meally, Robert G., ed. 1998. The Jazz Cadence of American Culture. New York: Columbia University Press. xvi, 665 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 0231104480; 0231104499 (pbk.). ML3508 .J38 1998 This collection of essays, interviews, and lectures examines the impact of jazz on American culture from the 1920s Harlem Renaissance to the 1960s black arts revolution. The primary goal is to reinforce the understanding that jazz, balancing individuality and coordination in a community, is essentially a democratic medium, both metaphor and model for egalitarian cooperation. 1553. Peretti, Burton W. 1992. The Creation of Jazz: Music, Race, and Culture in Urban America. Music in American Life. Urbana: University of Illinois Press. xii, 277 p., bibliog., discog. ISBN 0252017080. ML3508 .P45 1992 Peretti provides an analysis of the history of jazz from 1900 to 1940 using sources drawn from oral histories, newspapers, and popular literature, examining a wide variety of topics including differences between blues and jazz, the influence of European classical music and white musicians on early jazz, and race relations and male dominance. One of his overall goals is to create a cultural history that unites the methods of musicologists, social scientists and popular historians. 1554. Radano, Ronald Michael. 1993. New Musical Figurations: Anthony Braxton’s Cultural Critique. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. xv, 315 p., bibliog., discog. ISBN 0226701956; 0226701964 (pbk). ML419.B735 R3 1993 Radano provides a history of the Association for the Advancement of Creative Musicians (AACM) and focuses on Anthony Braxton, a jazz musician who exemplifies the changing social and cultural contours in American music.

Books

297

1555. Spencer, Jon Michael. 1993. Blues and Evil. Knox ville: University of Tennessee Press. xxx, 177 p., bibliog. ISBN 0870497820; 0870497839 (pbk.). ML3521 .S63 1993 Spencer examines the historical development of the association of the blues with evil in oral and popular literature, identifying spiritual and secular elements in its history and performance. 1556. Roberts, John Storm. 1999. Latin Jazz: The First of the Fusions, 1880s to Today. New York: Schirmer Books. xiv, 306 p., bibliog., discog., gloss., photos. ISBN 0028646819 (alk. paper). ML3506 .R63 1999 Traces the history of the interplay between Brazilian, Cuban, Argentinean, and Mexican musics and American jazz throughout the twentieth century. Roberts introduces the various musical genres and styles that were adopted and adapted in each historical period, identifies performers and discusses their roles in the movement. 1557. Townsend, Peter. 2000. Jazz in American Culture. Jackson: University Press of Mississippi. x, 193 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 157806323X; 1578063248 (pbk.). ML3918.J39 T69 2000 A brief overview of the history of jazz in the twentieth century. Townsend focuses on jazz theory and history and the genre’s relationship to and influence on other forms of cultural expression. North America: Popular Music 1558. Berger, Harris M. 1999. Metal, Rock, and Jazz: Perception and the Phenomenology of Musical Experience. Music/Culture. Hanover, N.H.: University Press of New England. xiii, 334 p., bibliog., illus., map. ISBN 0819563714; 0819563765 (pbk). ML3838 .B439 1999 A study of the heavy metal, rock, and jazz scenes of Cleveland and Akron, Ohio, based on interviews with local musicians and fieldwork in performance and rehearsal spaces. Berger provides descriptive and analytical information on musicians and the music itself and concludes with a exploration of social and political aspects of the death metal scene in Akron. 1559. Bernard, Shane K. 1996. Swamp Pop: Cajun and Creole Rhythm and Blues. Jackson: University Press of Mississippi. xvii, 264 p., bibliog., discog., photos.+1 compact disc. ISBN 0878058753; 0878058761 (pbk.). ML3539 .B47 1996 Investigates a popular music genre using electric guitar and bass, sax, piano, and drums that emerged in southern Louisiana in the 1950s from the fusion of fiddle and accordion based Cajun and Creole musics. Bernard uses interviews with musicians from Texas and Louisiana to inform his historical study. 1560. Bertrand, Michael T. 2000. Race, Rock, and Elvis. Music in American Life. Urbana: University of Illinois Press. xii, 327 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 0252025865. ML3918.R63 B47 2000 Examines the development of rock and roll following World War II when social and economic changes were impacting Southern youth, especially in regard to race. Bertrand considers ideology, politics, and consumerism as issues that influenced the music culture of rural working-class white youth and encouraged them to embrace black musics.

Ethnomusicology

298

1561. Bindas, Kenneth J. 1992. America’s Musical Pulse: Popular Music in Twentieth-Century Society. Contributions to the Study of Popular Culture, no. 33. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood Press. xviii, 301 p., bibliog. ISBN 0313274657; 0275943062 (pbk). ML3477 .A48 1992 A collection of articles that document the American experience as recorded in popular sound. Contents: The Importance of Music to People/Rudolf E.Radocy—Popular Music as Politics and Protest/Jerome Rodnitzky—“Blues What I Am”: Blues Consciousness and Social Protest/Fred J. Hay—Proud to Be an American: Patriotism in Country Music/Melton A.McLaurin—“Still Boy-Meets-Girl Stuff’: Popular Music and War/ Jeffrey C.Livingston—Social and Geographic Characteristics of Country Music/James E.Akenson—The Music of the Dispossessed: The Rise of the Blues/William Barlow— Emerging from America’s Underside: The Black Musician from Ragtime to Jazz/Burton W.Peretti—Race, Class, and Ethnicity among Swing Musicians/Kenneth J.Bindas—Rock and Roll and the Working Class/James R.McDonald—Rock Is Youth/Youth Is Rock/ Deena Weinstein—Music as Commodity: Effect and Influence/Scott John Hammond— The Development of Tin Pan Alley/Craig H.Roell—Small Business and the Recording Industry/Martin Laforse—The Business of Popular Music: A Short History/Patrick R.Parsons—Taking Care of Business: The Commercialization of Rock Music/George M.Plasketes—The African-American Contribution to Jazz/William Howland Kenney III—The Day Hank Williams Died: Cultural Collisions in Country Music/Nolan Porterfield—Swing and Segregation/Charles A.Nanry—The Role and Image of African Americans in Rock and Roll/Charles R.Warner—Equal Time: A Historical Overview of Women in Jazz/Linda Dahl—Women and Country Music/Karen Saucier Lundy—One Voice: The Legacy of Women Singers in Popular Music/Therese L.Lueck—Lyrical Sexism in Popular Music: A Quantitative Examination/Virginia W.Cooper—The Ragtime Controversy/David Joyner—Debating with Beethoven: Understanding the Fear of Early Jazz/Kathy J.Ogren—Sounds of Seduction: Sex and Alcohol in Country Music Lyrics/Charles Jaret and Jacqueline Boles—The Homogenization of Early Rock and Roll/Richard Aquila—Conclusion: The Impact of Popular Music in Society/John Orman. 1562. Cantwell, Robert. 1996. When We Were Good: The Folk Revival. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press. viii, 412 p., bibliog. ISBN 0674951328; 0674951336 (pbk). ML3551 .C36 1996 Traces various social and cultural influences that affected the folk revival of the 1960s, from blackface minstrelsy of the late nineteenth century through events of the 1930s, 1940s, and 1950s that shaped the character and identity of the music and its performers. 1563. Cohen, Ronald D., ed. 1995. “Wasn’t That a Time!”: Firsthand Accounts of the Folk Music Revival. American Folk Music and Musicians, Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow Press. viii, 232 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 081082955X. ML3551 .W38 1995 Contributions to the Richard Reuss Memorial Folk Music Conference held at Indiana University, Bloomington, in 1991. The book collects revisions of 16 accounts and scholarly papers on the folk music revival in the United States during the 1950s and 1960s. 1564. Daniel, Wayne W. 1990. Pickin’ on Peachtree: A History of Country Music in Atlanta, Georgia. Music in American Life. Urbana: University of Illinois Press. xiv, 295 p., bibliog., illus., discog. ISBN 0252016874. ML3524 .D36 1990

Books

299

An account of the development of Atlanta as a significant force in country music from the 1920s through the 1950s. Daniel describes and discusses the early Georgia old-time fiddlers’ conventions and the commercialization of country music through the growing radio, recording, and television industry. 1565. Ennis, Philip H. 1992. The Seventh Stream: The Emergence of Rocknroll in American Popular Music. Middletown, Conn.; Hanover, N.H.: Wesleyan University Press; University Press of New England. xii, 445 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 0819552380; 0819562572 (pbk.). ML3534 .E55 1992 Ennis focuses on the development of popular music from 1900 to 1990, tracing the musical, social, and economic elements that contributed to the formation of rock music as a separate “stream” or musical style that emerged from the music industry in post-World War II. 1566. MacLeod, Bruce A. 1993. Club Date Musicians: Playing the New York Party Circuit. Music in American Life. Urbana: University of Illinois Press. x, 213 p., bibliog., gloss., music. ISBN 0252019547. ML3795 .M14 1993 A study of the New York musicians who make a living providing entertainment for social gatherings to celebrate ritual events such as weddings, bar mitzvahs, and debutante balls. McLeod interviews and performance observation to focus on how the musicians define and evaluate their work. He examines the relationship of audience to performer, the social and musical organization of ensembles, musicians’ economic and social status, and the process of change in the musical culture. 1567. Malone, Bill C. 2002. Don’t Get above Your Raisin’: Country Music and the Southern Working Class. Music in American Life. Urbana: University of Illinois Press. xvi, 392 p., bibliog., photos. ISBN 0252026780. ML3524 .M344 2002 Examines the relationship between country music and Southern workingclass culture. Malone provides a history of its roots and explores topics that include urbanization, the relationship between music and politics, and the significance of religion in the genre. 1568. Perkins, William Eric. 1996. Droppin’ Science: Critical Essays on Rap Music and Hip Hop Culture. Critical Perspectives on the Past. Philadelphia: Temple University Press. ix, 276 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 1566393612; 1566393620 (pbk.). ML3531 .D77 1996 A collection of articles that provide a history of rap and hip hop beginning with its appearance in the 1970s. Includes discussions of many of the social issues that surround the genre: white crossover, misogyny, gangsta rap, Latino rap, black nationalism, and others. Contents: Rap Attack: An Introduction/William Eric Perkins—Women Writin’ Rappin’ Breakin’/Nancy Guevara—Rap’s Latino Sabor/Mandalit del Barco—Puerto Rocks: New York Ricans Stake Their Claim/Juan Flores—Kickin’ Reality, Kickin’ Ballistics: Gangsta Rap and Postindustrial Los Angeles/Robin D.G. Kelley—Making the Strong Survive; the Contours and Contradictions of Message Rap/Ernest Allen, Jr.—Who Wants to See Ten Niggers Play Basketball?/ Armond White—Hip Hop 1017 Robert Farris Thompson—Dance in Hip Hop Culture/Katrina Hazzard-Donald—Hidden Politics: Discursive and Institutional Policing of Rap Music/Tricia Rose—Youth’s Global Village: An Epilogue/William Eric Perkins. 1569. Peterson, Richard A. 1997. Creating Country Music: Fabricating Authenticity. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. xiv, 306 p., bibliog. illus., photos. ISBN 0226662845. ML3524 .P48 1997

Ethnomusicology

300

Traces the development of country music and its institutionalization from the early 1920s to 1953, exploring the manufacturing of authenticity during this early period of the genre. Peterson includes a history of the music and its performers from Fiddlin’ John Carson to Hank Williams. 1570. Potter, Russell A. 1995. Spectacular Vernaculars: Hip-Hop and the Politics of Postmodernism. The Suny Series in Postmodern Culture. Albany: State University of New York Press. x, 197 p., bibliog. ISBN 0791426254; 0791426262 (pbk). ML3531 .P68 1995 Uses postmodern theory to examine hip hop and its resistance to commodification of cultural forms. Potter discusses its appropriation of tropes, technologies, and material culture and the significance of its role as consumer culture. 1571. Reuss, Richard A., and JoAnne C. Reuss. 2000. American Folk Music and LeftWing Politics, 1927–1957. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press. xviii, 297 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 081083684X. ML3918.F65 R48 2000 This study is a revision and updating of Richard Reuss’s 1971 doctoral research by his wife, JoAnne Reuss. It provides descriptive information on the musical events during the mid-twentieth century that were framed by musicians as political activists responding to their social and economic circumstances. Reuss provides a chronological account of the period and the musicians, political activists, and folklorists involved in social action. 1572. Pratt, Ray. 1994. Rhythm and Resistance: The Political Uses of American Popular Music. Rev. ed. Washington, D.C.: Smithsonian Institution Press. xii, 241 p., bibliog. ISBN 1560983515. ML3470 .P7 1994 Pratt examines popular music in the United States as a means of resistance from the time of slavery to the 1980s. He takes a theoretical approach to explore oppositional culture and attitudes and their basis for a sense of community. 1573. Rosenberg, Neil V., ed. 1993. Transforming Tradition: Folk Music Revivals Examined. Folklore and Society. Urbana: University of Illinois Press. xiii, 340 p., bibliog. ISBN 0252019822. ML3551 .T72 1993 A collection of essays addressing how folk music revivals of the 1950s and 1960s fused popular and folk culture. Focus is on history and aesthetic values of the revival process and musical expression. Contents: When We Were Good: Class and Culture in the Folk Revival/Robert Cantwell—The Campus Folksong Club: A Glimpse at the Past/Archie Green—The Folksong Revival/Bruce Jackson—Cents and Nonsense in the Urban Folksong Movement: 1930–66/Ellen Stekert—A Future Folklorist in the Record Business/Kenneth S. Goldstein—On Folk Festivals and Kitchens: Questions of Authenticity in the Folksong Revival/I. Sheldon Posen—“The Folk Process” in the Revival: “Barrett’s Privateers” and “Baratt’s Privateers” / Pauline Greenhill—“Barrett’s Privateers”: Performance and Participation in the Folk Revival/Anne Lederman— Musical Revival as Musical Transformation/Burt Feintuch—Starvation, Serendipity, and the Ambivalence of Bluegrass Revivalism/Neil V.Rosenberg—Bluegrass and the Folk Revival: Structural Similarities and Experienced Differences/Philip Nusbaum— Reconstructing the Blues: Reflections on the 1960s Blues Revival/Jeff Todd Titon— Living Blues Journal: The Paradoxical Aesthetics of the Blues Revival/Peter Narváez— Rethinking Folk Revivalism: Grass-Roots Preservationism and Folk Romanticism/Richard Blaustein—The Reception of the Music of American Southern Whites in Japan/Toru Mitsui.

Books

301

1574. Rubin, Rachel, and Jeffrey Paul Melnick, ed. 2001. American Popular Music: New Approaches to the Twentieth Century. Amherst: University of Massachusetts Press. viii, 280 p., bibliog. ISBN 1558492674; 1558492682 (pbk.). ML3477 .A42 2001 An introductory survey of American popular music, the essays examine musical genres that became popular during the twentieth century. Contents: Introduction: The Work of Popular Music/Rachel Rubin and Jeffrey Melnick—They Work Hard for Their Money: The Business of Popular Music/David Sanjek—Tin Pan Alley and the BlackJewish Nation/Jeffrey Melnick—How I Got to Memphis: The Blues and the Study of American Culture/James Smethurst—Listening to Jazz/Geoffrey Jacques—Sing Me Back Home: Nostalgia, Bakersfield, and Modern Country Music/Rachel Rubin—Off the Charts: Outrage and Exclusion in the Eruption of Rock and Roll/Reebee Garofalo— Another Man Is Beating My Time: Gender and Sexuality in Rhythm and Blues/Mark Anthony Neal—One Hundred Years of Black Gospel Quarter Singing/Kip Lornell— Contextualizing Rap / Gail Hilson Woldu—The Folk Revival: Beyond Child’s Canon and Sharp’s Song Catching/Millie Rahn—Polka Contrabandista: Mexican Ballads in the Modern Age/Elijah Wald. 1575. Shank, Barry. 1994. Dissonant Identities: The Rock’n'roll Scene in Austin, Texas. Music/Culture. Hanover, N.H.: University Press of New England. xv, 294 p., bibliog., map. ISBN 0819562769. ML3534 .846 1994 A study of the history of popular music in Austin that focuses on its cultural and economic context, and the broader effect of music as a signifying practice that is capable of transforming identities. 1576. Tichi, Cecelia. 1994. High Lonesome: The American Culture of Country Music. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press. xiii, 318 p., photos., discog., bibliog. +1 compact disc. ISBN 0807821349; 0807846082 (pbk.). ML3524 .T5 1994 Tichi identifies country music as a national art form and explores its relationship with American art and literature. She argues that it carries the same themes found in literary and art works over three centuries: the road, the meaning of home, class struggle, spiritual pilgrimage, and persistent loneliness. 1577. Tichi, Cecelia, ed. 1998. Reading Country Music: Steel Guitars, Opry Stars, and Honky-Tonk Bars. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press. 408 p., bibliog., discog., music, photos. ISBN 0822321564; 0822321688 (pbk). ML3524 .R43 1998 Collection of essays originally published as a special issue of South Atlantic Quarterly (1995) brings together a wide range of scholars and critics from literature, communications, history, sociology, art, and music. 1578. Walser, Robert. 1993. Running with the Devil: Power, Gender, and Madness in Heavy Metal Music. Music/Culture. Hanover, N.H.: University Press of New England. xviii, 222 p., bibliog. ISBN 0819552526; 0819562602. ML3534 .W29 1993 Ethnographic study of heavy metal of the 1980s in the United States using data from critics, musicians, fans, and the music itself. Walsh provides an analysis of the power, meaning, musical structure, and sociopolitical contexts of the genre using cultural studies frameworks to inform his study.

Ethnomusicology

302

North America: African Americans 1579. Adjaye, Joseph K., and Adrianne R.Andrews, ed. 1997. Language, Rhythm, and Sound: Black Popular Cultures into the Twenty-First Century. Pittsburgh, Pa.: University of Pittsburgh Press. x, 324 p., bibliog. ISBN 0822939673; 0822956209 (pbk.). E185.625 .L364 1997 A selection of papers from an international conference entitled “Black Popular Culture in Africa, the United States, and the Caribbean” convened by the Africana Studies Department of the University of Pittsburgh. Partial Contents: Popular Culture and the Black Experience/Joseph K.Adjaye—The Discourse of Kente Cloth: From Haute Couture to Mass Culture/ Joseph K.Adjaye—Sarbeeb: The Art of Oblique Communication in Somali Culture/Said S.Samatar—Nana Ampadu, the Sung-Tale Metaphor, and Protest Discourse in Contemporary Ghana/Kwesi Yankah—A Womanist Turn on the Hip-Hop Theme: Leslie Harris’s Another Girl on the IRT/ Andre Willis—Translating DoubleDutch to Hip-Hop: The Musical Vernacular of Black Girls’ Play/Kyra D.Gaunt—The Language Culture of Rap Music Videos/Patricia A.Washington and Lynda Dixon Shaver—The Sound of Culture: Dread Discourse and Jamaican Sound Systems/Louis Chude-Sokei—“An-Ba-Chen’n La” (Chained Together): The Landscape of Kassav’s Zouk/Brenda F.Berrian—Ma’s in Brooklyn: Immigration, Race and the Cultural Politics of Carnival/Rachel Buff—Popular Music, Appropriation, and the Circular Culture of Labor Migration in Southern Africa: The Case of South Africa and Malawi/Lupenga Mphande and Ikechukwu Okafor Newsum. 1580. Allen, Ray. 1991. Singing in the Spirit: African-American Sacred Quartets in New York City. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press. xx, 268 p., bibliog., photos. ISBN 0812230507; 0812213319 (pbk.). ML3187 .A44 1991 An examination of sacred quartets in the African American church community located in the Bedford Stuyvesant section of Brooklyn, New York. The author provides ethnographic information on its history, aesthetics, and performance practice to demonstrate that it is an evolving form of cultural expression that acts as a symbolic vehicle for maintaining Southern rural identity. 1581. Caponi, Gena Dagel, ed. 1999. Signifyin(G), Sanctifyin’ and Slam Dunking: A Reader in African American Expressive Culture. Amherst: University of Massachusetts Press. viii, 467 p., bibliog. ISBN 1558491821; 155849183X (pbk.). E185.86 .S575 1999 A series of essays that provide analytical and critical information on black expressive culture. Most were published over a 70-year period beginning in 1925. Areas covered include music and dance, verbal art of signifying, sports, and embodiment to explore the concept of a black aesthetic. 1582. Conway, Cecelia. 1995. African Banjo Echoes in Appalachia: A Study of Folk Traditions. Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press. xxviii, 394 p., bibliog., photos. ISBN 0870498924; 0870498932 (pbk.). ML3556 .C667 1995 Conway traces the history of the banjo and its traditions in Africa and the southeastern United States, drawing in part on interviews with elderly African American banjo players from the Piedmont. Identifies connections between early black banjo lyric patterns, improvisational playing, and accompanying dance styles to traditional West African music.

Books

303

1583. Conyers, James L., ed. 2001. African American Jazz and Rap: Social and Philosophical Examinations of Black Expressive Behavior. Jefferson, N.C.: McFarland. vii, 256 p., bibliog. ISBN 0786408286. ML3508 .A47 2001 Essays examine jazz and rap history, performers, and the social significance of the genres. Contents: Part 1: Toward an Afrocentric Approach to the Study of Jazz and Rap Music. Metatheory and Methodology: Appraising the Black Experience/James L.Conyers, Jr.—The Role of Criticism in Black Popular Culture/Warren C.Swindell— Part 2: “All that Jazz”: History, Culture, Performers, Instruments, and Political Functionality. “And all that Jazz” Has African roots!/Learthen Dorsey—Jazz Antecedents/ Eddie S.Meadows—The Life and Jazz Style of Blue Mitchell/Charles I.Miller—Jazz Guitar: Ain’t No Jazz/George Walker and Mondo Eyen we Langa—The Social Roots of African American Music: 1950–1970/ Thomas J.Porter—Jazz Musicians in Postwar Europe and Japan/Larry Ross—Part 3: Jazz Expressions in Dance and Literature. African American Dance and Music/Samuel A.Floyd, Jr.—Lady Sings the Blues: Toni Morrison and the Jazz/Blues Aesthetic/Gloria T. Randle—Al Young: Jazz Griot/Michael Carroll—Part 4: Rap Music as Art Form, Social-Political Commentary, and Economic Commodity. The Rhythm of Rhyme: A Look at Rap Music as an Art Form from a Jazz Perspective/Reginald Thomas—At the Vanguard: African American Life as Seen Through the Music of Selected Rap and Jazz Artists/Andrew P.Smallwood— Africana Cosmology, Ethos, and Rap: A Social Study of Black Popular Culture/James L.Conyers, Jr.—Part 5: Toward the Future: Educating Future Generations and Preserving Cultural Traditions. Can You Sing Jazz? Perception and Appreciation of Jazz Music among African American Young Adults/Nancy J.Dawson—Hip-Hop and the Rap Music Industry/Tshombe Walker—Ethnomusicology and the African American Tradition/George L.Starks, Jr.—Reflections on Sterling Stuckey’s Slave Culture: Understanding Pan Afrikan Nationalism as a Cultural Force/Ahati N.N. Touré. 1584. DjeDje, Jacqueline Cogdell, and Eddie S.Meadows, ed. 1998. California Soul: Music of African Americans in the West. Music of the African Diaspora, 1. Berkeley: University of California Press. x, 507 p. ISBN 0520206274; 0520206282 (pbk.). ML3479 .C37 1998 A collection of essays that discuss the influence of African American music and musicians in California. Contents: Way Out West on Central: Jazz in the AfricanAmerican Community of Los Angeles before 1930/Michael Bakan—“Pitchin’ Up a Boogie”: African-American Musicians, Nightlife, and Music Venues in Los Angeles, 1930–1945/Ralph Eastman—Oakland Blues/Lee Hildebrand—A Conversation with Bob Geddins/James C. Moore—The California Black Gospel Music Tradition: A Confluence of Musical Styles and Cultures/Jacqueline Cogdell DjeDje—Insider Perspectives on the American Afrikan Popular Music Industry and Black Radio/ Kiwaku Person-Lynn— California Rhythm and Blues Recordings, 1942–1972: A Diversity of Styles/Willie R. Collins—The Gospel of Andrae Crouch, a Black Angeleno/Jean Kidula—African Americans and “Lites Out Jazz” in San Diego: Marketing, Impact, and Criticism/Eddie S. Meadows—Clora Bryant: Gender Issues in the Career of a West Coast Jazz Musician/Danica L.Stein—Brenda Holloway: Los Angeles’s Contribution to Motown/Kimasi L.Browne—Source Materials and Guide to African-American Music, Musicians, and Culture in California/David Martinelli.

Ethnomusicology

304

1585. Floyd, Samuel A. 1995. The Power of Black Music: Interpreting Its History from Africa to the United States. New York: Oxford University Press. 316 p., bibliog., discog., filmog. ISBN 0195082354. ML3556 .F65 1995 An overview of African American music in the United States stressing the connections between African and the interpretive strategies of African Americans in their music from nineteenth century spirituals to ragtime and blues to more contemporary rhythm and blues, rock and roll as well as classical music. 1586. Harris, Michael W. 1992. The Rise of Gospel Blues: The Music of Thomas Andrew Dorsey in the Urban Church. New York: Oxford University Press. xxiii, 324 p., bibliog. ISBN 0195063767. ML3187 .H37 1992 Traces the development of gospel blues in the early twentieth century through the career of its founder, Thomas A.Dorsey. Identifies the popularity of the gospel blues in the urban church as a significant factor in the development of a distinct African American religious practice. 1587. Hazzard-Gordon, Katrina. 1990. Jookin’: The Rise of Social Dance Formations in African-American Culture. Philadelphia: Temple University Press. xiii, 226 p., bibliog. ISBN 087722613X. GV1624.7.A34 H39 1990 Traces evolving African American dance forms from Africa to urban America using published material, interviews, and personal experience. She focuses on how performers use dance as a means of communication, socialization, and rebellion. 1588. Jones, Ferdinand, and Arthur C.Jones, ed. 2001. The Triumph of the Soul: Cultural and Psychological Aspects of African-American Music. Westport, Conn.: Praeger. xviii, 228 p., bibliog., discog. ISBN 0275953653. ML3556 .T75 2001 Essays by scholars in the social sciences and music examine cultural and psychological features found in African American music. Contents: Upon This Rock: The Foundational Influence of the Spirituals/Arthur C.Jones—The Poetry of the Blues: Understanding the Blues in Its Cultural Context/ Peter R.Aschoff—The New Orleans Brass Band: A Cultural Tradition/ Michael G.White—Why We Sing: The Role and Meaning of Gospel in African American Popular Culture/Angel M.S.Nelson—Jazz and the Resilience of African Americans/Ferdinand Jones—The Meaning of Rap Music in Contemporary Black Culture/Cheryl L.Keyes—Paying Dues Toward an African American Aesthetic: An Autobiographical Essay/William C.Lowe—Sacred Music for Secular Space: In Honor of John Coltrane/ Leonard L.Brown. 1589. Kubik, Gerhard. 1999. Africa and the Blues. Jackson: University Press of Mississippi. xviii, 240 p., bibliog., illus., maps, music, photos. ISBN 1578061458; 1578061466 (pbk). ML3521 .K83 1999 Kubik uses his extensive experience with music of sub-Saharan Africa to identify African musical idioms and instruments in use before the advent of slavery in the United States to trace the roots of the blues. He suggests that the developing genre borrowed more heavily from Africa than originally thought, and discusses how the blues and other African American genres have affected African musical expression. 1590. Lornell, Kip. 1995. Happy in the Service of the Lord: African-American Sacred Vocal Harmony Quartets in Memphis. 2d ed. Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press. xx, 250 p., bibliog., photos., audiog. ISBN 0870498770. ML3187 .L67 1995 A study of the development of the African American gospel quartet from the 1920s to the 1980s, focusing largely on Memphis, Tennessee. Lornell uses interviews and

Books

305

fieldwork to inform his picture of a multilayered tradition that is connected to the city as well as the larger world of African American popular culture. This is a revised edition of his 1988 study with an added chapter on gospel composers and spirituality in performance. 1591. Malone, Jacqui. 1996. Steppin’ on the Blues: The Visible Rhythms of African American Dance. Folklore and Society. Urbana: University of Illinois Press. xiii, 272 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 0252022114; 0252065085 (pbk.). GV1624.7.A34 M35 1996 A cultural history of African American dance that explores its connection to African forms, its social functions, and the interrelationships between dance, music, and song in selected contexts. Malone presents a detailed cultural history of black dance followed by an exploration of the role vocal harmony groups, black university marching bands, and black sorority and fraternity stepping teams play in its evolution. 1592. Martin, Denis. 1998. Le gospel afro-américain: des spirituals au rap religieux. Arles, France: Cité de la musique: Actes sud. 151 p., bibliog., discog., illus. +1 compact disc. ISBN 274271779X. ML3187 .M37 1998 A study of the history of the African American gospel song with a discussion of its relationship to rap. 1593. Matthews, Donald Henry. 1998. Honoring the Ancestors: An African Cultural Interpretation of Black Religion and Literature. New York: Oxford University Press. xiii, 171 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 0195091043. BT82.7 .M38 1998 Examines the literature and religious expression of African Americans identifying the spiritual as a key to understanding religion. He explores the works of W.E.B.DuBois, Melville Herskovits, and Zora Neale Hurston, using an African-centered approach to the interpretation of African American religion. 1594. Otis, Johnny. 1993. Upside Your Head!: Rhythm and Blues on Central Avenue. Music/Culture. Hanover, N.H.: University Press of New England. xxxv, 174 p., bibliog. ISBN 0819552631. ML419.O85 A3 1993 A personal account of music on Central Avenue in Los Angeles that explores the intersection of race and popular music. Otis reflects on his own life and the lives of musical and political individuals and events that have impacted him and others. He traces the production and consumption of American popular music in the 1930s, 1940s, and 1950s, and includes essays on prominent musicians and significant musical genres, especially rhythm and blues and early jazz. 1595. Reagon, Bernice Johnson. 2001. If You Don’t Go, Don’t Hinder Me: The African American Sacred Song Tradition. The Abraham Lincoln Lecture Series. Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press. 155 p., bibliog. ISBN 0803239130:0803289839 (pbk). ML3187 .R3187 2001 Reagon uses the theme of migration in four essays that examine different genres of African American sacred music and their relationship to her life. She focuses on specific contexts for the evolution of gospel music, prayer bands, spirituals, and freedom songs. 1596. Rose, Tricia. 1994. Black Noise: Rap Music and Black Culture in Contemporary America. Music Culture. Hanover, N.H.: Wesleyan University Press. xvi, 237 p., bibliog., photos. ISBN 0819552712; 0819562750 (pbk.). ML3531 .R67 1994 An analysis of rap and hip hop culture as social, cultural, and artistic practice in urban America. In particular, Rose explores the complex racial and sexual narratives that emerged with the growth of the genre from the mid-1970s to the early 1990s.

Ethnomusicology

306

1597. Rosenbaum, Art, and Johann S. Buis. 1998. Shout Because You’re Free: The African American Ring Shout Tradition in Coastal Georgia. Athens: University of Georgia Press. xvii, 190 p., bibliog., illus., music. ISBN 0820319341. F292.M15 R67 1998 On the influence of the ring shout tradition on African American music and religious practices. Includes information on the history of the tradition in America and focuses on the shouter community of Bolden, Georgia. 1598. Southern, Eileen. 1997. The Music of Black Americans: A History. 3d ed. New York: Norton. xxii, 678 p., bibliog., discog., illus. ISBN 0393038432; 0393971414 (pbk.). ML3556 .S74 1997 A comprehensive history of music in the lives of black Americans from the arrival of the first Africans in the English colonies to rap and other popular genres of the late twentieth century. Southern discusses the evolution of musical genres, musical instruments, dance, and social and religious practices. 1599. Spencer, Jon Michael. 1992. Black Hymnody: A Hymnological History of the African-American Church. Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press. xiii, 242 p., bibliog. ISBN 0870497456; 087049760X (pbk.). BV313 .864 1992 Spencer uses an analysis of the hymnbooks of ten denominations connected to African-Christian belief systems to document the hymnological tradition of the black church in America and to explore doctrinal and cultural developments. 1600. Spencer, Jon Michael. 1996. Re-Searching Black Music. Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press. xi, 154 p., bibliog. ISBN 0870499297. ML3556 .S83 1996 Spencer argues that black culture in America must be considered both theologically and musicologically; the two are fundamental and intertwined attributes of African American culture. The study applies this to folk, popular, and classical musics and considers its ethical implications. 1601. Ward, Brian. 1998. Just My Soul Responding: Rhythm and Blues, Black Consciousness, and Race Relations. Berkeley: University of California Press. xi, 600 p., bibliog. ISBN 0520212975; 0520212983 (pbk.). ML3479 .W37 1998 An account of the development of rhythm and blues from the 1950s to the 1970s that identifies it as a genre that reflects changes in black consciousness and social positions of African Americans in the last half of the twentieth century. 1602. Ward-Royster, Willa, and Toni Rose. 1991. How I Got Over: Clara Ward and the World-Famous Ward Singers. Philadelphia: Temple University Press. xiii, 263 p., illus. ISBN 1566394899; 1566394902 (pbk.). ML420.W183 A3 1997 Chronicles the story of the gospel group, the Ward Singers, that began in rural South Carolina in the 1930s. An anectodal history, it provides a narrative of the black American experience through the middle of the twentieth century. Story told by the youngest member of the group, Toni Rose. 1603. Young, Alan. 1997. Woke Me Up This Morning: Black Gospel Singers and the Gospel Life. American Made Music Series. Jackson: University Press of Mississippi. xxxvi, 320 p., bibliog., discog., illus. ISBN 0878059431; 087805944X (pbk.). ML394 .Y68 1996 Uses interviews with residents of Mississippi and Tennessee to trace the history of gospel music from its genesis during slavery through the twentieth century.

Books

307

North America: Asian Americans 1604. Catlin, Amy. 1992. Khmer Classical Dance Songbook. Van Nuys, Calif.: Apsara Media for Intercultural Education. xiv, 126 p., bibliog., gloss., illus., music, videog. ISBN. M1824.C3 K4 1992 Includes transcription and analysis of ten Khmer classical dance songs sung by SamAng Sam and danced by his wife Chan Moly Sam. The collection is based on fieldwork with members of the Khmer community in Van Nuys, California. 1605. Reyes, Adelaida. 1999. Songs of the Caged, Songs of the Free: Music and the Vietnamese Refugee Experience. Philadelphia: Temple University Press. xix, 218 p., bibliog., illus., music. ISBN 1566396859; 1566396867 (pbk.). ML3560.V5 R49 1999 Based on fieldwork among Vietnamese refugees in four resettlement communities in Palawan and Nataan, New Jersey, and Little Saigon in California, Reyes focuses on the significance of expressive culture to members of diasporic communities. She considers issues of ethnicity, class, and age as she looks at all forms of music produced within these communities to better understand their struggle as exiles. 1606. Terada, Yoshitaka, ed. 2001. Transcending Boundaries: Asian Musics in North America. Senri Ethnological Reports, 22. Osaka, Japan: National Museum of Ethnology. 124 p., bibliog., illus. ISSN 1340–6787. ML3560 .A85 T73 Papers originally presented at a public forum held at the National Museum of Ethnology in 1997. Contents: Introduction/Yoshitaka Terada—Asian American Music/Hiromi Lorraine Sakata—Kolintang’s Uniquely American Success/Usopay Hamdag Cadar—Shifting Identities of Taiko Music in North America/Yoshitaka Terada—Cambodian Music and Dance in North America/Sam-Ang Sam—Korean Americans and Their Music: Transcending Ethnic and Geographic Boundaries/Maria Kongju Seo—Vietnamese Music in America/Phong Nguyen. North America: European Americans 1607. Bealle, John. 1997. Public Worship, Private Faith: Sacred Harp and American Folksong. Athens: University of Georgia Press. xv, 308 p., bibliog. ISBN 082031921X; 0820319880 (pbk.). ML3188 .B43 1997 Bealle examines the sacred harp tradition in the context of its changing role in American life, focusing on the relationship between the traditional practice and public culture, especially during the recent revival. 1608. Cochran, Robert. 1999. Singing in Zion: Music and Song in the Life of an Arkansas Family. Fayetteville: University of Arkansas Press. xiv, 274 p., bibliog. ISBN 1557285470; 1557285489 (pbk). ML3551.7.A8 C63 1999 A study of oral tradition and music in rural Arkansas, focusing on one family’s musical traditions and their relationship to the local community. Cochran uses letters from three sisters written in the middle of the twentieth century to reconstruct their repertoire and to identify the significance of music in their lives. Includes an appendix with over 80 songs in the AngloAmerican tradition. 1609. Greene, Victor R. 1992. A Passion for Polka: Old-Time Ethnic Music in America, Berkeley: University of California Press. xi, 355 p., bibliog., photos. ISBN 0520075846. ML3551 .G696 1992

Ethnomusicology

308

A study of the popularization of old-time ethnic music from the late nineteenth century to the 1960s. Greene provides a social history of various European-derived traditions and their musical practices as they gained popularity in the United States throughout the twentieth century. 1610. Grimes, Robert R. 1996. How Shall We Sing in a Foreign Land?: Music of Irish Catholic Immigrants in the Antebellum United States. The Irish in America. Notre Dame, Ind.: University of Notre Dame Press. xi, 237 p., bibliog., music. ISBN 0268011109 (pbk.). ML3554 .G75 1996 Investigates the musical life and repertoire of Irish Catholic communities in the United States between 1830 and 1860. Focuses on the parish as a social center where canonical music, vernacular ritual songs, and popular music related to social organizations was shared. 1611. Ives, Edward D. 1999. Drive Dull Care Away: Folksongs from Prince Edward Island. Charlottetown, Prince Edward Island, Canada: Institute of Island Studies. xiii, 269 p., bibliog., maps, music, photos. ISBN 0919013341. ML3563.7 P7 I95 1999 Ives discusses the process of gathering songs, learning about their singers, and discovering their histories and presents a collection of local songs that reveal the Celticinfluenced cultural history of Prince Edward Island. 1612. Keil, Charles, and Angeliki V.Keil. 1992. Polka Happiness. Visual Studies. Philadelphia: Temple University Press. xii, 221 p., bibliog., discog., photos. ISBN 0877228191. GV1796.P55 K45 1992 A study of the Polish-American polka that focuses on history of bands, styles, and their leaders, examines the importance of the International Polka Association, and presents case studies of the polka scene in Milwaukee, Buffalo, and Chicago. 1613. Malone, Bill C. 1993. Singing Cowboys and Musical Mountaineers: Southern Culture and the Roots of Country Music. Mercer University Lamar Memorial Lectures, no. 34. Athens: University of Georgia Press. viii, 155 p., bibliog. ISBN 0820314838; 0820316792 (pbk). ML3551 .M26 1993 Three lectures that explore the varied influences on early Southern white folk music, challenging the myth of folk-culture development in geographically isolated purity. 1614. Milnes, Gerald. 1999. Play of a Fiddle: Traditional Music, Dance, and Folklore in West Virginia. Lexington: University Press of Kentucky. 211 p., bibliog., discog., illus. ISBN 0813120802. ML3551.7.W4 M55 1999 Milnes investigates the performance traditions of people in West Virginia born between 1890 and 1920 to develop an understanding of the social history and cultural life of the region. 1615. Montell, William Lynwood. 1991. Singing the Glory Down: Amateur Gospel Music in South Central Kentucky, 1900–1990. Lexington: University Press of Kentucky. xi, 248 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 0813117577. ML3187 .M66 1991 A history of the major venues of gospel singing, shape-note choirs, church singing, singing conventions, and quartet singing in south central Kentucky, with information on the performers and their performance practice. 1616. Patterson, Beverly Bush. 1995. The Sound of the Dove: Singing in Appalachian Primitive Baptist Churches. Music in American Life. Urbana: University of Illinois Press. x, 238 p., bibliog., discog., music, photos. ISBN 0252021231; 0252070038 (pbk.). ML3160 .P28 1995

Books

309

Based on field research in Primitive Baptist churches in the Central Blue Ridge Mountains in the 1980s, and supplemented with work in North Carolina, Virginia, and West Virginia in 1990, this study focuses on singing practices, religious identity, gender identity, creativity, and oral versus written tradition. 1617. Renwick, Roger deV. 2001. Recentering Anglo/American Folksong: Sea Crabs and Wicked Youths. Jackson: University Press of Mississippi. xvi, 183 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 1578063930. ML3545 .R46 2001 Explores Anglo-American folk songs, arguing that research should focus not on “expressive enactments” or “cultural processes” but the songs themselves. Chapters on Child Ballads in the West Indies, the development of the ballad “Wild and Wicked Youth,” the Anglo/American catalogue song, the ballad “Oh Willie” (The Rambling Boy), and “The Crabfish” (“Lobster Song”). 1618. Sommers, Laurie Kay. 1996. Beaver Island House Party. East Lansing; Beaver Island, Mich.: Michigan State University Press: Michigan State University; Museum: Beaver Island Historical Society. viii, 86 p., bibliog., discog., illus. +1 sound disc. ISBN 0870134531. ML3554 .S66 1996 Examines the music of a Lake Michigan island settled in the nineteenth century by Irish immigrants. Sommers examines the history, changing musical repertoires of song and dance music during the twentieth century. The accompanying CD includes historical and contemporary field and studio recordings. 1619. Titon, Jeff Todd. 2001. Old-Time Kentucky Fiddle Tunes. Lexington: University Press of Kentucky. xviii, 245 p., music, photos. +1 compact disc. ISBN 0813122007. M1629.7.K4 O43 2001 Transcriptions of field and commercial recordings of nearly 200 fiddle tunes from Kentucky. Many of the fiddlers were born before 1900 and lived in during the transition between old-time music of the nineteenth century and modern country music of the twentieth. Accompanying CD contains field recordings of tunes. 1620. Toelken, Barre. 1995. Morning Dew and Roses: Nuance, Metaphor, and Meaning in Folksongs. Folklore and Society. Urbana: University of Illinois Pres. xiii, 189 p., bibliog. ISBN 0252021347. PN1341 .T64 1995 Toelken uses his research on English-language and German-Austrian song to explore Euro-American vernacular songs and their meanings. He investigates specific metaphors to show how each contributes to meaning, and compares songs to poetry and vernacular expression to identify patterns of expression. 1621. Williams, W.H. A. 1996. ’Twas Only an Irishman’s Dream: The Image of Ireland and the Irish in American Popular Song Lyrics, 1800–1920. Music in American Life. Urbana: University of Illinois Press. xii, 311 p., bibliog., facsims., illus. ISBN 0252022467; 0252065514 (pbk.). ML3554 .W77 1996 Analyzes the changing image of the Irish in America using sheet music of songs from Thomas Moore to minstrel, vaudeville, and Tin Pan Alley. Williams uses the song lyrics to connect to a history of the Irish diaspora through commercial popular culture. 1622. Wolfe, Charles K. 1997. The Devil’s Box: Masters of Southern Fiddling. Nashville, Tenn.: Country Music Foundation Press: Vanderbilt University Press. xxiv, 232 p., bibliog., discog. ISBN 0826512836. ML3551.7.S68 W65 1997

Ethnomusicology

310

Collection of essays an old time fiddling in the South, its history and performers. Many of the essays were originally published in The Devil’s Box, an old time fiddling magazine. 1623. Wolfe, Charles K., ed. 1997. Folk Songs of Middle Tennessee: The George Boswell Collection. Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press. xxi, 186 p., bibliog., music, photos. ISBN 0870499572; 0870499580 (pbk.). M1629.7.T2 F65 1997 A compilation of 106 songs from the George Boswell collection housed at Vanderbilt University. Includes British ballads and songs, American ballads, Civil War songs, lyrics and laments, and religious and gospel songs. Songs are followed by brief biographies of principal informants. North America: Hispanic Americans 1624. Allen, Ray, and Lois Wilcken, ed. 1998. Island Sounds in the Global City: Caribbean Popular Music and Identity in New York. New York: New York Folklore Society: Institute for Studies in American Music, Brooklyn College. 185 p., bibliog., photos. ISBN 0966147200. ML3477.1 .185 1998 A collection of essays from a symposium on the relationship of Caribbean popular music and cultural identity in New York City organized by the Institute for Studies in American Music at Brooklyn College in 1995. Contents: Introduction: Island Sounds in the Global City/Ray Allen and Lois Wilcken—Buscando Ambiente: Puerto Rican Musicians in New York City, 1917–1940/Ruth Glasser—Representations of New York City in Latin music/Peter Manuel—From Transplant to Transnational Circuit: Merengue in New York/Paul Austerlitz—Recapturing History: The Puerto Rican Roots of Hip Hop Culture/Juan Flores—“I Am Happy Just to Be in This Sweet Land of Liberty”: The New York City Calypso Craze of the 1930s and 1940s/Donald Hill—Community Dramatized, community Contested: The Politics of Celebration in the Brooklyn Carnival/Philip Kasinitz—Steel Pan Grows in Brooklyn: Trinidadian Music and Cultural Identity/Ray Allen and Les Slater—Moving the Big Apple: Tabou Combo’s Diasporic Dreams/Gage Averill—The Changing Hats of Haitian Staged Folklore in New York City/Lois Wilcken. 1625. Amira, John, and Steven Cornelius. 1992. The Music of Santería: Traditional Rhythms of the Batá Drums. Performance in World Music Series, no. 5. Crown Point, Ind.: White Cliffs Media Co. ix, 134 p., bibliog., music, photos. ISBN 0941677230; 0941677249 (pbk.). ML3565 .A5 1992 An account of the salute (praise) rhythms of batá drumming used in the oru del igbodu ceremony associated with the Afro-Cuban religion Santería. The authors provide background information on the social history and belief system of Santería followed by a discussion of musical instruments, musical structures, and performance practices heard in New York City from the late 1960s to the present. 1626. Armistead, Samuel G. 1992. The Spanish Tradition in Louisiana: Isleño Folkliterature. Juan De La Cuesta Hispanic Monographs. Newark, Del.: Juan de la Cuesta. 274 p., bibliog., gloss., maps, music, photos. ISBN 093638851X; 093638848X (pbk). F380.S75 A76 1992 A study of the folklore of a Spanish-speaking community of St. Bernard Parish, Louisiana. Includes historical and linguistic information and a discussion of local forms,

Books

311

including specific song genres: décimas, corridos, romances, and coplas. Musical transcriptions by Israel J.Katz. 1627. Broyles-González, Yolanda. 2001. Lydia Mendoza’s Life in Music=La Historia De Lydia Mendoza: Norteño Tejano Legacies. New York; Oxford: Oxford University Press. xvi, 235 p., bibliog., music, photos +1 compact disc. ISBN 0195127064. ML420.M3768 A3 2001 Primarily a life history of the well-known Chicana singer of San Antonio and Houston, Texas, based on interviews with the author. Narrative is presented in both Spanish and English. Broyles-González concludes the volume with an essay on Mendoza’s career and her role in the world of Tejana music. The accompanying CD was recorded at a concert in Santa Barbara, California, in 1986. 1628. Cantú, Norma Elia, and Olga Nájera-Ramírez, ed. 2002. Chicana Traditions: Continuity and Change. Urbana: University of Illinois Press.

269 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 0252027019; 0252070127 (pbk). E184.M5 C42002 An anthology focusing specifically on Chicana expressive culture written by native scholars. Contents: Chicana Life-Cycle Rituals/Norma E. Cantú—Art of the Santera/Helen R.Lucero—The Indita Genre of New Mexico: Gender and Cultural Identification/Brenda M. Romero—Danger! Children at Play: Patriarchal Ideology and the Construction of Gender in Spanish Language Hispanic/Chicano Children’s Songs and Games/María Herrera-Sobek—Caminando con la llorona: Traditional and Contemporary Narratives/Domino Renée Pérez—Indianizing Catholicism: Chicana/ India/Mexicana Indigenous Spiritual Practices in Our Image/Yolanda Broyles-González—Las que menos queria el niño: Women of the Fidencista Movement/Cynthia L.Vidaurri—Transgressing the Taboo: A Chicana’s Voice in the Mariachi World/Leonor Xóchitl Pérez—Meeting la Cantante Through Verse, Song, and Performance/Cándida F. Jáquez—Ranchera Music(s) and the Legendary Lydia Mendoza: Performing Social Location and Relations/Yolanda Broyles-González—Mounting Traditions: the Origin and Evolution of la escarmuza charra/Olga Nájera-Ramírez—Cruzando frontejas: Selena, Tejano Music and the Politics of “Crossover”/Deborah R.Vargas—Goldie Garcia: la reina de South Broadway y rasquache/Tey Marianna Nunn. 1629. Delgado, Celeste Fraser, and José Esteban Muñoz, ed. 1997. Everynight Life: Culture and Dance in Latin/o America. Latin America Otherwise. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press. x, 366 p., bibliog., illus., photos. ISBN 0822319268; 0822319195 (pbk.). GV1626 .E84 1997 On the social role of dance in Latino and Latina culture. Contents: Preface: Politics in Motion/Celeste Fraser Delgado—Rebellions of Everynight Life/Celeste Fraser Delgado and José Esteban Muñoz—Embodying Difference: Issues in Dance and Cultural Studies/Jane C.Desmond—Headspin: Capoeira’s Ironic Inversions/Barbara Browning— Hip Poetics/ José Piedra—Medics, Crooks, and Tango Queens: The National Appropriation of a Gay Tango/Jorge Salessi—Salsa as Translocation/Mayra Santos Febres—Notes Toward a Reading of Salsa/Juan Carlos Quintero Herencia—Una verdadera crónica del Norte: una noche con la India/ Augusto C.Puleo—I Came, I Saw, I Conga’d: Contexts for a CubanAmerican Culture/Gustavo Pérez Firmat—Caught in the Web: Latinidad, AIDS, and Allegory in Kiss of the Spider Woman, the Musical/David

Ethnomusicology

312

Roman and Alberto Sandoval—Against Easy Listening: Audiotopic Readings and Transnational Soundings/Josh Kun—Of Rhythms and Borders/ Ana M.Lopez. 1630. Flores, Juan. 2000. From Bomba to Hip-Hop: Puerto Rican Culture and Latino Identity. Popular Cultures, Everyday Lives. New York: Columbia University Press. 265 p., bibliog. ISBN 0231110766; 0231110774 (pbk.). E184.P85 F58 2000 A series of ten essays exploring Latino identity in the United States. Two chapters are focused specifically on popular music, examining selected African American and Puerto Rican derived musical genres: “Puerto Rocks: Rap, Roots, and Amnesia” and “PanLatino/Trans-Latino: Puerto Ricans in the ‘New Nueva York.’” 1631. Glasser, Ruth. 1995. My Music Is My Flag: Puerto Rican Musicians and Their New York Communities, 1917–1940. Berkeley: University of California Press. xxiv, 253 p., bibliog., discog., photos. ISBN 0520081226. ML3481 .G53 1995 This study focuses on Puerto Rican music and social history and encourages the reader to reevaluate immigrant musics and ethnic history. 1632. Herrera-Sobek, María. 1993. Northward Bound: The Mexican Immigmnt Experience in Ballad and Song. Bloomington: Indiana University Press. xxv, 340 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 0253327377. ML3558 .H47 1993 Reconstructs the history of Mexican emigration to the United States from 1848 to 1991 using Mexican ballads (corrido) lyrics and popular songs. Herrera-Sobek uses over 150 songs (provided in both Spanish and English versions) to document Chicano/a social history. 1633. Limón, José Eduardo. 1994. Dancing with the Devil: Society and Cultural Poetics in Mexican-American South Texas. New Directions in Anthropological Writing. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press. xii, 240 p., bibliog. ISBN 0299142205; 0299142248 (pbk). F395.M5 L56 1994 This ethnographic study explores issues of race and class among working classes of Mexican-American south Texas. Limon combines anthropology, folklore, popular culture, history, and literary criticism to show how the local culture both resists and accommodates the dominant culture in Texas. 1634. Loeffler, Jack, Katherine Loeffler, and Enrique R.Lamadrid. 1999. La música de los viejitos: Hispano Folk Music of the Rio Grande del Norte. Albuquerque: University of New Mexico Press. xi, 223 p., bibliog., illus., music. ISBN 0826321682; 0826318843 (pbk.). ML3551.7.N57 L63 1999 A book and CD set that provides a record of a collection of songs made by Loeffler in northern New Mexico and southern Colorado between 1976 and 1998. The recordings of acoustic performances are supported by transcriptions of the songs, their lyrics, dance steps, and background information. 1635. Loza, Steven Joseph. 1993. Barrio Rhythm: Mexican American Music in Los Angeles. Urbana: University of Illinois Press. xx, 320 p., bibliog., discog., illus., music. ISBN 0252019024; 0252062884 (pbk.). ML3558 .L69 1992 A survey of the music and social history of Mexicans in Los Angeles and a discussion of music in the contemporary Chicano communities. Loza uses nine case studies based on interviews with individuals and musical groups, including John Ovalle, Andy Russell, Eddie Cano, Lalo Guerrero, Teresa Covarrubias, Poncho Sánchez, Irma Rangel, Los Illegals, and Los Lobos.

Books

313

1636. Loza, Steven Joseph. 1999. Tito Puente and the Making of Latin Music. Music in American Life. Urbana: University of Illinois Press. xvi, 260 p., bibliog., discog., photos. ISBN 0252023323; 0252067789 (pbk.). ML419.P82 L6 1999 An historical, musical, and cultural study that traces the career and influence of AfroCuban drummer Tito Puente. Loza’s study explores the social and cultural history of Latin music, identifying issues of ethnicity and nationalism. 1637. Martin, Patricia Preciado. 1992. Songs My Mother Sang to Me: An Oral History of Mexican American Women, Tucson: University of Arizona Press. xxv, 224 p., illus. ISBN 0816512795; 0816513295 (pbk). GR1 11.M49 M37 1992 The life stories of ten Mexican American women in Arizona who were of the author’s mother’s and grandmother’s generation. The transcribed interviews document their ancestral history and provide a view of the changing Mexican American life in the southwest. 1638. Peña, Manuel H. 1999. The Mexican American Orquesta: Music, Culture, and the Dialectic of Conflict. Austin: University of Texas Press. xii, 350 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN029276586X; 0292765878 (pbk.). ML3481 .P44 1999 Using fieldwork over a 15-year period, Peña traces the history of the Mexican American orquesta from its beginnings in the nineteenth century to the present. Focus is on the interaction of musical elements embedded in issues of class and cultural expression. 1639. Peña, Manuel H. 1999. Música Tejana: The Cultural Economy of Artistic Transformation. University of Houston Series in Mexican American Studies, no. 1. College Station: Texas A&M University Press. xii, 239 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 0890968772; 0890968888 (pbk.). ML3481 .P45 1999 Peña presents historical background and considers social and economic implications of Texas-Mexican music from the nineteenth century through the present, considering early fandangos and biales to contemporary conjunto and tejano practices. 1640. Roberts, John Storm. 1999. The Latin Tinge: The Impact of Latin American Music on the United States. 2d ed. New York: Oxford University Press. xi, 294 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 0195121007; 0195121015 (pbk). ML3477 .R63 1999 Robert traces the musical movement of ideas from Spain and Africa to the Caribbean and Latin America and the United States. He describes the evolution of specific genres, especially the Cuban son, Puerto Rican bomba and plena, Argentinean tango, and Brazilian samba. 1641. San Miguel, Guadalupe. 2002. Tejano Proud: Tex-Mex Music in the Twentieth Century. Fronteras Series, 1. College Station: Texas A&M University Press. xv, 192 p., bibliog., discog., illus., tables. ISBN 1585441597; 1585441880 (pbk). ML3481 .S26 2002 A survey of musica tejana in its varied social contexts in the cities and small towns of Texas. San Miguel characterizes the form then provides an historical overview of the tradition from the 1920 through the 1990s. 1642. Simonett, Helena. 2001. Banda: Mexican Musical Life across Borders. Music/Culture. Middletown, Conn.: Wesleyan University Press. xii, 372 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 0819564303; 081956429X (pbk). ML3485.7.S56 S55 2001

Ethnomusicology

314

An overview of the history and contemporary traditions of Mexican derived banda with a discussion of its significance as an expression of identity for people who share cultural allegiance with Mexico and the United States. 1643. Sklar, Deidre. 2001. Dancing with the Virgin: Body and Faith in the Fiesta of Tortugas, New Mexico. Berkeley: University of California Press. xi, 230 p., bibliog., illus., map. ISBN 0520079108; 0520227913 (pbk.). GV1783.5 .844 2001 An ethnographic study of the annual three-day Virgin of Guadalupe festival held in Tortugas, New Mexico, based on participant observation and research over a ten-year period. Sklar includes personal narrative and movement analysis of the sacred dances as she explores aspects of community, performance, and the embodiment of belief. 1644. Sturman, Janet Lynn. 2000. Zarzuela: Spanish Operetta, American Stage. Music in American Life. Urbana: University of Illinois Press. x, 243 p., bibliog. ISBN 0252025962. ML1950 .S78 2000 Sturman traces the history of the zarzuela beginning as a seventeenthcentury Spanish court entertainment genre, then looks at how it was adapted in the New World. She examines the zarzuela’s political and musical significance in contemporary Hispanic society in the United States, focusing especially on New York City. North America: Native Americans 1645. Browner, Tara. 2002. Heartbeat of the People: Music and Dance of the Northern Pow-Wow. Music in American Life. Urbana: University of Illinois Press. xii, 163 p., bibliog., illus., music. ISBN 0252027140. E98.P86 B76 2002 Browner uses experience as participant and observer to document contemporary intertribal pow-wow practices of the northern Great Plains and Great Lakes region. She provides a critique of nineteenth- and twentieth-century research on the subject and describes contemporary dance styles, regalia, songs, singing styles, and the structure of powwow events. 1646. Callahan, Alice Anne. 1990. The Osage Ceremonial Dance I’n-Lon-Schka. The Civilization of the American Indian Series, 201. Norman: University of Oklahoma Press. xviii, 172 p., bibliog., maps, music, photos. ISBN 0806122846. E99.O8 C35 1990 A documentary study of the i’n-lon-schka dance of the Osage of Oklahoma. Callahan identifies the central importance of the dance that celebrates masculine values to the preservation of cultural identity and unity against elements that threaten cohesiveness in the tribe. 1647. Clements, William M. 1996. Native American Verbal Art: Texts and Contexts. Tucson: University of Arizona Press. viii, 252 p., bibliog. ISBN 0816516596; 0816516588 (pbk.). PM218 .C54 1996 A study of textualization in Native American verbal art using case studies of events and individuals to illustrate intellectual and cultural constructs that have affected verbal expression. Clements examines seventeenthand eighteenth-century Jesuit contact with Iroquoians and Algonquians, Timberlake’s 1765 translation of a Cherokee war song, Schoolcraft’s early-nineteenth century translations, late-nineteenth century scientific research of Native Americans, and Natalie Curtis’s field research among the Hopis. 1648. Diamond, Beverley, M.Sam Cronk, and Franziska Von Rosen. 1994. Visions of Sound: Musical Instruments of First Nations Communities in North-eastern America.

Books

315

Chicago Studies in Ethnomusicology. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. xvii, 221 p., bibliog., illus., maps, photos. ISBN 0226144755; 0226144763 (pbk.). ML3557 .D5 1994 Examines musical instruments of Native American peoples in eastern Canada and northeastern United States among the Iroquois, Wabanati, Innuat, and Anishnabek peoples. The focus is on their use in cultural, spiritual, and other life events in specific communities. 1649. Enrico, John James, and Wendy Bross Stuart. 1996. Northern Haida Songs. Studies in the Anthropology of North American Indians. Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press. xii, 519 p., bibliog., music, ISBN 0803218168. ML3563 .E57 1996 Introduces songs of two dialect groups of the Northern Haida from Graham Island, British Columbia, and Prince of Wales Island, Alaska. The study provide descriptive information on historical and contemporary Haida musical culture along with transcription and analysis (both musical and linguistic) of over 100 songs. 1650. Faris, James C. 1990. The Nightway: A History and a History of Documentation of a Navajo Ceremonial. Albuquerque: University of New Mexico Press. xii, 288 p., bibliog. ISBN 0826311989. E99.N3 F38 1990 Traces the history of Nightway chant tradition, a ceremonial tradition that includes songs, prayers, sand paintings, and sacred material objects. Also includes a history of the recording and documentation of the tradition by non-Navajo observers. 1651. Giglio, Virginia. 1994. Southern Cheyenne Women’s Songs. Norman: University of Oklahoma Press. xxi, 243 p., bibliog. ISBN 0806126051. ML3557 .G53 1994 Giglio uses her fieldwork among the Southern Cheyenne to inform her study of contemporary women’s music. She provides an overview of Cheyenne history and culture and analyzes songs and their variants, placing them in their cultural context. Song types include lullabies and children’s songs, hand-game songs, social songs, and Christian spiritual songs. An appendix includes a sampling of closely related Arapaho songs. 1652. Heth, Charlotte, ed. 1992. Native American Dance: Ceremonies and Social Traditions. Washington, D.C.: National Museum of the American Indian, Smithsonian Institution, with Starwood Pub. ix, 196 p., bibliog., discog. ISBN 1563730200; 1563730219 (pbk.). E59.D35 N38 1992 Published in conjunction with an exhibition of the National Museum of the American Indian, held at the Alexander Hamilton U.S. Custom House, New York, in 1992 and 1993. Contents: American Indian Dance: A Celebration of Survival and Adaptation/Charlotte Heth—Inside the Longhouse: Dances of the Haudenosaunee/Ron LaFrance—Dancing the Cycles of Life/Linley B. Logan—The Fiesta: Rhythm of Life in the Sierras of Mexico and the Altiplano of Bolivia/Nancy Rosoff and Olivia Cadaval— Zapotec Dances and Music from the Northern Sierra of Oaxaca/Manuel Rios Morales— The Music and Dance that Nourishes and Gladdens the Deities of the Tzotziles and Tzeltales/Jaime Torres Burguete—The Aymara Fiesta: Linking Community Realities/Tomás Huanca Laura—White Mountain Apache Dance: Expressions of Spirituality/Cécile R.Ganteaume—The Crown Dance/ Edgar Perry—The Beauty, Humor, and Power of Tewa Pueblo Dance/Jill D.Sweet—Shadeh/Rina Swentzell and Dave Warren—Southern Plains Dance: Tradition and Dynamics/Thomas W.Kavanagh— Tonkonga: The Kiowa Black Legs Military Society/William C.Meadows and Gus

Ethnomusicology

316

Palmer, Sr.—Northern Plains Dance/Lynn F.Huenemann—The Sun Dance/ Arthur Amiotte—Stoney/Fred Nahwooksy—Contemporary Alaska Native Dance: The Spirit of Tradition/Maria Williams—Dance Rattles of the Northwest Coast/Mary Jane Lenz— Modern Native Dance: Beyond Tribe and Tradition/Rosalie M.Jones—Cherokee Stomp Dance: Laughter Rises Up/Rayna Green. 1653. Hittman, Michael. 1997. Wovoka and the Ghost Dance. Expanded ed. Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press. xii, 373 p., bibliog., illus., map. ISBN 0803273088. E99.P2 W617 1997 A study of the Paiute Indian Wovoka whose revelations have been traced to the establishment of the Ghost Dance in the late nineteenth century. Focuses both on the man and his message. Originally published by the Yerington Paiute Tribe in 1990. 1654. Howard, James Henri, and Victoria Lindsay Levine. 1990. Choctaw Music and Dance. Norman: University of Oklahoma Press. xxvi, 143 p., bibliog., music, photos. ISBN 0806122250. E99.C8 H66 1989 The authors describe dances and songs performed by troupes of the Mississippi and Oklahoma branches of the Choctaw. They examine social organization, instruments, dances and their costumes and choreography, dance music, including detailed transcription and analysis of 30 songs. 1655. Keeling, Richard. 1992. Cry for Luck: Sacred Song and Speech among the Yurok, Hupa, and Karok Indians of Northwestern California. Berkeley: University of California Press. xii, 325 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 0520075609. ML3557 .K43 1992 On the medicine songs and spoken formulas of the Yurok, Hupa, and Karok peoples of northwestern California recorded between 1900 and 1942. Keeling explains the history and cosmological beliefs on which they were based. 1656. Lassiter, Luke E. 1998. The Power of Kiowa Song: A Collaborative Ethnography. Tucson: University of Arizona Press. xv, 266 p., bibliog., illus., maps. ISBN 0816518343; 0816518351(pbk.). E99.K5 L37 1998 On the Kiowa song tradition of southwestern Oklahoma and its influence in local communities and throughout the United States. Lassiter focuses on how song is interpreted, created, and used by individuals and communities in the context of the powwow. 1657. Levine, Victoria Lindsay, ed. 2002. Writing American Indian Music: Historic Transcriptions, Notations, and Arrangements. Recent Researches in American Music, 44; Music of the United States of America, 11. Middleton, Wis.: Published for the American Musicological Society by A-R Editions. xxxviii, 304 p., bibliog., facsims., music, photos. ISBN 0895794942. M2.3.U6 R4 vol.44 A collection of 116 musical transcriptions with accompanying notes that together provide historical data on musical contact, interaction and exchange between Native Americans and European Americans. 1658. List, George. 1993. Stability and Variation in the Hopi Song. Memoirs of the American Philosophical Society, 204. Philadelphia: American Philosophical Society. 99 p., bibliog., graphs, music. ISBN 087169204X. ML3557 .L57 1993 List explores the understanding of variation among Hopi singers using graphic and notational representations of a Kachina dance song and a lullaby. He statistically compares and analyzes material from textual and linguistic standpoints to contribute to a definition of stylistic parameters of song in Hopi culture.

Books

317

1659. Little Coyote, Bertha, and Virginia Giglio. 1997. Leaving Everything Behind: The Songs and Memories of a Cheyenne Woman. Norman: University of Oklahoma Press. xix, 166 p., music, photos+1 compact disc. ISBN 0806129840; 0806129867. ML420.L772 A3 1997 A memoir in which Bertha Little Coyote provides information on singing and dance in the context of her everyday life. 1660. McNally, Michael David. 2000. Ojibwe Singers: Hymns, Grief, and a Native Culture in Motion. Oxford; New York: Oxford University Press. xiv, 248 p., bibliog., gloss. ISBN 0195134648. E99.C6 M35 2000 Using archival and field research, McNally shows how the Ojibwe people of northern Minnesota and the Great Lakes region used ritualized singing of missionary hymns to establish a distinctive cultural identity within the context of colonialism. 1661. Mishler, Craig. 1993. The Crooked Stovepipe: Athapaskan Fiddle Music and Square Dancing in Northeast Alaska and Northwest Canada. Music in American Life. Urbana: University of Illinois Press. xiv, 234 p., dance not., music, photos., bibliog., discog., videog. ISBN 0252019962. ML3557 .M6 1993 A study of the indigenous fiddle music and social dancing of the Athabaskan Gwich’in (Kutchin) Indians, and other groups in northeast Alaska, the Yukon, and the Northwest Territories. Mishler presents the practice as a regional style, derived from traditions of the British Isles and French Canada, yet maintaining a separate aesthetic. 1662. Powers, William K. 1990. War Dance: Plains Indian Musical Performance. Tucson: University of Arizona Press. xx, 199 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 0816511705. E99.O3 P682 1990 Powers draws on 40 years of research and participation in Native American music to inform this study of music and dance traditions of the Plains Indians. He describes practices in historical context, maintaining that the traditions are growing and thriving forms of cultural expression. 1663. Rodríguez, Sylvia. 1996. The Matachines Dance: Ritual Symbolism and Interethnic Relations in the Upper Rio Grande Valley, Albuquerque: University of New Mexico Press. xvi, 193 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 0826316778; 0826316786 (pbk.). GV1796.M35 R64 1996 A study of the Matachines dance in New Mexico, derived from a genre of medieval European folk dramas symbolizing conflict between Christians and Moors. Rodríguez explores the contemporary Matachines dance as it is performed by Pueblo Indians and Hispanos focusing on the historical, political, and cultural contexts for performance. 1664. Smyth, Willie, and Esmé Ryan, ed. 1999. Spirit of the First People: Native American Music Traditions of Washington State. Seattle: University of Washington Press. xv, 201 p., bibliog., illus., map+1 compact disc. ISBN 0295977329. ML3557 .S7 1999 A series of papers drawn from a program presented in 1992 at the Northwest Folklife Festival. The collection is presented as a way for the state of Washington to honor the First People. Contents: Singers, Dancers, Dreamers, Travelers: Native American Song Traditions, Musical Instruments, and Dance Regalia in Washington State/Roberta Haines—Seeds of Our Ancestors: Growing Up in the Skokomish Song Tradition/BruceSubiyay Miller—The Circle of Song/Cliff Sijohn—Native Songs and Seasonal Food-Gathering Traditions/Jeanette Timentwa and Rebecca Chamberlain—

Ethnomusicology

318

Native Songs Taught by Ellen W. Saluskin (Hoptonix Sawyalilx)/Virginia R.BeavertMartin—Song Traditions of the Yakama/ Brycene A.Neaman—Makah Music: Preserving the Traditions/Linda J. Goodman and Helma Swan—Native Music of the Pacific Northwest: A Washington State Perspective/Loran Olsen—Song Traditions of the Indian Shaker Church/James Everett Cunningham and Pamela Amoss—Songs from the Coast, Sound, and Plateau: Native American Music Traditions in Washington Today/Willie Smyth—Appendixes: Ten Early Ethnographers in the Northwest: Recordings from Washington State/Laurel Sercombe—Creating and Disseminating Ethnographic Recordings: Washington State Materials in Washington, D.C./Judith A.Gray—Melville Jacobs and Early Ethnographic Recordings in the Northwest/William R.Seaburg. 1665. Vander, Judith. 1997. Shoshone Ghost Dance Religion: Poetry Songs and Great Basin Context. Music in American Life. Urbana: University of Illinois Press. xxiv, 631 p., bibliog., gloss., maps, music, photos. ISBN 0252022149. ML3557 .V34 1997 Based on fieldwork with two Shoshone women in Wyoming, Vander presents and analyzes the music and texts for 130 Ghost Dance songs of the Wind River Shoshone. She connects the songs to the religious traditions, placing them in the context of the Great Basin culture. This study completes Vander’s 1986 study Ghost Dance Songs and Religion of a Wind River Shoshone Woman, and is based on interviews with the same women. North America: Canada 1666. Côté, Gerald. 1998. Processus de creation et musique populaire: Un exemple de métissage a la québécoise. Logiques sociales. Musiques et champ social. Paris: Harmattan. 189 p., bibliog. ISBN 2738470106. ML3484.7 Q3 C8 The author explores the creative processes of traditional musicians in Quebec and addresses issues connected to contemporary practices. Included are discussions of the recording of traditional music, the influence of the socioeconomic structure on the creative process, the importance of transculturalism, and the musicians’ ideological framework. 1667. Diamond, Beverley, and Robert Witmer, ed. 1994. Canadian Music: Issues of Hegemony and Identity. Toronto: Canadian Scholars’ Press. xi, 615 p., bibliogs., photos. ISBN 1551300311. ML205 .C36 1994 A collection of reprints and new essays from several different disciplines on aspects of the social history of Canadian music. Opening with an article on issues of hegemony and identity in Canadian music by Beverley Diamond, other articles are subdivided into broad subject areas including, “Studying Up”: The Structuring of Power and Control within Canadian Culture; Identities: Music and Defining the Nation; Identities: Boundaries of Region, Class, Gender and Ethnocultural Community; Identities: Individual Musicians in the Canadian Context. 1668. Quigley, Colin. 1995. Music from the Heart: Compositions of a Folk Fiddler. Athens, Ga.: University of Georgia Press. xiii, 273 p., bibliog., music. ISBN 0820316377. ML418.B413 Q5 1995 An investigation of musical creativity in the oral tradition of Émile Benoît (1913– 1992), a fiddler from French Newfoundland. Quigley balances his work in anthropology,

Books

319

ethnomusicology, and folklore, using the musical experiences of an individual to explore the changing identity of the individual as well as the musical and geographic landscape. Pacific Islands and Australia 1669. Hayward, Philip, ed. 1998. Sound Alliances: Indigenous Peoples, Cultural Politics, and Popular Music in the Pacific. London; New York: Cassell. x, 220 p., bibliog. ISBN 030470055X; 0304700509 (pbk). ML3505.P16 S68 1998 Articles, many previously published in Pacific Beat, the Pacific Journal of Research into Contemporary Music and Popular Culture, that together provide a survey of the use and adaptation of popular music as expressions of cultural identity. Contents: 1: Music Identity and Cultural Politics. Tjungaringanyi: Aboriginal Rock (1971–91)/John Castles—He Waiata Na Aotearoa: Maori and Pacific Islander Music in Aotearoa/New Zealand/Tony Mitchell—Indigenization and Socio-Political Identity in the Kaneka Music of New Caldonia/David Goldsworthy—Koori Music in Melbourne: Culture, Politics and Certainty/Robin Ryan—Jawaiian Music and Local Cultural Identity in Hawai’i/Andrew N.Weintraub—Hula Hits, Local Music and Local Charts: Some Dynamics of Popular Hawaiian Music/Amy Ku’uleialoha Stillman—2: Music, Commerce and the Media Industries. Developments in Papua New Guinea’s Popular Music Industry/Malcolm Philpott—Questions of Music Copyright in Papua New Guinea/Don Niles—Ta Wa Whakapaoho i te Reo Irirangi: Some Directions in Maori Radio/Helen Wilson—A New Tradition: Titus Tilly and the Development of Music Video in Papua New Guinea/Philip Hayward—The Proud Project and the “Otara Sound”: Maori and Polynesian Pop in the Mid-1990s/Tony Mitchell—3: Access to the Mainstream: The Case of Yothu Yindi. Yothu Yindi: Context and Significance/Philip Hayward and Karl Neuenfeldt—Culture, Custom and Collaboration: The Production of Yothu Yindi’s “Treaty” Videos/Lisa Nicol—Safe, Exotic and Somewhere Else: Yothu Yindi, “Treaty” and the Mediation of Aboriginality/Philip Hayward—Yothu Yindi: Agendas and Aspirations/Karl Neuenfeld. 1670. Lawrence, Helen Reeves. 2001. Traditionalism and Modernity in the Music and Dance of Oceania: Essays in Honour of Barbara B. Smith. Oceania Monograph, 50. Sydney: University of Sydney. 267 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 1864873965. ML360.1 T72 2001 A festschrift for Barbara Smith that was a project of the Study Group on Musics of Oceania of the International Council for Traditional Music (ICTM). Contributed articles present research on indigenous and contemporary dance and music in Guam, Kiribati, Mortlock Islands, Tahiti, the Solomon Islands (Bellona Island), Papua New Guinea, Fiji, Australia, and other locations in the Pacific. Includes an appendix with biographical and bibliographical information on Barbara Smith. 1671. McLean, Mervyn. 1999. Weavers of Song: Polynesian Music and Dance. Auckland, New Zealand: Auckland University Press. x, 543 p., bibliog.+1 compactdisc. ISBN 186940212X. ML360 .M28 1999b Provides background of Polynesian development of specific islands and regions and traditional music and dance found in these areas. Using a combination of text, pictures, charts, and musical examples, the author covers the major areas of study in Polynesian music and dance, as well as the impact of European music on Polynesian music.

Ethnomusicology

320

1672. Moyle, Alice M., ed. 1992. Music and Dance of Aboriginal Australia and the South Pacific: The Effects of Documentation on the Living Tradition. Oceania Monographs, no. 41. Sydney: University of Sydney. iv, 286 p., bibliog., illus., maps, music. ISBN 0867585757. ML3770 .M87 1992 Papers of the Colloquium of the International Council for Traditional Music held in Townsville, Queensland, Australia, in 1988. Contents: Issues in the Collections, Preservation and Dissemination of Traditional Music: The Case of Aboriginal Australia/Stephen Wild—Historic Recordings and Contemporary Native American Culture: Returning Materials to Native American Communities/Dorothy Sara Lee— Ethnomusicological Research in the Central Highlands of Irian Jaya (West New Guinea/Artur Simon—Collection, Preservation, and Dissemination: The Institute of Papua New Guinea Studies as the Centre for the Study of All Papua New Guinea Music/Don Niles—The Living and the Dead: Effects of Documentation on the Musical Tradition of the Iatmul of Papua New Guinea/ Gordon D.Spearitt—The Use of Archival Film in an Ethnohistoric Study of Presistence and Change in Hawaiian Hula/Adrienne L.Kaeppler—Documenting Dance: Benesh Movement Notation and the Warlpiri of Central Australia/Megan Jones Morais—Living Preservation: Problems of Cultural Exchange with Central Australian Traditional Performers/Catherine J.Ellis—Early Recordings of Music from Mungiki and Mungaba, 1933–1968/Jane Mink Rossen—The Mabo Project/Lawrence Faonaota—Variability and Stability in Wangga Songs from North-west Australia/Allan Marett—Documentation of Music and Dance: What It Means to the Bearers of the Traditions, Their Role and Anxieties Associated with the Process/ Filip Lamasisi. Pacific Islands and Australia: Australia 1673. Dixon, Robert M.W., and Martin Duwell, ed. 1990. The Honey-Ant Men’s Love Song and Other Aboriginal Song Poems. Queensland, Australia; Portland, Oreg.: University of Queensland Press; International Specialized Book Services. xvi, 147 p., illus., maps. ISBN 070222278X. PL7008.6 .H66 1990 An anthology of Aboriginal song poems from the Dyirbal, Warlpiri, Burarra, and Wangkangurru language groups of North Queensland, Central Australia, Arnhem Land, and the Simpson Desert. Includes contextual information. Each song appears in its original language with English translation. 1674. Dixon, Robert M.W., and Grace Koch. 1995. Dyirbal Song Poetry: The Oral Literature of an Australian Rainforest People. St. Lucia, Queensland, Australia: University of Queensland Press. xxiii, 367 p., bibliog., illus., maps, photos. ISBN 0702225932. PL7101.D5 D52 1995 Dixon and Koch examine the lyrics and music of Aboriginal songs in the Dyirbal language from northwest Queensland. They divide the songs into five distinct types, each with its own metrical pattern, linguistic and music characteristics, and social context for performance. Includes Dyirbal texts with English translations. 1675. Johnson, Bruce. 2000. The Inaudible Music: Jazz, Gender and Australian Modernity. Sydney: Currency Press. xix, 244 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 0868196010. ML3509.A8 J64 2000

Books

321

On the characteristics and role of traditional jazz in Australia. Johnson identifies especially the significance of gendered jazz and technologically mediated jazz in the articulation of Australian modernity. 1676. Moyle, Richard M. 1997. Balgo: The Musical Life of a Desert Community. Nedlands, Western Australia; Australia: Callaway International Resource Centre for Music Education University of Western Australia. 195 p., bibliog., illus., map, music, photos. ISBN 0864225652. ML3770 .M69 1997 This ethnography is the product of Moyle’s fieldwork at Balgo in Western Australia’s northeastern desert between 1975 and 1982. His focus is on the centrality of social life and its relationship to ceremony and musical performance among aboriginals in the region. 1677. Neuenfeldt, Karl, ed. 1997. The Didjeridu: From Arnhem Land to Internet. Sydney: J.Libbey/Perfect Beat Publications. viii, 184 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 186462003X; 1864620048 (pbk.). ML990.D53 D54 1997 A collection of essays that explore musical, social, and political aspects of the Australian didjeridu. Contents: Yidaki: A Foreword/Mandawuy Yunupingu— Introduction. One Instrument, Many Voices/Philip Hayward and Karl Neuenfeldt— Ancient Voice—Contemporary Expression: The Didjeridu (Yidaki) and the Promotion of Aboriginal Rights/Kev Carmody with Karl Neuenfeldt—Education, Empowerment and Entertainment: An Aboriginal Perspective on the Didjeridu/Mick Davison with Karl Neuenfeldt—The Didjeridu: A Portal to Culture/David Hudson with Fred Tietjen— Accompanying the Dreaming: Determinants of Didjeridu Style in Traditional and Popular Yolngu Song/Steven Knopoff—Continuation, Dissemination and Innovation: The Didjeridu and Contemporary Aboriginal Popular Music Groups/Peter Dunbar-Hall— Gender “Taboos” and Didjeridus/Linda Barwick—Thread 1. The Issue of Gender: A Discussion on the Use of the Didjeridu by Women/Karl Neuenfeldt, ed.—The Didjeridu in the Desert: The Social Relations of an Ethnographic Object Entangled in Culture and Commerce/Karl Neuenfeldt—Terra Incognita: The Career of Charlie McMahon/Shane Homan—The Didjeridu and Alternative Lifestylers’ Reconstruction of Social Reality/Patricia Sherwood—Thread 2. Notions of Authenticity: A Discussion on Didjeridu Construction Materials/Karl Neuenfeldt, ed.—Out of Time, Out of Place: A Comparison of Applications of the Didjeridu in Aboriginal Australia, Great Britain and Ireland/Fiona Magowan. Pacific Islands and Australia: Melanesia 1678. Ammann, Raymond. 1997. Danses et musiques kanak: une presentation des danses et des musiques mélanésiennes de Nouvelle-Calédonie, dans les ceremonies et dans la vie quotidienne, du XVIIIe siècle a nos jours. Nouméa, New Caledonia: Agence de développement de la culture kanak. xiv, 289 p., bibliog., illus., maps. ISBN. GV1728.N42 A45 1997 This book discusses ethnomusicological and ethnochorelogical research data the kanak (Melanesian) peoples of New Caledonia collected both in the field and gathered from historical documents dating from the eighteenth century. It offers a comparison between the development of the dance and music in the northern mainland and the Loyalty Islands.

Ethnomusicology

322

1679. Firth, Raymond William, and Mervyn McLean. 1990. Tikopia Songs: Poetic and Musical Art of a Polynesian People of the Solomon Islands. Cambridge Studies in Oral and Literate Culture, 20. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press. xvii, 307 p., bibliog., music.+1 audio cassette. ISBN 0521391296. PL6520 .F57 1990 Based on fieldwork on the Polynesian island of Tikopia between 1928 and 1973, this study includes information on musical genres, their creation and performance contexts, and provides musical and linguistic transcription and analysis of songs. 1680. Weiner, James F. 1991. The Empty Place: Poetry, Space, and Being Among the Foi of Papua New Guinea, Bloomington: Indiana University Press. xiv, 218 p., bibliog. ISBN 0253363829. DU740.42 .W4 1991 An analysis of the poetic imagery of songs composed by Foi women and performed by Foi men of the Mubi River Valley, Papua New Guinea. 1681. Yamada, Yoichi. 1997. Songs of Spirits: An Ethnography of Sounds in a Papua New Guinea Society. Apwitihire: Studies in Papua New Guinea Musics, 5. Boroko: Institute of Papua New Guinea Studies. xxxvi, 308 p., bibliog., music, photos.+1 compact disc. ISBN 9980680334. ML3758.P36 Y65 1997 An ethnographic study of sound, and therefore music, as a medium of communication in Waxei society in East Sepik Province, Papua New Guinea. Sounds are presented as a socially organized and signified system of symbols. The author identifies and analyzes Waxei communication using sound in speaking, weeping, singing, and bamboo flute playing, examining socially significant expressions of sound. This is a revision of the author’s dissertation that appeared originally in Japanese in 1991. 1682. Zemp, Hugo, comp. 1995. Écoute le bambou qui pleure: récits de quatre musiciens mélanésiens (‘Aré’aré, Îles Salomon). L’Aube des peuples. Paris: Gallimard. 213 p., bibliog., discog., filmog. music, photos. ISBN 2070741710. ML3770 .E26 1995 Zemp provides the narratives of his four principal informants during his studies of the music of the ‘Aré’aré people in the 1970s. He presents backgound information on the people and their music then presents French translations of each of the narrator’s musical life story. Pacific Islands and Australia: Polynesia 1683. Bacon, Patience Namaka, Nathan Napoka, and Mary Kawena Pukui, ed. 1995. Nåa mele welo=Songs of Our Heritage: Selections from the Roberts Mele Collection in Bishop Museum, Honolulu. Honolulu: Bishop Museum Press. xviii, 237 p., photos. ISBN 0930897870. AS763 .B62w 1995 A collection of 82 ancient Hawaiian songs and chants collected and recorded in 1923 by anthropologist Helen Roberts. Includes translations, notes, and brief biographical notes on contributors. Translated from the Hawaiian by Mary Kawena Pukui; arranged and edited by Pat Namaka Bacon and Nathan Napoka. 1684. Buck, Elizabeth Bentzel. 1993. Paradise Remade: The Politics of Culture and History in Hawai’i. Philadelphia: Temple University Press. viii, 242 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 0877229783. DU624.65 .B83 1993 An historical study of Hawaiian cultural changes that focuses especially on Hawaiian chant, hula, and music. She addresses the impact of Western contact, missionaries, and industry on Hawaiian society and its cultural expression.

Books

323

1685. Kaeppler, Adrienne Lois, and Elizabeth Tatar. 1993. Hula Pahu: Hawaiian Drum Dances. 2 vols., bibliog., discog., gloss., music, photos. Bishop Museum Bulletin in Anthropology, 3. Honolulu: Bishop Museum Press. ISBN 0930897552 (v. 1); 0930897544 (v. 2). GV1796.H8 In volume one Adrienne Kaeppler provides an analysis of dance movements and their evolution from early ha’a (ritual) traditions. In volume two Elizabeth Tatar reconstructs the vocabulary of Hawaiian chant and drumming and examines specific chants. Labanotation by Judy Van Zile and music editing by Barbara B.Smith. 1686. Love, Jacob Wainwright. 1991. Samoan Variations: Essays on the Nature of Traditional Oral Arts. Harvard Dissertations in Folklore and Oral Tradition. New York: Garland. xvii, 327 p., bibliog., illus. ISBN 0824029852. PL6501.5 .L68 1991 Based on field research in the village of Falealupo, Love examines orations, sermons, and tales, and poetry and song, considering performance practice of these varied forms. 1687. McLean, Mervyn. 1996. Maori Music. Auckland, New Zealand: Auckland University Press. xii, 418 p., bibliog., music, photos. ISBN 1869401441. ML3770 .M35 1996 McLean uses written and oral sources he collected over a 30-year period, including more than 1,300 recorded songs, to provide an in-depth study of musical traditions of the Maori of New Zealand. He presents information on song and dance in histroical and social context, explores the impact of European music on their traditions, and discusses specific song and dance styles and genres. 1688. Stillman, Amy K. 1998. Sacred Hula: The Historical Hula â åalaâ apapaa. Bishop Museum Bulletin in Anthropology, 8. Honolulu: Bishop Museum Press. vii, 83 p., bibliog., discog., illus. ISBN 0930897730 (pbk.). GV1796.H8 S75 1998 An examination of the hula ‘ala’apapa, a genre that predates the modern hula ku’i of the Kalakaua era (late nineteenth century). Using continuing traditions and archival sources, Stillman provides information on the dance structure and examines performance practice. Includes a checklist of documented mele hula ‘ala’apapa bibliography and discography. 1689. Thomas, Allan. 1996. New Song and Dance from the Central Pacific: Creating and Performing the Fatele of Tokelau in the Islands and in New Zealand. Dance and Music, 9. Stuyvesant, N.Y.: Pendragon. xv, 180 p., bibliog., charts, illus., photos., maps, music. ISBN 0945193777. GV1796.F35 T56 1996 On the Tokelau Island fatele dance form introduced in the early twentieth century. Thomas discusses the work of local composers, the social context of performance, elements of music, dance, and text, and the spread of the fatele to other islands. 1690. Thomas, Allan, Ineleo Tuia, and Judith Huntsman, ed. 1990. Songs and Stories of Tokelau: An Introduction to the Cultural Heritage. Wellington, New Zealand: Victoria University Press. 88 p., map, photos, and bibliog. +1 sound cassette. ISBN 0864732015. GR385.T58 S65 1990 An introduction to the relationship between song and story in Tokelau (New Zealand territory) tradition. Presents 56 historical and contemporary songs and related narratives in Tokelau, with English translation.

Name Index: Authors, Editors, Compilers, Producers and Directors

Abeele, Linda Vanden 361 Aboulrouss, Muriel 858 Abrahami, Izzy 671 Abramovich-Gomon, Alla 1215 Abrams, Tevia 1287 Abrashev, Bozhidar 55 Ackermann, Peter 1251 Acosta, Leonardo 1487, 1491 Acquaye, Saka 430 Adams, Charles J. 97 Adjaye, Joseph K. 1579 Adler, Israel 155, 967 Adoni, Hanna 1111 Adorno, Theodor W. 1114 Adrianzén Palacios, Noél Orlando 1464 Adshead-Lansdale, Janet 951 Agar, Michael 10 Agardy, Suzanna 1111 Agawu, V.Kofi 1191 Agbeli, Godwin 712 Ajayi, Omofolabo S. 1151, 1189 Ake, David 1547 Akenson, James E. 1561 Albertini, Françoise 966 Aleksejev, Aleksei 789 Alexander, Jane 660 Alexeyev, Eduard 953 Allen, Jr., Ernest 1568 Allen, Lara 1145 Allen, Ray 616, 1580, 1624 Almási, István 1338 Almeida, Raimundo Cesar Alves de 182 Alter, Andrew 994 Alvarado, Arsinoé Orihuela 814 Alvarez i Aura, Albert, 1389 Alvarez-Pereyre, Frank 967, 1096

Amiotte, Arthur 1652 Amira, John 1625 Ammann, Raymond 651, 1678 Amoss, Pamela 1664 Ancelet, Barry 1542 Andersen, Flemming G. 990 Anderson, Greg 952 Anderson, William M. 1055–1056 Andrade, Mário de 1457 Andrews, Adrianne R. 1579 Andrews, Frank 47 Antesberger, G. 988 Antonicek, T. 988 Aous, Rachid 391, 1161 Aparicio, Frances R. 131, 1017, 1137, 1500 Appadurai, Arjun 1268 Appel, Willa 1024 Appiah, Anthony 100–101 Aquila, Richard 1561 Araújo Moura, Milton 1450 Araújo Pinho, Osmundo de 1450 Archetti, Eduardo P. 1000 Aretz, Isabel 1409, 1470 Argyle, John 103 Arias Satizábal, Medardo 1137 Arik, Ozgür E. 856 Armistead, Samuel G. 1626 Armstrong, Piers 1450 Arnaud, Gerald 875 Arnberg, Matts 528, 530 Arnold, Alison 59 Arom, Simha 674, 1044, 1152 Arps, Bernard 1307 Asai, Susan M. 1062, 1252 Aschoff, Peter R. 1588 Asher, Nina 1122

Name index Ashley, Stephen 1339 Ashley, Wayne 1287 Ashmore, Jonathan 997 Askew, Kelly M. 1159–1160 Assoune, Nadine 717 Atkinson, Connie 1538 Aubert, Laurent 437 Austerlitz, Paul 1496, 1624 Austern, Linda Phyllis 951, 982 Avelar, Idelber 1450 Averill, Gage 1008, 1062, 1072, 1410, 1472, 1475, 1624 Azami, Keiji 469 Babiracki, Carol M. 960, 1013, 1080 Bachmann-Geiser, B. 988 Bacon, Mavis 1094 Bacon, Patience Namaka 1683 Badger, R.Reid 1549 Bahry, Romana 1339 Bahuchet, Serge 967 Baily, John 1003, 1037, 1402 Baird, Michael 350, 356, 358, 410, 412 Bajrektarevic, Sofija 1338 Bakan, Michael B. 1308, 1056, 1338 Bakewell, Anderson 470, 614 Bakka, Egil 1050 Baklanoff, Joy Driskell 1007 Balderston, Daniel 120 Ballantine, Christopher John 1169 Balliger, Robin 56 Balmer, Paul 692 Bandem, I.Made 1309 Banerji, Sabita 1402 Banks, Jack 1111 Baranovitch, Nimrod 1048 Barbash, Ilisa 11 Barber, Karin 1172, 1190 Barber-Kersovan, Alenka 986 Barck, Karlheinz 996 Bareis, Urban 149, 1143 Barenregt, Bart 780 Barnard, Alan 78 Barrand, Anthony G. 1081 Barros, José Flávio Pessoa de 1433–1434 Barthes, Roland 1114 Bartis, Peter 12, 22 Bartmann, Manfred 1377 Bartók, Béla 1346, 1457 Barwick, Linda 205, 647, 952, 1677 Barz, Gregory F. 1160, 1080

325 Baskauskas, Liucija 931 Basset, Catherine 1310 Bastien, David T. 1549 Bates, James 950 Bauer, Werner 857 Bauman, Richard 89 Baumann, Gerd 1402 Baumann, Max Peter 540, 953–955, 988, 1020, 1066, 1334–1335, Baynton, Douglas 1079 Bayton, Mavis 1106, 1114 Bealle, John 1607 Beaudet, Jean-Michel 574, 1421 Beaudry, Nicole 1080 Beavert-Martin, Virginia R. 1664 Bebbington, Warren 74, 956 Beck, John 52 Becker, Howard 1081 Becker, Judith 1038, 1066 Beckerman, Michael 1340 Beetz, Christian 795 Begho, Felix 1151 Béhague, Gerard 89, 1013, 1066, 1068, 1410, 1436 Béjar, Ana María 1467 Belic, Roko 787 Ben Mahmoud, Mahmoud 854 Bender, Wolfgang 103, 1139, 1143 Bengsch, Bertolt 1334 Bennett, Andy 1105 Bennett, H.Stith 1114 Bennett, Tony 1106 Benoit, Édouard 1475 Benson, D.E. 1110 Berger, David G. 1114 Berger, Harris M. 1558 Bergeron, Katherine 957 Berland, Jody 999, 1106, 1115 Berlász, Melinda 1020 Berlin, Gabriele 953 Berliner, Paul 415–416, 1548 Berman, Marsha 950 Bermúdez, Egberto 1410 Bernard, H.Russell 13 Bernard, Shane K. 1559 Bernaza, Luis Filepa 837 Bernède, Franck 461 Berrian, Brenda F. 1473, 1579 Berríos-Miranda, Marisol 1137 Berry, Venise 1110 Bertini, Gary 967 Bertrand, Michael T. 1560

Name index Bessinger, Margaret H. 1019 Best, David 1079 Bethe, Monica 1024 Bettivia, Rhiannon S. 1122 Beurmann, Andreas E. 1307 Beyer, Norbert 1269 Bezic, Jerko 1039, 1335 Bhattacharya, Deben 716 Bickerton, Derek 1044 Bidart, Piere 966 Bigenho, Michelle 1422, 1431, 1467 Bilail, Ali 858 Bilby, Kenneth M. 1478 Billon, Yves 693 Bindas, Kenneth J. 1561 Bird, Robert 1339 Birrell, Anne 1224 Bischoff, Peter 705 Bishop, John 751, 842, 917 Bishop, Naomi 751, 775 Bjornberg, Alf 1124 Blackburn, Stuart H. 1211, 1268 Blacking, John 89, 958, 1003, 1039, 1065 Blakemore, Harold 121 Blanc, Ulrike 1192 Blank, Les 920, 924, 926 Blaukopf, Kurt 954, 959, 1039 Blaustein, Richard 1544, 1573 Blažekovic, Zdravko 173, 994, 1039 Blench, R. M. 103 Blöchl, A. 988 Blood- (Rides-at-the-) Doore, Cheryl 1051 Blum, Stephen 960, 994, 1013–1014, 1065 Blumberg, Jérôme 674 Bocev, Vladimir 786 Body, Jack 490 Bohlman, Philip V. 49, 174, 957, 960–961, 988, 1003, 1013, 1017, 1038, 1067, 1080, 1097, 1099, 1335, 1338 Bois, Pierre 354, 372, 396, 432, 473, 476, 507, 587, 610 Bokava, Jana 817 Boles, Jacqueline 1561 Boley, Mary 627, 630, 632, 635, 638–639, 641, 643 Bolle-Zemp, Sylvie 1367 Boltz, Judith Magee 1250 Bonanzinga, Sergio 1381 Bond, George C. 20 Bonifacic, Ruza 1335 Bontinck, Irmgard 988 Boone, Hubert 520

326 Booth, Mark W. 1114 Bopp, Mary S. 25 Bor, Joep 477 Borgatta, Edgar F. 79 Born, Georgina 961, 1106 Bornand, Sandra 395 Borofsky, Robert 1000 Bösch-Niederer, A. 988 Bouissac, Paul 1024 Bouquet, Jean-Pierre 601 Bouquiaux, Luc 967 Bowers, Jane 149, 1090 Bowring, Richard John 104 Box, Sr., Eddie 644 Boyce-Tillman, June 1018 Boyer, Horace 617 Boyes, Georgina 1396 Boyll, Larain 815 Brace, Tim 978 Brackett, David 56, 1107, 1124 Bradby, Barbara 1114, 1124 Brady, Erika 962 Braebner, Werner 103 Brailoiu, Constantin 1042 Brakel-Papenhuijzen, Clara 1307, 1311 Brandeis, Hans 1020 Brandel, Rose 998 Brandes, Edda 1087 Brandily, Monique 1140 Brandl, Rudolf M. 953, 1039, 1334 Brandt, Max H. 1410 Braun, Joachim 1511 Braun, Kwame 714 Brazell, Karen 1024 Breatnach, Breandan 1066 Breaux, Nancy 1111 Breen, Marcus 977–978, 1106 Brenneis, Donald 1268 Brenner, Helmut 1413 Brenner, Klaus-Peter 1170 Briggs, Jeffrey 820 Briggs, Simona 820 Bright, Simon 687 Brinner, Benjamin 1312 Bröcker, Marianne 986 Brockway, Merrill 711, 768 Brooker, Peter 86 Brosens, Peter 730 Broughton, Simon 42 Brown, Avonie 1111 Brown, Duncan 1171–1172 Brown, Ernest 969

Name index Brown, Jim 861 Brown, Julie 961 Brown, Kimasi L. 969 Brown, Leonard L. 1588 Brown, Mary Ellen 90 Brown, Robert E. 953 Brown, Steven 1044 Browne, Kimasi L. 1584 Browne, Pat Browne 94 Browne, Ray Broadus 94 Browner, Tara 1645 Browning, Barbara 1629, 1435 Broyles-González, Yolanda 1627–1628 Bruguière, Philippe 1141 Bruin, Hanne M.de 1270 Brunet, Jacques 486, 496 Bruni, Franco 175 Brunvand, Jan Harold 126 Bruzzi, Stella 1094 Bryant, Daniel 1248 Buaoka, Ronald 652 Buchan, David 990 Buchanan, Donna A. 1338, 1340 Buck, Elizabeth B. 1111, 1684 Buckland, Theresa 1050 Buckley, Ann 963, 964, 1334 Buckley, Sandra 105 Buckner, Reginald T. 1549 Budds, Michael J. 1091 Buenconsejo, José S. 1298 Buenosaires, Oscar de 183–184 Buff, Rachel 1579 Buis, Johann S. 1597 Bulliet, Richard W. 125 Bundschuh, Jörg 892 Buonanno, Michael 1081 Buckland, Teresa 1079 Burke, Carol 1081 Burnett, Charles 982 Burnett, Robert 1108 Burns, Ken 876 Burton, J Bryan 1056 Butler, Stephen 627, 629–630, 635–636, 641, 643 Buxton, David 1114 Buzzell, Matthew 867 Byamba, Sakhya 730 Byron, Reginald 958 Cabrera, Lydia 581 Cadar, Usopay Hamdag 1606

327 Cadaval, Olivia 1652 Cadena,, Marison de la 1422 Cahn, William. 52 Calame-Griaule, Geneviève 1021 Calder, Jeff 1109 Calhamer, Tatiana 1082 Callahan, Alice Anne 1646 Cámara de Landa, Enrique 1052 Camilleri, Charles 1363 Campbell, Patricia Shehan 1056–1059 Cánepa Koch, Gisela 1422, 1467 Cañizares, Dulcila 1487 Cantemir, Demetrius 1527 Cantú, Norma Elia 1628 Cantwell, Robert 1084, 1562 Canzio, Ricardo 558, 967 Capdeville-Zeng, Catherine 1225 Capitolin, Jean-Lois 966 Caponi, Gena Dagel 1581 Capwell, Charles 960, 1013, 1067 Carey, Peter 1307 Carlin, Bob 73 Carlin, Richard 1544 Carlini, Alvaro Luiz Ribeiro da Silva 1437 Carmody, Kev 1677 Carolan, Nichol 1066 Carpenter, Birch 816 Carpentier, Alejo 1482 Carpitella, Diego 542 Carrier, Tim 889 Carroll, Michael 1583 Carson, Tom 1114 Carter, Alison 950 Carter, Maria Agui 873 Carter, Thomas 1542 Carvalho, José Jorge de 1410, 1438 Casanova Oliva, Ana Victoria 1501 Casares, Emilio 43 Casas Roque, Leonidas 1467 Casey, Michael T. 1542 Cassar-Pullicino, Guzè 1363 Cassell, Joan 14 Castelo-Branco, Salwa El-Shawan 540, 953–954, 998, 1368 Castillo Guzmán, Gerardo 1422 Castles, John 1669 Castro, Donald S. 1052, 1427 Castro, Ruy 1439 Cateforis, Theo 1062 Catella, Martina 476 Catinchi, Philippe-Jean 1370

Name index Catlin, Amy 747, 754, 758, 760, 907, 909, 1604 Caux, Daniel 454 Cavicchi, Daniel 965 Cayton, Mary Kupiec 126–127 Ceribašic, Naila 1090 Césaire, Ina 1021 Chá, Ercilia Moreno 1072 Chailley, Jacques 967 Chala, Samia 858 Chamberlain, Rebecca 1664 Chamberland, Roger 1125 Chandler, Keith 346 Chang, Peter 1082 Chang, Willow Hai 736 Chapman, Malcolm 1037 Charry, Eric S. 1008, 1193 Chasteen, John Charles 1458 Chatburn, Thomas 1402 Chaudhuri, Shubha 954, 1065 Chayes, Bill 801 Chemla, Karine 967 Ch'en Shou-jen 1226 Cheng Shui-Cheng 1221 Chernoff, John 1038 Chester, Andrew 1114 Chevallier, Laurent 695 Chevtchouk, Olèna 520 Cheyronnaud, Jacques 1021 Childs, Peter 115 Chilkovsky Nahumck, Nadia 998 Chion, Michel 997 Chircop, George 179 Chi-wan, Lee 735 Chou Wen-Chung 953 Christensen, Dieter 68, 953–954, 1013 Christgau, Robert 1131 Chude-Sokei, Louis 1579 Clarke, Gary 1114 Clas, Madeleine 1394 Claus, Peter J. 1268 Clayton, Martin 1271 Clements, William M. 1647 Cler, Jérôme 604, 1528 Clidière, Sylvie 1021 Clifford, James 20 Cloarec-Heiss, France 967 Cloonan, Martin 1397 Coaldrake, Angela Kimi 1253 Coates, Norma 1094, 1134 Cochran, Robert 1608 Cohen, John 818, 821,919

328 Cohen, Norm 202, 1535, 1542 Cohen, Ronald D. 1563 Cohen, Sara 55, 999, 1028, 1037, 1094 Cohen, Selma Jeanne 44 Cohn, Richard 957 Cole, Catherine M. 714, 1194 Collier, Simon 121 Collins, John 103, 977–978, 1143, 1195 Collins, Pat 813 Collins, Willie R. 1584 Condominas, Georges 503 Condry, lan 1125 Connors, Emily 952 Conway, Cecelia 1582 Conyers, James L. 1583 Cook, Susan C. 1053 Cooke, Peter R. 368, 1018, 1160 Cooley, Timothy J. 1080 Cooper, B. Lee 155–157 Cooper, Carolyn 966 Cooper, Virginia W. 1561 Coplan, David B. 960, 1043, 1173 Corbett, John 961 Coreno, Thaddeus 1110 Cormack Jody 1014 Cornelius, Steven 1008, 1491, 1625 Corre, Fruto 771 Corre, Gilles 878 Côté, Gerald 1666 Coter, Giuseppe 351 Covach, John 1028 Covington, Paula Hattox 38 Cowan, Jane K. 1364 Cowdery, James R. 1061, 1398 Cowley, John 1402, 1502, 1535 Cozens, Robert 813 Crabtree, Phillip 26 Crafts, Susan D. 965 Craig, Edward 93 Creighton, Leigh 969 Crichlow, Warren E. 1122 Crochu, Dominique 1371 Cronk, M. Sam 1648 Crook, Larry 1072, 1450 Crossley-Holland, Peter 454 Cruz, Elmer González 1501 Cubitt, Sean 1094, 1124 Cumpiano, William 845 Cunningham, James Everett 1664 Cunningham, Martin 1066 Curet Alonso, Catalino "Tite" 1137 Currid, Brian 1017

Name index Cushman, Thomas 1347 Cuthbert, Marlene 1111 Czekanowska, Anna 1087, 1340, 1342 Dagan, Esther A. 1142 Dahl, Linda 1561 Dahlig, Ewa 1039 Dahlig, Piotr 1039 Dalsemer, Robert G, 1544 Dalsheimer, Kenny 870 Daly, Richard Heywood 82 Dampierre, Eric de 1153 Daniel, Wayne W. 1564 Daniel, Yvonne 1483 Daniélou, Alain 456, 460, 462, 472–473, 494, 597 Danielson, Eva 524 Danielson, Virginia 67, 1519 Danusiri, Aryo 776 Darré, Alain 966 Davies, Charlotte Aull 15 Davies, Chris Lawe 1106 Davis, Martha Ellen 1410 Davis, Mary Ellen 809 Davis, Ruth 1039 Davison, Mick 1677 Dawson, Nancy J. Nancy J. 1583 Day, Douglas 1544 de Almeida, Bruno 784 de Camargo, Nelly 1111 De Lillo, Antonietta 807 de Maaker, Erik 762 DeBoer, Fredrik Eugene 1309 Decker, Jeffrey Louis 1131 DeCurtis, Anthony 1109 Defrance, Yves 966, 1372 DeFrantz, Thomas D. 1051 Dehoux, Vincent 353, 967 del Barco, Mandalit 1568 Delattre, Daniel 963 Delgado, Celeste Fraser 1629 Deliège, Célestin 967 Dempsey, Lee Michael 615 Dempster, Douglas 957 den Otter, Elisabeth 1318 DeNatale, Doug 1535 DeNora, Tia 968 Denyer, Frank 452 Derksen, Jörg 996 Dery, Mark 1109 Desai, Yask 749

329 Desjacques, Alain 407 Desmond, Jane C. 1629 Deutsch, Walter 1335, 1382 Deval, Frédéric 381 DeVeaux, Scott 1550 Dewan, Meera 746 DeWoskin, Kenneth J. 963 Dhenjan, Balvinder 667 Diabaté, Idrissa 710 Diamand, Frank 686 Diamond, Beverley 1090, 1648, 1667 Diamond, Jody 774 Díaz Ayala, Cristóbal 209–210, 582, 1484– 1485, 1501 Dibango, Manu 1154 Dibb, Mike 877 Dibia, Wayan 1320 Diehl, Keila l219 Dietrich, Wolf 1019, 1272 Diez Hurtado, Alejandro 1422 Dimitriadis, Greg 1122 Dine, Nancy 765 Dionyssopoulos, Nikos 1338 Dissanayake, Ellen 1044 Dixon, Robert M.W. 212, 1673–1674 DjeDje, Jacqueline Cogdell 49, 969, 1584 Djuric, Rajko 1334 Dobberstein, Marcel 970 Dodds, J.Scott 766 Dofat, Tony 886 Dokotum, Okaka Opio 1160 Dolz, Sonia Herman 843 Domokos, Mária 1020, 1338 Donaldson, Tamsin 952 Donigher, Wendy 1211 Doolittle, Lisa 1051 Dorn, Georgette M. 123 Dornfeld, Barry 890 Dorsey, Learthen 1583 Dotter, Daniel 1110 Doumbé, Véronique N. 872 Dournon, Geneviève 16, 967, 1065 Doyle, Robert 628, 637, 644 Draper, Heidi 732 Drewal, Margaret Thompson 715, 1196 Dridi, Karim 838 Duany, Jorge 1410 Duckles, Vincent H. 27 Dugaw, Dianne 971 Dumpiérrez, Carlos 1111 Dunaway, David King 1535 Dunbar-Hall, Peter 204, 1677

Name index Dunham, Mary Frances 1273 Dunkel, Maria 555 Dunlop, Geoff 660 Dunlop, lan 945 Dunn, Christopher 1440, 1450 Dunne, Andrew 900 Dupré, Olivier 531 Durán, Lucy 1008 Durif, Olivier 1373 During, Jean 439, 443–446, 613, 1216, 1512, 1523 Dusman, Linda 1090 Dutertre, Jean-François 966 Dutton, Lee S. 6 Duwell, Martin 1673 Dyer, Richard 1114 Eastman, Ralph 1584 Ebron, Paulla A. 1199 Echevarria, Wil 845 Eck, Diana L. 96 Eder, Beate 1334 Eder, James 766 Edgar, Andrew 87 Edkvist, Ingela 1174 Edsall, Mary E. 147 Edström, Karl-Olof 964 Edwards, Emily D. 1110 Edwards, Kayla Olubumni Lockhart 575 Egan, Ronald C. 1248 Eliade, Mircea 97 Ellingham, Mark 42 Ellingson, Ter 1065 Ellington, Richard 1535 Elliott, Aiyana 866 Elliott, Grant 883 Elliott, Stephen 883 Ellis, Catherine J. 952, 954, 1672 Ellison, James 1160 Elschek, Oskar 953–954, 988, 1013, 1334– 1335 Elscheková, Alica 988, 1335 Ember, Carol R. 80 Ember, Melvin 80, 85 Embree, Ainslie Thomas 106 Emerson, Robert M. 17 Emoff, Ron 1175 Emsheimer, Ernst 972, 1039 Engle, Robert 1056 Engle, Tony 541, 545-546 Ennis, Philip H. 1565

330 Enrico, Eugene 731, 733–734, 737 Enrico, John James 1649 Eolian, Isabella 953 Eppstein, Ury 1254 Epskamp, Kees P. 1307 Epstein, Jonathon S. 1110 Erdely, Stephen 1019, 1348 Erdener, Yildiray 1529 Ericson, Margaret D. 150 Eriksen, Thomas Hylland 1083 Erlmann, Veit 103, 953, 973, 1008, 1143, 1176-1177 Ernst, Wolfgang 996 Erwan, Jacques 409, 525–526 Escobar, Gabriela Martinez 826 Esposito, John L. 99 Estébanez, E. Natacha 844 Etzkorn, K. Peter 954 Euba, Akin 969, 1008, 1197 Evans, Paul 1109 Evora, Tony 1486 Ewbank, Alison J. 1111 Ewens, Graeme 1144 Eyen we Langa, Mondo 1583 Eyerman, Ron 974 Eyre, Banning 1198 Fabbri, Franco 977 Fabian, Johannes 1155 Fabregat, Claudio Esteva 131 Fair, Laura 1160 Fairly, Jan 953 Falk, Dean 1044 Falkenhausen, Lothar von 1227 Fanshawe, David 363–364 Faonaota, Lawrence 1671 Fargion, Janet Topp 371, 1145, 1160 Farhat, Hormoz 1524 Faris, James C. 1650 Farnell, Brenda 1050, 1079 Farrell, Gerry 999, 1274 Fast, Susan 1112 Faya, Albert 1487 Febrés, Xavier 1052 Feintuch, Burt 621, 1573 Feld, Steven 648, 961, 995, 997, 1003 Feldman, Walter 510, 1530 Felföldi, László 1050 Fennesz-Juhasz, Christiane 1334–1335 Fenster, Mark 56, 1115 Ferguson, James 1083

Name index Fernández de la Cuesta, Ismael 43 Fernandez, James W. 1000 Fernando, Nathalie 352 Ferneyhough, Brian 997 Ferrell, Jeff 1535 Ferris, William R. Ferris 139 Ferry, Marie-Paule 1021 Feycock, Merry 1544 Fichman, Niv 825 Figueroa Hernández, Rafael 186, 1414 Fillafer, K. 988 Fine, Elizabeth 1544 Finnegan, Ruth H. 18 Finscher, Ludwig 45 Fiori, Umberto 1124 Firth, Raymond 1679 Fiske, John 1017 Fitzgerald, Jon 1117 Fitzgerald, Kevin 880 Flam, Gila 1343 Fletcher, Peter 975 Fleurant, Gerdès 1474 Flolu, James 1145 Flora, Reis 963 Flores y Escalante, Jesús 1415 Flores, Juan 1131, 1137, 1568, 1624, 1630 Floyd, Jr., Samuel A. 1583, 1585 Floyd, Malcolm 1018, 1060, 1145 Flueckiger, Joyce Burkhalter 1211, 1268 Flynn, Anne 1051 Foley, John Miles 976, 1085 Fónagy, Iván 1021 Fong, Grace S. 1248 Ford, Lysbeth 647 Ford, Robert 192 Fortune, Kate 142 Fosshag, Bengt 1272 Foster, Donald H. 26 Fracile, Nice 1335, 1338 Franey, Colin 1082 Franken, Marjorie A. 1079 Franklin V, Benjamin 1549 Franklin, Peter 961 Frasca, Richard Armand 1275 Frayer, David W. 1044 Frazer, John 748 Freeman, Walter 1044 Fretz, Rachel I. 17 Friedlander, Paul 978 Friedman, Jonathan 1000, 1083 Friedman, Susan 944 Friedmann, Susana 1039

331 Friedson, Steven M. 982, 1178 Frigyesi, Judit 1099, 1340 Frisbie, Charlotte J. 1013 Frith, Simon 961, 977–978, 1106, 1113– 1115, 1138 Fryer, Peter 1441 Fuchs, Bernhard 1335 Fuchs, Cynthia 56, 1134 Fuchs, Mechtild 986 Fujie, Linda 113, 953, 1078 Funk, Ray 1542 Fürniss, Susanne 967 Gabancho, Patricia 1052 Gabbard, Krin 1549 Gadjev, Vladimir 55 Gaines, Donna 1110, 1131 Gaines, Jane M. 977 Gaines, Kevin 1017 Galan, Hector 925 Galens, Judy, 129 Gales, Fred 491 Galinsky, Philip 1442 Galm, Eric 52 Ganteaume, Cécile R. 1652 Ganti, Tejaswini 908 García, Florencio Oscar 186 Garcia, Luis O. 847 garcia, matt 1122 Gardner, Janet 770 Garfield, Joey 879 Garofalo, Reebee 978, 1106, 1574 Garrard, Helen 707 Garratt, Sheryl 1114 Gass, Glenn 1109 Gaston, Anne-Marie 1276 Gates, Henry Louis 100–101 Gatlif, Tony 670 Gatten, Jeffrey N. 158 Gaunt, Kyra D. 1579 Gaut, Greg 1549 Gearhart, Rebecca 1160 Geissmann, Thomas 1044 Genini, Izza 677–679 Geraci, Mauro 1383 Gerson-Kiwi, Edith 998 Gerstin, Julian 1008 Gerstle, C. Andrew 1255 Gesthuizen, Thomas 1160 Gheorghita, Cornel 797 Giannattasio, Francesco 979

Name index Gibson, Kean 819 Giglio, Virginia 1651, 1659 Gillis, Frank J. 1007 Gilman, Lisa 1160 Gilman, Sander L. 1017 Gilsenbach, Reimar 1334 Giménez, Florentín 1423 Ginsburg, Saul M. 1349 Giorgis, Samson 681 Giro, Radamés 1487 Giuliani, Alicía 566 Giurchescu, Anca 1050, 1334 Giuriati, Giovanni 177, 980 Glasser, Ruth 1624, 1631 Glasser, Sylvia 1079 Gleason, Judith 812 Gmasz, S. 988 Godrich, John 212 Goertzen, Chris 63, 1360 Goertzen, Valerie Woodring 1014, 1068 Gold, Ann Grodzins 1268, 1285 Gold, John R. 999 Gold, Lisa 1320 Goldberg, Norbert 52 Goldman, Michal 859 Goldstein, Kenneth S. 430, 1573 Goldsworthy, David 1669 Golemovic, Dimitrije O. 522 Gombert, Greg 203 Gomes, Manuel 483 Gómez Cairo, Jesús 1487 González Peña, María Luz 43 Gonzalez, Mike 120 Goodman, Linda J. 1664 Goodwin, Andrew 981, 1114–1115, 1134 Goormaghtigh, Georges 1228 Gorbman, Claudia 961 Gordon, Joel 447 Gordon, Robert 864 Gore, Georgiana 1050 Gorn, Elliott J. 127 Gottlieb,